



fffffif/M 



dr./' ■ -■ 

' i^.! in ;'///■ 

''m- ... 
'(0/f 

'1/ Mfl 







f/''AV/"/' T'-* »> ''//'i '.'/'■ '■',■7; y,- 







Class 
Book. 



Copyrigliffl^., 



v; 



CDPffilGHT DEPOSm 



THE WHOLE FIELD 
of 

Mechanical Movements 

Covered by 
GARDNER D. HISCOX'S NEW BOOKS 



We publish two books by Gardner D. Hiscox that will 
keep you from " inventing " things that have been done 
before, and suggest ways of doing things that you have not 
thought of before. They are 

MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS, POWERS 
AND DEVICES. By Gardner D. Hiscox. 
This is a collection of 1890 engravings of different 
mechanical motions and appliances, accompanied by 
appropriate text, making it a book of great value to 
the inventor, the draftsman, and to all readers with 
mechanical tastes. Fifteenth edition. 400 octavo 
pages. Price $3.00 

MECHANICAL APPLIANCES, ME- 
CHANICAL MOVEMENTS AND NOVEL- 
TIES OF CONSTRUCTION. By Gardner 
D. Hiscox. This is a supplementary volume to the 
one upon mechanical movements. Unlike the first 
volume, which is more elementary in character, this 
volume contains illustrations and descriptions of 
many combinations of motions and of mechanical 
devices and appliances found in different lines of 
machinery, each device being shown by a line draw- 
ing with a description showing its working parts and 
the method of operation. 1000 specially made 
engravings. 396 octavo pages. Fourth revised 
edition. Price $3.00 



MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS 

POWERS AND DEVICES 



A TREATISE DESCRIBING 

MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS AND DEVICES USED IN 
C0NSTRUCTI\^ AND OPERATIVE MACHINERY AND 
THE MECHANICAL ARTS, BEING PRACTICALLY A 
MECHANICAL DICTIONARY, COMMENCING WITH A 
RUDIMENTARY DESCRIPTION OF THE EARLY KNOWN 
MECHANICAL POWERS AND DETAILING THE VARI- 
OUS MOTIONS, APPLIANCES AND INVENTIONS USED 
IN THE MECHANICAL ARTS TO THE PRESENT TIME 

INCI,UDING A CHAPTER ON 

STRAIGHT I,IN:E MOV^MnNTS 

BY .V 

GARDNER D. HISCOX, M. E. 

Author of "Gas, Gasoline and Oil Engines," "Compressed Air," etc., etc. 




ILLUSTRATED BY MORE THAN EIGHTEEN HUNDRED 
ENGRAVINGS SPECIALLY MADE FOR THIS BOOK 



FIFTEENTH EDITION, ENLARGED 

NEW YORK: 

THE NORMAN W. HENLEY PUBLISHING CO. 

132 NASSAU STREET 

1917 






!■=» 



A 



Copyrighted 1917, 1914 and 1911 
BY THE NORMAN W. HENI^EY PUBI^ISHING CO. 



Copyrighted, 1899 and 1903 
BY NORMAN W. HENI^KY & CO. 




MAR 28 1917 



PRESS OF 

BRAUNWORTH & CO. 

BOOK MANUFACTURERS 

BROOKLYN, N. Y. 



'aA457669 



lo^n 



PREFACE 

The need for an illustrated and condensed work of reference 
for the inventor, the mechanical student, the artisan, and the work- 
ingman v/ith the ambition of an inquiring mind, has become not 
only apparent to teachers of mechanics, but a real want among all 
who are interested in mechanical thought and work. 

It is an interest the growth of which has been greatly encour- 
aged by the rapid development of the inventive and mechanical 
arts during the past half century. 

The increasing inquiries from inventors and mechanics, in 
regard to the principles and facts in constructive and operative 
mechanics have induced the author to gather such illustrations as 
have been found available on the subject of mechanical motions, 
devices, and appliances, and to place them in a form for ready 
reference with only sufficient text to explain the general principles 
of construction and operation, and as a partial exhibit of the 
mechanical forms in general use, with a view to place the largest 
amount of illustrated information within the limited means of 
the humblest seeker after mechanical knowledge. 

The field of illustrated mechanics seems almost unlimited, 
and with the present effort the author has endeavored partially to 
fill a void and thus to help the inquirer in ideal and practical 
mechanics, in the true line of research. 

Mechanical details can best be presented to the mind by dia- 
grams or illustrated forms, and this has been generally acknowl- 
edged to be the quickest and most. satisfactory method of convey- 
ing the exact conditions of mechanical action and construction. 

Pictures convey to the inquiring mind by instantaneous com- 
parison what detailed description by its successive presentation of 
ideas and relational facts fail to do; hence a work that appeals 
directly to the eye with illustrations and short attached descrip- 
tions, it is hoped, will become the means of an acceptable form of 



mechanical education that appeals to modern wants for the en- 
couragement of inventive thought, through the study of illustra- 
tions and descriptions of the leading known principles and facts 
in constructive art. 

The designing of the details of mechanical motion, devices, and 
appliances for specific purposes is an endless theme in the con- 
structive mind, and if we may be allowed to judge from the vast 
number of applications for patents, of which there have been over 
a million in the United States alone, and of which over six hundred 
thousand have been granted in consideration of their novelty and 
utility, the run of mechanical thought seems to have become a vast 
river in the progress of modern civilization. 

To bring into illustrated detail all the known forms and ele- 
ments of construction is not within the limit of a human life ; but 
to explore the borders of inventive design through the works that 
have passed into record has been the principal aim of the author of 
this book. 

GARDNER D. HISCOX. 



PREFACE TO FIFTEENTH EDITION. 

The success of the previous editions of this work warrants 
the issue of this edition in enlarged and improved form. More 
than one hundred and sixty up-to-date mechanical movements and 
devices have been added, including many Straight Line Move- 
ments, thus making it a most useful book of reference for those 
engaged in mechanical studies and pursuits, notably inventors 
and designers of machinery, in fact, for all who are interested in 
mechanics and its devices. 



CONTENTS. 

SECTION I. 
THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 

Weight, Resolution of Forces, Pressures, Levers, Pulleys, Tacklr. 
The Resolution of Suspension — Lever Paradox — The Lever and Its Power— 
The Inclined Plane — The Wedge — The Screw — Worm Gear or Endless Screw 
— Chinese Wheel — Tackle Blocks — Chinese Windlass — Chinese Shaft Derrick — 
Compound Weight Motor — Rope Twist Lever — Spanish Windlass — Rope Grip 
Hook — Guy Rope Clip and Thimble — Rope End — Hemp Rope End ... 1 5 to 26 

SECTION II. 

TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 

R^PEs, Belts, Friction Gear, Spur, Bevel, and Screw Gear. 

Alternating Circular Motion — Circular Motion — Eccentric Crank — Capstan, or 
Vertical Windlass — Steering Gear — Jumping Motion — Rope Sprocket Wheel — 
V-Grooved Rope Pulley — Rope Transmission— Vibratory Motion — Transmission 
by Rope — Transmission by Rope to a Portable Drill or Swing Saw — Horizontal 
Rope Transmission — Rope Transmission — Rope Transmission to a Movable 
Shaft — Vertical Tension Carriage — Belt Lacing — Novel Belt Lacing — Over- 
and-Over Lacing — Interlocking Belt Lacing — Cross Lacing — Sectional Belt Lac- 
ing—Quarter Twist Belt — Full Twist Belt — Full Twist or Cross Belt— Belting 
to a Shaft at any Angle — Quarter Twist Return Belt — Change Speed Step 
Pulleys — Cone Pulleys — Curved Cone Pulleys — Shifting Device for Cone Pulleys 
— Belt Transmission — Belt Transmission of Power — Variable Transmission of 
Motion — Stop, Driving, and Reversing Motion — Two Speed Pulleys and Belts — 
Pulleys, Combined with a Differential Gear — Transmission of Two Speeds — 
Two-Speed Gear — Variable Speed or Cone Gearing — Transmission of Power 
— Frictional Rectilinear Motion — Variable Rotary Motion — Variable Motion 
— Friction Gear — Transmission of Variable Speed — Variable Speed Gear — 
Transmission of Rotary Motion — Combination of Friction Gear — Grooved Fric- 
tion Gearing — Variable Motion — Transmission of Circular Motion — Three Crank 
Link — Sprocket Wheel and Chain — Link Belt and Pulley — Toothed Link Chain 
and Pulley — Step Gear — V-Toothed Gearing — Oblique Tooth Gear — V-Toothed 
Gear — Split Spur Gear — Star Wheel Gear — Elastic Spur Gear — Internal Spur 
Gear and Pinion — Bevel Gears — Crown Wheel — Spiral Gearing — Oblique, Spur, 
and Bevel Gear — Oblique Bevel Gear — Gear Train — Worm Gear — Skew Worm 
and Wheel Gear — Uniform Intermittent Motion — Variable Speed Bevel Gear. 

27 to 43 



8 CONTENTS. 

SECTION III. 
MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 

Speed, Pressure, Weight, Numbers, Quantities, and Appliances. 

Prony Brake — The Prony Brake Rule — "Webber" Dynamometer — Measure* 
ment of Power — " Tatham's " Dynamometer — Bell-Crank Dynamometer — 
" Neer's " Rotary Transmitting Dynamometer — "Van Winkle's " Power Meter — 
Traction Recording Dynamometer — Friction Machine — Torsion Dynamometer- 
Tensile Testing Machine — Bourdon Pressure Gauge — Corrugated Tube-Pressure 
Gauge — Recording Pressure Gauge — Parallel Motion of the Indicator — Parallel 
Motion for the Indicator — "Amsler " Planimeter — " Lippincott " Planimeter — 
Centrifugal Speed Indicator — Speed Indicator — Meter Dial — Automatic Tipping 
Scale — Double Link Balanced Scale — Differential Weighing Beam — Engine 
Counter — Operation of a Counter — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Tire Measure 
Counter , 44 to 54 

SECTION IV. 

STEAM POWER. 

Boilers and Adjuncts, Engines, Valves and Valve Gear, Parallel 
Motion Gear, Governors and Engine Devices, Rotary Engines, 
Oscillating Engines. 
"Stevens" Boiler — Plain Cylindrical Boilers — Hanging Water Drum Cylindrical 
Boiler — Cylindrical Double Flue Boiler — Internally Fired Flue Boiler — Hori- 
zontal Tubular Boiler — Locomotive Boiler — Marine Boiler — " Eclipse " Return 
Tubular Marine Boiler — " Galloway" Boiler — Internal Fired Cylindrical Tubular 
Boiler — " Dion " Vehicle Boiler — " Babcock and Wilcox " Water Tube Boiler — 
" Harrison " Boiler — Submerged Head Vertical Boiler — " Herreshoff " Boiler — 
" Thornycrof t " Boiler—" See " Water Tube Boiler—" Yarrow " Water Tube 
Boiler—" Boyer's" Water Tube Boiler—" Hazelton" Boiler—" Climax " Boiler— 
" Moyes" Water Tube Boiler—" Wheeler" Vertical Tube Boiler—" Cahall " Ver- 
tical Water Tube Boiler— Vertical Water Tube Boiler — Boiler of the " Serpollet " 
Tricycle — " Serpollet's" Steam Generator — " Serves " Boiler Tube — Shaking and 
Tipping Furnace Grate — Shaking Grate for a Boiler Furnace — Furnace Grate 
with Dumping Sections — " Columbia" Stoker — "Playford" Mechanical Stoker^ 
" American " Boiler Stoker — Mechanical Stoker — " Jones " Model of a Mechan* 
leal Stoker — " Meissner " Model of a Mechanical Stoker for a Furnace — Feed 
Worm and Air Blast — Petroleum Burner — Pop Safety Valve — Differential Seat 
Safety Valve — Safety Valve — Original Form of the ^olipile or Hero's Steam 
Engine — Steeple Engine — Vertical Engine, with Bell-Crank Lever — Inclined 
Paddle-Wheel Engine — Diagonal Twin-Screw Engine — T win-Screw Vertical 
Cylinder Engine — Trunk Engine — Oscillating Engine — Compound Oscillating 
Engine — Oscillating Hoisting Engine — Three-Cylinder Engine — Tandem Com- 
pound Vertical Engine — Compound Engines — Compound Yacht Engine — 
High-Speed Tandem Compound Engine — Modern High-Speed Engine — ■ 
Single D Slide Valve — Balanced Slide Valve — Double-Ported Slide Valve— 



CONTENTS. 3 

" Meyer " Cut-off Valve — Single D Slide Valve — Gridiron Slide Valve — Rotary 
Valves — Steam Engine Valve Chest — Balanced Slide Valve — Balanced Slide 
Valve (Buchanan & Richter's Patent) — " Richardson-Allen " Balanced Slide 
Valve — Balanced Throttle Valve — Wing Throttle Valve — Multiple Port Piston 
Throttle Valve — " Corliss " Valve Gear — Locomotive Link-Motion Valve Gear 
— Walschaert's Valve Gear — Reversing Link Motion — Valve Gear — "Joy's'* 
Valve Gear — "Bremme " Valve Gear — Single Eccentric Valve Gear — Cam-Bar 
Valve Movement — Valve Gear of a Cornish Engine — Variable Expansion Gear 
— Single Eccentric Variable Valve Throw — " Allen " Valve Lift or Toe — Tappet 
Lever Valve Motion — Starting Lever — Simple Unhooking Device — Simple Re- 
versing Gear — " Joy's " Hydraulic Shifting Eccentric — Shifting Eccentric — • 
Valve Motion Eccentric — " PeaucelHer's " Parallel Motion — Parallel Motion 
— "Cartwright's" Parallel Motion— Cross-Head Slide — Rack Gear Parallel 
Motion — "Watt*' Governor — Compensating Governor — Gravity Centrifugal 
Governor — Engine Governor — Centrifugal Ball Governor — Inverted Governor 
— Direct-Acting Centrifugal Governor — Spring Balanced Centrifugal Governor 
— Parabolic Governor — "Anderson's" Gyroscope Governor — Horizontal Cen- 
trifugal Governor — Vane or Wing Governor — Governor for a Steam Engine — 
Differential Governor — " Huntoon " Governor — " Proell " Governor — " Porter" 
Governor — " Richardson " Governor — Principle of the " Pickering " Governor 
— *' Pickering" Governor — Pulley or Fly-Wheel Governor — Crank-Shaft Gover- 
nor — Fly-Wheel or Pulley Governor — Slotted Cross-Head — Trammel Crank — • 
Crank-Pin Lubricator — Centrifugal Crank-Pin Oiler — Centrifugal Lubricating 
Device — "Cochrane" Rotary Engine — "Franchot" Rotary Engine — Double 
Slide Piston Rotary Engine — "Lamb" Rotary Engine — "Cochrane" Rotary 
Engine — Rotary Engine — " Napuer " Rotary Engine — Roller Piston Rotary 
Engine — " Cochrane " Rotary Engine — " Boardman " Rotary Engine — " Smith'* 
Rotary Engine — "Berrenburg" Rotary Engine — "Fletcher's" Rotary Con- 
densing Engine — "Bartrum and Powell" Rotary Engine — "Ritter" Rotary 
Engine — "Holly" Rotary Engine — "Stocker" Rotary Engine — "Forrester" 
Rotary Engine — " Kipp" Rotary Piston Engine — " Ruth's " Rotary Engine — ■ 
" Almond " Engine — Rotating Cylinder Engine — Rotary Multicylinder Engine 
— " Bates " Compound Vibrating Engine — " Davies' " Disc Engine — " Reu- 
leaux '* Engine or Pump — " Link " Vibratory Engine — Oscillating Piston Engine 
— Vibrating Piston Engine — " Knickerbocker " Four Piston Rotary Engine— 
"Root's" Double Quadrant Engine — "Root's" Square Piston Engine — 
"Dake" Square Piston Engine — "Wilkinson's" Steam Turbine — "Dow" 
Steam Turbine — " De Laval " Steam Turbine — " Parsons' " Steam Turbine. 

55 to 100 

SECTION V. 
STEAM APPLIANCES. 

Injectors, Steam Pumps, Condensers, Separators, Traps, and Valves 
"Peerless" Injector — " Shaeffer and Budenberg" Injector — "National" 
Automatic Injector — "Metropolitan" Injector — " Lunkenheimer " Injector — 
"Eberman" Injector — "Nathan" Injector — "Little Giant" Injector — " Pen- 
berthy" Special Injector — "Park" Injector — "Sellers'" Restarting Injector 



4 CONTENTS. 

— "Little Giant " Locomotive Injector — " Metropolitan " Double-Tube Injectoi 
— "Brownley" Injector — "Leader" Injector — "Excelsior" Injector — " Kort- 
ing" Injector — " Hancock " Inspirator — Ball-Valve Injector — " Hancock " Loco- 
motive Inspirator — " Standard " Injector — " Sellers' " Self-Adjusting Injector — 
Steam Pump — " Misch's " Valve Tappet — Independent Jet Condenser Pump — 
Ejector Condenser — Exhaust Jet Condenser — Balanced Reducing Valve — Pre- 
sure Reducing Valve — " Foster " Pressure Reducing Valve — " Hotchkiss " Boiler 
Cleaner — Feed-Water Heater — Steam Separator — Filter for Boiler — Return 
Steam Trap — Spring Steam Trap — Steam Trap — " Bundy " Steam Trap — 
Steam Trap with Valve — " Heintz " Steam Trap—" Moran's " Flexible Steam 
Joint — Corrugated Expansion Coupling — Flanged Expansion Joint — Auto- 
matic Relief Valve — Horizontal Swing Check Valve — Globe Valve — Exhaust 
Steam Head — Centrifugal Exhaust Head loi to 1 14 

SECTION VI. 

MOTIVE POWER. 

Gas and Gasoline Engines, Valve Gear and Appliances, Connecting 
Rods and Heads. 

Gasoline Engine — Sectional Plan of a Gasoline Engine — Simple Gas or Gasoline 
Engine — Gasoline Engine Valve Gear — "Union " Model Gas Engine — Gasoline 
Carriage Motor — Vertical Gasoline Engine — Vertical Kerosene Oil Engine — 
"Diesel" Motor— Vertical Gas Engine — Street Railway Gas Motor Passenger Car 
• — Gasoline Motor Car — Valve Gear — Double-Grooved Eccentric Valve Gear for 
a Four-cycle Gas Engine — Plumb-Bob Governor — Inertia Governor — Pendulum 
Governor — Differential Cam Throw — Governor and Variable Cam — Inlet 
Valve — Gas Engine Valve Gear — Gasoline Vaporizer — Carburetter — Automatic 
Oiler — Uniform Automatic Oiler — Crank-Rod Head Adjustment — Trunk Piston 
Rod — Connecting Rod Head — Connecting Rod End — Solid Strap End — Steel 
Ball Adjustment — Solid End Connecting Rod — Forked End Connecting Rod 
— Adjustable Link — Link or Connecting Rod :, ... 115 to 127 

SECTION VII. 

HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 

Water Wheels, Turbines, Governors, Impact Wheels, Pumps, Rotary 
Pumps, Siphons, Water Lifts, Ejectors, Water Rams, Meters, Indi- 
cators, Pressure Regulators, Valves, Pipe Joints, Filters. 

Overshot Water Wheel — Iron Overshot Wheel — Undershot Water Wheel — 
Saw-Mill Water Wheel— Breast Water Wheel— Flutter Wheel— Barker Wheel 
— Current Motor — Current Water Wheel — Fixed Bucket Water-Raising Cur- 
rent Wheel — Bucketed Water-Raising Current Wheel — Current Wheel Water 
Lift — Drainage Wheel — Persian Wheels — Ancient Water Lift — "Archimedian '* 
Screw Water Lift— Volute Turbine — High Pressure Turbine — " Leffel" Dou- 
ble-Runner Turbine — "Jonval " Turbine — Turbine and Gate — " Lancaster " 
Turbine—" Munson" Double Turbine— "Camden " Turbine—" Model " Turbine 



CONTENTS. 5 

—"Swain" Turbine — "Wairen" Central Discharge Turbine — "Foumeron** 
Turbine — Belt Water- Wheel Governor — Water Wheel Governor — Impact 
Water Wheel — Pelton Water Wheel — Buckets of a Pelton Water Wheel — 
Power of Water — Compound Beam Pumping Engine — '* Dean " Steam Pump 
— Worthington Duplex Pump — Half-Yoke Connection — Yoke Connection — 
Reversing Movement — Double-Acting Lift and Force Pump — Double-Acting 
Differential Pump — Lift and Force Pump — Tramp Pumping Device — Lift Pump 
— Double Lantern Bellows Pump or Blower — Diaphragm Pump — " Fairburn '* 
Bailing Scoop — Pendulum Water Lift — Chain Pump — Reciprocating Motion — 
Well Pulley and Buckets — Swape, or New Engine Sweep — Parallel Motion — • 
*' Golding" Centrifugal Pump — " Quimby'* Screw Pump — Rotary Pump — " Pap- 
penheim " Rotary Pump — " Repsold " Rotary Pump — Tri-Axial Rotary Pump 
— Rotary Pump or Motor — "Cary" Rotary Pump — Vacuum Jet Condenser 
and Rotary Pump — "Ramelli" Rotary Pump — "Heppel" Rotary Pump — • 
*' Emeru " Rotary Pump — " Knott " Rotary Pump — "Pattison" Rotary Pump 
— " Cochrane " Rotary Pump — Hydraulic Transmission of Power — Siphon — 
Ejector or Jet Pump — Automatic Water Ejector — Automatic Sprinkler — 
Hydraulic Ram — '* Pearsall's " Hydraulic Ram and Air Compressor — Silent 
Hydraulic Ram — Double-Piston Reaction Hydraulic Ram — Water Meter — Disc 
Water Meter — Water Velocity Indicator and Register — Anchored Ferry "Boat — 
" Mueller " Water-Pressure Regulator — " Mason " Water-Pressure Regulator — 
Pump Water-Pressure Regulating Valve — Hydraulic Press — Hydrostatic Press 
—Hydraulic Intensifier — Portable Hydratdic Riveter — Hydraulic Rail Bender 
• — Hydraulic Rail Punch — Hydraulic Elevator Lift — Horizontal Hydraulic 
Elevator Lift — Hydraulic Pulling Jack — Water Purifying Filter — Reversible 
Filter — Filtering Cistern — Upward Flow Filter — Domestic Filter — Porous 
Water Filter— Stoneware Filter—" Ward " Flexible Pipe Joint — Flexible Ball 
Joint — Flexible Pipe Joints — Universal Pipe Joint — Toggle Clip Pipe Joint-— 
Bibb — Disc Valve and Guard — Double-Beat Disc Valve — Hydraulic Valve- 
Multiple Ball Valve — Multiple Ring Valve — Double-Beat Pump Valve — Vibra- 
ting Motion — Variable Compensating Weights — Sand Auger — Driven Well — - 
Automatic Flush Sewer Tank — Atomizer — Ball and Jet Nozzle — Spray Jet 
Nozzle — Hero's Fountain — " Chapman " Aspirator or Vacuum Pump — Hy- 
draulic Lift 128 to 162 

SECTION VIIL 
AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 

Windmills, Bellows, Blowers, Air Compressors, Compressed Air Tools, 
Motors, Air Water Lifts, Blowpipes. 

Aneroid Barometer, Box Kite — Curved Vane Windmill or Motor — Feathering 
Windmill — Hemispherical Cup Windmill — V/indmill of our Grandfathers — 
Windmill and Steel Tower — Modern Windmill — Ancient Windmill — Electric 
Windmill Plant — Smith's Circular Bellows — Double Organ-Blowing Bellows 
— Three-Throw Bellows — Foot Bellows — Fan Blower — "Hodges" Compound 
Blower — "Wedding" Rotary Blower^" Fabry " Rotary Blower — "Root" 
Rotary Blower — Hydraulic Air Compressor — Piston Hydraulic Air Compressol 
— Tromp or Hydraulic Air Blast — Air Compressor — Hydraulic Air Compressor 



6 CONTENTS. 

— Automatic Air Compressor — Water-Jet Air Compressor — Trunk Air Com* 
pressor — Duplex Steam-Actuated Air Compressor — Compound Air Com* 
pressor — Duplex Air Compressor — Togg^v Joint Duplex Air Compressor-— 
Air Compressor Cylinder — Piston and Valves — Air-Compressing Cylinder- 
Air Compressor Governor — Air-Cooling Receiver — Single Valve Air Pump-— 
Crank Equalizing Angle — Crank Equalizing Angle in Air Compression — Direct 
Air Pressure Pump — Compressed Air Water Elevator — Raising Sunken Ves- 
sels — Compressed Air Lift System — Compressed Air Power — Compound 
Pneumatic Locomotive — Pneumatic Paint Sprayer — Portable Fire Ex- 
tinguisher — Fire Extinguisher — Compressed Air Lift — Dajplex Pneumatic 
Riveter — Pneumatic Hammer — "Hotchkiss" Atmospheric Hammer — "Grim- 
shaw " Compressed Air Hammer — Compressed Air Sheepshearing Machine — 
Portable Riveter — Pneumatic Portable Riveter — Pneumatic Breast Drill — 
Pneumatic Motor Drill Stock — Air and Gasoline Torch — Torch Soldering Cop- 
per — Air and Gasoline Vapor Brazer — Air and Gasoline Brazing Apparatus — 
Double Cone Ventilator — Spiral Vane or Cowl — Wind Instruments. 163 to 186 

SECTION IX. 
ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 

Generators, Motors, Wiring, Controlling and Measuring, Lighting, 
Electric Furnaces, Fans, Searchlight, and Eleciric Appliances. 
Series Wound Motor or Generator — Electric Generator Construction — Single- 
Pole Shunt Generator — Four-Pole Ring Arm.ature — Ring Armature — Two-Pole 
or Shuttle Spool Armature — Shuttle Armature — Multiple Brush Commutator — 
Bipolar Shunt Generator — Four-Pole Compound Generator — Electric Gener- 
ator Construction — Consequent-Pole Compound Generator — Triple-Expansion 
Engine and Multipolar Dynamo — Direct-Connected Vertical Compound Engine 
— Flexible Coupling — Car Truck Motors — Electric Fusible Cut-Out — Rheostat 
or Resistance Coils — Trolley Car — Sectional Feeder System — Street Railway 
Single Motor — Electric Car Brake — Electric Street-Car Brake — Electric Igniter 
— Sparking Dynamo — Magneto-Electric Machine — Electric Thermostat — Tele- 
phone Transmitter — Telephone Receiver — Electric Gas Lighter — Pocket Elec- 
tric Light — Arc Light and Regulating Gear — Luminous Fountain — Electric 
Heater — Electric Soldering Copper — Electric vSad Iron — Electric Searchlight — 
Electric Furnace — Open-top Electric Furnace — " Siemens " Electric Gas Fur- 
nace — "Cowles" Electric Furnace — Electric Welding Plant — Portable Electric 
Motor Drill Plant — Electric Perforating Pen — Electric Hoist — Electric Brake 
— Electric Rock Drill — Electric Fan — Electric-Driven Fan 187 to 202 

SECTION X. 
NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 
Vessels, Sails, Rope Knots, Paddle Wheels, Propellers, Road Scrapers 
and Rollers, Vehicles, Motor Carriages, Tricycles, Bicycles, and 
Motor Adjuncts. 
Leg-of -Mutton Sail — Skip Jack — Square or Lug Sail — Lateen Rig — Split Lug 
or Square Sail — Two-Masted or Dipping Lug — Newport Cat-Boat — Sloop—* 



CONTENTS. 7 

Lateen-Rigged Felucca — Pirogue — Three-Quarter Lug Rig — " Sliding Gunter ** 
— Skiff Yawl Rig — Sloop Yawl— Jib Topsail Sloop— The Cutter— Schooner 
Rig — Full Schooner Rig — Topsail Schooner — Club Topsail Rig — Hermaphro- 
dite Brig — A Brigantine — A Barkentine — Full-Rigged Brig — A Bark — Full- 
Rigged Ship — Ice Boat — Rope Knots and Hitches — Clove Hitch — Half Hitch 
— Timber Hitch — Square or Reef Knot — Stevedore Knot — Slip Knot — Flem- 
ing Loop — Bowline Knot — Carrick Bend — Sheet Bend and Toggle — Sheet 
Bend — Overhand Knot — Figure Eight Knot — Double Knot — Blackwall Tackle 
Hitch — Fisherman's Bend Hitch — Round Turn and Half Hitch — Chain Stop 
—Disengaging Hook — Slip Hook — Releasing Hook — Boat-Detaching Hook- 
Swinging Oar-lock — Pivoted Steps — Screw Anchor — Floating Lighthouse — 
Stone Dry-Dock — Floating Dry-Dock — Feathering Paddle Wheel or Water 
Motor — Vertical Bucket Paddle Wheel — Feathering Paddle Wheel — Outward 
Thrust Propeller Wheel — Screw Propeller — Reversing Propeller — Reversing 
Screw Propeller — Screw Propulsion — Thrust Bearing — " Silver's " Marine Gov- 
ernor — Deep-Sea Sounding Ball — Sounding Weight Release — Sampler Sounding 
Weight — Submarine Lamp — Road Builders' Level — Road Machine — Reversible 
Road Roller — Road Roller — Single Eccentric Reversing Gear — Elastic Wheel 
• — Spring Wheel — Application of Trace Springs — " Serpollet's " Steam Tricycle 
• — Steam Fire Engine — Jacketless Gasoline Carriage Motor — Gasoline Motol 
Carriage — Light Electric Carriage — Electric Phaeton — Electric Brougham — • 
Differential Gear — Baby-Carrier Tricycle — Electric Tricycle — Ice Bicycle — 
Bicycle Gear — Bicycle Crank — Swinging Bail-Bearing Bicycle Pedal — A. F. 
Haven's Planetary Crank Gear — Detachable Link Chain — Bali-Bearing Problem 
—Acetylene Bicycle Lamp — Bicycle Lamp 203 to 225 

SECTION XI. 
GEARING. 

Racks and Pinions; Spiral, Elliptical and Worm Gear; Differential 
AND Stop-Motion Gear; Epicyclical and Planetary Trains; "Fer- 
guson's" Paradox. 
Ordinary Rack and Pinion — Doubling the Length of a Crank Stroke — Sawmill 
Feed — Rack Motion — Air-Pump Movement — Circular Rack — Rectilinear 
Vibrating Motion — Vertical Drop Hammer — Sector Pinion and Double Rack 
— Reciprocating Motions — Crank Substitute — Alternate Circular Motion- 
Quick Back Motion — Alternate Rectilinear Motion — Reciprocating Rectilinear 
Motion — Mangle Rack — Mangle Wheel — Mangle Wheel Gear — Continuous 
Rotary Motion — Mangle Machine Gear — Worm Screw Rack — Rotary Motion 
— Adjustable Feed Rolls — Saw-Tooth Worm Gear — Right- and Left-Hand 
Worm Gear — Three-Part Worm Screw — Traversing Motion — Globoid Spiral 
Gear Wheels — Internal Worm-Gear Wheel — Worm-Gear Pinion — Anti-Fric- 
tion Worm Gear — Release Rotary Motion — Release Cam — Hunting Tooth 
Worm Gear — Differential Screw and Gear Movement — Complex Alternating 
Reciprocal Motion— Two-Toothed Pinion — Pin Wheel and Slotted Pinion— < 
Variable Rotary Motion — Scroll Gear — Spiral Hoop Gear — Accelerated Cir* 
cular Motion — Roller-Bearing Gear Teeth — Ball Gear — Spiral Gearing — Ex- 



8 CONTENTS. 

panding Pulley — Concentric Differential Speed — Differential Motions— Differen 
tial Gear — Doubling the Number of Revolutions on One Shaft — Multiple Gear 
Speed — Variable Throw Traversing Bar — Revolution of a Pinion — Differentia] 
Speed — Capstan Gear — Slow Forward and Quick Back Circular Motion — Geared 
Grip Tongs — Variable Circular Motion — Elliptical Spur Gear — Elliptical Gear 
Wheel — Irregular Circular Motion — Variable Reciprocating Motion — Alternat' 
ing Rectilinear Motion — Intermittent Motion of Spur Gear — Spiral Stop-Motion 
Gear — Fast and Slow Motion Spur Gear — Intermittent Gears — Intermittent 
Rotary Motion — Irregular Vibratory Motion — Variable Vibrating Motion — 
Motion by Rolling Contact — Variable Sectional Motion — Uniform Speed of 
Sectional Spur Gear — Scroll Gearing — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Stop Roller 
Motion — Change Gear Motion — Differential Driving Gear — Equalizing Pulley 
— Equalizing Gear — Doubling a Revolution on Same Shaft — Continuous Shaft 
Motion— Alternating Motion— Eccentric Wheel Train — Epicyclic Gear — Epi- 
cyclic Train — Automatic Clutch Motion for Reversing — Eccentric Gear — Sun 
and Planet Crank Motion — High-Speed Epicyclic Train — Sun and Planet 
Winding Gear — Epicyclic Gear Train — Compound Epicyclic Train — Planetary 
Motion — Planetary Gear Train — " Ferguson's " Mechanical Paradox. 227 to 250 

SECTION XII. 

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 

Ratchets and Pawls, Cams, Cranks, Intermittent and Stop Motions, 
Wipers, Volute Cams, Variable Cranks, Universal Shaft Couplings, 
Gyroscope. 

Ratchet Bar Lift — Ratchet Lift — Ratchet Governor — Rotary Motion — Inter- 
mittent Circular Motion — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Double Pawl Ratchet 
— Continuous Feed of a Ratchet — Double-Pawl Ratchet Wheel — Intermittent 
Rotary Motion — Intermittent Circular Motion — Ratchet Intermittent Motion — 
Pawl Lift — Oscillating Motion — Continuous Rotary Motion — Intermittent 
Motion — Windlass Grip Pawl — Ratchet and Level Pawl — Internal Multiple 
Cam — Ratchet Head — Reciprocal Circular Motion — Ball Socket Ratchet — 
Continuous Motion Ratchet — Stops of Various Forms — Stops for a Spur Gear — 
Stops for a Lantern Wheel — Safety Centrifugal Hooks — Crank Motion — 
Centrifugal Safety Catch for Hoisting Drums — Stop Motion — Variable Recipro- 
cating Motion — Irregular Rocking Motion — Rocking Arm — Yoke Strap — 
Triangular Curved Eccentric — Triangular Eccentric — Reciprocating Motion — 
Uniform Reciprocating Motion — Needle-Bar Slot Cam — Slotted Yoke — Crank 
Motion — Trammel Gear — Slotted Lever Motion — Intermittent Reciprocating 
Motion — Variable Crank Throw — Variable Adjustment — Four-Bolt Cam — 
Equalizing Tension Spring and Lever — Alternating Rectilinear Motion — Tra- 
verse Bar — Rectilinear Motion — Intermittent Rotary Motion — Vibrating 
Toothed Wheel — "Lazy Tongs'* Movement — Quadrangular Rectilinear Mo- 
tion—Parallel Motion — Intermittent Motion — Rocking Escapement — Rotary 
and Longitudinal Motion — Reciprocating Feed Ratchet — Friction Rod Feed 
Ratchet — Friction Hauling Ratchet — Cam-Lever Grip — Lever Toggle Joint- 
Single Toggle Arm Letter-Press — Toggle-joint Cam Movement — Double-Screw 



CONTENTS. Q 

Toggle Press — Screw Stamping Press — Multiple Return Grooved Cylinder — Re 
ciprocating Rectilinear Motion — Rectilinear Motion — Six Radial Grooved Tram- 
mel — Rectilinear Reciprocating Mption — Rocking Motion — Pair of Toe Levers 
— Wiper Cam for Stamp Mills — Angular "Wipers — Equalizing Levers or Toes — 
Variable Crank Motion — Spiral-Grooved Face Plate — Lever — Cam Sectors — 
Gear-Disengaging Cam Lever — Oblique Disc Motion — Grooved Cylinder Cam- 
Traverse Motion — Four-Motion Feed, of Wheeler and Wilson and other Sewing- 
machines — Reciprocating Rectilinear Motion — Quick Reciprocating Rectilinear 
Motion — Cylindrical Cam — Cam-Operated Shears — Irregular Cam Motion — 
Vibrating Rectilinear Motion — Irregular Vibrating Circidar Motion — Clover- 
Leaf Cam — Power Escapement — Rotary Motion — Irregular Reciprocating 
Motion — Bevelled Disc Cam — Grooved Heart Cam — Heart-Shaped Groove — 
Laying out a Heart Cam — Cam Motion — Double Cam Motion — Pivoted Fol- 
lower — Reciprocating Motion — Ovoid Curve — Variable Power Transmitted 
from a Crank — Elliptical Crank — Curvilinear Motion — Spring Lathe-Wheel 
Crank — " Brownell " Crank Motion — Ordinary Crank Motion — Eccentric and 
Straps^or Valve Motion — Reciprocating Motion — Variable Circular Motion — > 
Irregular Motion — Variable Power Vibrating Movement — Variable Crank Pin 
— Variable Rectilinear Motion — Variable Crank Throw — Variable Radius 
Lever — Combination Crank-Motion Curves — Flexible Angular Coupling — 
Sliding Contact — Shaft Coupling — Rectilinear Motion — Angular Shaft Coupling 
— Universal Joint — Double Link Universal Joint — Universal Angle Coupling 
— "Almond" Angular Shaft Coupling — "Hooke's" Angular Shaft Coupling — 
Rack and Pinion Movement — Gyroscope — Globe Gyroscope — Tension Helico- 
Volute Spring — Double Helico- Volute Spring — Compression Helical Spring 
— Single Volute Helix Spring — Compound Disc Spring 25110279 



SECTION XIII. 

HOROLOGICAL. 

Clock and Watch Movements and Devices. 

Cycloidal Pendulum Movement — Compensating Pendulum Bob — Compound 
Compensating Pendulum — Centrifugal Pendiilum — Antique Clock Escapement 
— Crown Tooth Escapement — Double Ratchet- Wheel Escapement — Star- 
Wheel Escapement — Anchor Escapement — Recoil Escapement — Pendulum 
Escapement — Stud Escapement — Lantern-Wheel Escapement — Pin-Wheel Es- 
capement — Hopk-Tooth Escapement — Single-Pin Pendulum Escapement — 
Three-Toothed Escapement — Detached Pendulum Escapement — Mudge 
Gravity Escapement — Tri-Toothed Pendulum Escapement — " Harrison " 
Winding Device — Double Tri-Toothed Pendulum Escapement — "Bloxam's" 
Gravity Escapement — Dead- Beat Clock Escapement — Endless Cord- 
Winding Device for Clocks — Clock Train — Compensation Watch Balance — 
Watch Regulator — Antique Watch Escapement — Verge Escapement — Cylinder 
Escapement — Duplex Escapement — Jewelled Detached Lever Escapement — 
" Guernsey " Escapement — Anchor and Lever Escapement — Lever Escapement 
—Lever Chronometer Escapement — "Arnold" ChronometerEscapement — Fusee 



lO CONTENTS. 

Chain and Spring Drum — Chronometer Escapement — " Geneva " Stop — Geared 
"Watch Stop— Watch Stop— Stem-Winding Movement — Pin-Geared Watch 
Stop— Watch Train ^ 281 to 293 

SECTION XIV. 

MINING. 

Quarrying, Ventilation, Hoisting, Conveying, Pulverizing, Separating^ 
Roasting, Excavating, and Dredging. 

Diamond Prospecting Drill — Rock Drill — Diamond Well-Boring Machine^ 
Portable Diamond Drill — Arc Tappet Valve Motion — Tappet Valve, for a Rock 
Drill — Rock Drill — Rock Drill with Balanced Piston Valve — Coal-Cutting 
Machine — link Chain Cutter — Drill for Curved Holes — Box- Wing Blower — 
Multiplex Butterfly Valve — Steam-Driven Ventilating Fan — Miner's Safety 
Lamp — Horse-Power Hoisting Drum — Steam Hoisting Engine — Strap Brake — 
Elevator Tower — Horizontal Boom Tower — Mast and Gaff Hoist — Coal-Load- 
ing Tipple — "Otis Stop" for Elevator Cars — Elevator Dumping Head — Mining 
Buckets and Skip — Belt Conveyer — Chain Scraper Conveyer — Cable Conveyer 
— Driving Mechanism — Log Conveyer — Rope Tramway — Automatic Dumping 
Car — Toggle Joint — Stone Crusher — " Buchanan " Rock Crusher — Roller Coal 
Crusher — Eight-Stamp Ore Mill — Rolling Crusher — "Arastra" Ore Mill — 
"Chili" Mill — Pulverizing Ball and Pan Mill — Revolving Pulverizing Mill- 
Hydraulic Balanced Giant Nozzle — Coal Dust Press — Klondike Mining Machine 
— Gold Separator — Centrifugal Separator — Magnetic Ore Separator — Iron Ore 
Separator — Railway Steam Shovel — Magnetic Ore Separators (Hoffman-Edison 
Types) — Ore Roasting Furnace — Railway Excavator — Railway Steam Shovel — 
Continuous Ditching Dredge — Clam-Shell Bucket — Revolving Hoisting Dredge 
— Floating Dredge — Marine Dredge ♦ . . . f , 295 to 310 

SECTION XV. 
MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 

Hangers, Shaft Bearings, Ball Bearings, Steps, Couplings, Universal 
AND Flexible Couplings, Clutches, Speed Gear, Shop Tools, Screw 
Threads, Hoists, Machines, Textile Appliances. 
Adjustable Bracket Hanger — Adjustable Floor Bearing — Adjustable Post 
Hanger— Adjustable Floor Stand — Continuous Traversing Roller — Roller 
Wheel Anti-Friction Bearing— Ball Bearings — Adjustable Hanger for Shafting — 
Screw Traversing Ball Bearing— Hanging Shaft — Suspended Shaft — Curved 
Step Bearing — Conical Pivot Bearing— Lubrication of a Hanging Bearing — 
Vertical Shaft Step — Shaft Step Adjustment — Adjustable Step Bearing — Collar 
Bearing and Step — Oil Circulating Step — Lenticular Bearing — Spherical Step 
Bearing— Angle Coupling— "Oldham" Coupling— Flexible Link Coupling — 
Flexible Shaft Coupling— Angle Shaft Coupling— Universal Joint— " Hooke's " 
Universal Joint— "Goubet's" Universal Shaft Coupling — Ball Socket Universal 
Joints — Right-Angle Shaft Coupling— Right-Angle Shaft Coupling (" Hobson " 



CONTENTS. 1 1 

Patent) — Eccentric Line Coupling — Simple Friction Pulley — Friction Clutch— 
V-Grooved Face Clutch — Clutch and Gear — Cone Clutch — Multiple Plate Fric« 
tion Clutch — Pin Clutch — Friction Pin Clutch — Friction Clutch Bevel Gear — 
Spring Friction Clutch — Double Toggle-joint Friction Clutch — Adjustable Fric- 
tion Clutch — Double Conic Rope Drum — Variable Speed Device — Expanding 
Pulley — Variable Speed Transmitting Device — Belt Holder — Jointed 
Radial Arm — Drilling Machine Clamp — Screw Bench Clamp — Auto- 
matic Bench Clamp — Wood-Bending Clamp and Formers — Boiler Tube 
Expander — Roller Tube Expander — Revolving Tool Head — Collapsing Tap — 
Wabble Saw — Automatic Screw-Cutting Die — Universal Chuck — Compound 
Lever Shears — Disc Shears— Gig Saw — Band- Saw — Toggle-joint Lever Press 
or Punch — Power Stamping Press— Hand Drilling Machine — Portable Drill — 
Multiple Drilling Machine — Stamp Mill Cam Motion — Blacksmith's Helper — 
Revolving Rapid-Blow Hammer — Helve Trip Hammer — Friction Drop Ham- 
mer — Beam Trip Hammer — Spring Hammer — Tire Shrinker — Combined Tire 
Upsetting and Punching Machine — Plate Sawing Machine — Combined Punch 
and Shears — Suspended Swing Treadle — Power Rumbling Mill — Centrifugal 
Separator — Closure of Rollers — Vibrating Lift — Differential Pitch Movement — 
Feed Wheel — Combined Ratchet and Hand-Feed Gear — Gear Train — Quick 
Return Movement — Reversing Gear — Flexible Universal Steam Joint — Bye 
Pass Cock or Valve — Sight-Feed Lubricator — Screw Movement — Centering 
Tool — Vernier Caliper — Expansion Bit — Double-Acting Screwdriver — Pump 
Drill Stock — Reciprocating Drill Stock — Compound Lever Cutting Pliers- 
Ball Socket — Screw Threads— Continual Barrel Elevator — Telescopic Hydraulic 
Elevator — Traveller Hoist — Travelling Crane — I-Bar Travelling Tramway — 
Swing Bracket Crane — Adjustable Universal Sheave — " Harrington " Chain 
Hoist—" Yale " Duplex Hoist— Safety Tackle— Differential Chain-Pulley Block 
— Double Screw-Gear Hoist — Taper Tube Rolls — " Yale- Weston " Differential 
Gear Hoist — Tube-Rolling Machine — Seamless Tube Making — Wire-Bending 
Machine — Hopper and Bell — "Bessemer" Steel Converter — Lense-Grinding 
Machine — Grinding Mill — " Bogardus " Mill — Circulating Screw Propeller 
and Mixing Tank — Double Cylinder Planer — Double Toggle-joint Screw 
Press — Steam Cotton Press — Toggle-Bar Press — Sector Press — Bark or Cob 
Mill — Drawing and Throstle Twisting, Rolls and Bobbin Winder — Cop Winder 
—Bobbin Winder — Cloth Dresser — Knitting Machine 31210346 

SECTION XVI. 

CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 

Mixing, Testing, Stump and Pile Pulling, Tackle Hooks, Pile Driving, 
Dumping Cars, Stone Grips, Derricks, Conveyer, Timber Splicing, 
Roof and Bridge Trusses, Suspension Bridges. 

Post Augur — Pug Mill — Conical Pug Mill — Conical Mixing Barrel — Concrete 
Mixer — Cement-Testing Machine — Hydraulic Sand Ejector — Toggle Stump 
Puller — Right and Left Hand Turnbuckle — Swivel Shackle Slip Hook — Trip 
Hook — Balanced Riveting Machine — Releasing Grip — Automatic Disengaging 
Grip — Swivelling Dumping Car — Square Box Side-Dumping Car — Lever Grip 



18 CONTENTS. 

Tongs — Adjustable Grip Tongs — Pneumatic Dumping Car— Lewis Wedge for 
Lifting Stone — Stone Grinding and Polishing Machine — Four-Guy Mast Der- 
rick — Shears with Winch or Tackle Block — Swinging Derrick Crane — Portable 
Steam Derrick — Swing-Boom Crane — Cable Hoist and Conveyer — Cantilever 
Hoisting and Conveying Machine — Timber Splicing — Timber Cords and 
Arches — Truss Roof — Queen Post Roof Truss— Wooden Road Bridge Truss 
—Deck Bridge Trusses — Bridge Truss — Arched Deck Truss Bridge — Bridge 
Trusses — Arch Truss Bridge — Swing Bridge — Cantilever Bridge — Suspension 
Bridges .349 to 360 

SECTION XVII. 
DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 

Parallel Rules, Curve Delineators, Trammels, Ellipsographs, Pan- 
tographs. 

Proportional Compasses — Roller Parallel Ruler — Slotted Parallel Ruler — Three 
Part Parallel Ruler — Spring Cyclograph — Flexible Curve Scriber — Helicograph 
— Great Curve Delineator — Conchoid Delineator — Cyclograph — Trammel for 
Drawing Ellipses — Ellipsograph — Parabola Scriber — Geared Ellipsograph — 
Hyperbola Scriber — Pantograph — Lazy-Tongs Pantograph — Perspective Cen- 
trolinead — Spherometer 361 to 367 

SECTION XVIII. 

MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES; 

A.NIMAL Power, Sheep Shears, Movements and Devices, Elevators, 
Cranes, Sewing, Typewriting, and Printing Machines, Railway 
Devices, Trucks, Brakes, Turntables, Locomotives, Gas, Gas Fur- 
naces, Acetylene Generators, Gasoline Mantle Lamp, Firearms. 

Human Treadmill — Horse-Power Tread Wheel — Horse-Power Machine — Dog- 
Power Machine — Geared Horse-Power — Multiple Bladed Sheep Shears — Horse 
Clipper — Machine Sheep Shears — "Almond's" Flexible Metallic Tube — Evo- 
lution of a Wood Screw — Artificial Leg and Foot — Mean Time Sun Dial — 
Door Push Check — Folding Ladder Simple Combination Lock — Tripod — Dou- 
ble Spherical Socket — Disc Slicer — Micrometer Screw Adjustment — Correct 
Principle in Setting a Hot-Water House Boiler — Under-Feed Heating Fur- 
nace — Harvester or Mowing Machine — Bell Clapper Movement — Piano Key and 
Action — Lapidary or Lithologicai Lathe — Wire-Drawing Machine — Wire-Cov- 
ering Machine — Stirring Machinefor Grain Mash — Sector Wheel Baling Press 
— Wood Compression Carving Machine — Belt-Driven Elevator — Safety Catch 
for Elevators — Elevator Safety Gear — Swing Derrick — Package Elevator- 
Post Crane — Wharf Crane — Automatic Balance Crane — Sewing-Machine Shut- 
tle — Sewing-Machine Feed Bar — Sewing-Machine Hook and Bobbin — Hook of 
the "Wheeler and Wilson" Sewing-Machine — Sewing-Machine — Spring Motor 
for Sewing-Machine — Tinplate Lacquering Machine — Single Cylinder Printing 
Press — Typewriting Machine — " Gordon " Printing Press — Rack and Pawl— 



CONTENTS. 13 

Ball-Bearmg Screw Jack — HydrauKc Transfer Jack — Rail-Cutting Saw — Prouty- 
Noble Automatic or Self-Winding Brake — Street-Car Sand Box — Friction 
Brake for Street Railway Cars— Car Truck for Street Railways — Street-Car 
Truck — Car Truck — Trolley-Car Truck — Freight-Car Truck — Cable Railway 
Grip — Cable Grip for Street Railways — Linked Hinges — Endless Cable Grip 
Car — Street Railway Sweeping Car — Equalizing Lever — Novel Car Brake — 
Wooden Frame Tum-Table — Iron Frame Turn-Table — Single-Cylinder Loco- 
motive — Modem Locomotive and Tender — Passenger Locomotive, Eight- 
WTieel Model — Ten- Wheel Freight Locomotive — Freight Locomotive — Centre 
Valve for a Gas House — Disc Valve for Large Gas Pipes — Centre Guide Gas 
Holder — Counter-Weighted Gas Holder — Expanding Pipe Stopper — Lantern 
Bellows Dry Gas Meter — Wet Gas Meter — Dry Gas Meter — Gas Pressure 
Regulator — Fuel Gas Burner — Gas Furnace — Gas-Heated Incubator — Acety- 
lene Gas Generator — Automatic Gasoline and Mantle Lamp — Acetylene Gen- 
erator and Gas Holder — Acetylene Burner — Bayonet Joint — Gun Lock — Co- 
Cylinder Revolving Device for Firearms — Magazine Rifle, "Lee-Metford" 
Model — "Martini-Henry" Rifle — Chassepot Gun — Remington Rifle — "Rem- 
ington" Magazine Gun — "Hotchkiss" Magazine Gun — "Lebel" Rifle — 
"Mauser" Rifle — "Winchester" Magazine Rifle — Disappearing Gun, "Mon- 
crief Model" , . , , ,369 to 396 



ADDITIONS TO 
THE FOURTEENTH EDITION. 

Section I. — ^Lever Safety Trip — ^Lever Sector — ^Lever and Ratchet — ^Lever 
Movement — Lever Action — Straight line Linkage — ^Lever and its Oflice 
Inclined Plane. 

Section II. — Parallel Plyers — ^Transmission Circular Motion — Reversing 
Lever — Transmission, Reciprocating — Link Transmission — Gyrating Lever 
Transmission — Transmission by Bell Crank — Gambrel Joint Linkage — 
Two Revolutions for One Stroke — EquaHzing Thrust — Speed Changing 
PuUey — Helping Crank Over Center — Reverse Motion Drive — ^Intermit- 
tent Transmission — Registering Dynamometer. 

Section III. — St. John's Steam Meter — Belt Shipper — Three Horse Whif- 
fl.etrees — ^Anemometer. 

Section IV. — Crude Petroleum Biu-ners — Petroleum Furnace — ^Automo- 
bile Boiler — Feeding Pulverized Fuel — Roney Stoker — Sterling Boiler — 
Worthington Boiler — Compound Locomotive Cylinders. 

Section V. — Pulsometer Steam Pump — Edwards Air Pump — Steam Soot 
Sucker — ^Air Coohng Tower — Flexible MetaUic Hose and Tubing. 

Section VT. — Stake Puller — Stalk PuUer — Valve Gear — Gasoline Atom- 
izers — Ignition Plug — Jump Spark Coil — Caloric Engine — Four CyHnder 
Motor. 



14 CONTENTS. 

Section VII. — Hydraulic Sprinkler Head — Milk Cooler — Hydraulic Irri- 
gation Engine — Four Stage Centrifugal Pump — Current Meter. 

Section VIII.— Wind Instruments — Ventilator — Wind Gauge — Compound 
Pohle Air Lift — Prairie Wind Mill — Gas Crucible Furnace — Oil Burn- 
ing Melting Furnace — Mechanical Flyer. 

Section IX. — Non-Arcing Lightning Arrester — Ampere Meter — Re- 
cording Watt-hour Meter — Electric Escapement — Pneumatic Emergency 
Brake — Solenoid Electric Fan — Alternating Current Transformer — 
Electro Magnetic Ratchet Driver. 

Section X.— Air Ship — Railroad Gates — Railway Pneumatic Signal — 
Self-Registering Tide Gauge — Novel Steering Gear — Ship's Steering 
Gear — Street Cleaning Machine — Spring Wheel — Automobile Horn. 

Section XL — Link Chain Hoist — Bicycle Signal Bell — Multiple Speed 
Gear — Changeable Motion Gear — Pneumatic Grain Elevator — Flying 
Machine. 

Section XII. — Hydro-Extractor — Reversible Pulley — Four Speed Change 
Gear— Heddle Cam — Ferris Wheel — Wave Motions — Sewing Machine 
Hook — Positive Shuttle Motion — A Curious Padlock. 

Section XIII. — Equated Sun Dial — Universal Sun Dial — Electric Balance 
Wheel Clock — Compensating Pendulum — Electro-Magnetic Clock Pendu- 
lum — Electric Time Clock — Electric Winding Device. 

Section XIV. — Disintegrator — Ore Crusher — Hand Power Rock Drill — 
Free Running Axle — Garbage Furnace — ^Automatic Ore Dump — Air 
Blast for Moving Coal — Rope Drive for Mine Haulage. 

Section XV. — Traveling Derrick — Modern Cotton Gin — Spool Winding 
Machine — Conical Roller Thrust Bearing — Steam Vulcanizers — Right 
Angle Shaft Transmission — Take-up and Let-oflf Motion for Looms. 

Section XVI. — Expansion or Anchor Bolts — Rolling Lift Bridge — Con- 
crete Bridge — Melan Bridge — ^Steel Arched Concrete Bridge — Hydraulic 
Pile Driver — Log Sawing Machine. 

Section XVII. — Ellipsograph Turntable — Ellipsographs — Omni-Telemeter 
Odontograph, Section Liner — Dotting Instrument — Eidograph — Tracing 
Bar — Reflecting Drawing Board — Self-Registering Barometer — Spiro- 
graph, 

Section XVIIL — Railway Water Lift — Two Speed Gear. 

Section XIX. — Two Lever and One Link Straight Line Motion — Two 
Lever and Three Link Straight Line Motion — Two Lever and One 
Link Straight Line Motion — One Lever and Sliding Link Straight Line 
Motion — One Lever and Two Link Straight Line Motion — Three Lever 
Two Link Straight Line Motion — Two Lever, One Link Straight Line 
Motion — Three Lever, Two Link Straight Line Motion in Opposite 
Directions — Two Link, One Lever Straight Line Motion — Oil Switch 
Movement with Three Levers and Two Links — Oil Switch Movement 
with Two Levers and One Link — Oil Switch Movement with Two 
Levers and One Link — Oil Switch Movement with Two Levers and One 
Link — Oil Switch Movement with Three Levers and Three Links. 




Section I. 
THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 

Forces and the Measure of their Work. 

Force may be said to be the cause of motion and power in 
mechanics. Its condition may be static or dynamic ; in the latter 
condition it becomes the means for the practical application of motion 
in the various forms of mechanical devices. Its statical condition is 
illustrated in the strains sustained in the material of construction and 
suspension. 

The first and simple form of static force may be illustrated in 
the column, in the various positions in which it may be used for 
resistance of any kind ; although in machinery, it may in 
itself become a moving body under stress. Static force 
may be represented by a column supporting weight ; a 
beam under compressive strain ; a body of water retained 
in a mill dam, steam pressure in a boiler, compressed air 
or liquefied gases, and a suspended weight; 
a coiled spring or anything that is under pres- ^ 
sure without motion. The principal expressions for static 
force are compression, tension, and torsion, or their com- 
binations. The resolution of forces is the geometrical rela- 
tion and value of two or more forces acting upon a single 
point from different directions, or of a single force acting 
against several points of resistance. 

The terms of resolution may be directional, static, or dynamic. 

3. THE RESOLUTION OF SUS- 
PENSION — in which W represents a 
force or the weight of gravitation, and 
P, P' the resisting power or equivalent 
weights. Solution : 

P and P'= half the weight 

Sine of angle of depression a or 6 
when the angles are equal. 





28 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 




4. For unequal angles the forces 
vary as the sines of the angles from the 
vertical, respectively. 

Solution : P = W X sine^ 

Sine {y-\-v) 

P' = W X sine v 

Sine (}>-{- 7/) 

5. In a combination of forces 
the resolution involves the sines of 
the varying angles. 

T = w X siney P'= W X sine v' 
SmQ(y-{-vy Sine(z^-|-^') 

6. The forces in the direction of P and 
P' in which the weight of a beam inclined 
and resting upon a point at P' = W, at the 
centre of gravity. 

P' = WX a P = Wxa 
b' b 



The longitudinal thrust of struts or braces is the same as for 
tensional strains inversely, only that the weight of timbers or heavy 
materials should be considered separately, as shown further on. 

7. Where the members are of 
the same length and at equal angles. 

P and P'= half the weigh 

Sine of the angle a or b^ 



8. For unequal angles. 
Colution : P =1 W X sine y 




Sine i^y-\-v) 

V — Wxsine v 
Sine {^y-\-v) 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 



n 




9. With truss iDeams carrying un- 
equal weights the formulae for end 
thrust are for equal angles. 

P = ze/ X sine_y 
Sine (y-l-v) 

P' = W X sine J 
Sine {y-^v) 

For unequal angles, the formula is 
^ the same as in No. 8. 

10. LEVER PARADOX. 

Two levers or scale beams, one 
above the other, 
accurately b a 1- 
anced and pivo- 
ted at their ends 
to two T arms as 

shown in the cut, may have equal weights hung at various distances 
on the arms, and they will be balanced on the centre line and at any 
angle above or below the centre line. A nut for amateurs to crack. 




THE LEVER AND ITS POWER. 

The weight of lever is not considered. 

II. First order. 



it — ly — ^ a ► 




W Px^ 



12. Second order. 
d-\-a W 



= W. 



Wx^ 



a 



==? 



WXd 



^><(^±f.)_w 

= P 




13. Third order. 



Wx(M^) ^p 



= W. 



20 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. . 




1 4. Bell Crank or Angular Lever, first 
order. Same notation as No. 11. 




15. Bell Crank or Angular Lever, 
second order. Same Notation as No. 12. 



16. Bell Crank or Angular Lever, 
third order. 



WX 



+ ( 



a X cosine of a 



nglej 



=P 




^P 17. Compound Lever, first order. 

t ay. a! 1^ ■ V XaX a' 



Y a^-~.—A-l/- 



^XbXb' 



= W, 



ax a' 



■D 



18. Compound Lever, first and second orders. 




a a'Xb' _ W 

X ^ b' ~~Y' 



= w 



P X ^ X (^^ + ^0 _ 

bXb' 
WxbXb' 

a X {a' + b' ) 

The differential weight of lever arms must be adjusted to the 
proper factor for accurate computation. 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 



21 




19. Revolving Lever, first order. 

W= P X g 
b 

V = W Xb 
a 

p 20. Revolving Lever, second order. 

W= P X {a^b) 

b 
P = ^ xb 
a-\-b 



21. Revolving Lever, third order. 

W^ P X b 

a-\-b' 

P = W X (^ + ^) 




THE INCLINED PLANE. 

22. Weight sliding on inclined surface. 
(W X sine of angle) + friction = P. 
P 



Sine of angle = 



Sine of angle 
vertical 



inclined 



— friction =:W. 



distance. 




23. Rolling weight by horizontal push. 



P = 



WX>^ 



w = 



PX^ 
h 



22 



THE MECHANICAI. POWERS. 




Strain 



24. THK WEDGE. 

Strain = force of blow X / 



w 



/, length of wedge. 
Wf width of wedge. 




25. THE SCREW. All measures in equal 
units or inches. 

W = PX (2 X rX 3.1416) 
Pitch of screw 

P = W X pitch of screw 
2 X rX 3.1416 



: h- 



ii^- 



26. WORM GEAR or ENDIvESS SCREW. 

P = power. 
r = length of crank. 
R = radius of pitch line of gear. 
p = pitch of screw. 
r = radius of winding drum. 

W = PXrX6.28XR 
pXr' 



P = WXpXr ^ 
6.28 XrXK 



W 

• — if screw is double-thread. 
2 




27. CHINESE WHEEL, or diflferen- 
tial axle, with crank or pulley. 

a = radius large drum. 
d =z radius small drum. 

W - P XrX 2 
a — b 

rX2 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 



23 



TACKLE BLOCKS. 



a 



£ i|^ — ^ 28. Two single sheaves, a, b^ c are of equal 

f^\ strain. « -[- /^ = W. Sheave A only transfers 
5ri^T^ ^ the direction of P. 




29. Simple sheave block. 

P = W. 

30. Two single sheave blocks — upper one 
fixed, lower movable. 

P= W 

2 



y^-^-p^-^-^i: 31. Three single sheave blocks — one block fixed, 

two blocks movable. 

P r= W 

— . W = P X 4. 
4 




■'r^^^'<'^^yi<ff^ ' 32. Three single sheave blocks, consisting of two fixed 

blocks and one movable block. 



Power : P = W 



. W = P X 3. 



wl 



33. One fixed sheave block, one movable sheave block. 

P = W 

— . W = PX3. 
3 



24 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 



^rtrrTr^fyfrrTrW^ 




34, One fixed sheave block, two movable fixed 

blocks. 

P== W 

_. W==PX7. 
7 




35. One fixed pulley block, three fixed rope ends. 

8 




36. Multiple sheave blocks, all single. 



P = W 



W = P X 26. 



uw 




37. Four and three sheave blocks, with end of rope 
fixed to top block. Four sheave block fixed, three 
sheave block movable. 



P = W 
"6"* 



W = P X 6. 




11 V ^S. Roving of a three and two sheave pair of 

([\ blocks, with a draw block fixed above. 



^s^ 



P = W 

__. w = P X 6. 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. 



25 



39. Roving of a two and three sheave pair of 
blocks, with end of rope fixed to lower block. 

P = W „, ^ 

--. W = P X 5. 





40. CHINESE WINDLASS.— The sheave 

and hook rises equal to one-half the difference 

in the circumference of the barrels for each 

i=> turn of the crank. See No. 27 for the power. 





ABC 




41. CHINESE SHAFT DERRICK.— The 

sheaves suspended from the upper part of the 
derrick legs allows the bucket to be raised 
above the mouth of the shaft or pit by the 
differential windlass. 



42. COMPOUND WEIGHT MOTOR, iot 

a limited fall. The power is only equal to one- 
half of one of the weights. The time of fall- 
ing and distance equals three times the time 
and distance of one weight. 



43. ROPE TWIST LEVER, fof 
a temporary pull, or as a clamping 
device. 



e6 



THE MECHANICAL POWERS. . 




VWVWWWV^ 



44. SPANISH WINDLASS.— Much used on 
over-truck frames for suspending the load. 



45. ROPE GRIP HOOK— for taking 
a temporary bite on a hawser. 




46. GUY ROPE CLIP and Thimble— for 
wire rope. 




47. ROPE END, with thimble, 
clip, and yarn seizing. 





48. HEMP ROPE END, 
doubled in the eye, with two 
clips. The doubling in eye 
prevents excessive wear. 

48a. XEVER SAFETY TRIP, for a 
throttle valve. The lever L attached to 
a lanyard extended along the lines of 
machinery enables instant stoppage of an 
engine in case of accident. 

4Sh. LEVER SAFETY TRIP, for a 
balanced disk throttle valve. The lever 
O holds the valve open by catching the 
shoulder of the spindle P. A pull on 
the lanyard extending through a factory 
quickly stops the engine in case of acci- 
dent. 



TH^ MECHANICAL, POWERS. 



27 









48c. A LEVER SECTOR operating 
the bell and indicator in a cash register. 
A sector on the lever moves the vertical 
rack and with it the pinions and striking 
pawl. 



4Sd. LEVER AND RATCHET 
mechanism for a cash register. The pawl 
on a bell crank lever is operated directly 
from an arm on the finger lever. 



48^. LEVER AND RATCHET 
mechanism for a cash register. A finger 
push pin operates the main lever, which 
makes three movements for the record 
and indicator. 



48/. LEVER MOVEMENT of a 
cash register. Through a single move- 
ment of the finger lever, three different 
movements are made, including the rais- 
ing of the index number. 



-^^. LEVER ACTION in a typewrit- 
ing machine. A main lever with finger 
stud operates the type lever through a 
bell crank and links. 



4Sh. LEVER ACTION in a typewrit- 
ing machine. The long lever and finger 
stud is linked to a ratchet lever concen- 
tric with the type line barrel. One 
touch of the finger stud for close lines 
and two touches for open lines. 



28 



^THiEj MKCHANICAIy POWERS. 




48i. STRAIGHT LINE LINK- 
AGE.— With the joints S and P 
!«- fixed the joint B will have a ver- 
trical motion while the link L, M 
will have a horizontal motion paral- 
lel with the fixed points S, P. Links 
P, C, C, M, and B, C, are of equal 
length. L, B and L, M of equal 



lengths, as are the short links, S, L and P, D. 




48;. THE LEVER AND ITS 
OFFICE in the pulley governor. 
Type of the Shepherd governor, in 
which centrifugal force and inertia 
are combined for regulating speed. 



48^. THE LEVER AND ITS 
OFFICE in the pulley governor. 
Type of the Fitchb'urgh Steam En- 
gine Company. The lever weights 
W, W are thrown out by centrifugal 
force and restrained by helical 
springs. The auxiliary weights 
I, I are moved tangentially by in- 
ertia. 

48/. THE INCLINED PLANE 
in a marine governor. The 
sprocket wheel A and inclined hub 
are fast on the shaft. The inertia 
wheel and its inclined hub are free 
on the shaft with its hub face 
pressed against the driving wheel 
hub by the coiled spring. Irregu- 
larity in the speed of the engine 
changes the angular position of the 
hub planes and so operates the 
throttle lever. See No. 1591. 



Section 11. 
TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 

Ropes, Belts, Friction Gear, Spur, Bevel, and Screw Gear, Etc. 





49. ALTERNATING CIRCULAR MOTION 
from the curvilinear motion of a treadle. The 
ancient lathe motion. 



50. CIRCULAR MOTION from curvilin- 
ear motion of a treadle through a cord and 
pulley. 





51. ECCENTRIC CRANK and Treadle.— A 
belt over the eccentric and a roller in the treadle. 
The equivalent of a crank. 



52. CAPSTAN, OR VERTICAL WIND- 
LASS. — The pawl falling in the circular rack 
at the bottom locks the windlass. The rope 
should always wind on the bottom and slip 
upward. 





53. STEERING GEAR.— A hand wheel and 
drum on a shaft, carrying a rope rove through 
guide pulleys and attached to the tiller. 



54. JUMPING MOTION given to a weight, 
or other body, by a pin wheel and bell-crank 
lever. 



30 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



^ 



■A 
3^ 



W 



55. ROPE SPROCKET WHEEL, several modi- 
fications of which are in use in old-style hoists. 



^1 



56. r-GROOVED ROPE PULLEY, having 
corrugated groove faces to increase the adhesion of 
the rope. 




57. ROPE TRANSMISSION, with a tightening 
pulley, B. 



58. VIBRATORY MOTION to two shafts, 
transmitted from the rocking of a lever arra 
and sector. 




59. TRANSMISSION BY ROPE to a shaft at 
right angles to the driving-shaft. The guide sheaves 
give direction to the rope over the curve face of the 
driven pulley, the rope slipping towards the centre 
of the driven pulley. 



60. TRANSMISSION BY ROPE to 
a portable drill or swing saw. 

D, driving sheave. 

A, double loose sheaves in a frame, 
suspended by weight C attached by rope 
over sheaves, B, B. C, counter weight. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



31 



^^ 




61. HORIZONTAL ROPE TRANSMISSION, with tension 
slide and weight. 




62. ROPE TRANS- 
MISSION from vertical 
to horizontal shaft, with 
tension slide and weight 




63. ROPE TRANS- 
MISSION to a movable 
shaft at right angles 
from the driving-shaft, 
^,^with tension slide and 
weight. 




64. VERTICAL TENSION 

with slides and pulley guide. 



CARRIAGE, 



32 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




65-66. BELT LACING. —The 

straight lacing 65 should run next 
the pulley, while 66 represents the 
outside of the belt. ^>'"ce should 
be drawn in at a^ a, to centre ; lace 
each way out and return, ending 
at e, Cy 66, on outside of belt. 

67-68. BELT LACING.— In 

this style the straight side should 
run next the pulley, drawing in the 
lace on one side 2X' a, a to its 
centre, and lace across and back, 
ending at e^ e on the outside of 68. 



69-70. NOVEL BELT LAC- 
ING, for quarter-turn belts. Draw 
lacing in to its centre at ^, a on 
inside of belt, crossing on outside 
of 70, and ending at e^e^ 70. 



71-72. BELT LACING, for nar- 
row belts. Draw in the lacing at 
«, a to its centre ; lace each way 
and back to centre, ending on the 
outside of belt at ^, ^, 72, 



73-74. BELT LACING, for 

medium width belts. Commenc- 
ing at «, a on the inside of belt 
73, drawing the lacing to its cen- 
tre; rove each end once across, 
ending at the outside of belt 74 
at e^ e. 



TRANSMISSION Ov PUWEX. 



33 



.P 



^ 



0-. 0--. 0-..0 








P>A 



^-m 




75-76. BELT LACING, for 
narrow belt. Commencing at « , a 
on the inside of belt 75, drawing 
the lacing to its centre ; rove the 
ends each way, ending at ^, e, 76. 



pA 




77. BELT LACING.— Com- 
mencing at A and ending at B. 
Dotted lines on outside. 

78. OVER-AND-OVER LAC- 
ING. — Commencing at A and 
ending at B. Diagonal on outside. 



79. INTERLOCKING BELT 
LACING, from A to B, once 
across. A good style for small 
pulleys. 

80. CROSS LACING, for a 
light belt. 



81. OVER-AND-OVER LAC- 
ING, from A to B, diagonal out- 
side. 

82. SECTIONAL BELT LAC- 
ING. — Each section disconnected, 
as shown, using four lacings. 




Ss. QUARTER TWIST BELT.— The arrows show 
the direction the belt should run. 



54 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




84, FULL TWIST BELT, or cross belt 



85. FULL TWIST OR CROSS BELT, 
for reverse motion on driven shaft. 




86. BELTING TO A SHAFT AT ANY ANGLE.— 

The two idler puLeys must be placed on a shaft at right 
angles to the driving and driven shafts, with their 
peripheries at the central line from centres from the 
driving and driven pulleys. 




87. QUARTER TWIST RETURN BELT.— Amethod 
used for belting pulleys on shafts too close for a direct 
belt. 





SS. CHANGE SPEED STEP PULLEYS.— 
Speeds are as the relative diameters of the driv- 
ing and driven pulleys. 

89. CONE PULLEYS.— The cone pulleys 
allow of minute and continual change of speed 
by traversing the belt. 




90. CURVED CONE PULLEYS, for variably ii> 
creasing or decreasing speed by traversing the belt 




TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



35 




91. SHIFTING DEVICE FOR CONE 
PULLEYS. — Made efficient by a division of 
the proper belt width into a number of nar- 
row belts, kept in place by webs on the belt 
tighteners, which are moved forward and back- 
ward by a carrier nut and screw shaft. This 
arrangement gives more power for a given width 
than with a single belt, and with less wear. It 
equalizes the stress on the belts by the set-up 
of the guide pulleys as tighteners. 

Patent of P. D. Harton, Philadelphia, Pa. 




92. BELT TRANSMISSION, for short belt and 
close connection. The belt is wrapped close to and 
pressed against the driven pulley by a tightening 
pulley. For electric motor power or the driving of 
generators. 



93. BELT TRANSMISSION OF 
POWER, at close range. A combination 
of friction gear increased by belt contact 
of the driving or driven pulley with a light 
intermediate pulley gives an additional 

belt pressure, with small belt strain on the slack side. It eliminates 

vibration of belt. 




94. VARIABLE TRANS- 
MISSION OF MOTION, 
from an eccentric conical 
pulley to a friction pulley. 
The riding pulley C traverses 
the cone, which moves forward or backward by the rotation of the 
screw in the nut stud E, producing a progressive variable motion 
in the pulley C, increasing or decreasing as the cone rotates forward 
or backward. 




36 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




95. STOP, DRIVING, AND REVERSING 
MOTION with a single belt, which may be oper- 
ated either way : from the drum on a driving shaft, 
or from the bevel gear on shaft C. The middle 
pulley being loose on shaft a, the right-hand 
g pulley tight on shaft ^, left-hand pulley tight on 
the hollow shaft B, b. The operation of a single 
shipper changes the motions or stops. 




96. TWO SPEED PULLEYS AND BELTS. 

— Two pair of tight and loose pulleys on lower 
shaft, unequal broad tight pulleys on upper shaft. 
By crossing the belt from one of the pair a quick 
return speed may be obtained. Much used on 
tapping-machines and planers. 




97. PULLEYS, COMBINED WITH A DIF- 
FERENTIAL GEAR for two speeds, and stop-belt 
shown on loose pulley. Middle pulley on lower 
shaft is fast to shaft, and has a bevel gear fast to its 
hub. Pulley on the right is loose on shaft and car- 
ries, transversely, another bevel gear. A third bevel 
gear runs loose upon the shaft and is held by a friction 
band. On moving the belt to the middle pulley an ordinary motion 
is obtained; to the right-hand pulley a double speed is obtained. 




98. TRANSMISSION OF TWO SPEEDS 
from a driving shaft, one a variable speed. The 
same arrangement as No. 97, with the addition of 
a driving pulley of different size, and a driven 
pulley attached to the friction gear on the lower 
shaft. The right-hand belt shifts to the next 
pulley and may be straight or cross, making a 
variety of motions to the lower shaft. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



37 




99. TWO SPEED GEAR from belt pulleys and 
one hollow shaft. A solid shaft with loose pulley (a) 
and fast pulley (b), fast pulley [c) on hollow shaft 
carrying large driving gear at the right. 



100. VARIABLE 
GEARING. 



SPEED OR CONE 



1 



¥ 



W^M 



«, tight pulley on outside hollow shaft. 

b, tight pulley on inside hollow shaft. 

r, tight pulley on inner or solid shaft. 

dy loose pulley on solid shaft. 

a' b' c\ differential spur gears for three speeds. 

loi. TRANSMISSION OF POWER from 
a horizontal shaft to two vertical spindles. A 
single belt, with two idlers, for tightening and 
directing the half twist of the belt. 




102. 



FRICTIONAL RECTILINEAR 
MOTION, from the angular position of a 
sheave or pulley rolling on a revolving barrel 
or long cylinder. A, forward motion; B, stop. 
The principle of the " Judson " railway pro- 
pulsion. Efficiency was increased by the use of a small truck with 
several roller pulleys. 

103. VARIABLE ROTARY MOTION from 

a friction pulley traversing a concave conical 
drum. The speed ratio of the traversing pulley 
is a variable one. 



104. VARIABLE MOTION to a right-angled 
shaft, by curved cone friction pulleys with inter- 
mediate swinging pulley. A sewing-machine or 
other light power movement. 




38 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




105. FRICTION GEAR, traversing 
motion. A, the driver. B and C are fast 
on the clutch sleeve which is free to slide 
on a feather on the driven shaft. The lever 
brings B or C in contact with the driving 
cone A for reversing. 




1 06. FRICTION GEAR. — Variable 
speed from a pair of cone pulleys, one of 
which is the driver. A double-faced friction 
pinion is moved on the line A, B in contact 
with both cones. 




107. FRICTION GEAR.— A pair of friction 
discs A, B on parallel shafts out of line, with a 
traverse friction pinion on a transverse spindle 
c, d will give a great range of speed velocities. 




108. FRICTION GEAR.— Variable speed from a 
rocking shaft and convex discs. " Wright's '* driving 
device for sewing-machines. A is the driving shaft 
with convex disc. B is a band shaft that swivels by 
the foot pedal and kept taut or released at its different 
positions. 



flU 




109. TRANSMISSION OF VARIABLE 
SPEED, for sewing-machines. A, driving con- 
cave cone. B, swivelling yoke carrying a friction 
pulley, with a band running a pair of pulleys 
at the swivel, one of which drives the sewing- 
machine. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



39 




1^ 




no. FRICTION GEAR, with variable speed by 
traversing a pulley to or from the centre of the face 
of a disc wheel. Leather or rubber facing for wheel 
and pulley makes best working condition. 



III. VARIABLE SPEED GEAR 

forse wing-machines, " Wright's" model. 
The upper shaft is the driver, the lower 
shaft carrying the band pulley, swivels 
by the foot for variable speed. 



112. TRANSMISSION OF ROTARY 
MOTION to an oblique shaft by rolling con- 
tact of drums with concave faces. 



113. COMBINATION FRICTION GEAR," Hew- 
lett's Patent." A rubber disc clamped between metal 
washers. 





114. GROOVED FRICTION GEARING— The 

loss of power by friction increases with the size and 
depth of the grooves. Friction increases inversely as the 
angles of the grooves. 



115. VARIABLE MOTION to a shaft in line 
by curved-faced discs, with a swinging pulley 
pivoted central to the curves on the face of the 



I discs. 



40 



TRANSMISSION OF PO»VER. 



ii6. TRANSMISSION OF CIRCULAR MOTION 
by right-angled cranks on each shaft. The pair of crank 
connections carry the right-angled cranks over the centre. 
The principle of the locomotive wheel connections. 



117. THREE CRANK LINK connec 
tion for transmission of motion to a crank 
by direct link to avoid a dead centre. A, 
driven crank ; B, driving crank ; D, a relief 
crank with triangular link connections with 
cranks A and B. 





A C 

^Z — p fciiii^ i 



118. SPROCKET WHEEL AND CHAIN.— 

Pitch radius is at the centre of the rivets, with a 
slight clearance for easy running. 



119. LINK BELT AND PULLiEY.— A variety 
of hook link forms are in use for link belt trans- 
mission. ' 



120. TOOTHED LINK CHAIN AND 
PULLEY, alternating double and single links. 



121. STEP GEAR. — A spur gear in which the 
face is divided into two or more sections, with the 
teeth of each section set forward a half or third of 
the pitch, according to the number of sections. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER, 



41 




122. V-TOOTHED GEARING.— The obli- 
quity of the teeth from the centre of the face 
neutrahzes the longitudinal thrust of plain oblique 
teeth, as shown in the next pair. 

123. OBLIQUE TOOTH GEAR.— A smoofn 
running gear, with slight longitudinal thrust due 
to the inclined tooth surfaces. 




124. V-TOOTHED GEAR.— The teeth of which 
are usually inclined from the centre lines of the face 
equal to the amount of the pitch at the outer ends. 




125. SPLIT SPUR GEAR, showing method 
of bolting on to the shaft of a trolley car. 



126. STAR WHEEL GEAR, for wringing- 
machines, mangles, etc. Allows a variable mesh tc 
the teeth. 



127. ELASTIC SPUR GEAR, to prevent 
back lash. The gear runs loose on the shaft ; 
the ratchet-wheel is fast on the shaft. Com- 
pression springs are inserted between the 
shouldets of the gear and cam ratchet wheel. 



42 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 




128. INTERNAL SPUR GEAR and Pinion.— 
In this style of gearing more tooth surface is in con- 
tact than with outside teeth ; it has less wear and great 
power. Much used in hoisting machines. 




129. BEVEL GEARS, when of equal diameter. 
MITER GEARS, when of unequal diameter. 



lompSiiiiie-i 



130. CROWN WHEEL geared with a spur 
wheel. Used for light work. A very old device. 



t^ 



131. SPIRAL GEARING. — The velocity ratio 
of spiral gears cannot be determined by direct com- 
parison of pitch diameters, as in spur gearing, but 
must be found from the angles of the spiral in each 
gear. Thus if the spiral angles of two gears are the 
same the velocity ratio will be inversely as the pitch 
diameters ; but if the spiral angles are not equal, the 
number of teeth per inch of pitch diameter will vary. 
In any case the velocity ratio will depend upon the 
number of teeth and their spiral angle, as expressed in the following 
proportion : v^ the velocity of the small gear is to V, the velocity ot 
the large gear, as D, the pitch diameter of the larger, X by the cosine 
of its spiral angle, is to d, the pitch diameter of the smaller, X by the 
cosine of its spiral angle. 




TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



43 





132. OBLIQUE SPUR AND BEVEL GEAR. 

— An oblique tooth spur gear and an oblique 
bevel gear, operating shafts running at an angular 
position. 

133. OBLIQUE BEVEL GEAR on shafts at 
right angles and crossing out of axical plane. 

134. GEAR TRAIN— Solution 
for increased speed : Divide the 
multiple of the number of teeth in 
the driving gears by the multiple of 
j^ the number of teeth in the driven 
pinions, or the multiple of each pair separately may be multiplied by 
the multiple of the next pair. For decreasing speed, divide the ratios. 



135. WORM GEAR.— With single thread the revo- 
lutions of the screw equal the number of teeth in the 
spur wheel for its revolution. 



136. SKEW WORM AND WHEEL GEAR.— 

The angle of the teeth on this spur wheel must be 
^ equal to the angle of the screw shaft, less the angle 
of the screw at the pitch lines of both. 




137. UNIFORM INTERMITTENT MO- 
TION in opposite directions. The blank sector 
in the bevel wheel driver C interrupts the motion 
of A and B alternately. 



138. VARIABLE SPEED BEVEL 
GEAR. — 'A bicycle novelty. One revolution 
of A gives two revolutions of B. A is an 
elliptic bevel gear central on the shaft. B 
is an elliptic bevel gear of one-half the num- 
ber cf teeth of A and revolves on one of its 
elliptic centres. The cranks are set op])0- 
site to the short diameter of the driving 
gear A, giving greater power to the tread 
and quicker motion at the neutral points of 
the crank. 



44 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 






138a. PARALLEL MOTION of 
pliers. The jaws are double pivoted at 
equal distances from the center pivot of 
the handles. 

138^. TRANSMISSION OF CIR- 
CULAR MOTION by link and sHding 
block. Block is fast on link^at half dis- 
tance for equal crank lengths. 



138c. REVERSING LEVER with 
rack sector and worm gear. The worm 
wheel is lifted from the sector for large 
movements by the small latch lift and 
snaps back while a small movement is 
m.ade by the handle at the top of the 
lever. 



T38J. TRANSMISSION of recipro- 
cating motion into rotary motion by diag- 
onal crank pins and yoke connecting rod. 
A sliding swivel on the cross head accom- 
modates the swing of the yoke connecting 
rod. 

138^. LINK TRANSMISSION of 
shaft motion, or conic link work. The 
principle consists in making all lines 
of motion meet at a common center O. 
Cranks of equal length and also dis- 
tances of rotating bearings of equal 
lengths and equal distances from O. 
Fixed shaft bearings also at equal dis- 
tances from O. 

138/. GYRATING LEVER TRANS- 
MISSION. — The lever swinging on its 
socket at its center and journaled at the 
edge of the disks will transmit power 
from one shaft to another in the same 
line. 



TRANSMISSION OF POWER. 



45 








138^. TRANSMISSION BY BELL 
CRANK.- — A bell crank lever socketed 
at the intersecting line of two shafts at 
right angles and journaled on the edge 
of the disks, transmits power in the same 
direction to shafts at right angles. It has 
two dead centers. 

138A. GAMBREL JOINT LINK- 
AGE for transmission at right angles, 
in which the dead centers of the bell 
crank linkage are avoided. The twisting 
motion at the dead center will be taken 
by the center bearing yoke. 

138/. TWO REVOLUTIONS FOR 
ONE STROKE.— The toggle Hnks pass- 
ing their center line to the position showr 
by the dotted lines makes a second revo- 
lution of the wheel. 

138/. EQUALIZING THRUST b) 
cross links, not a true parallel motion 
Pump rod is strained by the cross con- 
nection. 




138^. SPEED CHANGING PUL- 
LEY. — The principle of action as shown 
in Fig. 115. The frame of the transfei 
pulleys is fixed and the change of angk 
made by the two sector gears and handk 
is shown in the second cut. All parts 
run on ball bearings. 



46 



TRANSMISSION OF' POWER. 



138/. HELPING THE 
CRANK over the center. One 
of the curious devices of inven- 
tors. The compression of air in 
one of the cylinders during the 
engine stroke is made the power 
to push the crank over the center. 
The cyUnder frame is pivoted to 
the cross head at A and to the 
connecting rod at C. B is a sHd- 
ing block pivoted to the engine 
frame. 

138m. REVERSE 
MOTION 
DRIVE.— A being 
the driving pulley, 
B a driven pulley, 
will have a reverse 
motion by the belt 
rvmning on the 
near side guided 
by the two idler 
pulleys. 

138W. INTERMIT- 
TENT TRANSMISSION 
power by spur gear. A is the 
driver. When B and C are to- 
gether, gear F is locked. When pin roll D engages with E the 
driven gear F will revolve 14 turn, more or less, as designed. 

1380. A CONTINU- 
O U S REGISTERING 
DYNAMOMETER. 
-^Two flanged hubs on a 

i§cz3c:::r^^^^::&^^ri__i^^^-^^ t^\\ W shaft with a loose pulley 

between to receive or give 
power. The springs abut on 
the shaft flange and dis- 
place the loose pulley. An 
eccentric displaced by the 

power pull acts upon a recording dial by a lever. 






Section III. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 



Speed, Pressure, Weight, Number, Quantities, and Appliances. 



mc 






139. PRONY BRAKE, for the measurement 
cf power. A is power shaft and pulley, enclosed 
in friction blocks and strap; D, the lever; C, C, 
stops to control excessive movement of the lever ; 
B, weights to balance the friction of the pulley, 
which should be tightened by the strap nuts until its full power at the 
required speed is balanced by the weight put upon the scale platform. 




THE PRONY BRAKE. 

Rule. — Diameter of pulley in feet X 3- 141 6 X revolutions per minute = 
speed of periphery of pulley per minute. The lever is of the third order. Its 
length from centre of shaft to the eye holding the weight, divided by the radius 
of the pulley, all in feet, or decimals of a foot = the leverage. Then the pounds 
weight X by the leverage and by the speed = the foot-pounds^ which divided by 
33,000 = the horse-power. Weight of lever at E when loose on the pulley should 
be deducted from the weights put on platform. 




140. "WEBBER" DYNAMOMETER. 

■ — A lever with cross arm on which two 
bevel gears are pinioned at right angles with 
the bevel gear of the driving-shaft. The 
pinions on the lever transmit the power 
which is weighed by the resistance of the 
lever at the spring balance. 

The H. P. indicated is : 
B X 6.2832 X R X W ^ ^ 

rr ±1. X . 

33,000 

B = radius of the lever in feet. R == revolutions per minute. 

W = weight on the scale. 



48 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 



141. MEASUREMENT OF POWER.— 
The Rope Brake. Several ropes over a pulley 
gathered in a knot, to which is hung a specific 
weight less than the range of the spring scale 
attached to the other end. The pounds of 
relief from the stated weight by the motion of 
the pulley, multiplied by the velocity of the periphery of the pulley 
in feet per minute, gives the foot-pounds power per minute. 





142. "TATHAM'S" 
DYNAMOMETER, for a 
vertical belt. A balance 
frame lever, pulleys, and 
dash-pot. 

The work of the belt is : 



wx-?xs 
33,000 



= H.P. 



W — weight on scale. 
B = length of lever. 

A = fulcrum to pulleys which should be equal. 
S ~ speed of belt in feet per minute. 




143. BELL-CRANK DY- 
NAMOMETER. - Applied to 
the power side of a high-speed 
belt for driving electric gen. 
erators. The angles of the 
>^^fl^ belt over the bell-crank pulley 
should be equal, y =zx. Then after deducting the weight to balance 
the pulley and belt when not running from the weight when running, 
the formula will be: 

W X-^ ) 

A > X speed of belt in feet per 

2 cosine X ) 
minute = foot-pounds, which divided by 33,000 = H. P. B, long arm ; 
A, short arm of lever. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 



49 



144. "NEER'S" ROTARY 
TRANSMITTING DYNAMO- 
METER.— A shaft is disconnected 
at a coupling and the discs A and 
B are clamped one to each shaft. 
Chains are attached to the disc 
A and roll around pulleys on the 
disc B, and are attached to the 
spider C. The chain tension is 

resisted by the helical springs and is recorded on the dial E. The 

dial F indicates revolutions. 





145. "VAN WINKLE'S" POWER METER. 
— A set of helical springs attached to two discs, 
one of which is made fast to the pulley, unkeyed 
and loose on the shaft ; the other disc and hub 
' are clamped to the shaft. A set of levers on a rock 
haft transmits the strain on the springs to an in- 
dex and dial indicating the horse-power per 100 
revolutions of the shaft. 




146. TRACTION RECORD- 
ING DYNAMOMETER.— The 

_^^ draft-pull compresses 



- qjr ^ the elliptic -shaped 
springs, moving the 
index hand D, which 
carries a pencil at its opposite end K. A paper ribbon is drawn 
under the pencil and wound on a drum, driven by clockwork, mak- 
ing a continual record, to be measured by a suitable scale for the 
average work. 




147. FRICTION MACHINE, for testing 
fs the friction of wheels at various speeds and 
loads. The adjustable circular balance holds 
the wheels or vehicle in place. The pounds 
tension on the scale multiplied by the periph- 
eral velocity in feet per minute gives the foot- 
pound draft or friction. 



so 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 




148. TORSION DYNAMOME- 
TER. — To a driving shaft E is attached 
at C a helical spring. To the other 
end of the spring is attached a trans- 
mission pulley A and a small pulley 
Qi , moving freely on the shaft E. At 
Q2 another small pulley is fixed to shaft E. The tension of trans- 
mission displaces the relative position of the small pulleys and through 
an endless belt draws the loops F and G farther apart, which by pul- 
leys and index not shown indicates the power transmitted. 

TENSILE TEST- 
ING MACHINE. 
— A hydrostatic ram 
and system of com- 
pound levers, used in 
testing the tensile 
strength of metals. S, article to be tested ; «/, stops to control vibra- 
tion of levers ; W, weight. 

150. BOURDON PRESSURE GAUGE.— 
A flattened spring metal tube is bent to 
a circular form. One end is fixed to the 
inlet stud ; the other end is connected to 
a lever sector by a link. The sector is 
meshed with a small pinion on the arbor 
carrying the index hand. A hair spring 
attached to the arbor keeps all the piv- 
oted joints drawn in one direction for 
accuracy of pressure indication. 






151. CORRUGATED TUBE-PRESSURE GAUGE.— 
The pressure within the tube expands it on the cor- 
rugated side and through the link connections with 
the index hand moves the hand. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 



51 




152. RECORDING PRESSURE 
GAUGE, ^' Edson " model. 

D, corrugated diaphragm bearing the 
pressure ; G, connecting rod from dia^ 
phragmto crank-pin, on the shaft on which 
the index hand is fixed, as also the arm 
and pencil bar, H^, H^, in front of the 
record sheet ; K, K, winding barrels for 
the record sheet driven by a clock move- 
ment ; M, index dial. 



153. PARALLEL MOTION OF 
THE INDICATOR. 

Proportions: c: d\\ d\ ^—nearly. 



154. PARALLEL MOTION FOR AN INDI- 
CATOR. — The curved slot is made proportional, 
to the length of the two arms of the pencil lever. 



155. «AMSLER"PLAN- 
IMETER.— E is the fixed 
point; F the tracer. The 
disc has a sharp edge and 
a cylindrical section divided 
and read from a vernier scale. 
'A worm screw and index 




wheel indicate the number of revolutions of the rolling disc. 



156. "LIPPINCOTT" PLAN. 
IMETER.-R is the fixed point?. 
T the tracer; ^ is a smooth round 
arm on which a scale is laid off 
from the axis ; D is a disc with a 
free motion on the scaled arm. 




52 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 




157. CENTRIFUGAL SPEED INDI- 
CATOR. — An arm and ball pivoted to a 
clamp on a revolving vertical shaft shows 
on a curved index bar the number of revo- 
lutions per minute, due to the position of 
the ball and pointer, assumed by the cen- 
trifugal force of revolution. 



158. SPEED INDICATOR.— An 
application of the screw gear. The 
screw dial counts to 100, right or left. 
The second dial indicates the number of 
hundreds. 





159. METER DIAL— how to read it. A 
revolution of the upper hand is a measure of 
one cubic foot. Each of the dials represents 
a multiple of ten. The figures following the 
motion of the index hands are to be noted, 
and if reading to the right must be put in in- 
verse order, and if read to the left must be 
put in serial order. Thus the dial here rep- 
resented reads 47,805 cubic feet. 



160. AUTOMATIC TIPPING SCALE, 

for measuring grain or water. 




161. DOUBLE LINK BALANCED SCALE.— 

The upper link is fixed to the radial index plate. 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 



5S 




162. DIFFERENTIAL WEIGHING 
BEAM. — The link connection 




-^^ to the lower hook allows the 

O V-bearings to be brought much 

nearer together than on a sin- 
gle bar. 



163. ENGINE COUN- 
TER. — A series of coun- 
ter gears as in the fol- 
lowing figures, may be 
placed overlapping, as here shown ; each spindle mounted with a 
number dial and all covered by a perforated plate, showing the top 
figures of each dial. The spring pawl checks the first wheel in the 
train, to hold the number in place while the lever pawl takes its back 
motion. 



164. OPERATION OF A COUNTER. 

, — The wheel B, with its ten pin teeth, is 
thrown one tooth at each vibration of the 
arm of the sector rim A. The wheel B also 

• has a sector rim fixed to and revolving with 
it that throws the next pin-tooth wheel one 
tooth at each revolution, and so on. 






165. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION, for counters and meters. The tappet 
A, revolving with the wheel C, carries the wheel 
D one pin notch per revolution. The pawl b 
is released by the notch in the wheel C while 
the tappet is in contact with the pin. 

166. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION, for counters and meters. B, driving 
wheel, the rim of which has an entering and 
exit notch for pins in the driven wheel and 
locks the wheel C at each revolution of wheel B- 



54 



MEASUREMENT OF POWER. 




167. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION, for counters and meters. A, the driv- 
ing tooth in the wheel B ; C is stopped by the 
concave sections that fit the periphery of the 
wheel B. The tooth A projects beyond the peripheral radius of wheel 
B, and the notches relieve the inverted curves of wheel C, allowing it 
to turn one notch at each revolution of wheel B. 



b:?^ 




168. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION, 

for counters and meters. In this form the largest 
number of revolutions of the single tooth pinion B, 
for one revolution of wheel A, may be obtained. 



169. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION, for counters and meters. Wheel C 
and its arm tooth B is the driver. A rim, 
shown by the dotted circle on wheel C, 
catches a pin tooth of the counter wheel A 

at each revolution. The opening in the rim allows the pin to enter 

and leave the inside of the rim. 




170. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION, for counters and meters. 
^, driving pin plate. 
b, star wheel counter. 
^, pawl. 
d, spring latch. 

The latch d is on the back of the pin plate and holds the star 
teeth, after rotation, by a light spring. ^ is a pawl that locks the 
teeth ; pawl is lifted by pins in pin wheel. 





171. TIRE MEASURE COUN- 
TER. — A wheel running freely in the 
forks of a handle, is made of a size that 
will roll exactly two feet to a revolution, 
and graduated in feet and inches. The 
supplementary index is set to allow foi 
lap in welding the tire. 



MEASUREMENT OP POWER. 



55 





171a. THE ST. JOHN'S STEAM 
METER. — An automatic recording 
meter of the amount of steam passing 
through it for all purposes. The lift- 
ing of a conical valve by differential 
pressure operates a marking index 
through the lever on a small transfer 
shaft through the projecting arm from 
the cylinder. See detailed figure. 



171^7. DETAILS OF THE ST. 
JOHN'S STEAM METER.— The 
lifting of the conical valve by differ- 
ential pressure allows the required 
quantity of steam to pass through the 
annular area, which is the measure un- 
der the initial pressure. The valve 
lift is recorded on a strip of paper 
moved by a clock ; the mean of record 
curves being the measure for the time. 
The small chamber at the bottom is 
the dash pot filled with water and keeps 
the valve from chattering. 




171C. BELT SHIPPER.— A taper pin 
with a flange at the large end and attached 
to a pole. This handy device enables the 
throwing of a belt off or on with safety. 



56 



MEASUREMENT OE POWER. 




lyid. THREE HORSE 
WHIFFLETREES. — The 
second pair have their center 
pins at two-thirds their length 
from the inner end and the 
center single tree attached with 
loose links. 



171^. ANEMOMETER for 
measuring air currents. A small 
windmill but a few inches in di- 
ameter geared to a series of dials 
which by known air velocities are 
graduated in cubic feet of air 
passed per minute. 



171/. ANEMOMETER for 

measuring the velocity of the wind. 
The dial indexes are geared by 
tenths, as i, 10, 100, 1,000 miles, 
which by differentiating the time 
gives the velocity of the wind in 
miles per hour. The ratio of the 
wind velocity to the center of the 
cup velocity is usually about 3 to I. 



171^. ELECTROSTATIC 
VOLTMETER FOR MEASUR- 
ING PRESSURES.— An electro- 
static voltmeter is shown herewith. 
In this form the meter is con- 
structed to measure pressures up 
to 20,000 volts. 



Section IV. 



STEAM POWER. 

Boilers and Adjuncts, Engines, Valves and Valve Gear, Parallel 

Motion Gear, Governors and Engine Devices. Rotary 

Engines, Oscillating Engines. 




172. "STEVENS" BOILER.— 
An early type of tubular boilers 
(1806), The principle is still in use- 



173. PLAIN CYLIN- 
DRICAL 
BOILERS, 
showing 
suspension 

and setting. One-half the surface of the shells, divided by 10, 

equals boiler horse-power. 




w 



rr 



174. HANG- 
ING WATER 
DRUM CY- 
LINDRICAL 
BOILER.— 

The drum, hanging from the main boiler by necks, gives a large in- 
crease of heating surface. One-half of shell and all of drum surface. 
divided by 12, equals boiler horse-power. 





CYLINDRICAL DOUBLE FLUE 

BOILER, Lan- 

i cashire type. 

I One-half the 

shell and all 



the flue surface, divided by 11, equals boiler horse-power. 



58 



STEAM POWER. 





176. INTERNALLY 
FIRED FLUE BOILER. 

— The flue and half the 
shell surface, if exposed 
to heat, divided by 14, 
equals horse-power. 

177. HORIZONTAL 
TUBULAR BOILER, 

with steam and dry steam 
pipe. ^, Dry steam pipe. 
One-half the shell and all 
the tube surface, divided 
by 14, equals the boiler 
horse-power. 




78. LOCOMOTIVE BOILER.— 

All the fire-box surface 
above the grate and 
all the tube surface, 
divided by 14, equals 
the boiler horse-power. 




179. MARINE BOILER, with 
locomotive fire-box, three flues and 
return tubes. The area of the fire- 
box, flues, back chamber, and tubes, 
divided by 12, equals boiler horse- 
power. 



m ''-■ " 




ECLIPSE" RETURN TUBULAR 
MARINE BOILER— All the 
fire-box, back chamber, direct 
and return tube surface, divid- 
ed by 12, equals boiler horse- 
power. 



STEAM POWER. 



59 




i8i. "GALLOWAY" 
BOILER.— An in- 
ternally fired oval 



JSMOlS OUTVET 





vq flue,with small con- 
jy ical tubes set diago- 
nally across the flue. 

182. INTERNAL FIRED 
CYLINDRICAL TUBULAR 
BOILER.— Lower shell slight- 
ly inclined to facilitate circula- 
tion. Fire surface of tubes, 
I fire-box, and all of shell ex- 
posed to heat, divided by 12, 
equals boiler horse-power. 



183. "DION" VEHICLE BOILER.— A 

central water and steam drum enclosed within 
an annular drum, and connected by short in- 
clined tubes. A light and quick-firing boiler 
for a motor carriage. 



184. "BABCOCK & WILCOX" 
} WATER TUBE BOILER.— Inclined 
straight tubes expanded in vertical steel 
headers, connected to a steam drum 
above. Partitions repass the flame 
through the tube spaces. 



185. "HARRISON" BOILER.— A 

series of cast-iron globes with ground 
joints, held together by through bolts. 



6o 



STEAM POWER. 



i86. SUBMERGED HEAD VERTICAL 

BOILER, with enlarged water surface, and a cir- 

dilating diaphragm by which the fire head is swept 

by the circulation of the water. The central space 

v^ is free from tubes to facilitate circulation. 




187. "HERRESHOFF" BOILER.— 

A horizontal volute coil at the 
top acts as a heater. The inner 
coil is the evaporator ; the outer 
coil is the superheater. A separa- 
tor entraps the water that may be 
carried over from the evaporating 
coil. 



'^w^ 




188. " THORNYCROFT " BOILER. 
— A large steel drum above and a water 
drum below, connected with a large num- 
ber of bent tubes. The water return is 
through a large tube at the rear end of 
the boiler. 




189. "SEE" WATER TUBE BOILER.— 
A series of short straight tubes connecting a hori- 
zontal steam drum with a rectangular water base 
on each side of the furnace. Return tube at back 
of boiler. 



STEAM POWER. 



61 



190. " YARROW " WATER TUBE BOILER. 
— Inclined sections of straight tubes from water- 
headers each side of the fire grate to a large steam 
drum above. Iron casing lined with fire tile. 
This design is for a marine boiler. 




191. "BOYER'S" WATER 
TUBE BOILER. — Furnace 

walls are coils of pipe. Coils 
over the fire are connected from 
circulating pipes to steam drum. 




192. " HAZELTON " BOILER.— A central 
L, p vertical drum in which tubes, with closed ends, 
O^ are screwed radially. The grate is beneath the 
®^^ radial tubes and around the base of the drum. 



193. " CLIMAX " BOILER.— A central 
vertical water and steam drum, with bent 
tubes expanded in it, and inclined to facili- 
tate circulation. 

194. Section showing bent tubes. 



STEAM POWER. 




195. "MO YES" WATER TUBE BOILER.— 

The inclined tubes are in three 
groups, set in three steam drums 
above and three water-heads be- 
low. Partitions divide the groups 
of tubes to deflect the flame over 
the whole surface. 



196. "WHEELER" VERTICAL TUBE BOILER.— 

Two sections of straight vertical tubes, with drum-heads 
top and bottom, and a steam drum connected by necks. 




"CAHALL" VERTICAL WATER TUBE 
BOILER. — A water drum at the bottom 
forms the lower head for the tubes. An an- 
nular drum at the top forms the upper head, 
through which the smoke passes. The fur- 
nace and combustion chamber are outside, as 
is also the circulating pipe, as shown in the 
cut. 



198. VERTICAL WATER TUBE 
BOILER (Philadelphia Engineering Works). 
Straight tubes between steel drums and a 
wall between the sections, so that the fire 
sweeps the length of all the tubes. 



STEAM POWER. 



63 




199-200. BOILER OF 
THE "SERPOLLET" 
TRICYCLE.— The steam 
[generating surface is made 
of iron pipe, flattened and 
corrugated, then coiled 
into a volute form with the 
inner end turned up, and 

the outer end to project through the furnace shell. The cuts show 

a vertical section and horizontal plan. 




201. " SERPOLLET'S " STEAM GENER- 
ATOR, showing the corrugated flattened tube 
coiled into a volute. The width of the internal 
space is less than one-eighth of an inch. 




202. " SERVES " BOILER TUBE.— The pro- 
jecting ribs enlarge the area of the fire surface of 
the tube. 




203. SHAKING AND TIP- 
PING FURNACE GRATE, 

" Tupper " model. Each section 
rocks on trunnions by a hand 
lever and connecting bar. 




SHAKING GRATE for 

a boiler furnace. — The 
flanges are strung upon 
square bars to form each 
grate section, which are 
shaken or dumped by a 
key wrench at the front. 



64 



STEAM POWER. 




205. FURNACE GRATE, 
with dumping sections. "Tup- 
per " model grate. 




206. SHAKING GRATE for a boiler 
furnace. The sectors are astride cross 
bars, and are rocked by a lever and con- 
necting rod to each tier of sectors. 




207. SHAKING AND TIPPING 
FURNACE GRATE.— The front and 
back sections can be shaken separately 
by the double connections and levers. 



208. "COLUMBIA" STOKER 

for soft coal. The coal is filled into 
the hopper on the outside of the 
furnace, and from the bottom of the 
hopper there is carried a chute 
which inclines upward into the fur- 
nace. A pusher pushes the coal 
upward along this chute and dis- 
charges underneath the burning 
fuel, displacing the latter and causing it to bulge upward and then slide 
down the inclined grates. Air is delivered under pressure from the 
air pipe, and, passing through the openings in the blast grates in the 
front portion of the furnace, mixes with the gases distilled from the 
coal before they pass through the burning fuel above. 




STEAM POWER. 



6S 




209. "PLAYFORD" MECHAN- 
ICAL STOKER, for soft coal. A 
link grate moved by a sprocket shaft 
carries the coal, fed by a hopper, 
forward under the boiler, returning 
over a drum shaft at the bridge 
wall. A screw conveyer brings the 
ash and clinker forward to the pit. 




210. "AMERICAN" BOILER STOKER. 

__ — The coal is carried under 

k ^^■sifl^ ^ i}iQ grate from the hopper 
^^ by a spiral screw and forced 
up over the grate. 



6id« Yiew or Stoker. 



End Vlev. 




211. MECHANICAL 
STOKER for a boiler fur- 
nace, " Playford " model. 
The coal is carried into the 
furnace from a hopper by 
a travelling grate. A gate 
with rack and gear, oper- 
ated by a lever, regulates 
the depth of the coal-feed. 




212. MECHANICAL STOKER 

for a furnace, " Jones " model, under- 
feed to the grate. A plunger, which 
may be operated directly by a steam 
piston, pushes a charge of coal, falling 
from the hopper, on to the fore plate 

of the grate, where it is coked, the smoke and gases being drawn into 

the hot fire and burned. 



66 



STEAM POWER. 




213. MECHANICAL STOKER for a 
boiler furnace. ' Meissner" model. A wide 
plunger, operated from a rock shaft, pushes the 
charge from under the hopper on to the step- 
grate, where it is coked and worked down the 

inclined rocking gate. 




214. FEED WORM AND AIR BLAST, for 
feeding fuel to furnaces or sand for an air sand 
blast. 



AIR BLAST «5W»— > 



sat 




215. PETROLEUM BURNER, for 

a furnace, for a boiler, or other require- 
ments. A, Entrance of oil to central 
nozzle, which is regulated by a needle 
valve with screw spindle and wheel, C ; 
B, entrance of compressed air to the 
annular nozzle, the force of which 
draws the oil and atomizes it for quick 
combustion. 



^;=D 




216. POP SAFETY VALVE.— The «Lun- 
kenheimer," an enlarged lip disc above the valve 
disc, equalizes the increased tension of the spring 
when the valve opens. 



STEAM POWER. 



67 




DIFFERENTIAL SEAT SAFETY VALVE— 

The enlarged area of the upper valve compensates 
for the differential tension of the spring upon open- 
ing the valve, thus causing the valve to open wide 
without increase of boiler pressure. 



218. SAFETY VALVE.— Lever 

is of the third order. A, Short lever ; 
B, centre of gravity of lever from ful- 
crum ; C, distance of weight from ful- 
crum ; S, diameter of valve ; P, pres- 
sure per square inch ; G, weight of 

the lever at its centre of gravity ; W, weight of ball ; V, weight of 

valve and spindle. 

Wr:^ ^' X .7854 X P X A— (G X B)— (V X A ) 




C = 



S2 X.7854XPX A— (GX B) — (VX A ) 
W 




219. ORIGINAL FORM of the ^olipile or Hero's 
Steam Engine, 130 B.C. A reaction power, suitable 
for operation by the use of any gaseous or fluid pres- 
sure. The original type of several modem motors. 



220. STEEPLE ENGINE, with cross-head 
and slides. 



68 



STEAM POWER. 




22 1. VERTICAL ENGINE, WITH 
BELL-CRANK LEVER, for stem- 

wheel boat. 



222. INCLINED PADDLE-WHEEL 
ENGINE, with upright crank-con- 
nected beam for driving air pump. 




223. DIAGONAL TWIN-SCREW EN- 
GINE, arranged so that the connecting rods 
cross each other, thus economizing space. 




224. TWIN-SCREW VERTICAL CYLIN- 
DER ENGINE. — The outer gears are on the 
screw shafts ; the inner gears are idlers to keep the 
beam even. 




225. TRUNK ENGINE.— Does away with the 
slides and cross-head. It is also used for compounding 
by using the initial pressure at the trunk end and ex« 
panding beneath the piston.' 



STEAM POWER. 



69 



226. OSCILLATING ENGINE, with trunnions on 
middle of cylinder. 




227. COMPOUND OSCILLATING 
ENGINE. — Cylinders at right angles. 




228. TWIN-SCREW OSCILLAT- 
ING ENGINE.— A through piston rod 
connects directly to crank-pins on the 
shaft face plates. Suitable for small 
boats. 

229. OSCILLATING HOIST- 
ING ENGINE.— The piston rods 
are attached to an eccentric strap; 
one fixed, the other pivoted. A lever 
operated by the same eccentric strap, 
through a short connecting rod, oper- 
ates the valve gear of each cylinder 
alternately. 



230. THREE-CYLINDER ENGINE, 

" Brotherhood " type. Steam is admitted to 
the central chamber with equal pressure on 
all the pistons. The rotary-disc valve is oper- 
ated by the crank-pin, giving steam to- 
the outside of the pistons alternately 
through an outside port to each cylin- 
der. Main shaft bearing has a stufl&ng 
box. 



to 



STEAM POWER. 



231. TANDEM COMPOUND VERTICAL EN- 
GINE, with continuous piston rod. 




232. TANDEM COMPOUND VERTICAL 
ENGINE, with cross-head and two piston rods 
for low-pressure piston 



^ 


.-J 


U.J 










^ 




v 




{ri\fl r1( 


■i.y 



233. COMPOUND ENGINES for twin screws. 
There may be one or two pair of compound cyUn- 
ders. The dotted lines represent cylinders of the 
tandem model. 




234. COMPOUND 

YACHT ENGINE, "Her- 

reshoff" model. Direct 

receiver pipe. End and 

longitudinal elevation. 



STEAM POWER. 



7s 




235. HIGH-SPEED TAN- 
DEM COMPOUND 
ENGINE, "Harrisburg" 
model. 



236. TANDEM COMPOUND ENGINE, 

"Phoenix Iron 
Works" model. 
A direct pipe 
connection be- 
tween the high 
and low pres- 
sure cylinder. 





234. MODERN HIGH- 
SPEED ENGINE, 
with pulley gover- 
nor, "Atlas" model. 




238. SINGLE D SLIDE VALVE, 
with lap. The length of the valve over 
the length from outside to outside of 
steam ports is double the lap. 




239. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE.— 
A ring in a recess of the valve rides against 
the steam chest cover, held by a spring. 



72 



STEAM POWER. 




240. DOUBLE-PORTED SLIDE 
VALVE and adjustment by double 



i nuts in the back of the valve. 




241. "MEYER" CUT-OFF VALVE.— C, D, Slide valve with 
perforated ports. The supplementary or cut-off valves are adjusted 
to the required distances, to meet the required cut-off, by a right and 
left screw, which has an index H, and wheel G, for turning the screw 
for cut-off adjustment on the outside of the steam chest. 




242. SINGLE D, SLIDE VALVE, 

with double steam and exhaust 
ports. Central steam ports open 
- — into steam chest at the side of the 
> valve. 



-'yy^^^^y/^y/^.M 




243. GRIDIRON SLIDE VALVE, 

for large port area with small motion of the 
valve. 




244. ROTARY VALVES.— 
The valves K and L are 
three-winged cylinders, and 
are nearly balanced by the 
double inlet ports of the 
valve chamber. 



STEAM POWER. 



73 




245. STEAM ENGINE 
VALVE CHEST.— Double 
ported exhaust ; shortens 
the steam passages. " Erie 
City Iron Works " model. 



246. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE.— A bell- 
shaped piston, riding in a packed gland in the 
steam chest cover, is connected to the top of the 
valve by a link. 




247. BALANCED SLIDE VALVE, " Buchanan & 
Richter's " patent. The arm B carries a roller in 
the curved slot of the supporting piece D. The 
pressure is relieved by the nut and screw in the 
cover. 




248. " RICHARDSON-ALLEN " 
BALANCED SLIDE VALVE. 

— The valve slides under an 
adjustable plate fixed to the 
steam chest cover, and is bal- 
anced by a recess in the back of the valve that is open to the ex- 
haust port. 



249. BALANCED THROTTLE VALVE, with 
direct governor connection. 





74 



STEAM POWER. 



250. WING THROTTLE VALVE, or Butterfly 
Throttle, operated by direct connection with a gov- 
ernor. 



251. MULTIPLE PORT PISTON THROTTLE 
VALVE. — A perfectly balanced valve with through 
connecting rod. 




252. "CORLISS" VALVE 
GEAR. — Operated by a 
single eccentric through 
a lever and connecting 

~ rods. Steam and exhaust 
valves are worked by pins 
on a rocking wrist plate. 
The trips on the steam-valve gears are controlled by the governor. 





253. LOCOMOTIVE LINK-MOTION 
VALVE GEAR.— In this 
arrangement the slotted 
link is moved up and 
down over the wrist pin 
block by the lever and 
connecting rod; the le- 
ver, locking in the toothed sector, allowing for a close connection to 
the valve stem by a lever and short connecting rod. 




WALSCHAERT'S VALVE GEAR. 

— The slotted link is hung at its centre 
on a fixed pin. The valve-rod block 
is raised or lowered by the bell-crank 
lever. Lead is made by the cross- 
head link and lever. 



STEAM POWER. 



75 




REVERSING LINK MOTION. 
— The slotted link is pivoted to 
the end of the eccentric rod and is 
moved up and down by the bell- 
crank lever. The block carrying the 
valve rod is stationary in the slot. 




256. VALVE GEAR of an oscillating marine 
engine. The slotted link a, receives a rocking 
motion from the eccentrics and rods, and is thrown 
from its centre either way for forward, or back 
motion of the engine by the lever connecting rod 
b. A block and pin attached to the valve rod 
freely traverse the link slot. The circular slot- 
ted frame c is concentric with the cylinder trun- 
nions and the valve rod by a sliding block and 
pin to accommodate the oscillation of the cyl- 
inders. 




257. "JOY'S " VALVE GEAR for a ver- 
tical engine. Operated from a pin in the 
connecting rod. Reversal is made by chang- 
ing the position of the slotted link 




258. "JOY'S" VALVE GEAR for a 
horizontal engine. Adjust- 
ment is made by the angu 
lar position of the slotted 
link. Valve motion by crank 
rod and links. 



76 



STEAM POWER. 




259. "BREMME" VALVE GEAR with 
single eccentric. The eccentric arm is rocked 
by the double link connection and is reversed 
by throwing the link joint over by the hand 
screw and sector arm, not shown in cut. 




260. SINGLE ECCENTRIC VALVE 
GEAR, with variable travel, adjustable by 
a hand-wheel. The eccentric drives a 
block in a slotted link, which is rocked on a 
central pivot by the screw for varj'lng the 
throw of the valve. 




261. CAM-BAR VALVE MOVE- 
MENT. — The horizontal movement 
of the cam bar by the bell-crank lever 
alternately moves the two valves. 




262. VALVE GEAR of a Cor- 
nish engine, with trip poppet 
valves for steam. The governor 
releases the valves by varying 
the position of the vertical bars 
connected to the rocking wrist 
plate. Exhaust valves are oper- 
ated from the eccentric through 
the lever that operates the steam valves. 



STEAM POWER. 



77 




263. VARIABLE EXPANSION GEAR, 
with one eccentric. The movement of the 
fulcrum of the eccentric bar lever by the 
screw changes the throw of the valve. 




264. SINGLE ECCENTRIC VARIABLE 
VALVE THROW.— "Fink" link gear for a 
D valve. The link block is moved in the 
curved slot of the link for variation of valve 
throw, adjustable by the hand-wheel. 




A 265. "ALLEN" VALVE LIFT OR TOK— 
a, The valve lifter and rod to which the valves are 
attached; ^, the toe on the rock shaft, operated 
from a cam on the engine shaft. 




266. TAPPET LEVER VALVE MOTION. 
— Used on pumps, rock drills, and percussion 
tools. 




267. STARTING LEVER, with 

spring to hold the bolt in the sec- 
tor notches. 



78 



STEAM POWER. 



@=© 




268. SIMPLE UNHOOKING DEVICE, 
much in use on the engines of side-wheel steam- 
ers. The turning down of the handle of the 
short bell-crank lever lifts the hook in the ec- 
centric rod off from the wrist pin of the rock- 
shaft crank, — ^when the engine can be worked by 



A hand lever on the rock shaft. 



269. SIMPLE REVERSING GEAR for 

steam engines. On raising the eccentric rod the 
valve spindle is released from the hook, when 
the engine can be reversed by the hand lever ; 
the eccentric then runs back by friction a half 
turn, it being loose on the shaft, and the key 
shoulder cut away to allow the eccentric to turn half over. 





270. «' JOY'S" HYDRAULIC SHIFTING 
ECCENTRIC— The centre block is keyed to 
the shaft; pistons on each side of the block 
work in cylinders in the eccentric. Oil is pump- 
ed to one or the other piston through holes in 
the crank shaft and piston, for reversal of the 
engine. 




271. SHIFTING ECCENTRIC— The ec- 
centric is movable on worm gear and its 
sleeve, which is keyed to the shaft. The tan- 
gent worm is pivoted in lugs on the eccentric. 




3 272. VALVE MOTION ECCENTRIC 

— The rocker connecting link increases the 
motion of the valve rod and travel of the 
valve. 



STEAM POWER. 



79 




273. " PEAUCELLIER'S " PARALLEL 
MOTION. — A, B and B, C are of equal distances, 
when the connecting rod will move in a straight 
line. When B is connected with the outer joint 
of the link quadrangle the inner joint C will 
have a straight-line motion. 



D® 



c: 



^ 



^^^^ 



274. PARALLEL MOTION, used 
side-lever marine engines. 
E, cross-head. 

C, F, radius bar. 

D, E, parallel bar. 



on 




275. PARALLEL MOTION, for a side 
lever marine engine. 

a and b are of equal length. 
c and d are of equal length. 

Radius of rocker-shaft crank F = — 

e 




276. PARALLEL MOTION and com- 
pensation weight for steam engines, " For- 
ney's " patent. The link from the cross- 
head traverses the slot at right angles to 
the engine centre, and is pivoted at its 
centre to the swinging link and weight. 




277. PARALLEL MOTION.— Length of radius 
f j_ bar equal to beam radius. Link radii are equal. Dis- 
tance of radius bar pivot above beam centre is equal 
to link radius. 



So 



STEAM POWER. 




278. PARALLEL MOTION for beam en* 

gines, in which 

a and ^ are of equal length. 
^ and/are of equal length. 
// and e are of equal length. 

279. PARALLEL MOTION, with two pairs 

of connecting bars. 

a and ^ are of equal length. 
^ and ^ are of equal length. 
e, cross-head. 




280. PARALLEL MOTION, with the radius 
bar pivoted above the centre line of the beam. 
^ and // are of equal length. 
^= c or d, 
h = half a, 

281. PARALLEL MOTION for a direct- 
acting engine. The radius bar, A, F, is pivoted 
to the frame on the centre line and at right 
angles to the slot, B. 

A, C and A, F are of equal length. 

A, B and A, C are of equal length. 



282. PARALLEL MOTION by a rocking 
beam. A, E and A, C are equal when E is 
pivoted in the centre line of motion of the 
piston rod. 



283. PARALLEL MOTION.— The "grass, 
hopper " movement of one of the early locomo- 
tives. B, the radius bar, pivoted in the centre 
line of motion of the piston rod; A, the rocker 
rod. 



STEAM POWER. 



8r 



R 




^^ 




284. PARALLEL MOTION for a ver- 
tical engine. A, A, radius bars pivoted to 
engine frame opposite to the middle of 
stroke. 




285. PARALLEL MOTION for an engine. 
The radius bars are of equal lengths from the 
centre line of the engine and sliding pivot of the 
long bar. Both fixed and sliding pivots at right 
angles with the centre line when at half stroke. 



286. PARALLEL MOTION of a piston 

rod by direct connection with a spur gear ro- 
tating upon the wrist pin of the crank. The 
crank-pin gear meshes in a fixed internal 
toothed gear of double its diameter. One of 
the curiosities of old-time engineering. 





V^ 




287. « CARTWRIGHT'S " PARALLEL 
MOTION for steam engines by geared 
wheels. A free cross-head on piston rod and 
connected to two cranks on shafts with equal 
spur gears from which power is transmitted 
through a third spur wheel. Fery old (lySy), 



288. PARALLEL MOTION by a cross- 
head and rollers running against guide-bars. 
Old, 



83 



STEAM POWER. 




289. CROSS-HEAD SLIDE athwart the 
shaft. An obsolete design for a vertj :;al engine 
in a side-wheel steamer. 




290. PARALLEL MOTION by guide bars in 
the frame of a vertical engine, with connecting 
piston rod and crank. Cross-head sliding in a 
slot in the frame. Old, 



291. PARALLEL MOTION to piston rod 
and cross-head by prolonging the piston rod 
through a fixed guide and connecting to the 
crank with a forked rod. A very old device and 
much in use now on pumps. 



292. PARALLEL MOTION from a sec- 
tor beam. Used on old, single-acting, atmos- 
pheric pumping engines. Cylinder is open at 
top. Piston is lifted by the weight of the 
pimip rods on the other end of beam. Low- 
pressure steam follows the rising piston when 
a jet of water condenses it, and the piston is 
drawn down by atmospheric pressure. 




293. RACK GEAR PARALLEL MOTION.— 

An old pumping device used with a single- 
acting beam engine. 



STEAM POWER. 



83 




294. " WATT " GOVERNOR.— The cen- 
trifugal action of the balls lifts the sleeve and, 
through the bell crank, operates the throttle 
valve. 




295. COMPENSATING GOVERNOR, *' Daw- 
son " patent (English). Intended to be isochronous 
in its movement. The central weight is connected 
directly with the throttle-valve stem. 




296. GRAVITY CENTRIFUGAL GOVERNOR.— 

The weight on the central rod is lifted by the centrifugal 
action of the light balls and moves the lever that controls 
the valve gear. A high-speed governor. 




297. ENGINE GOVERNOR, in which the arms 
cross each other and are extended above in a link 
movement. The arms are guided in a slotted sector. 



84 



STEAM POWER. 




298. CENTRIFUGAL BALL GOVERNOR.— 
The balls, with arms pivoted to the revolving 
spindle, through their connections raise or lower the 

^ grooved sleeve on the lower part of the spindle. 

k^J The yoke of the valve lever rests in the groove and 
thus controls the valve gear by the varying speed of 
the governor. 




299. INVERTED GOVERNOR.~The cen- 
trifugal force of the balls is resisted by a spring 
around the spindle. The extension of the balls 
lifts the lever spool through the toggle-joint 
movement. 




300. DIRECT-ACTING CENTRIFUGAL 
GOVERNOR.— The balls traverse the radial 
arms a, a, on friction rollers and are restrained 
by steel ribbons that pass over a pair of pul- 
leys at G, and are attached to the spring and 

] g grooved collar that operates the lever and 

^ " throttle valve. 




301. SPRING BALANCED CENTRIF- 
UGAL GOVERNOR, "Proell" patent— The 
balls are attached to the inverted arms d, b^ and 
raise the collar sleeve by their outward throw. 
The movement is restrained by the vertical leaf 
springs and links. The lift is controlled by the 
curved links hung from the cross bar 2Xf, 



STEAM POWER. 



85 




302. PARABOLIC GOVERNOR.— One of the 

many curious devices for governing steam engines. 
The parabolic form of the guide arms is intended to 
equalize the motion of the grooved slide by modifying 
the effect of centrifugal force in the position of the 
balls. Also called an isochronous governor, produc- 
ing equal valve movement for equal change in the 
speed of the engine. 

303. "ANDERSON'S" GYROSCOPE 
GOVERNOR for steam engines. A, The gyro- 
scope wheel f B, its spindle connected to its driv- 
ing shaft by the universal joint B', and revolved 
at high velocity by the pinion I rolling around 
the fixed bevel gear G. H, a frame holding the 
gyroscope wheel and its flexible shaft and re- 
volving it on the vertical axis by the bevel gear and band from the 
engine shaft. The outer end of the spindle B is held in a jointed 
arm of the frame H, to allow of the retaining action of the spring L, 
through the bell crank N, connecting rod P, and rod and bow D, C, 
pivoted with a free vertical movement in the fixed frame. A swivel 
at D allows the rod and bow to turn freely with the wheel and frame 
H. By the rapid rotation of the wheel on its own axis and its 
counter rotation on the vertical axis of the carrying frame H, its own 
axis has a strong tendency toward a vertical position, which is bal- 
anced by the spring L, causing the rod D to take a vertical motion, 
corresponding to variation in speed, and transmitting it to the valve 
gear. 

304. HORIZONTAL 
CENTRIFUGAL GOV- 
ERNOR, " Bourdon " model. 
The balls are balanced on a 
rigid arm pivoted to the hori- 
zontal spindle. A sector c 
on the ball arm meshes with 
a sector pivoted on the hollow spindle of the governor, which operates 
a lever and push rod to the throttle. As the balls move only by cen- 
trifugal force of revolution, they are wholly controlled by a helical 
spring in the hollow spindle. 




86 



STEAM POWER. 




305. VANE OR WING GOVERNOR.— 
The resistance of the vanes P, P to the air by 
their variable speed from the engine gear, lifts or 
depresses the ball Q, connected with the wings, by 
means of a quick-pitch thread and nut on the 
revolving spindle, causing a movement of the 
weighted bell-crank lever M, L, and by its action 
controls the throttle valve. 



306. GOVERNOR FOR A STEAM ENGINE (old). 
— A revolving spindle, a, carries with it a pair of 
cylindrical inclined planes, d. The ball b, frame 
and wings c, slide freely upon an extension of 
the spindle. The varying air resistance given to 
the wings <r, c by the revolution of the spindle 
lifts the ball ; the friction rollers on the cross-arm 
moving up and down the incline as the speed 
varies, moving the valve lever or an internal valve spindle. 





307. DIFFERENTIAL GOVERNOR.— 

The larger pulley, A, is driven by a belt from 
the motive power, winding up the larger weight 
which is offset by the revolution of the smallei 
^^^.^''v^ pulley and the fan wheel, which is regulated by 
the difference in the weights which balances 
the frictional resistance of the fan. Any dif- 
ference in the speed of the motive power 
raises or lowers the large weight, moving the 
bell crank. 



STEAM POWER. 



87 




308. "HUNTOON" GOVERNOR. 
— A ribbed cylinder, A, is partly filled 
with oil. A paddle wheel, B, is re- 
volved by the pulley and shaft which 
by fluid friction moves the ribbed cyl- 
inder and pinion in the same direction. 
The pinion meshes in the toothed sec- 
tor, which is counterbalanced by an 
adjustable weight. The sector rock 
shaft operates the steam throttle valve 
through its arm and con- 
^ necting rods. 

309. Vertical Section. 

310. Cross Vertical Sec- 
tion. Showing ribs and 
paddle wheel. 




311. "PROELL" GOVERNOR.— In 
addition to the weight lifted by the cen- 
trifugal balls, an air dash pot is used in 
the line of the central rod connected at 
the top by a yoke pivoted to the bell- 
crank arms. The dash pot with bye-pass 
is shown at the left. 




312. "PORTER" GOVERNOR.— The cen- 
trifugal balls lift a central weight, A, by the 
toggle-arm connection. A high-speed governor. 



88 



STEAM POWER. 




313. "RICHARDSON" GOVERNOR.— 
The arms in this governor are crossed and sus- 
pended from two points, the balls lifting a 
central weight by their pivoted connections. 
The groove on the lower extension of the 
weight operates the throttle. 




314. PRINCIPLE OF THE "PICKERING" 
GOVERNOR.— The centrifugal force of the balls 
revolving with the central spindle throws out the 
springs to which they are attached, shortens their 
length on the spindle, and lifts the grooved collar 
that carries the lever for regulating the valve motion. 




315. "PICKERING" GOVERNOR.— The 

revolving balls are held by springs, the exten- 
sion of which draws the cap. A, downward and 
with it the central valve rod, with direct con- 
nection to the balanced throttle valve. 




316. PULLEY OR FLYWHEEL GOVER- 
NOR, "Sweet's." — The eccentric moves toward 
the centre by the centrifugal action of the 
weight restrained by the spring through the 
connecting link. 



STEAM POWER. 



89 




317. CRANK-SHAFT GOVERNOR.— 

The centrifugal action of the weights, bal- 
anced by the springs, shifts the position of 
the inner eccentric to vary the throw of the 
main eccentric. 




318. CRANK-SHAFT GOVERNOR.— The cen- 
trifugal action of two hinged weights, balanced by 
springs, varies the eccentric by moving it toward 
the centre by excess of speed. Eccentric is hinged 
to an arm of the pulley or fly wheel. 




319. FLY-WHEEL OR PULLEY GOV 
ERNOR. — The centrifugal force of two pivoted 
weights connected to a spiral-slotted face plate, 
in which a wrist pin on the arm of the eccentric 
sets it forward or back ; controlled by the adjust- 
ment of the holding springs. 







320. SLOTTED CROSS-HEAD, with "Clay- 
ton's " adjustable wrist-pin box. Two taper 

\ half-boxes and sliding taper gibs, with heads 

I / carrying screws for adjusting the boxes to both 
/ slide cross-head and wrist pin. 







321. TRAMMEL CRANK.— The pins c, c on 
the rod B traverse the two right-angled slots in the 
revolving face plate, producing a reciprocating motion 
of the rod B. 



9© 



STEAM POWER. 




322. CRANK-PIN LUBRICATOR.— 

The oil cup is fixed. A wiper on the con- 
necting rod end takes off the drop of oil 
from the capillary feed oil cup. 




323. CENTRIFUGAL CRANK-PIN OILER 

made adjustable by the sliding support clamped 
at S, so that the revolving feed pipe K. shall be 
aligned with the axis of the shaft. 



324. CENTRIFUGAL LUBRI- 
CATING DEVICE for the crank 
pin of a high-speed engine. An 
annular cup with an open front is 
fastened to the crank and fed by a 
drip spout at A. The oil is thrown to the outer rim of the cup by 
the centrifugal force of revolution and to the oil holes through the 
crank pin. 






325. "COCHRANE" ROTARY ENGINE.— 

A wing piston rotating around the central axis of an 
outer shell or cylinder. A hollow cylinder of small- 
er diameter is pivoted eccentric to the wing axis to 
keep one side in contact with the shell. The steam 
pressure revolves the wing and shaft with a force 
due to the varying area of the wing outside of the inner cylinder. 




326. "FRANCHOT" ROTARY ENGINE. 
^A slotted concentric cylinder carries a con- 
tinuous solid wing across and in contact with the 
interior surface of an ovoid shell, shaped for ex- 
act diameter in all directions on the eccentric 
axis of revo ution. 



'mmM/M/mMm. 



STEAM POWER. 



91 




327. DOUBLE SLIDE PISTON ROTARY 
ENGINE. — In this engine the shaft and piston 
barrel are concentric, while the walls of the steam 
chambers are ovoid. A difl&cult form of con- 
struction. 




328. "LAMB" ROTARY ENGINK— 

An annular cylinder with a fixed partition be- 
tween the inlet and outlet. The piston is a 
hollow cylinder with a longitudinal slot, 
which slides up and down the partition, the 
outside of the cylinder wiping the inner surface 
of the shell. The centre of the traversing cylinder is pivoted to a 
crank pin, which carries it around a common centre shaft. 



H f^ M 


^ 




fc ^M 1 


^^M^ 


^^ 




^(^ 



329. « COCHRAN " ROTARY ENGINE.— 

The wing pistons d^ d are packed in the eccen- 
tric inner cylinder by a slotted rocking cylinder 
and revolve concentric with the outer cylinder or 
shell. The inner cylinder is pivoted eccentric to 
the shell, making a tight joint at the bottom. 




330. ROTARY ENGINE.— B, shaft; C, eccen- 
tric rotating piston ; D, follower slide. The eccen- 
tric cylindrical piston operates the slide by its 
revolution. 




331. "NAPIER" ROTARY ENGINE.— An 

eccentric mounted cylinder on a shaft concentric 
with the shell. There are two sliding wings in slots 
in the shell, held to their bearings by springs or cam 
wheels on the shaft outside with connecting bars. 
There are two pair of ports. 



92 



STEAM POWER. 




332. ROLLER PISTON ROTARY ENGINE. 

A rubber lining loosely placed within the cylin- 
der is rolled over by the three-armed roller spider. 
E, E, rubber lining ; B, spider on shaft ; A, A, A, 
rollers. 



Z33. "COCHRANE" ROTARY ENGINE. 

— An eccentric cylindrical piston rotating on an 
axis central to the shell. The vibrating wings 
pivoted in the outer shell form the steam abut- 
ment by closing against the eccentric revolving 
cylinder. 



334. "BOARDMAN" ROTARY EN- 
GINE. — A cylinder revolving concentric 
with an outer segmental cylinder, with pock- 
ets containing swing pistons that open by 
centrifugal action at the steam inlet, mak* 
ing a steam abutment across the segment. 
The swing pistons are closed at the exhaust 
port by contact with the small segment of the outer cylinder. 





335. ROTARY ENGINE, with concentric shaft 
and wing barrel. The two wing slides pass through 
cylindrical rockers to give the slides a slight oscillat- 
ing motion ; slides are kept extended by pins tra- 
versing a circular slot concentric with the shell. 




[HyMiiiiilllituiiiiiiiiii 
revolves the disc and shaft. 



336. « SMITH " ROTARY ENGINE.— 
Four arms with cylindrical sectors are rotated 
around an axis central to a perforated cylindrical 
shell. The driven shaft and head discs are ec- 
centric to the shell. The pressure of steam be- 
tween the wings tends to push them apart, by 
which the differential leverage on the disc pins 



STEAM POWER. 



93 




337. "BERRENBERG" ROTARY 
ENGINE. — Two intersecting cylindrical 
shells. The steam cylinder D has two 
cylindrical pistons, D', D', on opposite 
sides, that mesh in corresponding cavi- 
^- ties in the cylindrical steam valve, both 
rotating in unison by equal external gearing. The steam port passes 
through the rotary valve E at the proper .moment for the impulse. 
The supplementary sectors D^ are hinged to the pistons D^ to make 
a more perfect contact with the outer cylindrical shell. 




^^8. "FLETCHER'S" ROTARY CON- 
DENSING ENGINE.— A hollow drum on a 
shaft eccentric to a double shell. Three slots 
carry slides and socketed arms as abutment 
wings, which are kept in contact with the cylin- 
drical shell by a ring not shown. Steam ports 
on inner shell at the left side. Exhaust ports 
on the inner shell at the right. 



339. "BARTRUM & POWELL" RO- 
TARY ENGINE.— A double shell divided 
for steam and exhaust. The inner shell 
cylindrical with a shaft and crank concen- 
tric. The crank pin carries a smaller 
- winged cylinder, the wing sliding through 
a rocking joint. The end packing is made adjustable by a plate set 
up with screws. The crank pin has an eccentric sleeve which, by a 
slight rotation, compensates the wear of the rubbing surfaces. 





340. "RITTER" ROTARY EN- 
GINE. — A revolving cylinder concen- 
tric with the shell, carrying an abutting 
lip or extension fitting the outer case. 
A revolving lunette controlled by gear 
on main shaft allows the lip to pass ; a 
continuous gear train operates the 
valve. 

341. Exterior with valve gears. 



94 



STEAM POWER. 



342. "HOLLY" ROTARY ENGINE. 
— The two geared pistons mesh their long 
teeth into the recesses of the opposite piston, 
thus making the sum of the radii between 
the centres less than the sum of the radii 
from each centre to its cylinder wall. Press- 
ure rotates the gear in the direction of the longest leverage. 





343. "STOCKER" ROTARY ENGINE.-— 
The sector pistons are each connected through 
central concentric shafts to slotted cranks in 
which a sliding box and link connect to a crank 
on a shaft eccentric to the sector shaft. A differ- 
ential motion of the sectors is produced while 
rotating which rotates the driven shaft by the 
outside slotted crank connections. 




344. "FORRESTER" ROTARY ENGINE.— 
A cylindrical block and guard wing swing on an ec- 
centric on the shaft. The guard wing slides in and 
operates the ports of a two-port rotary valve, the 
outer shell of which is operated by levers and con- 
necting rods for reversing the engine. 




345. « KIPP " ROTARY PISTON 
ENGINE. — A broad pulley enclosing 
four single-acting cylinders with op- 
posite pistons connected by yoked rods. 
A fixed crank pin and slide block 
placed eccentric to the pulley axis gives 
the propelling force by displacing the pistons successively. The 
steam follows through ports in a disc valve with inlet and exhaust 
through the hollow shaft. 
346. Section. 



STEAM POWER. 



95 



347. "RUTH'S" ROTARY ENGINE.— 
A revolving cylinder engine. Three cylinders, 
A, A, A, radiate from a shaft set eccentric to 
an outer circle or ring on which the [piston 
connected sheaves revolve. The pistons take 
steam through the ports M, M, M, just past 
the shortest eccentric radius, and drives out the 
piston during a half revolution, when the ex- 
haust is opened and the piston is pushed back by the eccentric ring. 





348. " ALMOND " ENGINE.— Four 
single-acting cylinders set tangent to a 
shaft which is central to an outer shell. 
The pistons have jointed segmental 
plates at their outer end that press 
against the outer shell and cause the 
cylinders and shaft to revolve by the ec- 
centric direction of their pressure. Disc 
ports for steam and exhaust. 




349. ROTATING CYLINDER ENGINE.— 
The cylinder rotates on trunnions with a 
through piston rod terminating with rol- 
lers running in an oval ring. Steam and 
exhaust ports in the trunnion. Pressure of 
the piston-rod rollers on the oval ring re- 
volves the cylinder and fly-wheel on its 
runnion. 




350. ROTARY MULTI-CYLINDER ENGINE— 

Three or more cylinders are attached to and re^ 
volve with the fly-wheel. The crank is stationary 
and eccentric to the fly-wheel. Each cylinder is 
single-acting. Valves are on a central disc at A. 



96 



STEAM POWER. 



351. "BATES" COMPOUND VIBRATING 
ENGINE. — The upper section of the cyl- 
inder has a shorter radius than the lower 
section for the compound effect. The shaft 
and wings are concentric and vibrate be- 
tween two stationary abutments, 10, 10. 
Opposite each abutment is a cylindrical 
valve, which by its motion admits the steam to the upper section, and 
transfers its exhaust to the lower section, and also the final exhaust. 





352. " DAVIE'S " DISC ENGINE.— A 
disc, b, is fixed to an oscillating shaft, a^ 
which swings in a circuit pivoted in the disc 
crank, c. The cylinder heads are cones in 
the apex of which the ball bearing of the 
shaft oscillates. The outer shell of the cyl- 
inder, d, is spherical over which the disc moves. Steam enters alter- 
nately on either side of piston. 



353. "REULEAUX" ENGINE OR 




PUMP.— A disc on a fixed shaft. The 
cylinder swings on a central spherical 
bearing, carrying an arm pivoted in a 
crank. 



354. " LINK " VIBRATORY ENGINE.— 

A pair of curved cylinders with an annular 
piston rod to which is attached the arms from 
the central shaft. The reciprocal motion of 
the piston rocks the central shaft, the motion 
of which is made continuous by a link and 
crank, not shown. 




355. OSCILLATING PISTON ENGINE. — A 
crank and connecting rod outside the engine convert 
the oscillating motion of the piston into rotary motion. 



STEAM POWER. 



97 







^■B 




^ 



356. VIBRATING 
PISTON ENGINE, *'Par- 
son's '* model. Two sector 
pistons vibrating in a cyl- 
inder. One sector is fast 
on a central solid shaft, 
the other is fast on a con- 
centric hollow shaft. At 
the other end of each shaft 
is a crank and link con- 
nection to a wrist pin at 
opposite positions on a 
face plate which is fast on a revolving shaft eccentric to the piston 
shafts. The exhaust port is in the circumference of the cylinder. 

357. Shows the crank end 
of the vibrating shafts with the 
link connections. The steam 
port is in the cylinder head, 
which is the steam chest. Dur- 
ing one-half of a fly-wheel 
revolution one of the sectors 
makes a large angular move- 
ment, while the other makes a 
relatively small angular move- 
ment, and during the second 
half, the two sectors reverse their relative movements — i.e., the one 
going slow during the first half making the quick movement during 
the second half, and vice versa. 

358. Shows the detail of one 
sector, piston, shaft, crank, and 
link connection with the eccen- 
tric revolving disc and shaft. 



359. Shows both sector pis- 
tons, concentric shafts, cranks, 
and link connections to the op- 
posite wrist pins on the revolv- 
ing face plate of the constant 
velocity shaft. 






B 


^-^ 


^ 


f 


Pi 


)u^ 


^^r 


, -5 




ll 


^ 






v^ 






98 



STEAM POWER. 



360. "KNICKERBOCKER" 
FOUR-PISTON ROTARY 
ENGINE.— A four-armed 
Tyoke is socketed on a centre 
common to the four pistons. 
Its spindle is a crank pin, 
and makes a conical circuit 
with the crank and shaft. The ends of the yoke are socketed to the 
pistons hy connecting rods. The pistons take steam successively, 
making a continuous pressure on the circuit of the crank. 





361. " ROOT'S " DOUBLE QUADRANT 
ENGINE. — In this design the two oscillating 
pistons are connected directly with the crank 
on the inside of the engine case, which is also 
the exhaust receiver. From the positions of 
the connecting rods at the end of the stroke of 
each piston the dead centre is eliminated. 



\d 



d 



362. " ROOT'S " SQUARE PISTON EN- 
GINE. — ^The oblong square box, A, is the 
cylinder proper. B, is a frame sliding freely 
in a horizontal direction by the force of the 
steam from the side ports, d, d. C is the in- 
ner rectangular piston, connected directly to 
the crank pin <2, the shaft, b^ being central to the range of the mov- 
ing pistons. The piston, C, receives steam from the top and bottom 
ports, d^ d, within the frame, B. 



d 




363. "DAKE" SQUARE PISTON 
ENGINE. — Two rectangular pistons, 
one within the other, working at right 
angles in the outer piston. The inner 
piston is connected to the crank pin, 
and moves vertically. The outer piston 
moves horizontally in the case. The 
principle is similar to the Root Square 
Engine, No. 362. 



STEAM POWER. 



99 




364. « WILKINSON'S " STEAM 
TURBINE. —Two rim-pocketed 
discs running against the disc surfaces 
of a shell with oblique steam ports. 
The discs are feathered on the shaft, 
and held against the faces of the 
shell by springs. A groove around 
I the shell opposite the pockets allows 
the steam to pass around to the ex- 
haust pipes. 



365. Section showing steam pockets. 



366. "DOW" STEAM TUR- 
BINE. — ^Two discs fixed to a 
shaft have on their face a 
series of circular grooves and 
tongues, meshed with a pair 
of fixed discs with grooves and 
tongues, as shown in small sec- 
tion 367. The tongues on 
the revolving discs are cut across at short distances in a slanting direc- 
tion. The tongues on the stationary disc are cut in the opposite 
direction. The steam passes to the centre hub, and is forced through 
the openings across the tongues, giving motion to the discs and shaft 

368. Vertical section of engine. 





369. " DE LAVAL" STEAM TURBINE. 
— A jet or jets of steam impinge at a small 
angle upon the concave buckets at the per- 
iphery of a disc wheel, pass through the 
cavities between the buckets and exhaust at 
the other side. The buckets are lunette. 
The nozzle has an expanding orifice. 

370. Plan showing nozzle at side of 
wheel. 



too 



STEAM POWER. 



371. "PARSONS'" STEAM 
TURBINE. — A series of discs 
fixed on a shaft with intersecting 
discs on the shell. The face of the 
shaft discs has several small blades 
set at an angle with the radius. 
The outside fixed disks have a sim- 
ilar set of blades interlocking with 
the revolving blades and set at a contrary angle. The steam passes 
from the valve to the inner edge of the first fixed disc, then outward 
through the blades, and returns through the vacant space of the next 




pair and outward again. 




371a. CRUDE PETROLEUM 
BURNER with concentric fixed noz- 
zles. One of many varieties in use. 
I, oil feed; 2, steam feed; 3, air inlet. 
Further air regulation is made outside 
the nozzles. 

371&. THE HAMMEL CRUDE 
OIL BURNER. Gives a broad flame. 

A, oil supply; B, steam supply; C, 
mixing chamber. 

E, steam chamber connecting with 
steam ducts G, H, I. 

K, K, steel plates which can be re- 
newed when worked out. 

J, set screw. 

Gives a broad and powerful flame 
for boiler furnaces. 



jm//m 









7777I7i 






'/?7/f/ 







.71 



371C. PETROLEUM FUR- 
NACE. — For the most perfect 
combustion of crude petroleum 
the furnace should have a per- 
forated back wall and grate of 
fire brick, which becomes highly 
heated and thus completes the 
combustion of the oil. 



STEAM POWER. 



ioi 




agitator 
feed-wheel' 



^QITATOR SECTOR 
SHEATH-NUT 



SHEATH 
LOCK-NUTS 



coking takes place and 
the coal passed on to 
the inclined rocking 
grate. 



37i(/. AUTOMOBILE BOIL- 
ER. — A baffle plate above the 
water line at the riveted joint 
prevents foaming or splashing of 
the water into the steam pipe by 
the vibration of the carriage. The 
burner is a tube perforated flat 
chamber with a vaporizer, air 
mixing jet, regulator, and pilot 
light. 

371^. FEEDING PULVER- 
IZED OR DUST fuel to fur- 
naces. 

The coal dust is charged into 
the hopper, passes through a 
screen B, and regulated in its 
flow by the elastic plates C and 
D and the link at E. The screw F 
regulates the brush pad so that 
the brush throws both air and, 
coal dust. J are the draft holes, 
K a screen with a mirror to view 
the fire. Brush makes 900 revo- 
lutions per minute. 

371/. THE RONEY 
j,LE-cuvvP MECHANICAL 

^STOKER. — A push 
rack operated by a 
sector from a cam 
on a shaft makes a 
constant feed from the 
coal hopper to a dead 
plate where partial 



BOILER FRONT 



-COKING-ARCH* 




BRIDGEWALL 



I02 



STEAM POWER. 




371^. THE STERLING 
BOILER. — The hot gases of 
combustion pass lengthwise 
through the three stacks of 
tubes guided by the fire brick 
partitions. All the fire sur- 
face divided by 12 equals the 
boiler horse power. Tubes 
are cleaned by steam blow 
pipes. Circulating pipes out- 
side the setting. 




Z7ih. THE WORTHING- 
TON WATER TUBE 
BOILER.— The water tube 
sections are between headers 
and cross each other in series ; 
the lower ends of the diagonal 
sections are connected with a 
cross pipe for circulation from 
the steam drum. Has the 
American stoker attached. 







37if. VAUCLAIN'S COM- 
POUND LOCOMOTIVE 
CYLINDERS.— A single pis- 
ton valve for both cylinders 
with direct steam passages 
through the valve chamber. 
High pressure steam enters 
at the central port A. Steam 
inlet and exhaust indicated by 
the arrows. 



Section V. 
STEAM APPLIANCES. 

Injectors, Steam Pumps, Condensers, Separators, Traps, and Valves. 

372. "PEERLESS" IN- 
JECTOR.— An exhaust 
steam injector. A hinged sec- 
tion of the combining tube 
allows a free flow of the ex- 
haust until a water current is 

started, when the hinge closes and the overflow valve closes, as in 

other injectors. 




STCAM 



WATER 




373. "SHAEFFER & BUDEN- 
BERG" INJECTOR.— An exhaust in- 
jector by which the exhaust steam 
establishes a feed jet to the boiler. A 
hinged section in the combining tube 
allows a free flow of steam to draw the 
water; the hinged section then closes and 
the injector operates the same as others 
for feeding a boiler. 



*' NATIONAL " AUTOMATIC 
INJECTOR, has four 
fixed tubes. The two check 
valves, C, D, open and close 
successively as the lift is 
started and the current es- 
tablished. 



I04 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 




"METROPOLITAN" 
INJECTOR.— The steam is 
turned on by a screw spindle 
valve. It has three fixed noz- 
zle tubes, A, B, F. A disc 
relief-check valve, C, and a 
wing check, I. 



376. " LUNKENHEIMER " IN- 
JECTOR.— Four fixed noz- 
zle tubes with a lever-moved 
valve, a ; W, water-regulating 
valve ; D, stop check to over- 
flow ; C, automatic check; W, 
water valve. 



"EBERMAN" INJECTOR. 

— The combining tube slides 
for regulating thelift and over- 
flow. A single gravity check 
valve, D, closes the overflow 
when the current to the boiler 
is established. 



378. "NATHAN" INJECTOR— 
A vertical model with four fixed nozzle 
tubes, tandem. A disc valve, C, closes 
at the moment the current is established, 
and the flap valve, D, makes the final 
closure of the overflow. 



TO eOlLEA 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 



105 




379. "LITTLE GIANT" 
INJECTOR.— This model 
has two fixed tubes. The 
central or combining tube is 
movable for adjustment. A 
single automatic check valve 
regulates the overflow. 



OHecKVALve-* 



TO BOILER 



VALVE 

'seat 




V/^TEA 



OVERFLOW 




380. "PENBERTHY" 
SPECIAL INJECTOR.— 
Has three fixed nozzle tubes. 
The opening of a detached 
valve gives steam pressure in 
the chamber E, and opens 
both overflow check valves. 
When the current is estab- 
lished check valve C closes, 
followed by check valve D. 



381. "PARK" INJECTOR.— 
A double tube in tandem, in 
which the handle has two 
movements to operate the 
lift and force nozzles. A 
self-lifting check valve gov- 
erns the overflow. 




382. SELLERS'" RESTARTING 
INJECTOR. — In this model all the tubes 
are fixed. Two concentric check valves, 
C, D, guided by the combining tube, are 
operated by the pressure in the combining 
tube at the moment that the water reaches 
it, closing the overflow. 



io6 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 




383. "LITTLE GIANT" LOCOMOTIVE 
INJECTOR. — In this 
model the lift is started when 
the separate steam valve is 
opened. The forcing or com- 
bining tube is movable for reg- 
ulation by a screw and yoke, 

F. A movement of the handle opens the injection nozzle, and closes 

the lift nozzle ports. 

« METROPOLITAN " DOUBLE-TUBE 
INJECTOR.— The first move- 
ment of the handle opens the 
first section of a double-beat 
valve at ^, and gives steam to 
the lifting nozzle A ; the over- 
flow passing freely through the 
check valve C, and the open 
valve at D. A further move- 
ment of the handle opens thw second section of the double-beat 
steam valve B, and closes the overflow valve D. 





'BROWNLEY" INJECTOR.— 

The steam flows to the double- 
jet nozzles without any regulat- 
ing device other than the over- 
flow cock, which by this pecu- 
liar construction relieves both 
lift and force tubes. 

"LEADER" INJECTOR.— 
A double-tube injector. A 
separate valve gives steam 
to the lifting nozzle A, with 
the overflow cock open. The 
first movement of the handle 
opens the force valve h ; a 
further movement closes the 
overflow to both lift and force 
tubes. 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 



107 




TO BOILER 



OVERFLOW 



387. " EXCELSIOR " INJECTOR.— 

A separate valve gives steam 
to the lifting nozzle A, the 
overflow cock D C being 
open. The first movement 
of the handle opens the coni- 
cal valve b ; 2i further move- 
ment closes the overflow cock 
D C to both the lifting and 
force overflow S. 





2,Z%. "KORTING" INJECTOR.^ 
A double-tube automatic 
movement by which the dif- 
ference in area of the valve 
discs at A and B allows the 
balance lever to open the 
lifting nozzle first and, by 
a further movement of the 
handle, opens the force noz- 
zle B. The overflow is self- 
adjusting for both nozzles. 

389. "HANCOCK" INSPI^ 
RATOR.— A double-tube injector. 
The tube A lifts the water and 
starts the circulation through the 
overflow, when the steam nozzle 
B is opened and valves C and 
D are closed. 




390. BALL-VALVE INJECTOR, 
in action. 

J, J, ball valves. 
P, steam inlet. 
W, inverted nozzle. 
Q, suction inlet. 

B, overflow. 

C, side outlet to boiler. 
S, cap. 



automatic 



io8 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 




391. "HANCOCK" LOCO- 
MOTIVE INSPIRATOR, a 

double-tube injector. 

A, the lifting nozzle and tube. 
Bjthe forcingnozzle and tube. 

C, the lift overflow. 

D, the force overflow. 

Two movements of the handle are required for starting ; the first 
opens the starting valve a and overflow D, with valve H open. A 
further pull of the handle opens the force valve ^, and the pressure 
closes the overflow valve D. 



392. " STANDARD " INJECTOR.— 

An exhaust injector with live-steam 
starter and supplementary attachment 
for a live-steam injector. 

B, live-steam starter. 

C, live steam for full work, 
A, throttle valve. 
G, regulator. 




393. "SELLERS'" SELF- 
ADJUSTING INJECTOR.— 
The water nozzle G has a free 
movement in the case and cage 
at S. With too much water for 

the steam, the nozzle is pushed back and partially closes the water 

area. Self-adjusting. 



394. STEAM PUMP, with ro- 
tating piston valve and curved tap- 
pet. An arm on the valve stem 
is linked to the end of the curved 
tappet. The tappet is thrown by 
a roller clamp on the piston rod. 




STEAM APPLIANCES. 



109 




395. "MISCH'S" VALVE 
TAPPET, for a steam pump. 
A three-armed lever rocked 
by a roller travelling with the 
piston rod. 




396. INDEPENDENT JET 
CONDENSER PUMP. 

A, exhaust inlet from engine. 

B, water inlet 

C, water nozzle. 

D, spray- valve regulated by 
screw spindle and wheel K 

F, spray chamber. 

J, water discharge from pump. 




397. EJECTOR CONDENSER, with auto- 
matic three-way valve. By the operation of two 
valve discs on a single stem the exhaust steam is 
passed to the atmosphere, or is condensed by the 
multiple nozzle water jet. " Korting " model. 



no 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 




398. EXHAUST JET CONDENSER.^ 

The exhaust steam passes through a cyUndri- 
cal nozzle and meets a thin annular stream of 
water at the mouth of a funnel-shaped nozzle. 
The converging sheet of water condenses the 
steam, and prevents back pressure by its 
velocity through the narrow end of the nozzle. 




399. BALANCED REDUCING VALVE. 

— The spindle of the balanced throttle discs 
is attached to a large diaphragm by levers, and 
counterbalanced by an outside lever with 
movable weight for adjustment of the reduced 
pressure. 





400. PRESSURE REDUCING VALVE.— The 
back pressure on the enlarged area of the disc valve 
regulates the flow of steam or air, and is regulated 
by the weight at the bottom of the spindle and the 
adjusting screw. 



401. -^FOSTER" PRESSURE 
REDUCING VALVE.— The balanced 
valve is opened by a diaphragm against 
the pressure of springs. The high- 
pressure connection, 3, starts the valve 
into position. The passage from the 
low-pressure side at G admits steam 
from low-pressure side to the diaphragm, 



which is connected to the valve spindle by toggle joints. 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 



Tff 




HOTCHKISS" BOILER CLEANER, 
for removing the surface scum from 
steam boilers. The circulation through 
the settling globe is produced by the dif- 
ference in temperature in the rising pipe, 
</, and the return pipe, <?. The large 
area in the globe allows the dirt to 
settle, to be blown off through the pipe,y^ 



403. FEED-WATER HEATER and surface condenser. Ex- 
haust steam enters at the top, and is condensed on the outside of the 

tubes. The feed 

\^^^r^^i>y water is circulat- 

u^ Az--- "-.u.uxA e^ through the 




tubes. 

403 a. 
section. 



Cross 




404. STEAM SEPARATOR. — The entrained 
water in the steam is lodged upon the rough walls, 
and drips to the striiner and into the pocket, and is 
drawn off through the valve. The glass gauge in- 
dicates the height of water in the pocket. 



405. STEAM SEPARATOR, in line for hori- 
zontal pipes. The corrugated surface catches the 
water of condensation, which falls through the 
grating to the recess below. " Austin " model 



406. FILTER FOR BOILER, feed 
water. An upward flow. Water enters 
from the left and flows through felt 
held between wire gauze and perforated 



plates. The space may. be filled with 
sponge or coarse sawdust 



112 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 



407. " RETURN STEAM TRAP, 
"Blessing" pattern. 
i The trap is placed 
above the water line 
of the boiler. The 
globe is balanced 
on a weighted lever 
so that it rises when 
empty and falls 
when filled with 
water. The movement of the globe up and down trips valves that 
alternately charge the globe with the water from a heating system 
and discharges it into the boiler. 

408. SPRING STEAM TRAP.— The shell 
of iron expands by the heat of the steam at a 
less rate than the brass spring valve, so that 
the hot steam closes it and the cooler water opens it by contraction. 






409. SPRING STEAM TRAP.— A differ- 
ential expansion of the spring itself causes it 
to open with the water temperature and close 
with steam temperature. The spring is made 

of two strips of metal, the upper one of brass and the lower one of 
steel, riveted together. 

410. STEAM TRAP.— The water con- 
densed in a heating system flows into the trap 
case and closes the valve by lifting the float. 
By the overflow into the float, it sinks, opening 
the valve, and the water is discharged from the 
float, allowing it to rise and to close the valve. 



411. "BUNDY" STEAM TRAP.— 
The pear-shaped bowl rises when empty, 
and falls when full of water. It swings on 
trunnions carrying an arm, which oper- 
ates a valve for charging and discharg- 
ing the water to and from the bowl. 

J 




STEAM APPLIANCES. 



"3 




412. STEAM TRAP WITH VALVE, 
operated by a float. The ingress of 
water lifts the float and opens the dis- 
charge valve. " Curtis " model. 




413. "HEINTZ" STEAM 
TRAP. — The differential expan- 
sion of two metals in the semi- 
circular arc opens or closes the 
inlet valve. Adjustment is made 
by the set-screw. 




414. "MORAN'S" FLEXIBLE STEAM JOINT 
and automatic relief valve. A ground globular 
pipe fitting held in a spherical union joint. 




415. CORRUGATED EXPANSION 
COUPLING, '' Wainwright's " model. A 
hard brass tube, corrugated, gives the tube 
a longitudinal elasticity to take up the ex- 
pansion of steam pipes. 




416. FLANGED EXPANSION JOINT.— 
Used in pipe lines to take up the change in 
length due to difference in temperature. 



114 



STEAM APPLIANCES. 




417. AUTOMATIC RELIEF VALVE.— The 
valve is kept closed by a crank attachment to the 
spindle and weighted lever outside. Excess of press- 
ure raises the stem and discs, throttling the passage 
of steam and relieving the back pressure. 




418. HORIZONTAL SWING CHECK 
VALVE. — The disc is loose in the swing 
frame and may be reground tight by a socket 
wrench passed through the plug opening. 




419. GLOBE VALVE. 

«, the body. 
d^ the bonnet. 
g^ the spindle. 
hi the winged disc. 



^, the spindle nut. 

e^ gland, 
y, gland nut. 
h, wheel. 




420. EXHAUST STEAM HEAD. — The ex- 
haust steam is deflected by perforated discs and cap 
plates, which separate the water to drip between 
the inner and outer shell. 




421. CENTRIFUGAL EXHAUST HEAD. 
— The exhaust steam head enters the drum 
tangentially, throwing the particles of water 
against the outer surface to drip to the bottom, 



STKAM APPLIANCES. 



115 




421a. THE PULSOMETER STEAM 
PUMP. — Water is forced from each cham- 
ber alternately by the steam pressure, 
while the opposite chamber is filled by the 
vacuum caused by the condensation of the 
steam in contact with the wet surface. The 
ball valve is very lightly balanced and is 
thrown over by the alternating vacuum and 
steam pressure. 




421b. THE EDWARDS AIR PUMP. 
— Has no suction valves. The ports in the 
cylinder are opened by passing the piston 
to the bottom of the cylinder. The water 
and air enter above the piston and is dis- 
charged above. The discharge valves are 
sealed by water held back by the dam. 
The piston rod is sealed by a water filled 
cup. 




421c, STEAM SOOT SUCKER for 
cleaning boiler tubes by drawing the soot 
and ashes from the tubes by an annular 
steam jet. 



ii6 



STEAM APPIylANCES. 




42id. AIR COOLING TOWER.— For 
cooling the water of a surface condenser. 
The hot water is forced to the top of the 
tower and distributed over a large surface 
of tile through which air is circulated by 
the large fan at the bottom of the tower. 
The water much cooled drips to the tank 
below from which it is pumped for use 
again. 




421^. FLEXIBLE METALLIC 
HOSE. — The joints are packed 
with rubber, which lies between the 
overlapping edges of the corru- 
gated tape forming the screw. 




421/. FLEXIBLE METALLIC TUB- 
ING. — The corrugations are deep indented 
rings spun or pressed from a plain tube. 
It may be also made spiral. 



Section VI. 



MOTIVE POWER. 

Gas and Gasoline Engines, Valve Geaf and Appliances, Connecting 

Rods and Heads. 




422. GASOLINE ENGINE, "Olds" model. Plan showing 
location of valve chest and valve gear, operated from an eccentric with 
an alternating sector gear for an impulse at every other revolution. 




423. SECTIONAL PLAN OF A GASOLINE ENGINE.— 

Four-cycle type, with exhaust port opened by the piston at the end 
of the stroke, and continued exhaust through an annular valve around 
the inlet valve. The charge is heated and vaporized in the valye 
chamber by the exhaust. " Olin " model. 



ii8 



MOTIVE POWER. 




424. SIMPLE GAS OR GASOLINE ENGINE.— A, inlet 
valve ; E, exhaust valve ; gasoline enters by gravity at G, regulated 
by a faucet. Air enters at B by the suction of the piston, atomizing 
the gasoline as it drops into the air chamber. The tube igniter is 
heated by a gasoline burner beneath the bell mouth. 



425. GASOLINE ENGINE VALVE GEAR.— The centrifugal 
action of the weights on the reducing gear operates a bell crank that 

directs the 



exhau st 
push rod 
on or off 
the cam. 

"Olin" 
model. 





426. GAS ENGINE, 
"Union" model. A 
four-cycle motor with 
half-reducing gear; 
push-rod lever and two 
push rods for governing 
charge and exhaust 



MOTIVE POWER, 



119 



427. GASOLINE CARRIAGE MOTOR. — Four cycle or com' 
pression type. Ribs on cylinder for air cooling. H is the carburettei 

with wire- 
gauge atomiz- 
er; O, gaso- 
line feed-pipe. 
Warm air is 
drawn into 
carburetter 
from the pipe 
over the Bun- 
sen burner, G, 
by the suction 
of the piston ; it is then saturated with gasoline vapor, and returned 
by a separate pipe to the inlet valve, C. 





428. VERTICAL GASOLINE ENGINE, 

" Webster " pattern. The cylinder and water 
jacket form part of the framework of the engine. 
A four-cycle type. 




429. VERTICAL GAS ENGINE, 
" Root" model. Four-cycle compression, 
with double explosion. ^ is a second- 
ary chamber and port, closed about 
half-stroke, shutting off part of the charge 
during compression, which is exploded 
during the impulse stroke of the piston. 



120 



MOTIVE POWER. 



430. VERTICAL KEROSENE OIL ENGINE, 
" Daimler" model. The oil is vaporized by the 
heat of the exhaust, and forced into the cylinder, 
with the proper proportion of air for explosive 
combustion, by the downward stroke of the piston 
and compression in the crank chamber. The up- 
ward stroke charges the crank chamber with air 
and vapor. 




431. "DIESEL" MOTOR.— A, cylinder; /, 
air pump ; y, air-pump lever ; T, air re- 
ceiver. Air is compressed by the pump to 
450 lbs. per square inch, and stored in the 
receiver. Oil is fed by a small pump to 
the inlet-valve chamber, where it is ato- 
mized by entering the cylinder with the 
compressed air. Explosion every other 
revolution. 



432. VERTICAL GAS 
ENGINE, two-cycle type, 
" Day "model. The air and 
gas are drawn into the crank 
chamber by the upward 
stroke of the piston. The 
return stroke compresses the 
mixture in the crank cham- 
ber, which charges the 
cylinder through the side 
passage at the opening of the 
cylinder port at the end of 
the down stroke of the piston. E, clearance space ; B, guard on pis- 
ton ; A, crank chamber ; F, tube igniter ; D, O, inlet valves. 



MOTIVE POWER. 



121 



433- 



STREET RAILWAY GAS 
MOTOR PASSENGER 
CAR, German model. The 
motor consists of two cylin- 
ders on opposite sides of the 
crank shaft, placed under 
the seats. The fly-wheel is 
behind the seats. The power 
is transmitted to the axles 
through gears, sprockets, and chains, with friction regulation. Motor 
runs continually. Compressed gas is stored in cylinders under the 
car floor. 





434. GASOLINE MOTOR 
CAR. — The gasoline motor runs 
constantly, operating an electric 
generator which charges the stor- 
age batteries, that in turn supply 
the current as required for the 
intermittent or variable work of 
the electric motors geared to the 
car axles. 



435. VALVE GEAR for a 
gas engine. — A simple device 
for opening the exhaust valve 
of a four-cycle motor. The 
eccentric gives the push rod 
a forward stroke at each revo- 
lution of the shaft. The 
ratchet wheel C has a friction 
resistance, with every other 

tooth a shallow notch, so as to hold up the lip of the push rod at every 

second revolution of the shaft and make a miss-hit on the valve rod. 

At the next revolution the lip falls into a deep notch and the push rod 

opens the exhaust valve. 




122 



MOTIVE POWER. 



436. VALVE GEAR, for a 
four-cycle gas engine. The cam 
is fixed to the engine shaft. The 
inner ring gear is swept around 
within the outer fixed gear, 
skipping by one tooth at each 
revolution of the engine shaft. 
This makes a contact of a ring-gear tooth with the exhaust-valve rod 
at every other revolution, necessary for the operation of a four-cycle 
motor. 





fCCENTRlC 
BOO 



437. DOUBLErGROOVED ECCENTRIC, for two 
lengths of rod thrown alternately by traversing the push 
rod in the cross grooves, also for single-valve rod throw 
for four-cycle gas engine. 



438. VALVE GEAR for a four-cycle gas 
engine. The two-thread worm on the en- 
gine shaft has the middle part of the thread 
extended to form a cam. The four-part 
gear, B, revolves by the action of the worm, 
and at every other revolution the cam section of the worm runs into 
the recess of the revolving gear, and the valve rod is not operated, 
thus opening the exhaust valve at every second revolution as required. 




439. PLUMB-BOB GOVERNOR for a 

gas engine. The plimib-bob. A, is pivoted 
in a box attached to the exhaust valve push 
rod. The back motion of the push rod pro- 
duces a forward motion of the bob, acting like 
a pendulum, and a downward motion of the 
pick blade, C, bringing it in contact with the valve spindle, D. The 
spring-end screws, E and F, are for the adjustment of the motion of A. 




MOTIVE POWER. 



123 



440. 




INERTIA GOVERNOR for a gas engine. 
The ball, J, is the inertia pendu- 
lum. It is pivoted to the frame, D, 
at L. It swings on the pivot at 
H, by the rotation of the cam, B, 
against the roller, C. The spring, 
K, is for adjusting the amount of 
the motion of the ball and its at- 
tached pick blade, G, for a push or 
miss of the valve spindle, F. 




441. PENDULUM GOVERNOR 

for a gas engine. The pendulum 
is adjusted by the distance of the 
small compensating ball to vibrate 
synchronously with the push rod at 
the required speed of the engine. 
Increased speed releases the clip, 
and a miss charge is made. 



442. DIFFERENTIAL CAM THROW, by the 
transverse motion of a rolling disc on a lever or by 
direct thrust. Much used on the valve gear of gas 

engines. The rolling disc is traversed by the governor from one cam 

to another. 





443. GOVERNOR AND VARIABLE CAM 

for a gas engine. The centrifugal movement 

of the governor balls slides the sleeve on the 

governor shaft, and also the variable cam 

-^ sleeve, ^, on the driving shaft, by the bell-crank 

"VV lever, e. The disc roller, ^, on an arm of a rock 

^-^ shaft, rolls upon one or the other cams at ^, thus 

varying the movement of the inlet valve, which 

is connected to another arm of the rock shaft. 



124 



MOTIVE POWER. 




444. INLET VALVE for gas engine. 
A valve disc slightly held in contact with 
the seat by the spring. Air holes should be 
drilled close together around the valve seat, 
so that combined air area shall be larger 
than the area of the gas inlet. 




445. GAS ENGINE VALVE GEAR.— 

E, Inlet valve ; F, exhaust valve. Valves 
are operated by a bent lever, with sliding 
roller H and double cam C, which by a 
groove rides the roller alternately on to the 
cams. 



446. GASOLINE VAPORIZER. 

— The inlet nozzle, V, is ribbed on 
the outside and is enclosed in a 
chamber through which the ex- 
haust passes. Gasoline and air 
are drawn into the nozzle regulated 
by the small valve, and additional 
air for the explosive mixture is 
drawn by the piston through the large valve. " Capitaine " motor. 




3 



r 



& 



447. CARBURETTER 
for making air gas from 
gasoline ; non-freezing. A, 
plan — a zig-zag series of 
chambers with spaces be- 
tween for air circulation to 
keep its vaporizing walls 
warm ; B, a vertical section ; c, r, c, open spaces. Canton or other 
flannel wrapped over wire gauze frames is pushed into the longi- 
tudinal spaces before the ends are soldered ; may be made of tinplate. 



MOTIVE POWER. 



125 




448. AUTOMATIC OILER.— Much in 

use on explosive motors. Shaft c, and 
cranky, with the dip wire d^ are revolved by 
a belt dropping the oil on the wiper e, into 
the small tank^ from which it flows to the 
cylinder. 




UNIFORM AUTOMATIC OILER.— Used 

on gas engines. The shaft, driven by a 
belt from the valve-gear shaft of the engine, 
carries two hooks and dip wires, one of 
which raises the oil from the variable level 
below to a constant level oil reservoir, from 
which the second hook and dip wire feed 
the wiper that leads the oil to the cylinder. 




450. CRANK-ROD HEAD ADJUST- 
MENT for trunk pistons. A jointed brass 
tightened by a long-armed screw. 




451. TRUNK PISTON ROD connec- 
tion for a gas engine. 




452. TRUNK PISTON ROD connec- 
tion for a gas engine. 




453. TRUNK PISTON ROD connec- 
tion for a gas engine. Most reliable form. 
Head of screw pin should be keyed. 



126 



MOTIVE POWER. 




454. CONNECTING ROD HEAD, with 
full split brasses, held by cap and through 
bolts. 




455. CONNECTING ROD END 
with set-in end block. 



J' 



c:j 



A 




456. SOLID STRAP END, for connecting 
rod. Brasses set up by a capstan screw. 




457. CONNECTING ROD END, with half 
brass and brass cap. Through bolts. 




458. STEEL BALL ADJUSTMENT for con- 
necting rod brasses. A number of steel balls are 
enclosed in a chamber and compressed by a screw. 




459. SOLID END CONNECTING ROD.— Brasses 
slip in sidewise, and are locked in by the key. 




, g;xpr-| , 460. FORKED END CONNECTING ROD, 

' u-iAi ' with keys and set screws. 



MOTIVE POWER. 



127 




461. CONNECTING ROD END 
locknut key. 



with 



^|:-:^::T^vt-7^ 462. ADJUSTABLE LINK with 




ight and left screw coupling. 





463. LINK OR CONNECTING 
ROD, with adjustable brasses. Keys 
inside and outside of pins. 



463a. STAKE PULLER. — An 
easy way to pull stakes and posts. A 
clevis to pinch the stake or post against 
the end of the lever with the lever 
pivoted to the foot post. 

463&. STALK PUL- 
LER. — The conical 
spiked drums catch the 
stalks and throw them 
ofif at one side. The 
cones are driven by 
gearing and shaft from 
the large wheel. Will 
pull cotton, hemp and 
other stalks that are 
planted in rows. 



128 



MOTIVE^ POWER. 




463^. VALVE 
GEAR FOR EX- 
PLOSIVE MO- 
TORS.— H, air inlet; 
F, air valve; G, gas 
or gasoline valve; f, 
air valve lever ; B, gas 
valve lever operated 
from the cam at C; 
O, exhaust; E, ex- 
haust valve; e, ex- 
haust valve lever, op- 
erated by cams at c. 




463J. GASOLINE ATOMIZER. 
— By injection through the valve 
aeat K which has a grooved pas- 
sage around it to distribute the gas- 
oline evenly to the indraft of the 
piston A, the regulating needle 
valve. 



Section ON A-GL 




MOTIVB POWER. 



129 




463^. GASOLINE 
ATOMIZER, of the 
constant feed type. — 
A, receiving tank; B, 
float ; C, counter 
weight and valve; E, 
jet nozzle ; H, air in- 
let ; G, perforated 
cone with air regulat- 
ing cap L. 




463/. ELECTRIC IGNI- 
TION PLUG, for a gas or 
gasoline motor. Electrodes of 
platinum ; copper spindle with 
collar; insulation porcelain or 
lava with mica disk between. 




4630-. JUMP SPARK 
COIL for gas and gaso- 
line engines. — ^H, H, 
iron wire core; P, pri- 
mary coil; S, secondary 
coil ; L, condenser ; D, 
spark breaker; A, bat- 
tery; J, switch; P, M, 
binding posts. 



l.;o 



MOTIVE POWER. 




463/r. CALORIC ENGINE, Erics- 
son Model. — d, d, the cylinder in 
which the transfer piston moves with 
space between it and the cylinder to 
allow the air to be quickly transferred 
from the hot end to the cool end and 
vice versa. 

h. Impulse piston attached directly 
to the walking beam. The transfer 
piston is operated by a yoke connec- 
tion with the bell crank lever k, and 
rod p. X, water jacket, r, pum-p, u, 
Bunsen burner. 





463/. FOUR CYLINDER GASO- 
LINE MOTOR.— Four cycle, air cooled 
type. The successive impulses in the four 
cylinders require only a very light fly 
wheel to regulate the motion. A French 
design, 

463;. HARROW AND CLOD 
CRUSHER. — Two portions of 
this machine co-operate and reduce 
the soil to a pulverized condition, 
ready to receive the seed. The 
machine is mounted on a pair of 
high wheels having serrations or 
teeth projecting from the tread 
surface, and the inner portion of 
the rim carries a continuous gear 
adapted to rotate the drag, through 
the small gear wheel and chain ar- 
rangement on either side of the 
machine. 



Section VII. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 

Water Wheels, Turbines, Governors, Impact Wheels, Pumps, Rotarv 
Pumps, Siphons, Water Lifts, Ejectors, Water Rams, Meters, Indi- 
cators, Pressure Regulators, Valves, Pipe Joints, Filters, Etc. 




OVERSHOT WATER WHEEL, with 
steel buckets. With the gate chute im- 
pinging upon the buckets an efficiency of 
from seventy to seventy-five per cent, may 
be obtained. 



h X w 



X .70 = horse-power. 



33,000 

h, Total height of water-fall from race ; w, 
weight of water falling per minute. 




465. OVERSHOT WATER WHEEL.— 

Power equals about sixty per cent, of the value 
of the water-fall flowing over the wheel. 




466. IRON OVERSHOT 
WHEEL. — The frame and buck- 
ets are made of iron or steel. 
The lightest wheel of its kind. 
« Leffel " model. 

467. Front view. 



132 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




468. UNDERSHOT WATER WHEEL.— 

Power equals about forty per cent, of the value 
of the water-fall flowing under the gate. 




469. SAW-MILL WATER WHEEL and 

flume, h -\- h' represents the head of water. 
The total head in feet multiplied by the weight 
of water discharged per minute equals the foot- 
pounds of power. Efficiency about sixty per 
cent. 




470. BREAST WATER WHEEL.— Power 
equals about forty per cent, of the value of 
the water-fall flowing through the gate. This 
form should have housed buckets. 




471. FLUTTER WHEEL.— Much in use to 
back the log carriage of saw-mills. Efficiency 
very low. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



133 




472. 

wheel. 



BARKER WHEEL.— A reaction water 
The reaction of the water escaping from 



the tangential orifices at the ends of the arms 
1 1 under the pressure of the water head in the hol- 



low shaft gives impulse to the wheel, 
efficiency. 



Very low 




474. Section of wheel and case. 



473. CURRENT MO- 
TOR. — A propeller revolv- 
ing within a case with ex- 
panding mouth to increase 
the force of the current. 
A sprocket-wheel on the 
rear end of the propeller 
shaft with chain transmis- 
sion to shaft on suspen- 
sion frame. 




475. CURRENT WATER WHEEL.— 
The most efficient velocity of the wheel 
periphery is forty per cent, of the current 
velocity. The horse-power is : 

Area of immersion of blades . ^ ^, „ 

X (V— S)2 

150 ^ 

V = Velocity of the stream ; S = vel- 
ocity of periphery of wheel, — ^both in feet 
per second. 




476. FIXED BUCKET WATER-RAISING 
CURRENT WHEEL.— Long rectangular 
buckets are attached across the rim of the 
wheel with side openings, indicated by the 
hatched spaces. At the top the water flows 
over the side of the wheel into a trough. 



134 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




477. BUCKETED WATER-RAISING 
CURRENT WHEEL.— The buckets are 
pivoted to the outside rim of the wheel, and 
tilted into the trough at the top by a tail- 
piece on the bucket striking the trough. 




478. CURRENT WHEEL WATER 
LIFT. — The water buckets and arms are 
troughs that carry the water to the central 
hollow shaft, from the end of which it is 
discharged into a trough. Used for irriga 
tion and low-grade water supply. 




d79. DRAINAGE WHEEL, used for 
draining fens and lowlands. Broad 
buckets on a power-driven wheel with a 
back or tangential slope, the wheel re- 
volving in a current shield. Such wheels, 
at proper speed, will lift a large 
volume of water to a height of 
nearly half their diameter. 



480. PERSIAN WHEEL.—A current- 
driven water lift; used in Eastern countries. 
A hollow shaft, with curved arms and floats, 
with buckets suspended at their periphery. 
The current carries the floats forward, filling 
the buckets and at the same time dipping 
- ^ water into the curved arms. The water follows 

the arms in their revolution and discharges through the hollow shaft, 
while the buckets are tipped at the top of the wheel into a trough. 




-j^m^ 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



135 





481. ANCIENT WATER LIFT.— A series 
of earthen pots lashed to the periphery of a 
wheel revolving in a stream. The long pots 
are so inclined to the axial line of the shaft 
that they dip and fill while in the stream, and 
empty while passing the trough. 

482. "ARCHIMEDIAN" SCREW WATER 

LIFT. — A water wheel on an inclined hol- 
low shaft is driven by the current. A spirally 
wound pipe in or outside of the shaft con- 
veys the water to an elevated trough. 



483. VOLUTE TURBINE.— The water, 
under pressure of its head, passes along the 
volute, striking the radial buckets a^ a^ a, flows 
inward and down through the central inclined 
buckets ^, c. Efliciency abou^ eighty per cent. 



484. HIGH-PRESSURE TURBINE, « Leffel " 

model, with double draught pipe and governor. 

End thrust on shaft is balanced by central inlet 
and double draught-pipes. 
Efficiency from eighty to 
eighty-five per cent, of the 
pressure head at the turbine. 




485. "LEFFEL" DOUBLE-RUNNER TUR- 
BINE. — The upper section of the running-wheel 
discharges inward and down the centre. The 
lower section has curved blades to discharge 
downward. One register gate for both sections. 



i$6 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




486. " JONVAL " TURBINE. — The upper 
inclined blades are fixed. The Ipwer inverse 
blades form the wheel. 




487. "JONVAL" TURBINE.— ^, The case ; 

a, the chute or directrix, fixed; c, the wheel 
buckets. The curved buckets are set slightly 
tangent and curve downward in parabolic or 
cycloidal form. Water discharges downward. 
Efficiency from eighty to eighty-five per cent. 




488. TURBINE AND GATE.— A downward 
flow from angular fixed guides in the water 
chamber. 




489. "LANCASTER" TURBINE, downward 
discharge. The upper parts of the blades are vertical, 
and receive water tangentially from the gate plates. 




490. " MUNSON " DOUBLE TURBINE.— 
The water discharges both upward and down- 
ward through curved guide blades, to reverse 
curves in the top and bottom wheel blades. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



137 



^["^ 





491. " CAMDEN " TURBINE, has two inde- 
pendent sets of buckets. The upper set is inward 
and central discharge, the lower set is curved 
backward, with tangential discharge. 



492. «' MODEL" TURBINE.— The run- 
ning-wheel has a downward discharge. The 
register gates are pivoted and operated by 
arms from a sector. 






493. " SWAIN " TURBINE.— Inward and 
downward flow, with continuous curved blades. 



494. "WARREN "CENTRAL-DISCHARGE 
TURBINE.— Plan : The wheel revolves on the 
inside of a fixed directrix. Water enters from 
outside, and discharges into and beneath the 
wheel, a, Directrix ; b, wheel. 



495. "FOURNERON" TURBINE. — The 
rim of outer buckets revolves around the inner 
directrix, the water moving outward. Efficiency, 
about eighty per cent. 



496. BELT WATER-WHEEL GOVERNOR.— 
The middle pulley on the governor spindle is loose, 
the outside pulleys are tight. The action of the 
governor balls operates a belt shipper which throws 
the belt upon the upper or lower tight pulley at ab- 
normal speed. A corresponding set of tight and 
^1^ loose pulleys operate a pair of bevel gear that open 
or close the gate. 



138 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



497. WATER WHEEL GOVERNOR.— The wheel 
motion drives the bevel gear at a and the hollow spindle, 
^, revolving the balls and connecting arms. The small 
central spindle has a vertical motion, due to the centrif- 
ugal force of the balls. The central spindle carries a pin 
which slides in a slot in the outer hollow spindle, which 
at abnormal speed catches one or the other pins in the 

lo©se bevel gears, r, <:, which, acting on the bevel wheel and shaft, dy 

opens or closes the gate. 





498. IMPACT WATER WHEEL, " Leffel " pat- 
tern. Step buckets. Efficiency, eighty-five per cent. 




\—~-'Y — » ■Hill t ,1 



j:jF 1><? 




499. PELTON WATER WHEEL.— An 

impact wheel driven by the force 
of a high-pressure water jet. 
Efiiciency, eighty-five per cent, of 
the product of the height and 
weight of flowing water through 
the jet, less the friction head. 




BUCKETS OF A PELTON WATER 
WHEEL. — Showing the method of 
separating the jet and returning the 
parts nearly in line with the impact 
jet, thus gaining about eighty-five 
per cent, of the total power of the jet. 

501. Section of bucket. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



139 




502. POWER OF WATER.— 
Apparatus for measuring the force 
of a water jet when discharged 
through a semicircular tube or 
trough. The total force is measured 
by the weight w. 




503. POWER OF WATER.— Appara- 
tus for measuring the force of a water jet 
when turned to a right angle by a bent 
trough, a^ A spring scale. The vertical 
force is weighed on the platform scale, 
the horizontal force by the spring scale. 




504. COMPOUND BEAM PUMP- 
ING ENGINE for water works. The 
high- and low-pressure cylinders are in- 
clined, to make room for direct connec- 
tion of the pump and crank rods. 




for alternating the strokes of the pistons. 



505. "DEAN" STEAM 
PUMP. — The valve gear 
of the Duplex pump. A 
lever and rock shaft, moved 
by a spool on the connect- 
ing rod, operates the valve 
of the opposite cylinder, 



I40 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



r\ 




506. WORTHINGTON 
DUPLEX PUMP. — Two 
rock shafts with arms moved 
by the opposite piston rod 
alternate the valve motions 
and strokes. The water pis- 
ton is of the plunger form. 




507. HALF-YOKE CONNECTION for 

pump piston rods with central crank, 

^ 508. The centre crank. 




509. YOKE CONNECTION for a continuous 
^\i — 1 piston rod and outside crank ; crank shaft beyond 
^^y\J the steam cylinder. 




510. REVERSING MOVEMENT for a 

pump valve. The piston-rod trip carries 
the ball frame beyond the level, when the 
ball rolls across and completes the valve 
throw. 



511. DOUBLE-ACTING LIFT AND FORCE 
PUMP. — In this form the work is the same for each 
stroke of the piston, and the pressure equal to the 
total height of lift and force. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



141 




DOUBLE-ACTING DIFFERENTIAL PUMP. 
— The lower section is of the same construction 
as the ordinary lifting pump. The upper 
section has a solid piston connected by rod to 
the lower bucket piston, and moving in an 
open cylinder projecting down from the cover, 
thus making the upper part of the pump an air 
chamber. 




513. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP.— The limit of 
lift or suction is practically twenty-five feet. The force 
may be to any desired height, according to the strength 
of working parts and applied power. Total power is 
on the up-stroke of the piston. 



514. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP, with solid 
piston. In this form the power is divided ; the 
up-stroke is equal to the lift or suction, and the 
down-stroke equal to the force required for any 
height. 



515. TRAMP PUMPING DEVICE, some- 
times called the Teeter pump. A self-evident 
illustration of an obsolete practice. 



516. LIFT AND FORCE PUMP with air 
chamber. The air chamber is required for long 
lines of pipe to prevent reaction and water ham- 
mer. Water under pressure absorbs more air 
than at atmospheric pressure, often depriving the 
air chamber of its air cushion when recharging 
becomes necessary. 



142 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




517. LIFT PUMP.— The limit of water lift in 
this pump is about thirty feet, but practically about 
twenty-five feet is its available working height. 




518. DOUBLI^LANTERN BELLOWS PUMP 
OR BLOWER. — A very ancient device for water 
and for a blower of air for forges. Will make a 
constant blast by using one side as a receiver, dis- 
pensing with the valves and connection on receiver 
side. 




519. DIAPHRAGM PUMP, in which a flexi- 
ble diaphragm is used instead of a piston. 




520. "FAIRBURN" BAILING SCOOP, 
for low-lift drainage or irrigation. The tilting 
scoop may be connected to a walking beam or 
directly to a vertical engine. 



JU^ 521. 



^ 







PENDULUM WATER LIFT.— A double series 
of scoops with flap valves and connecting pipes. 
The swinging of the pendulum frame alternately 
immerses the lower scoops, and at the next stroke 
raises the water by its transfer to the opposite 
scoop, when the next oscillation transfers to the 
next opposite scoop, and so on. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



143 




522. CHAIN PUMP.— An old device for 
raising water, now in use in many modifica- 
tions. 




523. RECIPROCATING MOTION by the auto- 
matic action of a fall of water. A bucket with a valve 
in the bottom, which lifts and discharges the water by 
the contact of the valve spindle with a stop at the 
bottom of the bucket run ; the weight lifting the 
bucket again to the spout. Very old. 



524. WELL PULLEY AND BUCKETS. 
Buckets are balanced empty. 



525. SWAPE, OR NEW ENGLAND SWEEP.— 
A very ancient as well as modern method of 
raising water from wells. The weighted end 
of the pole overbalances the bucket, so as to 
divide the labor of lifting the water. 



526. PARALLEL MOTION for double 
piston pump. A, The lever handle; links 
equal lengths. 



144 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




527. "GOLDING' CENTRIFUGAL 
PUMP. — Four volute blades are attached 
to the shaft by arms. To the outer case 
are attached radial blades with their edges 
nearly touching the revolving volute blades. 
Suction at centre ; discharge at sides of 
outside shells. 



528. "QUIMBY" SCREW 
PUMP. — The screws re- 
volve, meshed in each other, 
and are enclosed in a close- 
fitted case. Suction at each 
end from S, and discharge 
from the middle at D. End 
thrust is neutralized by the screws on each shaft being right- and left- 
handed. 

529. ROTARY PUMP, " Holley " sys- 
tem. Similar in design to the steam engine 
No. 342, only each piston has three long 
teeth meshing into the recesses of the op- 
posite gear piston. Used in combination 
with No. 342 in the Silsby fire engine. 

530. "PAPPENHEIM" ROTARY 
PUMP. — One of the earliest rotary 
devices for raising water. Two deep 
cog-wheels with their teeth meshed and 
rotating in a close-fitted shell. 



531. "REPSOLD" ROTARY PUMP. 
— Two differential sector cylinders re- 
volving in contiguous cylindrical shells. 
The greater and smaller sector surfaces 
match and alternately close the arc^ be* 
tween the centres of revolution. 




HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



i4i 



532-533- TRI-AXIAL 
ROTARY PUMP.— A 
late French invention. The 
upper cylinder receives the 
power and rotates the lower 

^ chambered cylinder? 
-j through three spur gears. 
The wings of the upper or 
power cylinder are set fast and are the only rubbing surfaces. The 
cylindrical surfaces roll on each other with equal velocity. The ex- 
tended surface of the lower cylinders furnishes a water packing that is 
practically tight. 





534. ROTARY PUMP OR MOTOR.— 

Can be run in either direction. The shell and 
wing drum are eccentric. The wings are guided 
by projections running in a concentric groove 
in each head. 




535. "GARY" ROTARY PUMP.— A rotat- 
ing drum concentric with the outer fixed cylinder 
and a fixed heart-shaped^cam groove in which the 
sliding wings are guided. A stop, E, closes the 
suction and force side of the chamber. The form 
of the outer cylinder wall is spiral. 




536. VACUUM JET CONDENSER AND ROTARY 
PUMP. — The jet in the vacuum chamber is regulated by 
the valve. The rotary pump, being entirely immersed in 
the water below, is water-packed. 



146 



HYDRAVLIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




537. " RAMELLI " ROTARY PUMP.— One of 
the earliest (1588). A slotted cylinder with four 
wings eccentric to a cylindrical shell. The wings 
are pushed out by helical springs. 




538. "HEPPEL" ROTARY PUMP. — Four 
wings are jointed concentric with the cylindrical 
^ shell. A disc and shaft are set eccentric to the 
cylindrical shell. The wings are linked to the 
eccentric disc as shown, so that the wings on the 
upward stroke move faster than the wings moving 
downward on the opposite side. 




^mzmmMmmmm 



539. "EMERY" ROTARY PUMP. — Four 
wings driven by a hollow cylinder revolving eccen- 
tric to the outer shell. The inner ends of the wings 
are guided concentric with the outer shell by pins 
moving in a slot or groove in the shell heads, and 
kept in position by a toggle-joint connection. 




540. "KNOTT" ROTARY PUMP^^Ahol- 

low winged cylinder within which an eccentric 
revolves on an axis central with the shell, causing 
the winged cylinder to wipe the inner surface of 
the shell. The small slotted cylinder makes a 
packing for the wing. 




541. "PATTISON" ROTARY PUMP.— A 
hollow winged cylinder in which an eccentric is 
rotated on an axis central with the outer shell. 
The piston and socket serve as a guide for the 
wing. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



147 




542. "COCHRANE" ROTARY PUMP.— A 

slide pocket in the outer shell receives the piston 
wing of the inner eccentric cylinder, which swings 
in contact with the shell on its centre, 2, carried 
around by a cam crank. 




543. One of the early forms of Rotary Pumps. 
Only suitable for free flow to the pump. Will not 
lift. Obsolete. 



544. HYDRAULIC 
TRANSMISSION OF 
POWER. — A driving rotary 
pump connected by a flow 

and return pipe to a driven rotarv motor at any convenient distance. 

Has been applied to bicvcles. 





545. SIPHON and its operation. 
A, The siphon ; H, G, cocks to be 

closed when 
first filling ; B, 
air chamber 

C, water seal; 

D, funnel. The 
air that accu- 
mulates in the 

chamber, B, by the operation of the siphon, may be discharged by 
closing cock C, opening cock D, and filling the chamber with water. 
Close D and open C, when any air below C will rise into the 
chamber, and water will take its place without stopping the running 
of the siphon. 



148 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



546. SIPHON and its operation. A, 
An air catch ; H, G, terminal cocks to be 

closed when fill- 
ing the siphon. 
Open cock at D, 
=^^- and pump the 
siphon and fun- 
nel full. Close 
cocks D and F 

and open H and G, when the siphon will run until chamber at A and 
apex of siphon are choked with air Then close H, G, open D, and 
pump up again. This is very convenient for long siphons, and saves 
carrying of water. 





547. EJECTOR OR JET PUMP, with forked suc- 
tion pipes. 




548. EJECTOR OR JET PUMP. 

A, the steam nozzle. 

B, suction pipe. 

C, the force pipe. 

A crude representation of the earlier forms of the 
ejector. 




549. AUTOMATIC WATER EJECTOR.— Cel 

lars and swamps may be drained, where there is a 
water supply under pressure, by the use of an ejector 
which may be made automatic by a float acting upon 
the valve in the pressure pipe. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



149 




550. AUTOMATIC SPRINKLER.— The valve 
is held tightly closed by the diamond-shaped post 
resting on a bell-crank clip, which is held in position 
by fusible solder, melting at about 200° Fah., at 
which temperature the solder melts and the pressure 
casts the clips loose. The star washer scatters the 
stream. 




551. HYDRAULIC RAM, the « Montgol- 
fier " idea for a fountain supplied by a water 



ram. 




552. HYDRAULIC RAM.— A, Driving 
pipe ; V, impact valve ; C, valve-bonnet 
cage and spindle ; W, force valve ; F, out- 
let to force pipe ; D, air chamber ; E, snift- 
ing hole, sometimes furnished with a small 
ball valve which allows air to draw in at 
each rebound of the drive-water column, and 
thus to keep the air chamber supplied with 
air. 




553. "PEARSALL'S" HYDRAULIC RAM AND 
AIR COMPRESSER.— A hollow or open piston vi- 
brates in a cylinder, perforated all around with escape 
ports for egress of water. An air chamber receives the 
water, and the air which is drawn in through the ports, 
which becomes compressed. A small air motor 
drives a crank shaft and fly-wheel, which oper- 
ate the piston. By the sliding motion of the 
piston in closing the ports, water hammer is 
avoided, thus enabling the use of a ram of very 
large dimensions. 



ISO 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




554. SILENT HYDRAULIC RAM— 
The curved reaction disc, F, serves to lift 
the piston valve, C, quickly without shock. 
The air cushion at G stops the lift at the mo- 
ment of closure of piston valve, C. J, a stop 
set-screw ; H, valve cage ; B, force valve ; K, 
force pipe ; I, vent hole to air cushion. 




555. DOUBLE-PISTON REACTION HYDRAULIC 
RAM. — The two pistons, B and O, are on the 
same spindle with curved reaction disc, A. G 
is a leather washer to soften the contact with 
guide yoke. The cage at D guides the lower 
piston and serves to increase greatly the free- 
dom of water-flow from the drive pipe, thereby 
increasing the duty of the ram. 




556. WATER METER.—" Union " water me* 
ter model. The water passes through a rotary 
motor with equalizing gear, from which the dial 
pointers are driven by a clock train and counter. 




557. DISC WATER METER, « Hersey " 

model. The disc piston. A, oscillates by the 
passage of water through the disc chamber. 
The spindle of the disc, by its oscillating 
movement, rotates the crank and gears of the 
index-wheel train. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



151 




558. WATER METER," Thompson'* 

model. A swinging disc movement on 

ball socket, operated by a flow of water, 

rotates a vertical crank spindle 

and gear train with index hand 

above the diaL 




559. WATER -VELOCITY INDICA- 
TOR AND REGISTER.— Variations m 
velocity of a stream varies the position of 
the float, which is registered on a traverse 
card by a penciL 




560. ANCHORED FERRYBOAT.— One 

of the few methods of crossing a stream by 
the action of the current 




561. <« MUELLER" WATER PRESSURE 
iElEGULATOR, for reducing a high-pressure works 
to any required pressure in the service pipe. A 
spindle with one disc valve, two cupped leather 
piston valves, and a regulating spring. The high 
pressure in the house service pipe is relieved by the 
closure of the inlet valve, due to the differential 
area of the piston valves. When water is being 
drawn, the valve opens wide by the relief from 
pressure at the upper piston valve. 



»S2 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



562. "MASON" WATER PRESSURE REG 
ULATOR. — Over-pressure on the low-pressure 
side depresses a diaphragm and draws the valve 
to its seat. Adjustment for difference of pressure 
is made by compressing or releasing the spring 
pressure under the elastic diaphragm, by the screw 
and nut at the bottom. 




563. PUMP WATER PRESSURE 
REGULATING VALVE.— A balanced 
piston valve, with a differential balance by 
spring or lever and weight, is placed on 
the steam pipe to a pump. The opening 
beneath the lower piston is connected to 
the water discharge pipe of the pump. 
Over-pressure raises the disc and shuts off 
steam. 




564. HYDRAULIC PRESS, with screw 
adjustment of upper platen. The closing 
down of the upper platen is quickly done by 
the screw, when a small movement of the hy- 
draulic piston is required for the pressure. 




565. HYDROSTATIC PRESS.— There are 

many modifications of this principle for presses 
and elevator lifts. The gross pressure of the 
ram is as the areas of the ram and pump pistons 
multiplied by the pounds pressure on the pump 
piston. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



153 




566. HYDRAULIC INTENSIFIER. — High 

pressure obtained from low pressure by differential 
pistons. A, Low-pressure cylinder ; D, high-pressure 
cylinder and plunger. 




566 a. PORTABLE HYDRAULIC RIVETER. 
— An inverted hydraulic ram is operated by 
the small pump and lever attached to the top 
of the ram. The return stroke is made by 
the small reverse ram at the rear of the driv- 
ing ram. 




567. HYDRAULIC RAIL BENDER. 

— The plunger is moved with great force 
by the pressure from a small piston 
plunger operated by a hand lever, on the 
same principle as with the hydraulic 
jack. It is suspended by the eyes, and 
can be used for straightening or bending 
rails on the track. 




568. HYDRAULIC RAIL PUNCH, 

constructed in the same line as the rail 
bender and hydraulic press. The loops 
are for suspending and to allow the 
punch to be easily handled in any ^si 
tion. 



1^54 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




569. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR LIFT with mul- 
tiplying cable gear. The cable is carried under and 
over cross-head sheaves on each side to equalize the 
pressure on both sides of the plunger. 




570. HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR LIFT with pul- 
ley sheaves central over plunger. 



HORIZONTAL HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR 

LIFT, with central-plunger pulley. Cable 
—.--^ winds on small pulley on drum shaft. For 
^J light lift. 



572. HYDRAULIC PULLING JACK. 

— The lever operates a 
small pump which forces 
water to the upper side of 
the piston and draws the 
piston rod and ring. The small screw and handle is the relief valve 
to return the water below or to the opposite side of piston for return. 





573. WATER PURIFYING FILTER, 
" N. Y. Filter Mfg. Co." pattern. A diaphragm 
near the bottom holds the gravel and sand 
filtering material. There is a shaft through the 
middle of the tank, with arms for stirring the 
sand while cleaning by a back-waterflow. The 
water is fed at the top with a small portion of 
alum at the rate of one pound to 7,000 gallons 
of water. The small tank at the top is the 
alum dissolver with the regulating valves. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



155 




REVERSIBLE FILTER— The position 

of the filter in the cut is for filter- 
ing downward. By turning it over 
on the trunnions it can be cleaned 
from above downward, which 
clears it of all sediment. The in- 
flow is from above and the waste 
is through the trunnions to the 
^O sewer while cleaning. 




575. FILTERING CIS- 
TERN, plan. 

576. Section. The pump pipe 
extends to the bottom of the 
cistern and across, with lateral 
branches. The pipes on the bot- 
tom to be perforated with one- 
sixteenth inch holes, enough to give a free flow of water to the pumps. 
Cover the pipes with sifted gravel larger than the holes in the pipes 
to a depth of six inches, then a layer of sharp, clean sand six inches 
thick, a layer of charcoal four inches thick, and a final layer of sand 
six inches thick. 



tion of 
578. 



wihch 
Cross 



577. FILTERING CIS- 
TERN. — The rain-water is 
caught in a flat filter basin with 
gravel and sand spread on a 
perforated floor and drained 
into the cistern. The pump 
pipe is fixed to the perforated 
diaphragm of a two-chambered 
metal cylinder, the upper sec- 
may be filled with a bed of sand and charcoal in layers. 

-section of basin. 




*S6 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 










579. UPWARD- 

FLOW FILTER.— 

A perforated floor is 

made of any desired 

filtering capacity and 

charged with layers of 

gravel, coarse and fine sand, with an inflow and overflow, as in the 

cut. A wash-out outlet should be made in the bottom of the lower 

compartment. 

580. DOMESTIC FILTER.— To make a filter 

with a wine barrel, procure a piece of fine brass 

wire cloth of a size sufficient to make a partition 

across the barrel. Support this wire cloth with a 

coarser wire cloth under it and also a light frame 

of oak, to keep the wire cloth from sagging. Fill 

in upon the wire cloth about three inches in depth 

of clear, sharp sand, then two inches of charcoal 

broken finely, but no dust. Then on the charcoal a layer of three 

inches of clear, sharp sand, rather finer than the first layer. All the 

sand should be washed clean before charging the filter. 

581. DOMESTIC FILTER.~Use two stone pots 
or jars, the bottom one being a water jar with side 
hole ; if no faucet can be used, the top jar can be 
removed to enable the water to be dipped out. The top 
jar must have a hole drilled or broken in the bottom, 
and a small flower-pot saucer inverted over the hole. 
Then fill in a layer of sharp, clean sand, rather coarse. 
^ A layer of finer sand, a layer of pulverized charcoal 
with dust blown out, then a layer of sand, the whole occupying one- 
third of the jar. 

582. POROUS WATER FILTER.— The invert- 
ed cup on the inside of the case may be made of 
potters' clay, baked ; or turned out of porous stone. 
Fibre, enclosed within perforated sheet metal wallsg 
a^ or wire gauze also makes good filtering material. 





HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



157 




583. STONEWARE FILTER for household use. 
The lower jar for storage of filtered water. The 
upper jar has a hole filled with sponge that filters 
the dirt out ; beneath, a bed of charcoal on a porous 
stone or earthen plate. 




584. "WARD" FLEXIBLE PIPE 
JOINT. — The internal surface of the hub 
is made spherical. The corrugated pipe 
end is inserted and the space filled with 
lead and calked. 




585. FLEXIBLE BALL JOINT. — Flanges 

are cast upon the spherical ends of the pipes. 
The joint is packed with a lead ring and drawn 
together with, bolts at any angle within its limit. 




586. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINTS, for 
submarine pipe lines. The head joint is 
first made up in the gland. The flange 
joint is bolted when the pipe is laid in line 
ready for lowering. 



587. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINT, in which 
the lead joint is made between a divided 
socket, which does not require the pouring of 
melted lead ; a lead ring is used. 



>S8 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




588. FLEXIBLE PIPE JOINT.—The ball end, 
A, of a pipe is ground to a tight fit in the socket, B, 
of another pipe and held in place by a bolted flange. 




589. UNIVERSAL PIPE JOINT.— The flanges 
^ are faced at 45° to the line of the pipe, with a 
through bolt at right angles to the faces of the flanges. 
The joint may be made at any angle up to 90®. 






^^^^^^^^^^^^^ 



^^^^^^ 



^^^zz^zs^ 



^^^^^^^^s^\^.^^^^^s^^ 



SI 590. TOGGLE CLIP PIPE JOINT.— A 
J quick connecting joint for hose. 




591. BIBB, with crank-moved valve open- 
ing against the pressure. 




592. DISC VALVE AND 
GUARD. — The spherical guard 
is perforated to give quick relief 
to the movement of the elastic 
disc. 




593. DOUBLE BEAT DISC VALVE.— The 
central seat is borne by the cross bar in which 
the guide pin of the valve is set 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



159 




594. HYDRAULIC VALVE, used on 
elevators. Cylindrical in form, the valves 
move across the ports by a rock shaft and 
arms. 

A, pressure chamber. B, C, to elevator 
cylinder. 




'^mMm 595. MULTIPLE BALL VALVE.— The cone- 
valve seat is in two parts ; the cover or cage is held 
in place by the screw in the cap. 




596. MULTIPLE RING VALVE, for 

k enlarged valve area with small lift. 

i 




597. DOUBLE-BEAT PUMP VALVE, Cor- 
I nish model. The upper seat is supported by a 
cross-bar, in which is fixed the guide-pin that 
I carries the valve. 




598. DOUBLE-BEAT PUMP VALVE or 
relief valve. — The valve spindle ma}'- be 
loaded by weight or spring. 



.xmmc;^^^mm;M^^^ 



i6o 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




599. VIBRATING MOTION of a trough 
discharging water alternately in two direc- 
tions. The trough is balanced below its 
centre of gravity, and has a partition at the 
middle. The water falls on one side of the 
partition until the trough is overbalanced, 
when it turns and discharges the water. The 

partition is thrown over and the other end of the trough is then filled. 

A crude form of water me^er. 



600. VARIABLE COMPENSATING WEIGHTS 
for a hydraulic lift. The weights are picked up one 
after the other. 




601. SAND AUGER. — Used on the inside of deep well 
f]| pipes with open bottom. 




602. DRIVEN WELL.— A clamp strongly 
bolted to the well pipe on which the weight 
strikes to drive the tube. A clamp and two 
sheaves are bolted at the top of the tube with 
ropes rove through the sheave blocks and made 
fast to the weight for raising it. The weight is 
hollow, and rides loosely over the tube. The 
clamps are raised as additional pipes are screwed 
to the well pipe. 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 



i6i 




603. AUTOMATIC FLUSH SEWER 
TANK, " Miller" model. In this form the 
siphon is inverted, holding the water seal to 
balance the water head in the tank in the 
uptake of the siphon. The cap over the 
long end of the siphon is to seal the air in 
the siphon until the sewage pressure is 
equal to the water-balanced leg. 



604. AUTOMATIC FLUSH SEWER 
TANK, " Van Vraken " model. The inverted 
siphon opens into a tipple pan which seals 
the outlet of the siphon until the sewage in 
the tank reaches the level of the bend, when 
a general discharge takes place. 




605. ATOMIZER.— A small stream 
running down an incline is atomized at 
the nozzle by a blast of air. 




606. BALL AND JET NOZZLE.— The ball is held 
in contact with the jet by the adhesion of the water to 
the rolling surface. The ball should be very light. The 
principle is the same for an air jet, only that a very light 
ball must be used. With the low ball in the conical 
nozzle the ball can lift no higher than to give vent to the 
water or air under the same area a& Ihe neck of the 
nozzle. 



II 



262 



HYDRAULIC POWER AND DEVICES. 




^^^ ral 



607. SPRAY JET NOZZLK^The spi- 



wmgs 



on the central cone set the 



_\ J water into a whirl, and induce a spray by 
-^^^^ centrifugal action. 




^m 



60S. HERO'S FOUNTAIN.— The water in 
the upper basin exerts a pressure upon the air in 
the lower receptacle, which is transferred to the 
surface of the water in the middle basin and 
forces it up in the jet. Many beautiful modifica- 
tions of this principle are shown in modern de- 
vices. 



609. "CHAPMAN" ASPIRATOR or 
vacuum pump. A water ejector in which the 
propelling power may be derived from a faucet 
of any town water-works, or a tank having a 
head of seventeen feet, equal to one-half the 
static water-head of a vacuum. Water enters 
at the conical end. There is an elastic check 
valve in the branch tube or vacuum connection. 
It will produce a vacuum equal to the baromet- 
ric height, less the height due to the tension of 
the vapor of water. 



610. HYDRAULIC LIFT for a crane 

or elevator. Section showing cylinder 
plunger and sheaves. 



611. Plan, showing position of valve 
chamber and valve lever in three directions 
for stop, start, and reverse. The side rod 
limits the extreme movement of the plunger 
by automatically operating the valve Jever. 



HYDRAUIvIC POWER AND DB\'ICES, 



163 




6iia. HYDRAULIC SPRINKLER 
HEAD. — The levers of the toggle joint are 
held in place by a strip of fusible alloy that 
melts at about 212 deg. and allows the levers 
to fly open and release the water spray 
valve. Pressure on the valve is adjusted by 
the screw and nut at the top. 




6iib. MILK COOLING DE- 
VICE. — Milk is fed from a tank over 
the surface of a hollow copper pan, 
corrugated to retard its flow, while 
cold water is circulated through the 
pan in the opposite direction. 




6iir. HYDRAULIC 
IRRIGATION ENGINE. 
' — Capacities up to 750,000 
gallons per day. They are 
made adjustable for the 
best conditions of opera- 
tion by the sliding weight 
on the valve lever. The 
double acting type will 
pump pure spring water by 
the use of impure water of 
streams. Will run on 2 feet 
fall. Rife Engine Com- 
pany, Roanoke, Va. 



164 



HYDRAUI.IC POWER AND DEVICES. 



611^. FOUR STAGE CENTRIFUGAL PUMP.— The four 
volute wheels are fixed to the shaft. The water enters to the 

wheel A, is 
'W^ thrown out 

and returns 
through the 
opening in the 
station- 
ary partition 
to the center 
of the next 
wheel, and so 
on to the dis- 
charge cham- 
ber D at the 
right. 

In the cross 
section d shows the volute sections 
and h the cross passages in the parti- 
tions. At 900 revolutions per minute 
it sustains a forcing pressure of 240 
pounds per square inch. 
Made in Switzerland. 





611^. CURRENT METER. — A 
propeller on a spindle with worm op- 
erating two geared register wheels, 
graduated to 1,000 revolutions. 
Stopped and started for time by a 
string and spring pawl. 



Section VIII. 





AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 

Windmills, Bellows, Blowers, Air Compressors, Compressed Air Tools^ 
Motors, Air Water Lifts, Blowpipes, Etc. 

612. ANEROID BAROMETER.— 
A pair of corrugated 
discs are put together 
to form a sealed vac- 
uum chamber. The 
lower disc is fixed 
to the barometer 
frame, while the other 
disc is movable by the 

difference in air pressure, and, through a gear to increase the motion, 

moves the index hand on the graduated dial. 

612 a. Corrugated disc and gear. 



613. BOX KITE.— A light frame of 
pine, spruce, or bamboo is braced as shown 
in the cut. Fine, light cambric is stretched 
over each end, all in proportion to the 
figures in the cut. , The bridle is attached 
one-quarter of the length of the box from 
the front on the bottom frame. 



614. CURVED VANE WINDMILL OR MOTOR. 

— The wind pressure is greater against the holloa 
side of the curved blades than against the other side. 
Hence the motor motes. 



615 FEATHERING WINDMILL.— The light 

jointed blades are forced out when their edge catches 
the wind, and the mill goes. 





i66 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




6i6. HEMISPHERICAL CUP WINDMILL.-^ 

The pressure of the wind is greater against the hol- 
low side of the cups than against the spherical side, 
and the mill rotates. Also used for anemometers. 




617. WINDMILL OF OUR GRAND- 
FATHERS, with reefing sails. A few still in 
use in the United States. 



618. WINDMILL AND STEEL TOWER.— 

Mill with a single series of blades. The tail-piece 
is pivoted to the mill-head, and is swung around to 
turn the face of the mill from the wind by a governor. 



619. MODERN WINDMILL.— Two 

series of concentric blades fastened to the 
purlines of a braced radial frame. The 
blades are jEixed at an angle of about 35 °' to 
the plane of the wheel. A peculiarly con- 
structed mechanism turns the wheel edge- 
wise to the wind to stop it, or to regulate 
its position in a high wind. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



167 




620. ANCIENT WINDMILL and gear* 
ing for a two-stone flour mill. The windmill 
is turned toward the wind by a small wind- 
mill at right angles on the tail frame, with 
pinions and shaft connecting with a circular 
rack around the revolving dome. These mills, 
used for grinding grain, are the principal 
source of power in Eastern countries. 



621. ELECTRIC WIND. 
MILL PLANT, "Corcoran" 
model. The windmill-driven 
dynamo charges a storage bat- 
tery, which has an automatic 
cut-out when the mill runs too 
fast or too slow. The mill has 
also a regulator throwing it out 
of the direct course of the 
wind when running too fast, 01 
for stopping the mill. 



i68 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




622. SMITH'S CIRCULAR BELLOWS, in 
two parts for uniform blast. 




623. DOUBLE ORGAN BLOWING 
BELLOWS. — The upper section equalizes 
the air pressure from the alternating blower 
sections. 




624. THREE-THROW BELLOWS.— Operated 
by a crank, and gives constant blast without an 
equalizer. 




625. FOOT BELLOWS, for a blowpipe. A 
spring raises the top of the bellows. The rubber 
bag is confined to the netting to prevent burst- 
ing. The step at the left is for the foot. 




626. FAN BLOWER.— An ordinary mode] 
as used for blowing forge fires 




HODGES " COMPOUND BLOWER.— 

The action is a triple effect. The air is 
drawn in at each side of the blower and 
thrown out at increasing pressure succes- 
sively by the fans on each side, and returned 
successively by the stationary partitions, 
with a final discharge at the central annu- 
lar chamber. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



169 




628. « WEDDING " ROTARY BLOWER.— 
A swinging winged cylinder moving in contact 
with an outer shell. The wing rides in a slot 
in the shell with a cavity to give it freedom of 
motion. The central cylinder is driven by a 
crank-pin or eccentric on a shaft central with the 
shell 




'629. "FABRY" ROTARY BLOWER. 

— Two wheels of three teeth each ro- 
tate in a two-part cylindrical case. The 
teeth on and near the line joining the axis 
mesh alternately for a part of a revolu- 
tion, so as to make a continuous clos- 
ure to the passage of air between the 
wheels. 




630. "ROOT"' ROTARY BLOWER. 

An early form. Has been also used 
as a pump. 




631. "ROOT" ROTARY BLOWER. 

— Present design. The extended sur- 
face of the periphery of the wheels al- 
lows them to run loosely in the shell 
without friction, and with very small 
loss by air leakage. 



lyo 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



632. HYDRAULIC AIR COM. 
PRESSOR. — A reciprocating piston in 
the water cylinder, G, produces an oscil- 
lating motion in the water of the two ver- 
tical cylinders, drawing in air through 
the flap valves at the side, 
and discharging the com- 
pressed air through the valves 
at the top. The water pipes, 
f, t, /, are to supply the place of water ejected through the air valve 
by delivering all the air compressed at each stroke of the piston. 





633. PISTON HYDRAULIC 
AIR COMPRESSOR, ''Dubois & 
Francois " model. Water was con- 
stantly injected into the cylinder 
to cool the air, the excess being 
discharged through the air valves. 
An early type. 




634. TROMPE OR HYDRAULIC 
AIR BLAST.— One of the early devices 
for furnishing an air blast to a forge. 
The falling column of water draws in air 
through the small inclined orifices at d^ 
carrying it into the reservoir e, where it 
separates, and is discharged through the 
tuyere pipe at b. The outlet at / dis- 
charges the water through an inverted 
siphon, carried high enough to balance 
the air pressure. 




635. AIR COMPRES- 
SOR. — Elevation of duplex 
type, showing connecting 
rod and yoke frame. 



- "Clayton" model. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



171 




636. HYDRAULIC AIR COMPRESS- 
OR, "Taylor" system. The principles of 
the old Trompe blower extended for high 
pressures. A number of air tubes, c, c, 
tenninate at the conical entrance 
of the down-flow pipe, B, at a, a. 
A supply of water to the cham- 
Ip^^s^^^ ber A, A, and its flow down the 
pipe, draws air through the 
small pipes, carrying it down to 
the separating tank, ^, c, where it 
is liberated at the pressure due 
to the hydrostatic head. The air 
is delivered through a pipe, as 
shown in the cut, and the water 
rises through a pipe to the tail 
race. 




637. AIR COM- 
PRESSOR.— Pat- 
tern of the " Inger- 
soU-Sergeant Drill 
Co." Operated by a 
Pelton wheel. Ver- 
tical section. 

6^^. Plan. 




639. AUTOMATIC AIR COMPRES- 
SOR, "Bennet" model. 
Showing the valve gear of 
a simple lever connected 
by link to the eccentric. 



172 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



18, mxcvoM KPt 




640. WATER JET AIR COMPRESSOR. 
— A jet of water from a nozzle falling through 
the tube C draws in air through a side tube 
and forces it into the air chamber, where the 
water and air separate un4er pressure. The 
water is siphoned off through the water seal at 
a height due to the required pressure and the 
force of the jet. 



641. AIR COMPRESSOR.— Driven by a Corliss engine, direct 
connected. 




642. AIR COMPRESSOR, 
" Norwalk " pattern. A steam 
operated tandem compound 
with an intercooler. 




643. TRUNK AIR COMPRESSOR.— 

Mounted on receiver. Single-acting, belt driven, 
A very compact modeL 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



173 




644. DUPLEX STEAM ACTUATED AIR COMPRESSOR, 
" Ingersoll-Sergeant " model. The air cylinders are tandem to each 
steam cylinder with steam and air governors. 

645. Elevation. 



646. COMPOUND AIR COMPRESSOR.— Air is drawn in 
through the ports A, passes through the annular valve in the large 




piston, and is forced through the valve D and pipe to the high-pressure 
inlet valve G; it is further compressed and delivered through the valve 
A', and passage L. Both pistons are single, acting in opposite directions. 



174- 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES, 




647. DUPLEX 
AIR COMPRES- 
SOR, with parallel 
motion beams to 
two single-acting ail 
cylinders from a. 
double-acting steam 
cylinder. " N. Y. 
Air Brake " model. 




'^ _ ^ 



648. TOGGL&JOINT DUPLEX AIR 
COMPRESSOR.— The crank moves the 
common joint of the long arms in a hori- 
zontal direction on a slide. The straighten- 
ing of the toggle greatly increases the power 
of the pistons during the terminal part of 
,^ their stroke, when the air pressure is greatest 




649. AIR COMPRES- 
SOR CYLINDER, PIS- 
TON AND VALVES.— 
Pattern of the "Ingersoll, 
Sergeant Drill Co." Takes 
its air through a hollow pis- 
ton rod at E to the interior 
of the pistoUo The annular valves, G, G, open and close by their 
momentum. H, H, discharge valves closed by springs ; J, J, water 
jacket 




650. AIR COMPRESSING CYLIN- 
DER, with vertical lift valves, 
water-jacketed cylinder and 
heads. "Ingersoll-Sergeant" 



3 



model. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



175 




651. AIR COMPRESSOR GOVERNOR.— 

Controlling the speed by the ordinary action of 
the governor balls, and also reducing the com- 
pressor to minimum speed when the air pressure 
becomes excessive. The ball and lever at the 
right are lifted by the air pressure in the small 
piston, and force the valve rod and throttle down 
to give the smallest motion to the compressor. 
" Clayton " model. 




652. AIR COOLING RECEIVER, for cooling the 
air from a compressor. A series of tubes between headers 
with water circulation cools the air and condenses the 
excess of moisture. *' Ingersoll-Sergeant " model. 



653. SINGLE VALVE AIR PUMP.— The 

upper part of the cylinder is perforated, so that 
the piston when drawn up produces a partial vac- 
uum, and when past the perforation the air or 
gas rushes in to fill the cylinder. The one valve 
holds the pressure in the delivery pipe. 



^^ 



,^- 



I 



^ 654. CRANK EQUALIZING ANGLE in air com- 

v5 pression. Cylinders are set at 90° . Single crank or 

cranks set in one direction. "Frick" and many others. 







/C^A«^<^° 



►•.-»'• 



176 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 









g^teA^v^v, 




655. CRANK EQUALIZING AN- 
GLE in air compression. The cylin- 
ders are set at an angle of 90° and two 
cranks are set at 30° . " Burleigh," 
early " IngersoU," and " De Lavergne* 
system. 




J\Vv 



656. CRANK EQUALIZ- 
ING ANGLE in air com- 
pression. The cylinders are 
set at an angle of 135*^ . 
" Davies " system in England. 






V 




657. CRANK EQUALIZING AN- 
GLE in air compression. Used to 
equalize the mean pressure of the 
steam and air pistons. The cylinders 
are set at an angle of 45° . " Waring" 
and " Rand " system. 



^^ -' 







t^ 




i^ - M 


A,a 




p__j 




-=-» <4 


n 




^a 


•/<« - — > 


:zi 


COMPBfSSOU 


f *=■.■-. ■ ■ 

KfATCe 




r 


<s 










Pvf^p Tanks 



r tTArOi SUPPjOt 



658. DIRECT AIR PRESSURE 
PUMP. — Two chambers for alternating 
the pumping action are placed near the 
water surface in a well or other water 
supply. The chambers have suction and 
force valves. A four-way switch cock 
near the air pump alternates the flow of 
compressed air to and from the pump, 
thus alternating the suction and force 
from the tanks. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



177 





659. COMPRESSED AIR WATER 
ELEVATOR.— A tank is submerged 
in which there is a pivoted float that, 
by its raising and falling, operates a 
double-ported air valve for filling the 
tank, by discharging the air, and for dis- 
charging the water by the admission of 
compressed air. A single-flap valve 
at the bottom of the tank admits the 
water. The valve is thrown only at 
the top and bottom of the float stroke. 

660. RAISING SUNKEN VESSELS 

-by compressed air. Casks 

or bags fastened to the 
sides or placed inside of a 
vessel, and inflated with 
air under pressure, are 
used for raising sunken 
vessels. 



COMPRESSED AIR LIFT 
SYSTEM of pump- 
ing water from 
deep wells. The 
pressure in the air 
pipe must be great- 
er than the hydrostatic pressure of the water at the 
bottom of the pipe, and in quantities sufficient to 
make the ascending column of air and water in 
the flow pipe lighter in its total height than the 
weight of an equal column of solid water of the 
depth of the well from the surface of the water 
to the bottom of the pipe. 




12 



lyS 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 











Coropresbcd A'lr Mofor 



Hcat'er 



G^Aolciie 



^ 



662. COMPRESSED AIR POWER for automobile trucks. 
Compressed air at about 4,000 lbs. per square inch is stored in steel 
bottles. Reheated in a coil over a burner under reduced pressure, 
and made a power factor in a compound engine. Controlled by link 
valve gear and a reducing pressure valve. 



663. COMPOUND PNEUMATIC LOCOMOTIVE, « Baldwin " 
type. Two high-pressure air receivers. An intermediate pressure 
receiver fed automatically from which the high-pressure cylinders are 

operated. The 
low-pressure cyl- 
inders receive the 
exhaust from the 
high-pressure cyl- 
inders, and ex- 
haust at almost 
atmospheric pres- 
sure. 





664. LOCOMOTIVE AIR BRAKE.— i. 

Air cylinder ; 3, reducing valve. The piston 
is directly connected by links to the cam see* 
tors, which press the brake shoes. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



179 



665. PNEUMATIC CAR SEAT CLEANER.— 

Compressed air is ejected 
against the point of the 
inverted cone, which in- 
duces a strong current of 
air upward and from 
under the bottom of the 

inverted funnel, drawing the dust from the fabric and projecting it 

through a hose out of the windows. 





666. AIR SPRAY NOZZLE for dusting 
with compressed air. A broad, thin nozzle 
from which a blast of compressed air pene- 
trates fabrics, clearing them of dust. A good 
cleaner of plain and carved woodwork. 



667. PNEUMATIC PAINT SPRAYER.— An ejector nozzle 

for compressed air, with a 
side feed for the paint. An 
inverted conical nose-piece is 
flattened to a thin opening to 
project the spray paint in a 
thin sheet. 





668. PORTABLE FIRE EXTINGUISHER.— 

The tank is nearly filled with a saturated solution of 
carbonate of soda and water. The glass cup is filled 
with acid and sealed by the cap. To use it, turn 
the tank quickly, top down, when the ball falls and 
breaks the acid cup, producing pressure by the libera- 
tion of gas. 



i8o 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




669. FIRE EXTINGUISHER.— The tank 
is filled with a saturated solution of bicarbo- 
nate of soda in water to five-sixths of its capac- 
ity. A small glass bottle filled with sulphuric 
acid, with a loose lead stopper, is placed in a 
cage at the top of the tank, and the cover of 
the tank fastened. To use, turn the tank over, 
which spills the acid, generating pressure by lib- 
erating carbonic acid gas. 




670. COMPRESSED AIR LIFT, "Clayton" 
model. Showing safety stop on the piston rod, 
which automatically stops the lift at any set point 
by closing the air valve. 



671. DUPLEX PNEUMATIC RIVETER. 

• — The striking piston, A, is en- 
cased in a striking cylinder, C, 
so that the tool, T, receives a 
blow alternately from the ham- 
mer piston, A, and from the 
cylinder, C, on the tool socket, H. The method of operation is shown 
by the differential piston areas. The hand is relieved from jar by 
this operation. 




AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



l8l 




672. PNEUMATIC HAM- 
MER. — Constructed on simi- 
lar lines with No. 673, with 
the addition of a counter- 
balance piston, C, which, by- 
its reaction and cushion, re- 
lieves the body of the tool and the hand from excessive jar. 

673. PNEUMATIC HAMMER.— F is the flexible hose con- 
nection. When T is pressed, compressed air enters through the 

piston valve and ports 
Fo, into the cylinder, as 
indicated by the arrows in 
the cut. The piston will 
first move to the top. The 
effective pressure is that 
due to the area of the pis- 
ton. When P has given 
the blow, exhaust takes 
place through S and E, and 
the piston P is brought back by means of the pressure in the 
annular space B, acting only on the collar at D. 

674. "HOTCHKISS" ATMOSPHERIC 
HAMMER. — The hammer-head. A, is connected 

directly with the piston within the vibrating cylin- 
der, by a piston rod. The cylinder is connected to 
the crank by an outside rod, vibrating vertically 
by the motion of the crank, which also carries the 
piston and hammer with a cushioned stroke, due 
to compression of the air within the cylinder. 





675. '' GRIMSHAW " COMPRESSED AIR 
HAMMER. — A belt-driven air compressor, D, 
furnishes compressed air to drive the piston, A, 
and hammer. A variable friction pulley on the 
belt shaft, E, regulates the stroke of the hammer 
by varying the admission of compressed air to 
either side of the piston. The friction-valve 
driving pulley slides on the feathered shaft by the action of the foot lever. 




l82 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




COMPRESSED AIR SHEEP- 
SHEARING MACHINE.— A 
small piston vibrates and oper- 
ates the cutters through a lever 
with a diagonal slot in which a 
pin in the piston-rod head slides. 
An arm on the piston rod oper- 
ates the ' alves. 




677. PORTABLE RIVETER, "Allen" 
model. The toggle joint is pivoted to a cam 
and also within the trunk piston. By the 
differential trunk form, the return stroke econ- 
omizes the compressed air, the large piston 
area giving great power to the riveting stroke. 




678. PNEUMATIC PORTABLE RIVETER.— 
Direct piston and toggle-joint motion to the levers. 
The machine is balanced on a forked suspender. The 

piston draws the toggle joint in by air 

pressure. 




679. PNEUMATIC BREAST DRILL.— 

A rotary air motor is fixed to the drill- 
spindle, in a case to which the handles 
and breast-plate are attached. Com- 
pressed air enters through the handle 
with the valve lever and is exhausted 
through the opposite handle. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



183 




are shown 
No. 681. 



680-681. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL 
STOCK. — Compressed air enters through 
one of the handles with its flow controlled 
by a lever and valve. The 
exhaust enters the case from 
the port in the oscillating cyl- 
inder trunnions. The three 
double-acting pistons are di- 
rectly connected to cranks and 
pinions which mesh with an 
internal spur gear, which is fast 
to the outer shell. The spidei 
which carries the cylinders and 
pinions is fast on the central 
spindle and revolves with it. 
The inlet and exhaust ports 
section of the top trunnion at A, 



horizontal 




682. Is the vertical section, 
showing the compressed air 
valve and port passages open- 
ing into a cavity in the central 
spindle and to the trunnion 
ports. 




683-684. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL STOCK. 

— A horizontal rotary motor, over the centre of 
the spindle, carries on one end of its shaft a 
bevel pinion, which drives a bevel gear attached 

by the lower section of the 
case to the drill spindle. 
The inlet and exhaust ports 
and valve are shown in the 
vertical section, No. 684. 




i84 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




685-686. PNEUMATIC MOTOR DRILL 
STOCK, operated by four pis- 
tons in two cylinders, double- 
acting. The piston rods have 
a jointed connection to cam 
cranks on the pinion shafts. 
The piston valves are oper- 
ated by levers pivoted to op- 
posite piston rods, as shown in 
the horizontal section, No. 686. 
The pistons act alternately in 
the cylinders so that there is 
no dead centre. The large 
spur wheel is attached to the 
spindle and revolves with it. 

6^"]. Vertical section. 




688. AIR AND GASOLINE TORCH.— Air 
is pumped into the tank with the gasoline, and 
forms a saturated air and vapor gas, which is carried to 
the Bunsen burner through the vertical pipe. The addi- 
tional air for combustion is regulated at the burner, and 
the vapor at the valve in the pipe near the tank. A 
gauge shows the pressure. 




689. TORCH SOLDERING 
COPPER.— The conical tip is 
made of copper, and slips on 
to the nozzle of a plumber's 
gasoline torch. Used largely 
for electric wire connections. 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 



185 



^ 690. AIR AND GASOLINE VAPOR BRA« 
ZER, double flame. The pressure of vapor to 
the Bunsen burners is regulated by a valve near 
the top of the tank. The valve handles hanging 
from the stems regulate each burner. 





IT^ 



691. AIR AND GASOLINE BRAZING 
APPARATUS.— A small attached pump 
forces air into a tank holding a small quan- 
tity of gasoline. A gauge shows the air 
pressure. From the top of the tank a pipe 
extends to two oppositely placed Bunsen burners 
with valves for regulating the flame. Swivels in 
the pipe allow the burners to be adjusted to the 
proper distance from the piece to be brazed. Fire- 
brick flame plate. 




692. DOUBLE CONE VENTILATOR.— 

The up-take enters between the cones. The 
smoke has its exit around the edge of the lee- 
ward cone. 




693. SPIRAL VANE OR COWL, for a chimney top. 
The wind catching in the wings causes it to revolve and 
increase the draught 



i86 



AIR POWER APPLIANCES. 




a a 



\b c" 




694. WIND INSTRUMENTS. 

ay a'f bassoons. 
^, cors Anglais. 
^, oboe, or hautbois, 

d, clarionet. 

e, flute. 

/, octave, or piccolo. 
^, musette. 
kf flageolet. 



695. 
a, 

h, 

c, 

d. 



i 

k, 
I, 



WIND INSTRUMENTS 
Sarrusophone. 
Saxophone. 
Duplex pelitti. 
dj Cornets a pistons. 
Helicon a pistons, 
f, f, Saxhorns. 
Clavicor. 
Trombone. 
Trumpet. 
Ophicleide. 
Hunting horn. 
Post horn. 




AIR POWER APPI^IANCES. 



187 




696. VENTILATOR OR COWL 
FOR A CHIMNEY TOP.— The cor- 
rugated edges of the outside guard 
ring intensify the draft by directng 
the wind in a vertical direction. 



697. A WIND GAUGE for obtain- 
ing the force of the wind in inches 
height of water, from which the wind 
pressure per square foot may be ob- 
tained from the measured hydrostatic 
pressure of the water. 



698. COMPOUND POHLE AIR 
LIFT. — In compounding an air Hft 
for mine drainage but one-half the 
depth of sump is required as for a sin- 
gle lift and by still further duplicating 
the lifts, shallower sumps may be util- 
ized with economy. Air pressure must 
be greater than the total hydrostatic 
pressure of the receiving tank. The 
sump should be one-half the height of 
the receiving tank in depth. 









f3l 




^'2-^7^^m 



i8S 



AIR POWER APPWANCES. 




699. THE PRAIRIE WIND- 
MILL, called in Kansas the ''J^'^^" 
bo Mill," generally made with 6 
arms on an axle placed in a north 
and south position and lower half 
covered with a box to shield the 
lower paddles from the wind. A 
simple crank connection to a pump 
supplies sufficient water to irrigate 
6 acres of garden land. 




700. GAS CRU- 
C I B L E F U R- 
NACE. — A com- 
pressed air or air 
s^^4^^ and steam blow 
pipe will operate a 
crucible furnace 
for melting metals. 



701. OIL BURN- 
ING MELTING 
FURNACE. — A 
cylindrical casing 
lined with fire 
brick. An oil 
burner. The feed 
hopper is removed 



to pour the metal as shown in the right-hand section. 





702. MECHANICAL FLYER. — A 
small windmill with two or four blades, 
when quickly revolved by the string and 
forked spindles makes a pretty illustration 
of a flying machine. 



Section IX. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 

Generators, Motors, Wiring, Controlling and Measuring, Lighting^ 
Electric Furnaces, Fans, Searchlights and 
Electric Appliances. 




703. SERIES WOUND MOTOR 
OR GENERATOR.— A motor if the 
current is supplied through the wires P 
and N, and a generator if the armature 
is rotated, when the current can be taken 
from the wires P and N 




704. ELECTRIC GENERATOR CONSTRUC 
TION. — Series winding in which the armature, field 
winding, and external circuit are in series or one contin- 
uous line. Best for arc lighting. A, armature ; C, com- 
mutator ; h and V brushes ; the coil showing the field 
winding. 




705. SINGLE-POLE SHUNT GENERATOR, 
showing the shunt-winding connec- 
tion with the brushes and branch 
wiring to a rheostat controller. The 
heavy lines are the main current 
with a switch.^ 




706. ELECTRIC GENERATOR CONSTRUCTION. 
— Shunt winding, in which the field winding is in parallel 
with the armature winding and connected with the circuit 
at the brush holders. A, Armature ; C, commutator ; h 
and h\ brushes ; a, c, field connections ; S, field winding. 



190 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



707. FOUR-POLE RING ARMATURE, 
showing intermediate connections with the 
commutator bars from a continuous winding 
or closed coil. 




708. RING ARMATURE.— 
Method of continuous 
winding and sectional 
connections with the 
commutator. The dot- 
ted lines are the circuit 
connection with the 
brushes. 




709. TWO-POLE OR SHUTTLE-SPOOL 
ARMATURE. — Section of spool with end over 
winding ; usually made of cast iron. 




710. SHUTTLE ARMATURE, made 

with soft sheet-iron plates riveted to- 
gether. The strongest current armature 
for small two-pole generators. 




711. MULTIPLE BRUSH COM- 
MUTATOR.— The brushes are adjust- 
able on the pivots of the handle bar, and 
are given an even pressure on the com* 

mutator by springs. 

712. Front view. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



igj 




713. BIPOLAR SHUNT GEN- 
ERATOR, showing the shunt wind- 
ing on both fields and its connection 
to the brushes, with intervening 
rheostat controller. 




714. FOUR-POLE COM- 
POUND GENERATOR, show- 
ing shunt winding and rheostat 
connection. Wiring is successive 
on each pole in the opposite 
direction for both shunt and 
current. 




715. ELECTRIC GENERATOR CONSTRUC- 
TION. — Compound winding, in which a winding of 
the field magnets is in shunt with the armature, and 
a second winding of the field magnets is m series or 
direct connection with the outer circuit. The shunt 
winding should be small wire. S', Shunt connected 

with armature brush holders; S, large wire field winding in main 

circuit 



716. CONSEQUENT-POLE 
COMPOUND GENERATOR. 

— The opposite field pieces are 
wound in opposite directions 
and have opposite polarity in 
the same piece at the centre. 
The shunt winding is in the same direction as the field winding and 
connected to the brushes with an intervening rheostat. 




192 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




717. TRIPLE-EXPANSION ENGINE and 

multipolar dynamo. Direct-connected. 
Vertical types of the General Electric 
Company. 




718. DIRECT-CONNECTED VERTICAL 
COMPOUND ENGINE and multipolar dy- 
namo. One of the latest styles of this class of 
generators of electric power. 



719. FLEXIBLE COUPLING 

for engine and generator direct 
connection. 

720. Plan. The "Zodel" coup- 
ling. A flange on each shaft 
with overhanging crowns inter- 
lapping. A continuous belt over 
the outside and under the inside 
crowns allows of considerable variation in alignment and longitudinal 
vibration in the shafts. If a rubber belt is used, very perfect insula- 
tion may be obtained. 




721. CAR TRUCK MOTORS. 
— Direct - connected electric 
motors on street-car axles. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



193 




722. ELECTRIC FUSIBLE CUT-OUT.— The 
fuse wires or strips are connected to the circuit on 
insulated porcelain blocks. They are made of resist- 
ing metal or alloy of tin and lead of sufficient capacity 
for the required current without excessive heat. 
Overcurrent melts the wire or strips and opens the 
circuit. 




723. RHEOSTAT OR RESISTANCE COILS, 

with variable switch. Coils are made of iron, platinum, 
or German silver wire. The switch connections are so 
made that the coils may be made to connect the line 
with one or any number in series. 




724. TROLLEY CAR, 

showing the circuit from the 
generator ^, through the line 
wire to car and return by 
rail circuit. 



725. SECTIONAL FEEDER SYSTEM for electric railways. 
The trolley wire line is divided into a convenient number of sections 

F, for feeders from 
a long main line, 
or divided into 
several feeder 
lines, as shown 
in the cut. 




n 



194 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




726. STREET RAILWAY SINGLE MOTOR geared to both 
axles. "Rae" system. The motor is carried on a frame and is 
journaled to both axles. 



727. ELECTRIC CAR BRAKE.— An 
electric solenoid, operated directly from the 
trolley current, is used as 
the power. Two iron cylin- 
ders, connected by a cross- 
head, form a U-shaped magnet, which is drawn into the solenoids 
when the current is turned into the coils. Regulation is made by 
switches and rheostat. 




728. ELECTRIC STREET-CAR BRAKE.— A solenoid, oper« 
ated by the trolley current, pulls up the brake levers. The springs 

around the piston 
rods hold back the 
connections, acting 
as buffers. The pis- 
tons are divided 
into three parts 
each, to soften the 
jerk when turning 
on the electric current. 




729. Section of solenoid, with the take-up pistons. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



195 




730. ELECTRIC IGNITER, used on 
explosive motors. The bat- 
teries? B, B. B5 in series; a 
sparking coils T ; a braker, ky 
revolving on the shaft, the 
insulating plug. P^ and the 
r platinum electrodes, c^ c, with 




the wiring, are the principal parts in this device 

731. SPARKING DYNAMO, or genera.oj 
for a marine gasoline engine. Permanent horse- 
shoe magnets, with an armature revolved by a 
belt from the fly-wheel of the engine. With a 
true rim on the fly-wheel, the pulley of the gen- 
erator maybe covered with leather or rubber and 
pressed lightly against the rim of the fly-wheel. 

732. MAGNETO-ELECTRIC 
IVIACHINE.— The revolution in 
the field of a permanent magnet 
af an iron armature wound with 
an insulated conductor, terminat- 
ing in a commutator or pole- 
^ changing device, from which the 
conducting wires extend through 
the base of the instrument to the posts and handles, H. 





733. ELECTRIC THERMOSTAT. 

734. Two strips of thin sheet steel and 
brass are fastened together by soldering or 
riveting, and to a base with binding-post 
in an insulated frame. A cap, with binding 
post and adjusting screw and index plate, 
allows for electric contact of the spring 
and screw at any required temperature. 
By making a double-wiring, a damper may 
be made to open or close within a small 
range of temperature. 



196 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 








735. TELEPHONE TRANS- 
MITTER.— A, A, thin iron 
diaphragm ; B, india rubber in con- 
tact with diaphragm and the ivory 
disc, C ; D, platinum foil between 
the ivory disc, C, and the carbon disc, 
E ; G, disc and screw for adjust- 
ment of carbon contact; H, ad- 
justing screw for diaphragm con- 
tact. 




736. TELEPHONE RECEIVER.— A central 

magnet, with a coil of fine insulated wire around the 
end, next the vibrating plate or diaphragm. The 
variations in the electrical current produce varia- 
tions in the intensity of the magnet, which set up 
vibrations of soxmd in the iron diaphragm. 




737. ELECTRIC GAS LIGHTER.— Turning on the 
gas brings the electrodes in contact, and breaks the con* 
tact, which produces a spark by closing and opening the 
battery circuit. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



197 



738. ELECTRIC GAS LIGHTER.— Non- 

short-circuiting. The wiping spring is insu- 
lated, and there is no electric current except at 
the instant of lighting. 




739. POCKET ELECTRIC LIGHT. -A dry battery, with a small 
incandescent lamp connected with it by a break-piece operated by the 

thumb. A small lens at the 
front protects the lamp and con- 
centrates the light. Gives a 
constant light for several hours. 
Battery easily renewed. 




^1!^ 




740. ARC LIGHT AND REGULATING GEAR, 
" Faucault " model. The upper carbon runs down 
by a rack and gear governed by a fly, which is 
stopped or let go by variations in the current 



741. LUMINOUS FOUNTAIN.— The lower end 
of the jet nozzle is fitted with a strong disc of plate 
glass. A concave mirror, placed in the focus of an arc 
light just below the glass disc, brilliantly illuminates 
the water jet. 



198 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




742. ELECTRIC HEATER.-~Coik of German silver wire 
wound around asbestos cords and rove over porcelain buttons for 
insulation. The buttons may be fastened to a frame of any required 
form. 






743. ELECTRIC SOL- 
™™^^ DERING COPPER.— 
The copper is wound with 
a coil of resisting material ; platinum wire insulated with asbestos, 
and the coil covered with a protecting shell. Connections are insu- 
lated and pass through the hollow handle. 




744. ELECTRIC SAD IRON.— The iron 
is a shell frame with a smooth face on the 
bottom. A resistance coil made of iron, 
German silver, or platinum, insulated with as- 
bestos, is wound in spirals as near the bot- 
tom plate as can be made available for the 
greatest amount of heat. 




745. ELECTRIC SEARCHLIGHT, 
"Edison" model. An arc light in front of 
and in the focus of a concave reflector. 
It gives a beam of light nearly parallel. 
The front of the case has a plane glass 
for protection. It swivels in all direc- 
tions. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



199 



^^ 746. ELECTRIC FURNACE, show- 
ing the recess and flat crucible. Elec- 
trodes of hard carbon and connections. 




747. OPEN TOP ELECTRIC 
FURNACE. — A cavity in a box of re- 
fractory material with holes on each 
side through which the insulated car- 
bon electrodes are inserted. 



748. « SIEMEN'S " ELECTRIC GAS 
FURNACE.— Gas enters the 
crucible through a hollow 
carbon electrode. The op- 
posite electrode is a copper 
tube closed at the end with 
an inner tube for circulation 

of water to keep the end of the copper electrode from burning. The 

electrodes are adjusted by the rollers. 





p 749. « COWLES " ELECTRIC 
FURNACE.— A cylinder, A, is 
made of silica or other heat-resist- 
ing material. A carbon plug, C, 
is connected with the positive wire, 
and a graphite crucible, D, answers 
as the negative electrode and stop- 



^ nMmA 

per, also as an exit for gases generated in the retort ; B, a bed of 
insulating material. 




750. ELECTRIC FURNACE, "Cowles" 
hopper model. The upper electrode is a 
vertical carbon tube fixed to the hopper. 
The lower electrode is a larger carbon tube 
fixed to the furnace floor. The tubes are 
banked with carbon and lime. The charge 
is fed down from the hopper by a barbed 
rod, reciprocated by a crank. The gases gen- 
erated are drawn off through a condenser. 



200 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




751. ELECTRIC WELDING PLANT.— 
The secondary coil is the heavy bar of 
copper enclosing the primary coil to 
which the clamps are attached. The 
magnetic material is in the form of coils 
of iron wire wound around the primary 
coil and copper hoop. 

C, clamp arms. 

D, pieces to be welded. 



Q "ctf vvifAo 'nj' 



HiQH ^OTSt)0rifU. - ^«iv ^UAt^riry 



f 



'ALTefKHATlNi 
DYNAMO 



COfLS 







STA/iXtf^t JC 
WP^OiJCHT /Hot* 



LOW PoreNTiju. 

CiUANTirr 




752. ELECTRIC WELDING PLANT.— A, Alternating dyna- 
mo; F, resistance coils and switch; B, transformer ; C, clamping jaws; 
D, rods or pieces to be welded ; E, switch in the primary circuit. 




753. PORTABLE ELECTRIC MOTOR 
DRILL PLANT, with a stow flexible shaft. 
A spool on the motor winds up or lets out 
the electric wires, so that the apparatus 
may be quickly moved from place to place. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 



20I 




754. ELECTRIC PERFORATING PEN, 
" Edison " model. Consists of a small pointed 
tube with a perforating needle on the inside 
vibrated by a small electro-magnetic motor 
fixed on top of the pen. A', B', Armature 
coils on iron studs fixed to frame ; Q, R, re- 
volving arm and fly-wheel ; Z, commutator; 
N, M, O, spring current breaker. The pen 
produces a stencil of fine perforations on a 
glazed sheet of paper from which many copies 
may be made by a brush and ink. 




755. ELECTRIC HOIST.— The foot 
lever is the friction brake. The left- 
hand lever is for release, the right-hand 
lever is the starter. 




756. ELECTRIC BRAKE. -The 
brake shoes are fixed to two adjust- 
able curved levers and an operating 
lever — a solenoid magnet being the 
operating power. 




757. ELECTRIC ROCK DRILL, "General 
Electric Co.'s " model. A series of electric coils are 
fixed along the cylinder. The iron plunger traverses 
the interior of the coils, which are charged succes- 
sively by the electric current through traverse brushes 
on a straight commutator. 



202 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




758. ELECTRIC FAN.— The motor is 
concealed in the central chamber, the middle 
section of which revolves with the arms. 



J 




759. ELECTRIC-DRIVEN FAN, "Edison" 

model. Fan on same shaft with the arma- 
ture. Ball bearings. Runs with four or- 
dinary batteries. 




759a. NON-ARCING LIGHT- 
NING ARRESTER.— This arrester 
is made up of a number of circular 
discs of non-arcing composition, separ- 
ated from each other by thin sheets of 
mica. A discharge jumps readily 
through these thin sheets of mica, 
as their combined resistance is 
much less than that of a single sheet 
of aggregate thickness. The discharge 
also divides itself into hundreds of lit- 
tle fine sparks through the mica, which 
do not have sufficient body to pull an 
arc. 

This device thus does away with the 
necessity of fuses, magnets or moving 
parts. 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTIOX. 



203 




759&. AMPEREMETER.— Simple form 
showing the principle of operation. The at- 
traction of the electric current in the sole- 
noid coil, draws the iron core within the 
coil against the gravity of the core and 
frame which swings on a frictionless bear- 
ing. 




759c. RECORDING WATT- 
HOUR METER.— The armature is 
rotated under the influence of the 
current in the field coils. The arma- 
ture spindle drives the recording 
gear and dial hands and is regulated 
by the constant retarding influence 
of a disk revolving on the same spin- 
dle between the poles of permanent 
magnets. 




759^. ELECTRIC ESCAPEMENT, in 
which a positive motion is given to a clock 
from a central station by a detent and im- 
pulse action of the electric current. The 
bell crank lever L, U and its arms T, T' 
are actuated by the electro magnet and al- 
ternately strike the pallets P, P' moving the 
escapement one tooth each at make and 
break of the circuit. 




759^. PNEUMATIC EMER- 
GENCY BRAKE. — Instantaneous ac- 
tion from air brake pressure on the 
piston A, which is connected by a 
jointed rod to the levers E, E, throws 
the brake H in contact with the rail 
with great force. 



204 



ELECTRIC POWER AND CONSTRUCTION. 




759/. SOLENOID ELECTRIC FAN.— 
A circular magnet attached to a pivoted arm 
and fan blade, oscillates within two electric 
coils by the alternate make and break of the 
circuit from the battery by the contact fin- 
gers and studs. Requires no switch ; sim- 
ply stopping or starting the fan blade puts 
it out and in electric control. 




759^^. ALTERNATING CUR- 
RENT TRANSFORMER.— 
L, L, main lines from dynamo A ; 
P, primary coil of small wire and 
many turns ; B, iron magnet core 
which may be made of strips of 
sheet iron or iron wire ; S, induc- 
tion coil of large wire and few 
turns ; D, lamp circuit. Practi- 
cally both coils are wound on 
the same core. 



759A. ELECTRO MAGNETIC 
RATCHET DRIVER.— Used on electric 
clocks. The flexible iron stirrup is fixed at 
the bottom to the frame carrying the 
ratchet wheel. The upper side carries a 
pivoted pawl held to the ratchet teeth by a 
light spring. An electric current passed 
through the coils draws the ends of the stir- 
rup together equal to the advance of a single ratchet tooth. 




Section X, 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 

Vessels, Sails, Rope Knots, Paddle Wheels, Propellers, Road Scrapers 
. AND Rollers, Vehicles, Motor Carriages, Tricycles, 
Bicycles and Motor Adjuncts. 




760. LEG-OF-MUTTON SAIL.— A trian- 
gular sail attached to mast and boom. 5, main- 
sail. 





761. SKIP JACK.— A baggy sail bent to 
the mast and extended by a boom and gaff. 
The cat-boat. 5, mainsail. 




762. SQUARE OR LUG SAIL, attached 
to a yard. 5, mainsail. 



763. LATEEN RIG.— A triangular sail ex- 
tended by a long yard, which is slung about one- 
quarter its length from the lower end, which is 
brought down to the tack. 5, mainsail. 




764. SPLIT LUG OR SQUARE SAIL, 
attached to a yard and divided at the mast, the 
larger portion being bent to the mast. The 
unequal division gives one sail the effect of a jiU 
2, jib; 5, mainsail. 



io6 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




765. TWO-MASTED OR DIPPING LUG. 

— The sails are square, except at the top, where 
they are bent to yards hanging obliquely to th« 
masts. 4, foresail; 5, mainsail. 




766. NEWPORT CAT-BOAT.— Sail bent 
to mast and extended by boom and gaff, with 
a fore-stay to a short bowsprit. 5, mainsail. 



767. SLOOP. — A mainsail and jib with 
fore- and back-stays. 2, jib ; 5, mainsail. 




768. LATEEN-RIGGED FELUCCA.— A two- 
masted boat with lateen sails and a jib. 
2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail. 




769. PIROGUE. — A two-mast schooner rig, 
without jib and furnished with a leeboard. 
4, foresail; 5, mainsail. 




770. THREE-QUARTER LUG RIG.— Two 

long or lug sails with jib stayed to bowsprit 
2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



207 




771. "SLIDING GUNTER," or sliding 
topmast. A two-masted boat, with divided 
masts. The triangular sails are bent to both 
masts, and furled by lowering the upper mast. 
Mainsail extended by a boom. 2, jib ; 4, fore- 
sail; 5, mainsail. 





772. SKIFF YAWL RIG.— A mainsail with 
one or two jibs, and a small mast at the stem 
with a leg-of-mutton sail, extended by a boom. 
I, flying-jib; 2, jib; 5, mainsail; 8, lugsail. 



SLOOP YAWL. — A foremast, schooner-rig, of 
sheet and jib, with a lugsail and mast at the 
stern. Lugsail extended by a boom. 2, jib ; 



5, mainsail ; 8, jigger. 



774. JIB-TOPSAIL SLOOP.— A mainsail, 

two jibs and jib-topsail. The topsail is run 
up the topmast and extended on the gaff. 
Main jib-stay from masthead to bow. Fore 
jib-stay from topmast to bowsprit. i , flying- 
jib ; 2, jib ; 5, mainsail ; 13, gaff-topsail. 



775. THE CUTTER.— A mainsail, 5 ; jib, 
2 ; flying-jib, i, and topsail, 9, are the main 
features of a cutter-rig. 



776. SCHOONER RIG.— Fore- and main- 
sail bent to the mast, boom and gaff. Jib stayed 
to bowsprit 2, jib ; 4, foresail ; 5, mainsadi 



208 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




777. FULL SCHOONER RIG— 

Main- and fore-sail, two or three jibs, 
and two topsails, i, flying-jib ; 2, jib? 
3, fore top staysail ; 4, foresail ; 5, maitt- 
sail ; 12, fore gaff-topsail; 13, main 
gaff-topsail. 



778. TOPSAIL SCHOONER. — The 

same rig as a schooner, except the foretop, 
which is a square sail bent to a yard, i, 
flying-jib; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail; 
9, fore-topsail; 13, main gaff-topsail. 



779. CLUB TOPSAIL RIG.— In addition 
to the full schooner rig, a club topsail is bent 
to a stay from the main-topmast head to the 
cross-trees of the foremast, i, flying-jib; 2, 
jib ; 4, foresail ; 5, mainsail ; 12, fore gaff-top- 
sail; 13, main gaff-topsail; 14, main topmast 
staysail; 31, jib topsail. 



780. HERMAPHRODITE BRIG.— Mainmast has a fore and 
aft sail, triangular topsail, and a club sail on a stay to the foremast. 

Foremast is square-rigged, with the ad- 
'^25[\ J \ dition of a fore and aft sail — hence the 

name half-brig^ half- schooner, i, flying- 
jib ; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail; 9, 
fore-topsail; 13, main gaff-topsail; 14, 
main topmast-staysail ; 22, fore-topgallant 




sail ; 25, fore-royal. 




781. A BRIGANTINE.— Foremast 
rigged with square sails ; mainmast with 
fore and aft sail and square-topsail, i, 
flying-gib; 2, jib; 4, foresail; 5, main- 
sail; 9, fore-topsail; 10, main topsail | 
22, fore-topgallant sail. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



209 



782. A BARKENTINE. — Schooner-rigged main and mizzen 
mast, full square-rigged foremast, with the addition of a fore and aft 
sail on the foremast. Club sails on stays from 
main to foremast, i. flying-jib ; 2, jib ; 3, fore 
topmast staysail; 4, foresail; 5, mainsail; 7, 
spanker; 9, fore topsail ; 13, main gaff-topsail ; 14, 
main topmast-staysail; 22, fore-topgallant sail; 
25, fore royal ; 32, fore-trysail ; ;^^, staysail • 34, gaff-topsail. 




783. FULL-RIGGED BRIG.— Square sails on 
both main and fore mast with the addition of a fore 
and aft sail on the main mast. Two or three jibs. 
I, flying-jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast-staysail ;. 4, 
foresail; 5, mainsail; 7, spanker; 9, foretopsail; 10, 
maintopsail; 22, foretopgallant-sail ; 32, main-topgallant-sail; 20, up- 
per maintopsail; 2 5, fore royal. 




784. A BARK. — Full, square-rigged sails on fore 
and main masts. Schooner rig, mizzen-mast. i, 
flying-jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast staysail; 4, 
foresail; 5, mainsail ; 7, spanker; 16, lower fore- 
topsail; 17, lower maintopsail; 19, upper fore- 
topsail; 20, upper maintopsail; 22, fore-topgallant-sail; 23, main-top 
gallant-sail; 25, fore royal; 26, main royal ; 34, gaff-topsail. 





785. FULL-RIGGED SHIP, with double 
topsails and staysails. i, flying-jib; 2, 
jib; 3, foretopmast staysail; 4, foresail; 5, 
mainsail; 6, cross-jacksail ; 7, spanker; 14, 
main-topmast staysail; 15, mizzen-topmast 
staysail; 16, lower foretopsail; 17, lower maintopsail; 18, lower 
mizzen-topsail ; 19, upper foretopsail; 20, upper maintopsail; 21, 
upper mizzen-topsail; 2 2, fore-topgallant-sail; 23, main-topgallant-sail; 
24, mizzen-topgallant-sail ; 25, fore royal; 26, main royal; 27, mizzen 
royal; 28, main skysail; 29, main-topgallant-staysail ; 30, mizzen-top- 
gallant-staysail; 35, main royal staysail. 



«IO 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




786. FULL-RIGGED SHIP.— Square sails 
on fore, main, and mizzen mast, with a fore and 
aft sail on mizzen mast Three jibs, i, flying- 
jib; 2, jib; 3, foretopmast-staysail ; 4, foresail; 
5, mainsail; 6, cross- jacksail ; 7, spanker; 9, 
foietopsail; 10, maintopsail; 11, mizzentopsail ; 22, foretopgallant 
sail; 23, maintopgallant-sail ; 24, mizzen topgallant-sail; 25, fore 
fcyal* 26, main royal* 27 mizzen royal. 



787. ICE BOAT.— A 
sloop-rigged frame on three 
runners, the rear one be« 
mg the tiller runner. 




g ROPE KNOTS AND HITCHES. 
788. CLOVE HITCH. 

789. HALF-HITCH. 




790. TIMBER HITCH. 




791. SQUARE OR REEF KNOT. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



211 




792. STEVEDORE KNOT. 




793. SLIP KNOT 



794. FLEMISH LOO 




795. BOWLINE KNOT. 




796 CARRICK BEND. 



797. SHEET BEND AND 
TOGGLE. 




798. SHEET BEND. Weaver's knot 




799. OVERHAND KNOT. 



800. FIGURE EIGHT KNOT. 




801. BOAT KNOT, 



212 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




802. DOUBLE KNOT. 



803. BLACKWALL TACKLE HITCH. 




^^S^ 804. FISHERMAN'S BEND HITCH. 



805. ROUND TURN AND HALF 
HITCH. 

806. CHAIN STOP for a cable. 




:::-s.^^ 807. disengaging hook, held by a 



mousing link. 



808. SLIP. HOOK.— The extension of the sus- 
I pension link holds the lower link in line, while a pull 
on the arm by a lanyard releases the load. 



809. releasing HOOK.— The lever throws the 
link off by a pull of the lanyard. 




810. BOAT DETACHING HOOK.— The standard is 
fastened to the boat. A tongue is pivoted to its upper end 
and passes through the hook of the tackle-block. A lever 
with an eye to catch the tongue is pivoted to the up- 
right standard, with a lanyard attached at the bottom. 
A simultaneous pulling of the two lanyards detaches 
both ends of a boat at once. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



213 



811. SWINGING OAR LOCK.- 




The hook C of the oar lock 
is swivelled on a post, D. 
which is fastened to the 
gunwale by a flange sta- 
ple and latch or by extend- 
ing the swivel through the 
gunwale. 





812-813. PIVOTED STEPS for a boat- 
landing. One edge of each step is pivoted to 
the lower stringer, the other edge to the upper 
stringer by a hanger. On a level the steps 
form a floor, as the end of the ladder falls with 
the tide the hangers lift the forward edge 
of the step to keep it level. The shore posts 
are fixed and vertical. Stringers are pivoted 
to posts. 



814. SCREW ANCHOR for buoys. Is screwed 
to the required depth in the sand by a long box 
wrench. 



815. FLOATING LIGHTHOUSE.— A float- 
ing buoy filled with compressed gas (Pintsch 
system). Supplies a constant light of high power 
in the lantern for several days. 



214 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




8 1 6. STONE DRY-DOCK, into 
which vessels are floated and a water 
gate closed, when, by pumping the water 
out, the vessel settles upon bearing 
blocks, and is shored from the side walls. 



wi^aiiiiWrtJ:ifU'iiiJirtmrir 



817. FLOATING DRY-DOCK, in 
which the lifting power is derived from 
the displacement of the water in the 
interior of the dock. The displacement 
area of the side extensions of the dock is 
sufficient to balance it when it is sunk, by 
filling the lower part with water in order to float a vessel into the dock. 





818. FEATHERING PADDLE WHEEL 
OR WATER MOTOR.— The paddles are 
kept in a vertical position by a planetary gear. 
The central gear is fixed. The pinions and 
gear on the arms keep the paddles in a ver- 
tical position in the water. 




819. VERTICAL BUCKET PADDLE WHEEL. 

c — The buckets, a^ a^ a, a, are pivoted to the shaft armsj 
by b. To the pivots are attached cranks, c^ r, ^, c 
which are pivoted to the arms of an eccentric ring re- 

c volving with the shaft on a fixed eccentric, e. By this 
a arrangement the buckets are kept vertical. 




820. FEATHERING PAD- 
DLE WHEEL.— The buck- 
ets are hinged with back le- 
vers and turned to their proper 
position by arms pivoted ec- 
centric to the shaft The 
framework of the wheel is of 
iron or steel. 

821. Cross section. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



215 





822. OUTWARD THRUST PROPELLER 
WHEEL. — The blades pitch forward to throw the 
water outward as well as backward, to increase 
tihe thrust or power of the wheel. 



823. SCREW PROPELLER. Four blades. Or- 
dinary form for heavy draft tugs and tow-boats. 



824. SCREW PROPELLER, "Griffith" 
model. The inclination of the blades is 
made adjustable, and they are attached to 
a rim outside from the hub. 



825. SCREW PROPELLER, "Hodgson's "model. 

The blades are curved backward to prevent the cea. 
trifugal direction of the water when passing the blades. 
Claims on fore-and-aft direction of blades by inventors, 
are not in harmony with the best practice in propellei 
design. 




826. SCREW PROPELLER, 

the " Ericsson " model. A rim con- 
necting all the blades, supposed to 
counteract the centrifugal tendency 
of the water. 

827. Side view. 



2l6 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




828. SCREW PROPELLER, "Vergne's" 
model. The projecting ribs from the face of the 
blades are intended to neutralize the centrifugal 
action of the water. 

829. Section of blade. 



830. REVERSING PROPELLER, 
for launches and small yachts. The 
blades are socketed on opposite sides of 
the shaft and through a boss fixed to 
the driving shaft. 

831. Plan. A short crank extending 
from the blade socket at B, with an elon- 
gated hole at C, receives a pin fixed to 
a yoke and hollow shaft to which is 

given a fore-and-aft motion for changing the position of the blades. 

832. REVERSING SCREW 
PROPELLER.— The blades 
are pivoted concentrically on 
the hub, with pinions fixed to 
p the shanks on the inside. The 
hub is fixed to the inner driv- 
mg shaft. A sleeve, with 
gear-cut end to fit the pinion 
teeth, revolves with the shaft. An inclined slot-sleeve E, moved by a 
yoke lever, gives a slight rotary motion to the geared sleeve by which 
the four blades are reversed. S^^. Section of shaft and reversing lever. 

834, SCREW PROPUL- 
SION. — Deep immersion 
screw of the Britannic. The 
screw propeller is lowered be- 
low the line of the keel by 
worm and rack gearing. The 
shaft is swivelled by a double 
spherical joint and connected 
with the engine shaft by a universal joint. 





NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



217 



835. REVERSING SCREW PROPELLER. —The central 
shaft is the driver, and has a small longitudinal motion by a clutch 

and lever to shift the position of the blades. The 
outer-end sleeve is fast on the driving shaft, and 
carries the blades in sockets on each side of its 
centre. A hollow short shaft, free on the driv- 
ing shaft, but fixed longi- 
tudinally, turns in a 
socket on the stern post; 
A rack on each side 
- '- "^- meshes in a gear sector 

attached to each blade socket, so that the blades are reversed by the 
fore-and-aft movement of the driving shaft. 





[ ["^1^1:^:1^];: 



r:^ 



836. THRUST BEARING for a pro- 
peller shaft. The collar brasses are set in 
mortices in the frame ; they are made in 
halves and bolted together. 




837. "SILVER'S" MARINE 
GOVERNOR.— The two pair 
of balls are pivoted to the re- 
volving shaft at the centre of 
their connecting arms. Their 
centrifugal tension is held and 
adjusted by the helical spring 
I, and thumb-screw. The open- 
ing of the bails moves the sleeve, D, for controlling the valve gear. 




SsS. DEEP-SEA SOUNDING BALL.— 

The sounding line is held by the pivoted horns 
3, b^ which are thrown down when the rod passing 
through the ball touches bottom ; this releases 
the wire sling d, that holds the ball, when the rod 
and line can be easily drawn up. Has been 
used in four-mile depths of the ocean. 

839. Release position. 



2l8 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




840. SOUNDING WEIGHT RELEASE for deep- 
sea sounding. A hollow spindle attached to the sound- 
ing-line encloses a hook lever, sprung out by a spring. 
A spindle, with an impact head, slides behind the lever 
and releases the ball at the moment the head strikes 
the bottom. 



841. SAMPLER SOUND- 
ING WEIGHT.— The cups are 
held open during the descent by 
a clip, which is disengaged when 
the bob strikes the bottom. The 
cups spring together by the re- 
lease of the catch. 




842. Cups closed. 




843. SUBMARINE LAMP.— A strong 
iron case with convex lenses. An ordinary 
bright light from a lamp, with two hose con- 
nections, sling and guide lanyards. One 
hose is to supply fresh air, while the other 
carries off the gas of combustion. " Vander 
Weyde " model. A powerful electric arc 
light is a later model. 



844. ROAD BUILD- 
ERS' LEVEL. — A draw 
telescope, on a screw and 
swivel base, with arm and 
screw for small adjustment. 
The bubble is directly 
under and in focus of the 
eyeglass, and is seen by 
reflection from a piece of 
glass at 45 in the eyepiece. 



.ti3/'i^i- 



H^ ^^ 




845. Section through reflector and level. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



219 




846. ROAD MACHINE, 
for scraping and levelling 
common roads. 



847. REVERSIBLE ROAD 
ROLLER. — The tongue is at- 
tached to the frame that carries 
the driver's seat, and is bal- 
anced by the weight on the 
rear arm. By unlocking the 
catch the horses wheel around 
the roller with the tongue and 
seat frame, and the tongue is 
relocked on the other side of the 
wheel frame. 




848. ROAD ROLLER.— Steam- 

driven. One of the heavy class 
now improving our roads. 




849. SINGLE ECCENTRIC RE- 
VERSING GEAR.— Used on traction 
engines. A is a wheel keyed on the 
crank shaft; D is the eccentric; C, a 
link; B, B, bell crank, connected to 
sleeve and eccentric. The movement 
of the sleeve E by the lever throws the 
eccentric D to the centre and to the 
opposite position for reversaL 



220 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




850. ELASTIC WHEEL, « Huxley." A steel 
spring tire with jointed spokes. 




851. SPRING WHEEL.— Two forms of curved 
spring spokes and spring rim. 




852. ELASTIC WHEEL, with steel tire and 
spring spokes. 




853. APPLICATION OF TRACE 
SPRINGS for trucks and heavy wag- 
ons. Saves the shoulders of horses 
from fatigue and abrasion. 




854. " SERPOLLET'S " STEAM 
TRICYCLE. — A, coil boiler; B, 
coal bunker; C, water tank. The 
coal shute enters the 
furnace and feeds the 
fire automatically. 
Water is fed to the 
generator directly 
from an adjustable 
pump stroke. See 
Nos. 199, 200, 201. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



22] 




855. STEAM FIRE 
ENGINE. Vertical tubu- 
lar boiler. Vertical steam 
pump, with yoke connec- 
tion to fly-wheel crank. 
" Gould " pattern. 




856. JACKETLESS GASOLINE CARRIAGE 
MOTOR, with two cylinders in 
line on two cranks at opposite 
points. Four-cycle type. Explo- 
sion in cylinders simultaneously, 
reducing vibration. Cylinder 
cooled by air circulation over the 
radial ribs. 




857. GASOLINE MOTOR 
CARRIAGE.— Two full seats 
and single seat for driver. The 
middle seat turns over to get 
at the motor and gear. 




858. LIGHT ELECTRIC 
CARRIAGE, with single 
seat. The motor is attached 

• to the frame and geared 
to a speed shaft, and by 
sprocket and chain to the 
wheel axle. 



922 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




859. ELECTRIC PHAETON.— 
The motors are fixed to a 
frame under the floor of the 
phaeton, with their pinions 
meshing with an inside spur 
gear on each wheel. The 
batteries are under the seat 
and extension box over the 
driving wheels. 



860. 




ELECTRIC BROUGHAM. 

The same general arrange- 
ment of the motor as in 
No. 859, only that the bat- 
teries are stored under the 
floor. 




861. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR for a tricycle. The bisected 
shaft is connected to a pair of pinions by universal joints. The 
pinions are pivoted at an angle of about 30° in a free-moving sleeve box. 




862. BABY-CARRIER TRICYCLE. 

— An extension of the driving axle of an 
ordinary bicycle, with a supplementary 
wheel to balance and for safety, so that 
a convenient vehicle is made for carrying 
children or packages 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



223 




863. ELECTRIC TRICYCLE, "Bar- 
row " pattern. The single forward wheel is 
swivelled to the vehicle frame for steering 
and is also the driving wheel. It has a spur 
wheel on the inside of the rim in which the 
electric-motor pinion meshes. The motor 
swings with the steering-wheel frame, and is 
connected to the battery under the seat by 
flexible wiring. 



864. ICE BICYCLE.— ^.n attach- 
ment of a runner and a toothed rim for 
any bicycle ; making bicycling a winter 
sport on the ice. 




865. BICYCLE GEAR.— Transmission 
by fore and aft shaft with pin- 
tooth gearing. " Sagar " model. 

866. Pin-tooth wheel and 
pinion. 



867. BICYCLE CRANK.— A device 
for shortening the up-crank stroke. The 
eccentrics are fixed to the frame. The 
cranks and eccentric straps revolve on 
ball bearings, carrying by link connection 
the secondary crank shaft and sprocket 
wheel. 

86S. Horizontal plan. 




869. SWINGING BALL-BEARING 
BICYCLE PEDAL.— Carries the feet close 
to the ground. 



224 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




870. "A. Fo HAVEN'S" PLANETARY 
E CRANK GEAR, adapted 

3.5iv-~"-"--_--_-r for bicycles for varying pro- 
portion of motion. The gear 
B is fast on the sprocket- 
wheel shaft. Gear C is fast 






I I I 



1 1 



f-44- 

I I I 
I " 

/ // 



2 to a block that slides in the 
longitudinal slot of the cross 
D. The curved arms of the 
cross are slotted on the ra- 
'^'^^zzzzz^'^'^"^ di^l centre E, the slot rid- 

ing over the sprocket shaft, allowing the radial arm D to pass the 
shaft. The crank A is pivoted to the shaft and the sliding block. 
With equal gears, the sprocket wheel makes two revolutions for one 
of the crank. 

871. DETACHABLE LINK CHAIN 
for bicycles. Chain can be taken apart 
by turning the links at right angles to 
the run of the chain. 

872. DETACHABLE LINK CHAIN 
for bicycles. The pin can be slipped 
out by drawing the links together. The 
grooves in the pins lock in the narrow 
slot ends of the links. 

873. Centre link pin and slip link. 

874. DETACHABLE LINK BICYCLE 
CHAIN. — The pins are slotted on three 
sides at G, G, are entered at the centre of 
the outside links and turned so that the 
straight back will rest against the end of 
link slot. 
875. Pin showing slots. 





876. BALL-BEARING PROBLEM, show- 
ing the direction of load, direction of support, 
and axis of rotation with V bearings in which 
the angular thrust is balanced in the same 
journal. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



225 




877. BALL-BEARING PROBLEM, show- 
ing the direction of load, the direction of sup- 
port, and the axis of rotation with angular 
quarter-curve bearings and angular thrust. 



878. ACETYLENE BICYCLE LAMP. 
Gas is generated in the lower compartment 
by admission of water in small quantities 
from the compartment B, through a needle 
valve operated by the handle K. L, gas 
tube ; M, burner. The gas pressure is reg- 
ulated by the hydrostatic head of water in 
the reservoir B. If gas is generated too 
fast, the water is held back by the gas 
pressure. 




879. ACETYLENE BICYCLE LAMP.— A 

charge of pulverized calcium carbide is placed in 
the lower chamber. A charge of water of one- 
half the weight of the carbide is placed in the 
tank, J. The wick G carries water to the car- 
bide by capillary action and pressure from grav- 
ity. The gas is aerated in the burner. The 
valve at I regulates the flow of water, which is 
also retarded by the gas pressure in the carbide 
chamber. 



880. BICYCLE LAMP.— W, bull's- 
eye lens. Air enters at O, and passes 
to the flame between the wick tube 
and guard, and flickering is prevented 
by air's exit through small passages in 
the shell of the lamp. Z, reflector ; B, 
oil chamber. 



X5 



226 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 




88oa. AIR SHIP.— 
General form of those in 
use that have had any suc- 
cess. Too many come to 
grief and they should be a 
warning to the ambitious 
soarer, to learn what his 
predecessors have done. 



SSob. RAILROAD GATE operated by com- 
pressed air. — A hand pump in the gate house 
compresses air which is transmitted to pistons at 
the gate bar posts by double pipes so that the 
bars are raised or closed by the air valves in the 
gate house. The air pump is located in the gate 
house. 




aafb^/'jjJiiWAtjP ^^ 



88oc. RAILROAD CROSSING GATE.— A lever in the gate 
house operates the gate arms by a series of bell cranks linked to- 
gether and to sectors in the gate arm boxes. A small lever and 
sector at each arm to close the foot walk. 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



227 





880^. RAILWAY PNEU- 
MATIC SIGNAL.— An air 
cylinder near the rail is operat- 
ed by the wheels passing uver 
the lever A, pressing it against 
the cam S, on a rocking shaft 
B, lifting the plate C, and the 
connected piston. Elevation 
and plan. 



880^. A SELF REGIS- 
TERING TIDE GAUGE.— 
S is the float in the tide well; 
Z the rack meshed in the wheel 
A ; B is a pinion meshed in the 
horizontal rack H, which car- 
ries the marking point K. The 
barrel W carries a paper 
marked by the Hours of the day and driven by a clock. D and 
C are tension weights to take up any looseness in the gear. 

880/. NOVEL STEERING GEAR on Emperor William's 
yacht ''Meteor." — A right and left screw shaft with links between 

the nuts and 



rudder post 
cap. Rudder 
buffer rings 
at each end of 
the shaft to 



880^. SHIP'S STEER- 
ING GEAR.— A slotted 
cross head fixed to the rud- 
der post, in the slot of 
which two nut bearings 
traverse; the nuts being 
carried in opposite direc- 
tions by right and left-hand 
screws operated by the 
steering wheel and gears. 




take up the jar. 




228 



NAVIGATION AND ROADS. 



SSoh. STREET CLEAN- 
ING MACHINE. — A re- 
volving brush A, driven by 
link belt from the wagon 
wheel, throws the dirt 
upon the ele- 
vator B, and 
_ ^_ distributes it 

M j TI I ^ I M I I 11 I I I I I I I ! ! I I p / I rfll I I M I I I IJ III I I I I I lY'l I IJ I U I LIjIi 1 it^ fV, K T^ 

E, the distributer; F, water tank to supply the sprinkler G. 






88oL A SPRING WHEEL.— The spokes 
are of flat spring steel, curved and made 
fast to the hub and to a secondary steel rim, 
which is clipped to the outer rim, which may 
be solid or with a rubber tire. 



SSoj. THE AUTOMOBILE HORN.— 
The rubber ball has a valve at the bottom for 
charging with air. A whistle or a vibrating 
tongue at the small end of the horn gives 
the desired blast. 

88oy^. ADJUSTABLE CULTIVATOR. 
— The cultivator illustrated herewith en- 
ables the operator to 
regulate the depth re- 
gardless of the condi- 
tion of the soil, and 
regardless of whether 
one wheel sinks farther 
than the other. 



Section XL 
GEARING. 

Racks and Pinions; Spiral, Elliptical, and Worm Gear; Differentia!. 

AND Stop-Motion Gear; Epicyclical and Planetary 

Trains: "Ferguson's" Paradox. 



Wi'lvyyuyi 




_^ 88 1. ORDINARY RACK AND PINION. 

.^O —Reciprocating motion, from circular or recti- 
linear motion as desired. 




^j\f\ru\j- 



TL 



882. DOUBLING THE LENGTH OF A 
CRANK STROKE by a fixed and a movable 
) ( ) li rack. The crank rod connects with a pinion, 
which rolls on a fixed rack, carrying a recipro- 
cating rack to double the distance of the crank throw. 



S8^. SAWMILL FEED.— By the revolu- 
tion or rocking of the crank 3, the adjustable 
bell-crank lever a is vibrated, which gives the 
hook pawl c the desired motion to turn the 
ratchet wheel and pinion which, meshing in 
the log bed-rack, feeds the log to the saw. The 
rate of feed is adjusted by the screw and 
traverse block d. 





884. RACK MOTION used for air pumps. 
The racks are directly connected with the pis- 
tons of a single-acting air or other pump, and 
operated by a brake lever. 



885. AIR-PUMP MOVEMENT.— Two racks 
connected directly with the pistons, with guides, 
are operated by a pinion and lever. 



230 



GEARING. 




n-r 



886. CIRCULAR RACK and pinion gear. A vari- 
able thrust bearing. 




887. RECTILINEAR VIBRATING MOTION 

of a spindle having an endless worm gear, pioved 
by a spur-gear sector. 




SS8, VERTICAL DROP HAMMER or impact 
rod, in any position. Continual motion of sector pinion 
lifts or draws back the rack-rod B, which quickly drops 
or springs forward on the release of the teeth. 




889. SECTOR PINION AND DOUBLE 
RACK. — Rectilinear reciprocating motion from 
the continual motion of a sector pinion. 




890. RECIPROCATING MOTIONS of 

two pinions, geared together and to opposite 
racks, producing rectilinear reciprocating mo- 
tion to the racks, or vice versa. 



^g^:^:;^^^::::^^^^ 891. CRANK SUBSTITUTE, - Parson's " 
(i vW) i^^rt patent. A reciprocating: double rack alternately 

meshing in a pinion. A cam face plate running 
in smooth ways in the racks and fast to the pinion lifts the racks into 
and out of gear alternately at the end of each stroke. The end teeth 
keep the pinion in mesh. 



GEARING. 



231 







892. ALTERNATE CIRCULAR MOTION 
^ of a spur pinion from rectilinear motion of a 
-I mutilated rack gear. 



893. CRANK SUBSTITUTE. Two loose 
pinions with reverse ratchets attached to shaft, 
with pawls on pinion ratchets. Each rack 
meshes with reverse pinion for continual motion of shaft. Many vari- 
ations of this device are in use. 





894. QUICK BACK MOTION given to a 
rack slide by a sector gear and slotted arm ; 
operated by a pin in a revolving face plate. 



895. ALTERNATE RECTILINEAR Ma 
TION from a swinging lever with sector and 
rack. The lever has a quick return motion, 
operated by a wrist pin on a face plate, and 
LI free from backlash by the weight and lanyard 
attached to end of lever. 



896. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION of a double rack ; gives a continu- 
ous rotary motion to the central crank. Each 
stroke of the rack alternates upon one or the 
other of the sectors. A curved stop on the 
centre gear is caught on the pins in the rack, 
to throw it into mesh with the opposite sector. 






F 






897. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION of a bar carrying an endless rack. 
A mangle device. The pinion shaft moves up 
and down the slot, guiding the pinion around 
the end of the rack. 



232 



GEARING. 



(^ G) 






TD ^ 



898. MANGLE RACK, guided by rollers 
and driven by a lantern half-pinion. The long 
teeth in the rack act as guides to insure a 
tooth mesh at the end of each motion. 




899. MANGLE RACK. — A reciprocating mo- 
tion of a frame to which is attached a pin-tooth 
rack, the pinion being guided by the shaft rid- 
ing m a vertical slot, not shown. 




900. MANGLE RACK with stationary pinion. 
The rack and slot frame are jointed to the mangle 
box, riding in mesh with the pinion by the slot 
guide, leaving the mangle box free to ride and tip 
on the rollers. 




901. ALTERNATE CIRCULAR MOTION 

from continuous motion of geared wheels. A 
grooved cam revolving with a geared wheel pro- 
duces a variable or alternate motion to a crank, 
through a pin in the groove connected to the 



crank and to a fixed point by a connecting rod. 





902. MANGLE WHEEL with equal motion 
forward and return. The pinion moves over the 
same teeth in both motions. The pinion moves 
vertical in a guide slot, not shown. The end of 
the shaft is guided vertically by the groove keep- 
ing the pinion teeth in mesh. 



903. " MANGLE WHEEL" GEAR in the oper- 
ation of which the speed varies in every part of 
its revolution. The pinion shaft is guided by the 
groove in the face of the wheel to keep the teeth 
in mesh, but rises and falls vertically by travers* 
ing a slotted guide, not shown. 



GEARING. 



233 




904. CONTINUOUS ROTARY MOTION 
of a pinion producing reciprocating motion of the 
double-geared wheel carrying drum of a mangle. 
The slotted stand allows the pinion shaft to rise 
and fall, its end guided by the slot in the return- 
gear wheel to give the mangle drum a quick 
return. 

905. MANGLE WHEEL with grooved guides, 
uniform motion through nearly a revolution, and 
quick return. 




906. MANGLE MACHINE GEAR.— Large 

wheel is toothed on both faces. The pinion 
traverses from one side to the other of the 
geared wheel through the open space. 



907. WORM SCREW RACK.— Continued motion of a 
worm screw meshed in a rack to produce motion in the rack 
from a fixed position of the worm, or with a fixed rack ; the 
worm, sliding over a feather-key shaft, will drive sliding nuts 
holding a hoisting car or platform. 



T 908. ROTARY MOTION of worm gear from 
an ordinary screw, or when the screw has great 
pitch, rotary motion of the screw may be obtained 
from the rotation of the worm-gear wheel. 



909. ADJUSTABLE FEED ROLLS driven 

by worm gear. The roll gears have elongated 

teeth on their face meshing with the screw on 

ly each side, which allows of considerable variation 

of the depth of feed. 




234 



GEARING. 




910. SAW-TOOTH WORM GEAR.— By the 
saw-tooth form of the teeth of both wheel and 
worm, and the concave pitch lines of the worm, a 
large area of contact is given to the teeth. 



911. RIGHT- AND LEFT-HAND WORM 
GEAR for feed rolls or drums. 




912. THREE-PART WORM SCREW, for 
operating three screw gears for a chuck, so that 
the jaws* close in the same direction. 




913. TRAVERSING MOTION from cir- 
cular motion of a worm gear. The worm 
wheel and spur gear ^re relatively held by the 
frame b^ and slide freely on shaft a and guide 
bar D. The feathered key on shaft a allows the worm to turn with 
the shaft, while the connecting rod <r, by having one end fixed to the 
frame and the other end attached to a crank pin on the spur gear, 
gives the sliding frame with spur gear and worm a reciprocating mo- 
tion equal to the throw of the crank pin. 




914. GLOBOID SPIRAL GEAR 
WHEELS.— The revolution of the glo- 
boid gear A gives a variety of differen- 
tial motions to the spur gear B as it 
swings between the limits practicable 
with the globoid teeth. 



GEARING. 



23s 




915. INTERNAL WORM-GEAR WHEEL foi 
driving a spur-gear pinion. 




916. WORM-GEAR PINION to drive an inter- 
nal spur-gear wheel. 




917. ANTI-FRICTION WORM GEAR.— 
The worm-wheel bearings are on friction 
rollers running on pins. 



918. RELEASE ROTARY MOTION.— A worm 
wheel B, tast on a shaft to which is attached a loose arm 
and weight D, that carries the arm quickly over a half- 
turn, more or less, as required. The worm wheel lifts 
the arm and weight to beyond the vertical position by a 
pin in the shaft. See 919. 



919. RELEASE ROTARY MOTION.— A sector 
weight E, moving loose on a shaft to which is fixed a 
worm wheel driven by a screw. The weighted sector 
is lifted by a pin resting in the half-section of the 
hub of the worm wheel until it reaches the point at 
which gravity carries it over a half-turn, more or less, as required. 

920. RELEASE CAM. — Uniform motion is 
communicated to the gear wheel, B, fixed on its 
shaft with a pin at C. The cam is loose on 
the shaft, with a stop section to meet the pin at 
C. The lever d has a spring and a roller on 
the cam. The lever d is raised by the motion 

of the cam until its straight face reaches the roller, when the level 

falls suddenly, throwing the cam forward. 




236 



GEARING. 



921. HUNTING TOOTH WORM GEAR, used 
for planetary or clock motion. The double worm-geai 
wheel may have one or more teeth in one section than 
in the other. The motion of the worm advances one 
wheel in proportion to the difference in the number of 
teeth. If the difference is as 1 00 to i o i , the worm will 
make 10,100 revolutions for one revolution of the 
wheel having loi teeth, over the wheel having 100 teeth. 




922. DIFFERENTIAL SCREW AND 
GEAR MOVEMENT.— The spur gear E is 
fixed to a screw hub or nut, revolving in the 
head of the short standard. The pinions F 
and G vary in size to match the spur gears D 
and E. The revolution of the pinions and shaft 
A, B produces a differential motion in the 
spur gears E and D. D is fixed to the screw shaft, thus driving 
the screw shaft forward at a very slow rate and great power. 





923. COMPLEX ALTERNATING RECIP- 
ROCAL MOTION from three unequal gears and 
two walking-beams giving an endless variety of 
motions to the terminal connecting rod 




924. ALTERNATING RECIPROCAL IViO- 
TION from two crank gears and connecting rods 
to a walking-beam. When the gears are equal 
the motion of the rod is uniform ; when the gears 
are unequal the motion of the rod is proportionally 
a varying differential one. 

925. TWO-TOOTHED PINION.— Transmis- 
sion of motion to a wheel having a series of teeth 
alternating on each side. The form of the pinion 
cam teeth locks the wheel teeth until the opposite 
cam catches its wheel tooth. 



GEARING. 



237 





926. PIN WHEEL AND SLOTTED PINION, 

by which a change of speed is obtained by shifting 
the pinion along its shaft. 



9270 VARIABLE ROTARY MOTION from 
cone gears. A toothed cone is matched to an 
inverted cone with pin teeth to gear with the vari- 
able pitch of the cone teeth. 




928. SCROLL GEAR. — Increasing velocity is ob- 
tained by a geared scroll plate with a sliding pinion on 
^A a constant speed shaft. 






929. SPIRAL HOOP GEAR for special 
and slow transmission of powei and motion to 
a shaft at right angle. One revolution of 
wheel A moves shaft B one tooth of its gear. 



930. ACCELERATED CIRCULAR Ma 
TION by a volute gear. The pinion P and 
guide disc R move along the feathered shaft C, 
following the rail guide, and returns by reversal 
of the motion of the driving shaft C. 



931. ROLLER-BEARING GEAR TEETH. 

— A double-flanged wheel with roller-bearing 
notches cut to the pitch of the wheel. The 
rollers are held in place by straps bolted to an 
inner circle of the flanges. The meshing 
wheel has its teeth skeletoned to make room 
for the roller teeth. 



238 



GEARING. 




932. BALL GEAR with traverse pinions. Has 
a very limited traverse of the pinions. 






933. SPIRAL GEARING.— V gearing, in which 
the teeth are at a small angle with the plane of rota- 
tion, makes a perfectly silent transmission of power. 





934. EXPANDING PULLEY.— The sec- 
tional rim pieces with their arms have a radial 
sliding joint on the hub arms, and are moved 
out or in by pins projecting into the spiral 
slots on the central spur-gear wheel. The 
movement of the wheel c^ by turning the ratchet 
pinion d^ moves all the sections of the pulley 
equally. 



935. CONCENTRIC DIFFER- 
ENTIAL SPEED.— B, high-speed 
shaft and eccentric on which the slow- 
speed gear A revolves with a differ- 
ential motion by being carried around 
in mesh with the larger internal fixed 
gear C, giving a slow motion to the 
belt pulley B. 




Z(>. DIFFERENTIAL MOTIONS on concen- 
trie shafts by bevel gear. 



GEARING. 



239 





IF 






937. DIFFERENTIAL GEAR, section. 

938. Plan. Used in differential pulley 
blocks. The cam and large grooved pulley 
are fixed on the shaft, the revolution of which 
swings the small gear in mesh with the larger 
internal gear, and rotating the large gear, shell, 

and the chain lift pulley, with a SDeed due to the difference in the 
number of teeth in the gears. 

939. DOUBLING THE NUMBER OF 
g REVOLUTIONS on one shaft. B, driving 

shaft and bevel wheel ; G, bevel wheel fast on 
shaft F; C, two bevel wheels on hollow shaft 
running on shaft F ; A, frame fast on shaft F, 
and carrying bevel wheel D; E, bevel wheel run- 
ning loose on shaft F. Revolution of B gives contrary and equal motions 
to shaft F and double-bevel wheel C. Frame A and its bevel wheel D^ 
revolving in contrary direction to C, doubles the speed of bevel wheel E. 

940. MULTIPLE GEAR SPEED in line of shaft. Pinion E 
is fast on small shaft. B and C are fast together and pivoted on the 
y sleeve which runs loose on an extension of the small shaft gear ; D 
is fast on the large shaft, and gear A is fixed to the bearing. Speed 
may thus be Increased or decreased on a continuous line of shafting 

by the relative 
number of teeth 
in the different 
bevel gears. 
When the multi- 
ple of the teeth 
in A and C is 
less than the 
multiple of the 
teeth in B and 
D, the gear D 
and the large 

shaft will revolve forward or m the same direction as the pinion E. 
When the multiple of A and C is greater than the multiple of the teeth 
in B and D, the gear D and large shaft will revolve backward or in the 
opposite direction from the pinion E. The " Humpage " reducing gear. 




240 



GEARING. 



941. VARIABLE THROW TRAVERSING 
BAR, used in silk spooling. The spur gear a^ to 
which is affixed a crank and jointed guide rod, turns 
freely on a pin fixed in the revolving disc b. The 
pinion c is fixed on a central shaft or otherwise, 
allowing the disc b and its attached spur gear a to 
revolve around the pinion c, thereby producing a 
varying throw of the guide rod for each revolution of the disc b. 





942. REVOLUTION OF A PINION around 
its own centre and also around the common centre 
of two externally centred gears. ^, driving pulley 
with cross band to gear pulley b^ and direct band 
to gear pulley c. The differential motion revolves the 
pinion D around its own axis and around its external 
axis b, A planetary motion. 




943. DIFFERENTIAL SPEED of two gears in 
different directions on the same shaft. A, driving pin- 
ion : B is geared to the shaft pinion A and to the inter- 
nal spur gear C, and runs on a fixed journal. 




944. CAPSTAN GEAR.— The central pinion is 
fast to the shaft. The intermediate pinions are on 
a frame free on their own axes, but the frame is fixed 
to the winding drum. The gear ratchet ring runs 
free on the shaft, but is stopped by a pawl on the 
drum for quick speed and by the outside pawls for 
a slow speed of the winding drum. 




945. SLOW FORWARD AND QUICK BACK 
circular motion from the continuous circular mo- 
tion of a pinion, driving an internal sector pin- 
ion and an external sector gear. 



GEARING. 



241 




946. GEARED GRIP TONGS.— The radial dis- 
tances of the sectors are in proportion to the diameters 
of the two pinions, which gives the jaws an equal mo- 
tion, closing them with a strong grip by the action of 
the pinions. 



947. VARIABLE CIRCULAR MOTION 
by a pinion driving an eccentric crown wheel. 



948. ELLIPTICAL SPUR GEAR for variable 
speed, the amount of which is governed by the 
relative lengths of the greater and lesser axes of 
the pitch lines of the elliptical gears. 



949. ELLIPTICAL GEAR WHEEL and pinion 
for variable motion of a pinion from uniform speed of 
an elliptic gear. The pinion shaft is carried in a box in 
a slotted arm and held in contact by a spring or other 
means. 




950. IRREGULAR CIRCULAR MOTION 
from a circular gear train. A, the driver, wdth a 
spur gear B, attached eccentrically ; C, a pinion, and 
D, the driven wheel. The three pinions are connected 
with pivoted arms ; then the swinging of the spur 
wheel B around its eccentric axis will give a variable 
motion to the wheel D. 

951. VARIABLE RECIPROCATING 
MOTION from a rotating spiral spur 
sector meshed in racks inclined to the 
line of motion. The pitch lines of the 
racks are curved to match the pitch line 
of the spiral sector. The pins F on the 

sector mesh with the stop jaws J, K, on the rack trame, alternately at 

each half revolution. 




16 



242 



GEARING. 



952. IRREGULAR CIRCULAR MOTION 
from an elliptically eccentric gear train. C is the 
elliptic driving wheel turning with the shaft at D. 
B is the intermediate gear with a pinion follower to 
the eccentric gear C. A and B are attached by an 
arm pivoted on their respective shafts, so that B 
^"^ii^^--.'' rises and falls to keep the gear in mesh ; A and g 

is an elliptical slot in a plate attached to C, in which the end of the 
shaft of B traverses to keep the pinion B in gear with the elliptic 
wheel C. 




ALTERNATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION by the revolution of a sec- 
1 tor by which one revolution produces 
both motions. The curved back of 
the sector just touches the extended 
tooth of the rack frame at J, while the teeth at e and ^ are partly in 
mesh with the enlarged sector end teeth, thus preventing back-lash 
or locking of the teeth. 





954. INTERMITTENT MOTION OF SPUR 
GEAR. — A is the driver. The pin J and the dog L 
are on the front side of the gear ; the pin R and dog 
P are on the back. This class of gears may be made 
in varying proportion to suit the required stop motion 
of the gear B, A being thr iriver. 




955. INTERMITTENT MOTION OF SPUR 
GEAR, in which the dogs G and F form a part of the 
driven gear B. This form allows of varying propor- 
tions of stop and speed motion in the two gears. A is 
the driving gear. 



GEARING. 



243 




956. SPIRAL STOP-MOTION GEAR. — In 
this form a variable motion, in addition to the stop, 
is given to the driven wheel B, The dotted section 
at G shows the mesh of the spur, K, of the stop 
wheel. A is the driving wheel. 



957. FAST AND SLOW MOTION SPUR GEAR, or a quick 
return when operating a slide motion by a crank. The driving gear 

B is composed of gear sectors of differen- 
tial radius to correspond with the sectors of 
the driven gear A. The horns and studs 
M, L are back of the face of the gears and 
make contact with the studs N and O, on 
the sector wheel A, guiding the wheels to mesh in the other pair of 
sectors. 





958. MITER INTERMITTENT 

GEARS —The driver makes one revolu- 
tion to one-quarter of a revolution of the 
driven gear. The blank part of the driv- 
ing gear is milled down to the pitch line, 
and runs in the corresponding concave 
of the four-part driven gear. 



959. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION, 
from continuous rotary motion of a sector-toothed 
wheel. Part of the pinion is cut out of the same 
curve as the smooth part of the wheel, and acts 
as a stop until the pin on the wheel strikes thq 
arm on the pinion and guides the contact of the teeth. 





960. IRREGULAR VIBRATORY MOTION 
of an arm, A, from the rotary motion of a pinion, 
B 



244 



GEARING. 





961. VARIABLE VIBRATING MOTION 
given to a rod, A, by the rotation of a pinion on an 
irregular-toothed wheel on a fixed axis ; the pinion 
being carried by a bell-crank lever, with a variable 
slot adjustment. 



962. MOTION BY ROLLING CONTACT of 

elliptical half-geared wheels. The fork serves as a 
guide to enter the teeth into mesh. 



963. VARIABLE SECTIONAL MOTION from 
sector gears. The sectors are arranged on different 
planes, so that each pair shall be matched and all 
so adjusted that their teeth will mesh at their proper 
periods. 



964. UNIFORM SPEED OF SECTIONAL 
SPUR GEAR during part of revolution. The 
motions varying suddenly according with the dif- 
ferential radii of the sectors. 




965. SCROLL GEARING. — For increasing or de- 
creasing the speed gradually during one revolution. 



966. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION 
from eccentric circular motion. C and D are pins 
concentric with wheel B. The shoulder cam A 
runs eccentric to the shaft of B, and catches the 
pin C or D at every revolution, turning B a 
half-revolution, and the reverse if B is the driver. 



GEARING. 



245 



967. STOP ROLLER MOTION, used in 
wool-combing machines. The heart-shaped slot 
B, in the driving disc D, carries a roller stud, 
giving it a for^vard, backward, and stop motion. 
A pin on the back of the disc at e lifts the pawl 
G (Fig. 968), allowing it to pass over one of the 
spaces between the notches, and at the next half- 
revolution carrying the roller shaft forward one 
notch. The roller is attached to the shaft F, and 
by the action of the heart-shaped cam makes one- 
third of a revolution backward, and two-thirds 
of a revolution forward. 



969. CHANGE GEAR MOTION. — The loose 
sleeve revolving freely on the concentric ends of the 
shafts A and B carries a diagonal shaft, with bevel 
pinions fast on each end ; also a spur wheel, driven 
by the governing shaft and pinion E. Any motion 
given to the spur wheel F, by the pinion E, varies 
the speed of shaft B— A being the driving shaft. 

970. CHANGE GEAR MOTION, with spur 
gearing only. The spur wheel C moves freely on 
the disconnected shafts A and B. A short shaft 
and two fast pinions have a free motion near the 
periphery of the spur wheel C. The fast spur wheel 
on the shaft A is the driver. Any motion of the 

central spur wheel given by the shaft and pinion E varies the motion of 
the shaft B greater or less than the driving shaft, according to the 





direction of the governing motion. 



100 T. 




971. CHANGE GEAR MOTION.— The shafts 
A and B are disconnected, and carry a loose hub and 
spur wheel in which is pivoted the bevel pinion T. 
The bevel wheel C is fast on shaft A, and D is fast 
on shaft B. Any motion given to the central spur 
gear either way by the pinion shaft E varies the speed 
of the driven shaft B either faster or slower than the 
driving shaft A. 



246 



GEARING. 




972. DIFFERENTIAL DRIVING GEAR. 

— Used on the driving shaft of motor carriages. 
A, is the driven gear from the motor ; B, a bevel 
pinion pivoted laterally ; C, C, bevel gears fast 
on the divided shaft E, D. This arrangement 
allows one wheel to advance in turning a curve, 
and at the same time to receive an eqr'\l impulse 
with the other wheel. 



973. EQUALIZING PULLEY for 
rope transmission. The arm carrying 
the small bevel gears is fast on the 
shaft. The divided pulley runs loose 
on each side of the arm with its two 
bevel- gears meshed with the bevel pin- 
ions. Any variation in the over-wound 
rope by tension will be compensated 
by the pinions. 

974. EQUALIZING GEAR. — When 
driven by the belts A, A', with equal speed 
in opposite direction, the large spur wheel 
and shaft B do not move. Any difference 
in the speed of the belt pulleys will revolve 
the large spur wheel and shaft B forward 
or backward, according to which pulley 
runs fastest. The velocity of the large spur wheel will be one-half 
the difference of the pulley velocities. If B is the driving shaft, A 
and A' may be the wheels of a vehicle. 

975. DOUBLING A REVOLUTION on the 
same shaft, "Entwistle's" patent. The pulley at 
A is the driver on the shaft D. The bevel gear 
at A is fixed. The stud E is fast on the shaft. 
The bevel wheel B revolves freely on the stud E. 
The bevel wheel C and its pulley C' runs loose 
on the shaft. The revolution of the stud E with its bevel wheel 
around the fixed bevel wheel A doubles the speed of the bevel wheel 
C and pulley C 




GEARING. 



247 




976. CONTINUOUS SHAFT MO- 
TION from an alternating driving shaft 
The ratchets fixed to the bevel gears on 
the shaft a are operated by pawls fixed 
to the shaft, the rocking of which re- 
volves the bevel gear and shaft B in one 
direction. 




977. ALTERNATING MOTION of a shaft 

at right angles to a driving shaft by three bevel 
gears and double clutch. Bevel gears on clutch 
shaft run loose. Clutch slides on a feather or 
key, and is operated by a Y-lever and groove in 
clutch. 



978. ECCENTRIC WHEEL TRAIN. 
^ — The elliptical bevel gear A is 
fixed to the crank shaft bearing 
at an angle to allow the elliptical 
bevel wheel B to clear the bevel 
wheel F. The arm C is fixed to 
the crank shaft; B and D are 
fixed to the shaft H, giving to the shaft E an irregular reversed mo- 
tion from the motion of the crank shaft. 

979. EPICYCLIC GEAR.— The arm F G 
is fast on the shaft A A. The bevel wheel is 
loose on the arm. The bevel wheels D and C 
are loose on the shaft A A. Differential mo- 
tions of the two wheels C D will produce a ro- 
tation of the arm F G, around and with the 
shaft A, or, by making the arm loose on the shaft, a differential mo- 
tion may be made by shaft and arm. 

980. EPICYCLIC TRAIN.— If gear wheel C 
is fixed, and the arm D moved around its axis at 
A, the gear wheel B will have a retrograde mo- 
tion, and the gear wheel A a faster motion in the 
direction of the motion of the arm. If wheel A 
is fixed, B and C will have unequal forward 
motions. 





24S 



GEARING. 




981. AUTOMATIC CLUTCH MOTION 
FOR REVERSING.-^ 
The bevel wheels B, C are 
the drivers in contrary di- 
rection; D is a double: 
clutch on the shaft feather. 
The revolution of the pin 
on bevel wheel E moves the weighted ball F through the action of 
the bell-crank lever and connecting rod until the ball is past the ver- 
tical centre, when it falls over, striking the clutch' lever and moving 
the clutch to the opposite or reverse wheel, and vice versa. 

982. ECCENTRIC GEAR.— Irregular 
inverse motion from elliptic speed gear. 
The balanced arm T is fixed to the crank 
shaft and turns with it. The gear A is el- 
liptical, as is also the gear a. Gear A is 
fixed to the frame with one of its centres 
coincident with the crank shaft ; ^, is fixed 
in the same manner to a shaft carrying 
the gear F, multiplying the speed of the in- 
dex pointer P with a differential velocity, due to the eccentricity of 
the elliptical gears. 




•983. SUN AND PLANET CRANK MOTION, 
used by James Watt on the steam engine. Gear 
centres are held by connecting arm. B is fixed to 
connecting rod, and does not revolve on its own 
centre, but moves around the axis of the fly-wheel 
A with a slightly oscillating motion. The wheel A revolves twice on 
its axis to one circuit of B, or two strokes of the piston. 




GUBHH 



mnmaE 




984. HIGH-SPEED EPICYCLIC TRAIN. 

— Bevel gear C is the driver ; w / is a fixed 
shaft. Bevel pinion D and spur gear E are fixed 
on a hollow shaft. Bevel pinion A and spur gear 
H are fixed on a hollow shaft, revolving on the 
hollow shaft I. The arm m n revolves freely on 
^ the fixed shaft m p. The spur wheels F, G are 
fixed on a hollow shaft turning freely on the stud n. 



a[ 



GEARING. 



249 



985. SUN AND PLANET WINDING 
GEAR. — A is fixed to the frame ; B is keyed 
to the barrel shaft. The crank is loose on the 
shaft and carries a stud on which the differen- 
tial gear C, D revolves. 



986. EPICYCLIC GEAR TRAIN.— C is the train 
arm which may revolve around its centre at F. The 
gear A is fixed. The pinion F is fast to a spindle. The 
gear B turns on its own axis as it revolves around the 
common centre. The two pinions at D are fastened 
together and revolve around their own axis, and also 
around the common centre at F. The centre spindle 
at F revolves with increased speed by the double gear 

at D. A great variety of motions may thus be made to represent 

planetary movement. 




987. COMPOUND EPICYCLIC TRAIN, 
more curious than useful, but illustrating the 
changed conditions of gear motion. Gears a and 
h are fixed to the crank shaft. Gears g and J 
are fixed to a hollow shaft turning on the shaft 
n m. Gears e, h are fixed on a hollow shaft and 
turn on shaft n in. The arm y^ / is fast on and 
supported by shaft 7t m. Gears e, d are fixed on a hollow shaft and 
revolve on the arm k /, carrying the arm in a slow motion around the 
shaft axis n m. A variety of differential motions may be made by 
changing the relation of the fixed pairs. 





988. PLANETARY MOTION applied to an 
apple-paring machine. The gear F is fixed to the 
crank shaft. The internal spur gear A is stationary. 
On turning the crank the pinion B rolls forward, 
carrying the arm^ T at half the velocity of 
the crank. The bevel gear A revolves with 
the crank, driving the spindle K with one- 
half the proportional speed due to the rela* 
tive diameters of gears A' and F'. 



250 



GEARING. 




989. PLANETARY GEAR 
TRAIN.— The arm T revolves 
around the fixed gear A, on the 
nnrnMfUM stand H. The gear B and bevel 
" gear E are fixed on a shaft and 
turn in one direction, giving a 
bontrary motion to the bevel gear F and index hand P. 

p, 990. PLANETARY GEAR 
TRAIN. The arm T revolves 
around the fixed gear A. The 
small gear S reverses the mo-^ 
tion of the gear F, to shaft of 
which the arm T' is fixed. The 
arm T' moves backward, carry- 
ing the pinion S' around the 
bevel gear A', which is fixed to the arm T, giving the bevel wheel F' a 
forward motion, or in the same direction as the arm T. 

991. "FERGUSON'S" MECHANICAL PARADOX.— The 
arm C revolves around the fixed gear A, carrying the gear B and 
train of wheels with it. The gear B revolves in the same direction as 

the arm and carries with 

U ..„. .fr^h.^ 





H 



^ 



B 



it the gears I, G, E fixed 
H to its shaft. Small dif- 
ferences in the number 
of teeth of each pair of 
gears gives a differential 
reverse motion to the 
gears K, H, F. 




992. "FERGUSON'S" MECHANICAL 
PARADOX, a curious property of an epicy- 
clic train. A is a central fixed axle and geai 
wheel, around which the arm C D revolves; 
M, a wide-gear wheel loose on a pivot set in 
the arm CD; N, a pivot also set in the arm and carrying three 
gears with a differential number of teeth, say, varying by one or two 
teeth. On moving the arm C D to give motion to the train, the three 
wheels E, F, and G will have a differential motion, which was a para* 
dox to persons not understanditi^ the secret. 



GEARING. 



251 




992a. LINK CHAIN HOIST.— A novel form 
of light weight hoists over lathes and planers. 
A screw gear working in a tooth chain. 




gg2h. BICYCLE SIGNAL 
BELL. — A gear sector lever oper- 
ates a pallet vibrator, which is held 
in a central position by a spring. 
The sector is also held ready for a 
signal stroke by a spring. 



992c. MULTIPLE SPEED GEAR, or paradox box.— The 
bevel gears A, A', A", are fixed to box and studs 5 and 6. C, C 

are bevel gears or 
shafts that carry the 
arms and pinions 2, i. 
Each set of gears 
doubles the speed of 
the one before it, giv- 
ing a final speed of 8 
times the speed of the 
crank. 





992J. CHANGEABLE MOTION 
GEAR. — Two or more changes of motion 
by bevel gear may be made by moving a 
pinion along a feathered shaft at an angle 
with the change gear shaft. 



252 



GEARING. 




992^. PNEUMATIC GRAIN ELE- 
VATOR. — V is a compound suction 
fan; T, pipe to receiver R; R, a 
receiver with a wire gauze screen 
to allow dust to be separated from the 
grain and carried off through the fan ; 
S, lifting pipe of conical form ; N, 
regulator with a rubber diaphragm to 
allow the foot nozzle O to regulate 
the proportion of air and grain. At 
the bottom of the receiver R is a coni- 
cal valve to discharge the grain when 
it overbalances the weights. 



992/. FLYING MA- 
CHINE.— One of the 
forms of experiments in 
navigation. 



many 
aerial 




8ID.E. ELEVATION 



Section XII. 

MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING 

MOTION. 

RATCHETS AND PAWLS, CAMS, CRANKS, INTERMITTENT AND STOP MOTIONS, 

WIPERS, VOLUTE* CAMS, VARIABLE CRANKS, UNIVERSAL SHAFT 

COUPLINGS, GYROSCOPE, ETC. 




993. RATCHET BAR LIFT.—The vibra- 
tion of a double-bell crank lever gives a ratchet 
bar and attached rope great power for lifting 
or tightening a binding device. 




994. RATCHET LIFT.— Vibrating lever C, 
operates two hooked pawls on the ratchet bar A and 
lifts til e bar. The slot serves as guide. The other 
member may be a suspension or standard attach- 
ment. Much used in ratchet jacks and stump-pullers. 



995. RATCHET GOVERNOR, for 

water-wheels or other prime movers. 
The pin cam is in constant revolution. 
The double-ratchet rack B, held clear of 
the revolving pin at normal speed, is 

raised or lowered by the action of the governor on the suspender A. 

The extension rods of the ratchet frame operate a gate or valve. 




996. ROTARY MOTION, from reciprocating 
motion of two racks alternately meshing with a 
gear wheel. !^acks are pinioned at «, a. The 
curved slots b, b guide the racks out and into 
gear. The bell-crank lever c and spring d serve 
to disengage the rack at the end of the up-stroke. 



254 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




997. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR 
MO riON, from a vibrating arm and pawl acting 
upon a ratchet wheel. 




998. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MOTION 
of a ratchet wheel by lever and hook pawls. 
B, vibrating lever. 
A, ratchet wheel. 




999. DOUBLE-PAWL RATCHET.— The vibra- 
tion of the lever a^ with its pawls ^, c^ imparts a 
nearly continuous motion to the ratchet wheel. 




1000. CONTINUOUS FEED OF A RATCHET 

by the reciprocating motion of a rod, two pawls 
on arms, and pivoted by links to the recipro- 
cating rod. 




looi. DOUBLE-PAWL RATCHET 
WHEEL. — The lever lifts the pawls, one of 
which moves the ratchet wheel at up-stroke by 
one pawl, and again at the down-stroke by the 
other pawl. 



1002. INTERMITTENT ROTARY 
Q MOTION, from a reciprocating rod and two 



pawls, acting on a ratchet-faced wheel. 
C, C are loose on shaft of wheel A. 



Arms 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



255 





1003. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR 
MOTION. — Reversible by throwing over the double 
pawl. Operated by a reciprocating rod attached to 
the disc carrying the pawl. 



1004. RATCHET INTERMITTENT 
MOTION, by the operation of treadles. Pawl 
levers and pawls are operated through con- 
necting rods to levers or treadles, the motion 
of which is made uniform by the strap and 
pulley attachment C. 





1005. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR 
MOTION — Reversible by throwing over a 
double pawl on the vibrating bell-crank lever. 
A feed motion for planing machines. 



1006. INTERMITTENT ROTARY 
MOTION of a wheel by vibrating levers and 
pawls. 

B, pin-tooth wheel. 

A, vibrating lever. 



1007. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MOTION 

from a reciprocating rod. Motion varied in the ratchet 
wheel A by the number of teeth swept over bv the 
pawl B. 



1008. PAWL LIFT. — By moving the lever 
between the pins in the bell-crank pawl arm, the 
pawl is lifted and moved to new position with- 
out dragging over the teeth of the ratchet wheel. 



25^ 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 






proportions. 




1009. OSCILLATING MOTION into rotary 
motion by a straight and crossed band running 
on two ratchet pulleys, the ratchets of which are 
fast on the shaft. Each oscillation of the sector 
lever gives a forward motion to the shaft. 



loio. CONTINUOUS ROTARY MOTION 
by stop ratchet and oscillating beam. The 
ratchet wheel is fixed on the shaft. The pawl 
wheel runs free and gives motion to the ratchet 
and shaft at every ^other stroke of the sector 
beam. 



ion. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a ratchet 
by the oscillation of a knuckled joint tappet arm. 
The spring keeps the tappet extended on the for- 
ward stroke, and allows it to run over the tooth of 
the ratchet on its return. 



1012. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MO- 
TION of a ratchet wheel with a check pawl by 
the continuous circular motion of a pawl wheel. 



1013. WINDLASS GRIP PAWL.— A fric 
tion pawl and rim grip piece are pivoted together 
so that by the vibration of the lever with its con- 
necting rod the grip pawl drops and takes firm 
hold of the rim of the windlass wheel and turns 
it with the power due to the distance of the rod 
attachment from the wheel centre and the lever 
The stop pawls act upon a separate ratchet wheel. 

1014. RATCHET AND LEVER PAWL.— The pawl 
drops into the ratchet by gravity of the lever. Pulling 
the cord A unhooks the pawl by swinging the lever back. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



257 



1015. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION by ratchet and springs. D, driving wheel 
with a bent spring at B. A spring at C acts as a 
fixed pawl. In revolving the wheel D, the spring 
B lifts the spring C from the ratchet, and is it- 
self pressed into the teeth and carries the ratchet 

around one tooth, when the shoulder on the spring B releases the 

spring C and allows it again to lock the ratchet. 





1016. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a ratchet 
crown wheel from the reciprocating motion of a 
lever and pawl 



1017. INTERNAL MULTIPLE CAM for operat- 
ing several slides for internal grip, or for expanding 
the cutters of a die stock. 



1018. 
pawls. 



RATCHET HEAD with spring 




1019. INTERMITTENT CIRCULAR MO- 
TION from oscillating motion of a lever by friction 
pawls. The crank E and its cord connecting with 
the pawls throw one or the other pawl out of lock 
for reversing the motion. 



1020. RECIPROCAL CIRCULAR MOTION from rec- 
tilinear motion of a nut on a quick thread. The reciprocat- 
ing or Persian drill stock. The screw is swivelled in the 
head of the stock, allowing a free movement of the drill by 
the motion of the nut. 



«7 



258 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




102 1. BALL SOCKET RATCHET.— The 
pawl is within the arm socket, and by the ball 
ratchet form allows the drill stock to be used at 
an angle. 




1022. CONTINUOUS MOTION RATCHET 
from an oscillating arm. Three bevel gears, two of 
which have ratchets with pawls on opposite sides, so 
that there is a forward motion to the spindle at each 
stroke of the arm. 

1022 a. Elevation. 



1023. STOPS OF VARIOUS FORMS for 
a ratchet wheel. Hook and straight gravity pawi 
and a spring pawl. 




1024. STOPS for a spur gear. Slip pawls. 




■^ 1025. STOPS for a lantern wheel. One a 
latch stop, the other a roller stop. 




1026. SAFETY CENTRIFUGAL HOOKS. 
— Hooks are retained by springs until the cen- 
trifugal force of excessive speed throws them out 
to catch the pins in the fixed plate. 



1027. CRANK MOTION for quick return ol 
a lever. A, fulcrum of lever. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



259 




1028. CENTRIFUGAL SAFETY CATCH 
for hoisting drums. The studs D, D, D are fixed 
to the hoisting drum frame. B is a flange fast 
to the drum shaft and to which is pinioned the 
safety hooks. At ordinary speed of the drum 
the hooks hang back so as not to touch the studs. 
An unusual acceleration of speed throws out the 
hooks to catch on the studs. 





1029. STOP MOTION from a wrist or cranl 
pin. The relative amount of stop and motior 
depends upon the diameter of crank-pin circle 
and length of the connecting-rod slot, plus the 
diameter of crank pin. Used in brick machines. 



1030. VARIABLE RECIPROCATING MOTION 
from the circular motion of a wrist pin on a disc 
crank. The pin sliding in the slot makes a quick 

q\ return of the bell crank and connecting rod. 



1031. IRREGULAR ROCKING MOTION 

in an arm having an endless groove of any re- 
quired shape, with the radius of the longitudinal 
axis equal to the radius of the pin. Pin not 
shown. 



1032. ROCKING ARM by cam groove. 
A groove in a face plate may be so designed 
^ as to give a variety of movement to a rock 
shaft, with an arm and pin follower. 



1033. YOKE STRAP and eccentric circular 
cam. 



26o 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 





1034. TRIANGULAR CURVED ECCENTRIC, 
which by its peculiar form makes a stop motion at 
each half-revolution of the cam, for any portion of the 
stroke, according to the length of the concentric portion 
of the cam. 



1035. TRIANGULAR ECCENTRIC for 

producing a stop motion at each half-revolution 
of the face plate a^ by the proportional peripheral 
length of the outer curve of the triangular cam. 
Used on a French engine. 



1036. RECIPROCATING MOTION with four 
stops, two of which are of longer duration than the 
others. A pin on the rotating disc, sliding in a grooved 
yoke, may be made to give a variety of motions to the 
rectilinear slide by the form of the groove. 



1037. UNIFORM RECIPROCATING MO- 
TION from the circular motion of a crank or disc 
wrist pin. The endless groove in the cross head is 
made to conform in shape to the varying rectilinear 
motion of the wrist pin. 



1038. NEEDLE-BAR SLOT CAM, for sew- 
ing-machines. The depression in the pin slot 
gives the needle a stop motion while the shuttle 
passes. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



261 




^x 1039. SLOTTED YOKE CRANK MOTION, 

7^^5 1 ' producing rectilinear motion of piston rod from a 

crank dispensing with a connecting rod. 




1040. TRAMMEL GEAR. — The slotted cross moves 
in a right line astride the shaft, while the crank pin in a 
block moves in the cross slot. 



1041. SLOTTED LEVER MOTION from a crank 
pin. A variety of motions and stop motions may be 
made with this class of lever. 




1042. INTERMITTENT RECIPROCATING 
MOTION from continuous circular motion. The 
curved slot in the lever should be radial with the 
crank centre, for a stop. Many forms of motion may 
be had by variation of this device. A combination 



1^^^ much in use for sewing-machines and printing-presses. 



1043. VARIABLE CRANK THROW.— A 

screw and tappet wheel move a nut on the 
screw to which is fixed a wrist pin sliding in the 
I cross slot of a carrier bar. Each revolution of 
the face plate brings the tappet wheel in contact 
with a finger, and by turning the wheel and screw moves the wrist 
pin to or from the centre of the wheel. Used in silk-spooling ma- 
chinery. 




262 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




1044. VARIABLE ADJUSTMENT for the 
tension of a spring on the motion of a connecting 
rod, by varying the radii of a rocking lever. 




1045. FOUR-BOLT CAM PLATE, used 
for throwing safe bohs and for expanding dies. 



1046. EQUALIZING TENSION SPRING AND 
LEVER. — The bell-crank lever equalizes the tension of 
the spring by its varying position. Its long arm is on a 
fixed pivot. 





1047. ALTERNATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION from studs on a rotating disc. The 
bar is carried forward by the stud on the disc 
striking the projection on the bar, and the bar 
returns by the movement of the bell-crank lever 
and opposite stud. 

1048. TRAVERSE BAR, operated by a 
slotted lever. The upper pin being fixed 01 
made adjustable for proportion to the move- 
ment of the lower pin, any desired movement 
of the traverse bar may be made. 

1049. RECTILINEAR MOTION by the 
movement of a slotted lever with one end pin* 
iohed. A belt shipper movement 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



263 




YKM 



1050. INTERMITTENT ROTARY MO- 
TION from a shaft at right angles. The fric- 
tion rollers on the horizontal shaft disc move 
in grooves or on projections from the wheel 
on the vertical shaft, producing a variety of 
intermittent motions, due to the form of grooves 
or projections. 

105 1. VIBRATING TOOTHED WHEEL. 
— The rod is pressed against the teeth by the 
spring. A type of some electrical devices for 
interrupting the circuit 



1052. "LAZY TONGS" MOVEMENT. 

— A system of crossed levers by which the 
amount of a rectilinear motion is increased by 
the proportional number of sections in the 

tongs. As a hand device it is m use as a toy, but is more useful as 

a reducing apparatus for a steam-engine indicator. 



1053. QUADRANGULAR RECTILINEAR 
MOTION. — Rectilinear motion given to any one 
of the arms A, B, C, or D gives a contrary motion 
to its opposite arm, and a contrd,ry motion to 
each of the side arms. 





1054. PARALLEL MOTION, in a ver- 
tical line, for a swinging bracket 



1055. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a pin- 
tooth wheel by the half-revolution of a ring seg- 
ment 



264 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



1056. INTERMITTENT MOVEMENT of a 
pin-wheel by the vibration of a i>ooked arm. 






1057. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a seg- 
mental-toothed wheel by the revolution of a seg- 
mental barrel or ring. 




1058. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a 

pin-tooth wheel by the revolution of an in- 
dented tooth on a pinion. 



1059. INTERMITTENT MOTION of a toothed 
wheel by the revolution of a pinion with a single 
recessed tooth. 




1060. ROCKING ESCAPEMENT.— The 
section teeth of the wheel pass the eye in the 
rocking cylinder at each quarter, or at each 
half-revolution when revolving. 




1061. ROTARY AND LONGITUDINAL 
MOTION of a rod between rollers, with their 
axes at an angle. Rollers run in opposite 
directions. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



265 



e 



69 



^ 



1062. RECIPROCATING FEED RATCHET.— 
For an intermittent feed, one pair of jaws may have a 
reciprocating motion. For continual feed motion both 
pairs of jaws should have opposite reciprocating motions 



^ 




C: 




b 




1063. FRICTION ROD FEED RATCHET.— 
The jaws, being pivoted in a slot in a lever, 
make a powerful and quick grip on a feed 
bar by the motion of the lever bar. 



1064. FRICTION HAULING RATCHET. 

—A hole bored slanting through a bar D. A slot 
in the side of the bar, for convenience of putting 
on or taking off the rod or rope to be hauled, 
makes a handy clutching device. 



1065. CAM-LEVER GRIP for a rope 

or rod stop. This principle is used on safety 
grips for elevators. 




1066. LEVER TOGGLE JOINT, largely 
used in stamping and punching presses. This 
form shows great pressure when the three bear- 
ings near a linear direction. 





1067. SINGLE TOGGLE ARM LETTER- 
PRESS. — The arms are drawn together by a 
right and left screw. 



266 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




1068. TOGGLE-JOINT CAM MOVE- 
MENT for throwing out a number of grips at 
once by the local movement of the jointed 
ring. 



1069. DOUBLE-SCREW TOGGLE PRESS.— 
The screw has a right- and left-hand thread to draw 
the toggle joints together. 



r — ^ 



V^ 



&% 





1070. SCREW STAMPING PRESS.— Rec- 
tilinear motion from the circular motion of the 
lever handles. The momentum of the balls gives 
the final power in this class of presses. 



1071. MULTIPLE RETURN GROOVED 
CYLINDER, producing extended rectilinear 
motion and return by its revolution. The car- 
rier arm has a pivoted tracer to enable a 
smooth passage of the opposite grooves. A 
spooling device. 

1072. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION by the alternate opening and closing 
of half nuts on a right and left screw. Nuts and 
arms are attached to a shaft that is thrown over 
by a dog on a spooling-frame shaft, locking the 



right- or left-threaded nut alternately. 




1073. RECTILINEAR MOTION by a 

right- and left-hand screw shaft driven by a 
worm gear. The nuts move on the right and 
left screw. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



267 




1074. SIX RADIAL GROOVED TRAMMEL 
and triangular shaft arms, driving or being 
driven by a shaft out of line. The friction 
rollers give freedom of motion to either gear. 




1075. RECTILINEAR RECIPROCAT- 
ING MOTION of a bar, from continuous cir- 
cular motion of a bent shaft. 




1076. ROCKING MOTION, from a contin^ 
uous 7:otary motion of the crank shaft A. 




1076a. PAIR OF TOE LEVERS.— 

Bell-crank order. A and B, fulcrums of the 
levers ; E, handle ; C, curved toes. This 
principle is used as a valve gear. 



1077. WIPER CAM for stamp mills. A, the wiper; 
D, flanged chock, allowing the hammer spindle to re- 
volve. Also in use on sewing-machines for throwing the 
needle bar 



268 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



LI^D 




1078. ANGULAR WIPERS, for operating the 
f^ valves of beam engines. A, the rock shaft ; C, the 
curved wiper, Ufting the angular toe and valve rod. 




1079. EQUALIZING LEVERS OR 
TOES, for variable rod movement. 



1080. VARIABLE CRANK MOTION.— An 

eccentric slot in a stationary face plate guides a 
slide block and wrist pin in a slotted crank. Con- 
necting rod drives the cutter bar of a shaping- 
machine. 




1081. SPIRAL-GROOVED FACE PLATE, 

for feed motion. Obsolete ; but useful for irregu- 
lar motion, in which the spiral grooves may be 
wavy or zigzag. 



1082. LEVER, guided by a volute face plate. 




1083. CAM SECTORS, or sectors of log- 
spiral wheels. When laid out as a log spiral, 
the sum of each pair of coincident radii is 
equal to the distance of the centres. A, B. 
As a pair of pressure cams, the sum of the 



radii varies to meet the required throw of the cams. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



269 




■CZ3 



1084. GEAR-DISENGAGING CAM 
LEVER. — The eccentric slot in the lever 
throws the slow driving gear out of lock by 
throwing the lever back. 



1085. OBLIQUE DISC MOTION.— A disc 

fixed at an angle upon the end of a shaft gives a 
variable rectilinear motion to a rod and roller by 
varying its distance from the centre. 



1086. GROOVED CYLINDER CAM.— Use^ 
to convert reciprocating into rotary motion. 




1087. TRAVERSE MOTION of a shaft 
by a rolling cam. The disc, rolling in the 
groove of the drum, gives an ever-varying 
traverse motion to the disc shaft, according tc 
the proportions of the size of disc and cam 
drum. 



1088. FOUR-MOTION FEED of the "Wheeler & Wilson," 
and other sewing-machines. The traverse bar A is forked and en- 
closes the push bar B, pivoted to it, and is held 
back by the spring at D. The revolving cam C 
D ''^liQP ' has its periphery cam-shaped, to lift the push bar, 

and its face, also cam-shaped, to push the bar 
forward, when the teeth are in contact with the goods. 





1089. RECIPROCATING RECTILINEAR 
MOTION, from the circular motion of grooved 
cams ; may be made uniform or intermittent, by the 
direction of the groove on the cam. 



27C» 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




1090. QUICK RECIPROCATING RECTILI- 
NEAR MOTION, from a zigzag-grooved cam. 
Form of cam groove is capable of greatly varying 
the rectilinear motions of a bar or lever. 




1091. CYLINDRICAL CAM, giving any re- 
quired special motions through a lever, roller, 
and connecting rod, according to the curves given 
to the cam. 




1092. CAM-OPERATED S HEARS. - 
Many modifications of this device are in use. 




•S^?? 



310 



1093. IRREGULAR CAM MOTION to valve 
rods. An irregular cam, acting between friction 
rollers in a yoke frame. Positive irregular rectili- 
near motion. An old steam-engine valve gear. 




1094. VIBRATING RECTILINEAR MOTION, 
from a revolving trefoil cam. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



271 



1095. IRREGULAR VIBRATING CIR-^ 
CULAR MOTION, from continuous circular 
motion of a cam slot. Any form of cam slot 
in a face plate may be made to produce a vibra- 
tory motion on a crank pin, which may be transmitted to circular 
or rectilinear motion. 





1096. CLOVER-LEAF CAM, for rectili- 
near motion by follov^er rollers on a bar. 
The cam is so designed that the rollers have 
a bearing in all its positions. 




1097. POWER ESCAPE- 
MENT for heavy machines. The 
traverse bar may be vibrated by 
the positive motion of the cam 
arms. 




1098. ROTARY MOTION of a three- 
arm wiper produces a reciprocating rectili- 
near motion of the toothed frame, and vice 
versa. 




1099. IRREGULAR RECIPROCATING 
MOTION of connecting rods and levers, 
moved by alternating oval cams. 




1 100. BEVELED DISC CAM, for vari- 
able reciprocating motion of a bar at an angle 
with the shaft. 



272 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




iioi. GROOVED HEART CAM.— The lay- 
out of a grooved cam may be made on the same 
principles as No. 1 103, only that the centre of the 
roller or pin and the central line of groove are 
the measurements for the amount of motion. 




1 102. HEART-SHAPED GROOVE in a face 

plate, vibrating a lever, produces an irregular swing- 
ing motion of the lever. 



1 1 03. LAYING OUT A HEART CAM. — A 

circle is drawn on a radius equal to the required throw, 
J} plus the diameter of the roller. A series of con- 
centric circles and radii enables a measured layout 
of the cam, which must be as much larger than the re- 
quired motion as is equal to the radii of the roller on each radius of 
the plan. 





1 1 04. CAM MOTION.— Various appli- 
cations of cam followers, with direct and 
oscillating motion. 




1 105. DOUBLE-CAM MOTION, 
from a sliding follower. The arm E 
of the follower, slides freely in the 
box, clamped to the vertical shaft, 
giving two equal motions at right 
angles. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



273 




1 106. PIVOTED FOLLOWER.— 
The square-armed follower, pivoted at 
E and F, is kept in contact with the 
cam by the spring H, and so produce 
dissimilar motions in the connecting 
rods B, J. 




1 107. RECIPROCATING MOTION, from 
two cranks on opposite ends of a shaft 




1 108. OVOID CURVE is made by any 
point between the pivots of a single-crank con- 
necting rod, the other end of which is guided 
by a rectilinear slide. 



1 109. VARIABLE POWER TRANSMIT- 
TED from a crank linked to a lever-beam, 
driving a second crank. In this case there is no 
pressure on the driven crank when both cranks 
are vertical, but greatest pressure when the cranks are horizontal. 





mo. ELLIPTICAL CRANK. — The arm 
moves in a slot. The inner crank pin, making a 
revolution, marks an ellipse by a pencil at the 
outer end of the arm, while the outer crank pin, 



linked to the arm, makes a circle. 




nil. CURVILINEAR MOTION of a treadle 
gives circular motion to a crank or disc. The foot- 
lathe motion. 



18 



274 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 






1 1 12. SPRING LATHE-WHEEL CRANK. 
— The spring A is intended to keep the crank off 
the dead centre. A counterbalance weight is 
also used for the same purpose. 



1 1 13. "BROWNELL" CRANK MOTION.— 

The wrist pin is fixed on a tangent slide held in its 
forward position by a volute spring attached to the 
face plate. The slide is retained by pins in tra- 
verse slots. Can be arranged for either kind of 
treadle, to keep the crank pin off the center. 



1 1 14. ORDINARY CRANK MOTION 
for engines or other purposes, with 
cross head, slides, and connecting 
rod. 




1 1 15. ECCENTRIC and straps for valve motion, 
also used in place of a crank for many purposes. 



1 1 16. RECIPROCATING MOTION of a 
connecting rod through a bell crank connected 
directly with a wrist on crank disc. In this 
case the forward and back motions are nearly 
alike depending upon the proportional length 
of the driving arm of the bell crank and crank motion, as well also to 
the length of the connecting rod between the wrist pin and bell crank. 




1 1 17. VARIABLE CIRCULAR MOTION from 
two cranks on shafts parallel, but out of line, one 
crank being slotted, the other carrying a wrist pin, 
passing through the slot. Driving may be by either 
crank. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



275 




V 



■^*\ 1118. IRREGULAR MOTION of one crank 

\ from the regular motion of another crank. A 

, - \ quick-and-slow alternate motion of the slotted 

/ / crank is made by the regular motion of the 

^ J smaller crank. 

^ 




1 1 19. VARIABLE POWER transmitted 
from a slotted crank driver to a fixed driven 
crank pin through a lever beam, the opposite 
end of which is held by a swinging connecting 
V^' rod. The pressure on the driven crank is 

continuous, but greatest on and near the central line of the two shafts. 



1120. VIBRATING MOVEMENT from a 

slotted curved arm, gives a variable vibrating 
movement to straight arm. 



1 12 1. VARIABLE CRANK PIN.— A slotted 
face plate backed by a spiral slotted plate by which 
the revolution of one plate upon the other moves a 
crank pin to or from the centre. The same prin- 
ciple is used in the universal lathe chuck in which 
each slot carries a grip jaw. 



1 122. VARIABLE RECTILINEAR MOTION of a 
shaft from a vibrating, curved, slotted arm. 





1 123. VARIABLE CRANK THROW by a 

slotted sector on a face plate. 



276 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 





1 124. VARIABLE CRANK THROW by a 
movable pin block in a slotted face plate and trans- 
verse screw. 



1 125. VARIABLE RADIUS LEVER 
for reciprocating motion of a shaft from a 
continuous motion of a crank pin. 



1 126. VARIABLE CRANK THROW. 

—The jointed crank and radial screw give 
-^ a large variation to the throw of a crank. 



1 127. COMBINATION 
CRANK-MOTION 
CURVES.— A revolving 
^ crank A, D and the vi- 
brating link B, E carry- 
ing an extended connect- 
g « '5 ing arm with a pencil at 

the end, F. A great variety of figures and curves may be made by 
different proportions of all the parts. The figures on the crank pin 
circle D correspond with the figured diagram. 





1 1 28. FLEXIBLE ANGULAR COUPLING, 
for light work. May be a helical spring, round or 
square, wire or a tube, sawed on a spiral. Used on 
driving handles for telescopes and other instruments. 



1 129. SLIDING CONTACT-SHAFT COUP- 
LING. — A cross bar sliding in two yokes on 
shafts in offset lines. Will also operate on shafts 
somewhat out of line or at an angle. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



277 





1 130. RECTILINEAR MOTION from 
the rotation of an angular crank pin. A, 
rotating shaft carrying crank pin E ; D, 
arm with sleeve jointed to yoke and sliding 
rod B. 



1 13 1. ANGULAR SHAFT COUPLING 

for shafts out of line. The solid sleeve block 
C is bored at the same angle of the shafts, 
and centres of bores at a dis- 
tance apart equal to the dif- 
n '''" ■ , ference in the plane of shaft 
•"^ alignment. 




1 132. UNIVERSAL JOINT, with a single 
cross link. Good for angles of 45° and under. 

1 133. DOUBLE LINK UNIVERSAL 
JOINT, good for larger angles than above. 
The connecting link may be made short and 
guarded, with a sleeve to prevent kinking. 




1 134. UNIVERSAL ANGLE COUPLING, 

" Hooke's " principle. Each shell carries a double 
trunnion ring, the connecting link being pivoted 
at each end to the rings. 



1 135. "ALMOND" ANGULAR SHAFT 
COUPLING.— The yoke links G, G are 
pivoted to the sockets on the ends of the 
shaft, and to the right-angled arms on the 
sleeve which slides freely on the fixed shaft 
D. The sockets at F, F are ball joints. 
Angle of shafts may vary within limits. 



278 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




1136. "HOOKE'S" ANGULAR SHAFT 
COUPLING, the knuckle universal joint Shaft 
joints are double-pivoted at right angles. 



1 137. ANGULAR SHAFT COUPLING. 

— -In this arrangement the shafts have cranks 
and elongated crank pins, on which sleeves 
slide that are pivoted to the arms E, E of the 
sliding sleeve on the fixed shaft D. 



1 138. RACK AND PINION MOVE- 
MENT for tracing spiral grooves on a cylin- 
der. 



/^ 



1 139. GYROSCOPE.— The heavy disc C, 
rotating at great speed in the ring A, is suspend- 
ed by the point F, resting on bearing. The ro- 
tation of the disc keeps it from falling and slowly 
revolves the holding ring A around the point F. 
An illustration of the tendency of rotating bodies 
to preserve their plane of rotation. 




1 140. GLOBE GYROSCOPE.— The outer ring A 
is fixed to a stand. The second ring A^ is pivoted ver- 
tically to the outer ring ; the inner ring is pivoted at 
right angles in the second ring, and the ball is pivoted 
at right angles in the inner ring to its pivot in the sec- 
and ring. This gives the ball, rotating on its own axis, 
a direction free to move to every point in the sphere. When the 
heavy ball is made to rotate rapidly in any direction of its axis, much 
pressure must be made to change its direction. 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 



279 




o 




1 141. TENSION HELICO-VOLUTE 
SPRING. 




1 142. DOUBLE HELICO-VOLUTE SPRING, for 
compression. 




1 143. COMPRESSION HELICAL SPRING, square 
rod. 




1 1 44. SINGLE VOLUTE HELIX SPRING. 




1 145. COMPOUND DISC SPRING.— The discs 
are dished and perforated for a guide pin. 




1145^. HYDRO - EXTRACTOR, 
showing method of belting with ad- 
justable idler and cone pulleys. 

Type for laundry work. At a speed 
of from 1,000 to 2,000 revolutions per 
minute the water flies off by centrifu- 
gal force and the material is left near- 
ly dry. 



28o 



MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROLLING MOTION. 




ii4Sb. REVERSING PULLEY.— A conical disk fixed to the 
shaft ; a pulley loose on the shaft with a clutch ; a disk loose on 

the shaft, fixed as to motion 
by an arm, carries a set of 
conical rollers, which are 
pushed into a bearing by 
the shipper as shown in the 
right-hand figure for re- 
versing at increased speed 
as the ratio of the diameter 
of the two conical surfaces. 
The clutch is operated by the shipper bar. 

1145c. FOUR SPEED 
CHANGE GEAR. — A 
hollow spindle with change 
gears running loose upon 
it. A rack spindle B car- 
ries a hinged pawl or key 
A, held out by a spring. A 
lever C carries a sector 
meshing in the rack, which 
by its movement draws the 
key A to catch the keyway in any of the speed gears. 

1145^. HEDDLE CAM, used Inweav- 
ing. — The twilling cam K is attached to 
the grooved hub L, which slides freely on 
the feathered spindle and moves three tnnes 
cne way and returns by a sliding switch over 
which the grooves traverse. 

1145^. FERRIS WHEEL.— A steel 
wheel 250 feet diameter carrying a series 
of balanced cars on its periphery and driven 
by steam power. Total height above the 
ground 265 feet. Remarkable as one of the 
great modern structures of steel. 





MOTION AND DEVICES CONTROIvIvING MOTION. 



281 




1 145/. POW- 
ER FROM 
WAVE MO- 
TION. — Va- 
rious devices by 
the rise and fall 
of a float which 
have been pro- 
posed for ob- 
taining power 
from the waves 
of the ocean for 
pumping or oth- 
er work. 



i'z^Mj'j9 yM/^j>//////y//////j'////////////}/// ^^>'/^^^^''y'''^/////e/^///////////////////^. 



1145^. POWER 
FROM WAVE 
MOTION. — A 
swinging blade an- 
chored in various 
ways. Anchored 
floats and the mo- 
tion of two boats 
make a variety of 
applications o f 

wave motion for 
useful effect. 



1145/?. POWER 
FROM WAVE MO- 
TION. — Swinging 
motion from the wash 
of waves near the 
shore by means of 
large blades swung 
from a pier. The two 



cuts represent a single and double acting transmission. 



282 



MOTION AND DEVICKS CONTROI.I.ING MOTION. 



ii45i. ACTION 
OF THE HOOK in 
the Willcox & Gibbs 
sewing machine. — 
1st, the loop formed 
by the up stroke of 
the needle ; 2d, hook 
catches the loop ; 3d, 
loop reversed and 
spread ; 4th, next loop 
caught by tHe hook ancl carried through the preceding one. 





1 145/. POSITIVE 
SHUTTLE MOTION 
for a narrow fabric 
loom. The shuttle has 
a narrow recessed rack 
geared through a set of 
pinions to the recipro- 
cating rack. 



ii45i^. A CURIOUS PADLOCK.— The key is like a cork 
screw. The circular recess in front contains a rotating cylinder 

with a spiral keyway 
and graduated face 
plate, which must be 
set to a number that 
will allow the key to 
enter the internal 
spiral passage to push 
back the bolt. 




Section XIII, 



HOROLOGICAL. 



Clock and Watch Movements and Devices, 




'•■0 



^-^ 



1 146. CYCLOIDAL PENDULUM MOVE- 
MENT. — A curved frame, acting as a stop to 
a flexible pendulum, gives the bob a cycloidal 
path. 



^ 


p^ 




[iL}i 


l- 


1 


^ 


^ 


11 


1^=^ 



1 1 47. COMPENSATING PENDULUM BOB or 
weight. A glass jar of mercury is used for the weight, 
and is adjusted for length of pendulum by turning on the 
screw and locking in place by the cross-piece and catch. 
The expansion of the pendulum downward is balanced by 
the expansion of the mercury in the fixed bottle upward, 
and vice versa. 




1 1 48. COMPOUND COMPENSATION 
PENDULUM. — The arms of the pendulum 
carrying the weights W, W are composed of 
two metals ; steel, which has the least change 
of length by change in temperature, for the top 
section, and brass, which has a longer range of 
length, for the lower section. Heat, by differ- 
ential expansion of the parts, raises the weights to compensate for 
lengthening of the pendulum rod, and vice versa. 




1 1 49. CENTRIFUGAL PENDULUM.— The weight 
or ball is hung by a thread or very fine wire from an eye, 
and is driven in a circle by an arm attached to a vertical 
spindle, rotated by the clock movement. Adjustment is 
made for time of beat by the vertical movement of the 
suspension eye of the pendulum. 



284 



HOROLOGICAL. 




1150. ANTIQUE CLOCK ESCAPE- 
MENT. — The oscillation of the pendulum 
arbor and attached pallet stops and releases 
the teeth of the crown wheel. 




1 15 1. CROWN TOOTH ESCAPEMENT, with 
ball balance. 

B, the stop pallet. 
A, the impulse pallet. 




1 152. DOUBLE RATCHET-WHEEL ESCAPE- 
MENT and pendulum. The teeth in the escapement 
wheels alternate with the pallets of the pendulum. 




1153. STAR-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT.— B, C, the 
pallets of the escapement vibrating on its centre at A ; 
D, star wheel. 



1154. ANCHOR ESCAPEMENT forelocks. 
The anchor pallet H, L, K oscillates on its axis 
a, by the swing of the pendulum. The teeth of 
the escapement A are radial on their forward 
face, and strike the curved faces of the pallet K or 
H, which are concentric with their axis a. By 
this form of teeth and pallets the escapement is 
anchored or in repose during the extreme parts of the pendulum 
stroke, and gives an impulse to the pendulum while the teeth are in 
contact with the planes of the pallets c^ e and b, d. 




HOROLOGICAL. 



285 



1 155. RECOIL ESC APEMENT. — In this 
form the forward face of the teeth of the escape- 
ment A leans forward from the radial lines. The 
front face of each pallet is in line with the front 
face of the teeth, so that the extreme part of the 
pendulum stroke gives a recoil movement to the 
escapement wheel. The points of the escapement 
teeth, acting upon the planes of the pallets r, e and ^, d^ give the im- 
pulse to the pendulum. 





1 156. PENDULUM ESCAPEMENT.— In this form 
the upper part of the pendulum terminates in a ring around 
the escapement wheel, with pallets A, B projecting in- 
ward and with a forward pitch to their face, to give the 
proper impulse to the pendulum. 



1 157. STUD ESCAPEMENT, used in 
large clocks. Alternate studs are set on front 
and back of the escapement wheel. The pen- 
dulum swings on the axis of the pallet at F. 
The concentric curve of the stop-faces of the 
pallet, with its axis at F, gives the escapement 
a dead-beat action, the incline planes of the 
pallets giving the alternate impulse. 




1 1 58. LANTERN-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT. 
— The pallet arm A is attached directly to the pen- 
dulum, swinging upon the axis A, and receives its 
impulse from the inclined faces of the pallets C, B. 
Used for large clocks. 



1 159. PIN-WHEEL ESCAPEMENT, with a 
dead-beat stop motion. For short-beat pendulum 
clocks. 



286 



HOROLOGICAL. 




(^ 



1160-1161. HOOK-TOOTH ESCAPEMENT. 
—The teeth are arranged alternately on two 
escapement wheels. The oscillation of the semi 
circular pallet alternately releases and receives an 
impulse from the hook teeth of the escapement 
wheel. The curved outer face of the teeth acts 
upon the edge of the straight edge of the disc. 




1 162. SINGLE-PIN PENDULUM ESCAPEMENT.- 
— The pin is set in a small face plate close to the arbor, 
which makes a half-rotation at each stroke of the pendu- 
lum. The impulse is given on the vertical faces of the 
quarter sections in the pendulum. 




1 1 63. THREE-TOOTHED ESCAPEMENT 
with long teeth and stops on the pendulum frame. 
A, B, pallets ; E, D, stops. A nearly dead-beat 
movement. 



1 164. DETACHED PENDULUM ES- 
CAPEMENT. — In this movement the pendu- 
lum is detached from the escapement, except 
at the moment of receiving the impulse from 
the single pallet I. The bell-crank lever un- 
locks the escapement tooth by contact with the 
balanced click C as the pendulum nears the middle of its stroke. 




HOROLOGICAL. 



287 




1 165. THREE^TOOTHED ESCAPE- 
MENT for a pendulum. The pallets are made 
in a plate attached to a pendulum. The es- 
capement makes one rotation to every three 
beats of the pendulum. 

1 166. MUDGE GRAVITY ESCAPEMENT. 

— The pallets A, B are on separate arbors, with 
arms extending down to the pendulum contact 
pins R, P, between which the pendulum swings. 
The pallets are loaded with weights. The pen- 
dulum lifts the pallet over the tooth, and the 
weight gives the impulse. 



1 167. TRI-TOOTH PENDULUM ESCAPE- 
MENT. — Impulse is given to the pendulum by con- 
tact of the pins against the pallets A and B alternately. 
The stops D and E hold the escapement during the 
extreme part of the pendulum stroke. ' The escapement 
makes one rotation every third stroke of the pendu- 
lum. The fly softens the strike of the pins upon the 
pallets. 



1 168. "HARRISON" WINDING DE- 
VICE for clocks, and which may also be 
adapted to a spring barrel. G is the driving 
spur gear. The larger ratchet has a fixed 
check pawl, T ; is loose on the arbor, but at- 
tached to the gear wheel by a curved spring, 
^ S, S'. The smaller ratchet is fixed to the 

UJi^lLJ winding barrel and arbor. The spring and 

pawl R are pivoted to the larger ratchet, and stop the barrel against 
the weight W. The curved spring S is compressed and drives the 
gear wheel, and by its elasticity continues, while winding, by the check 
pawl T falling into the teeth of the large ratchet. 




2SS 



HOROLOGICAL. 



rm^pm 




1 169. DOUBLE TRI-TOOTH PENDU- 
LUM ESCAPEMENT with fly regulator. 
The alternate teeth of the escapement lock on 
opposite sides of the pallet frame. The im- 
pulse is given by the small triangular arbor 
striking the curved pallets. 



1 170. "BLOXAM'S" GRAVITY ESCAPE- 
MENT. — The pallets receive an impulse from the 
small toothed wheel, the long arms of which are 
stopped by the studs A and B alternately. The 
studs at F and E are the fork pins which embrace 
the pendulum bar. 




1 17 1. DEAD-BEAT CLOCK ESCAPEMENT.— 

The face of teeth is slightly pitched forward. The 
stop-faces of the pallets A, B are concentric with the 
axis, which gives the dead-beat stop. 




1172. ENDLESS CORD-WINDING DEVICE 
for clocks. The cord runs over grooved pullies. P 
is the driving wheel, and / the ratchet winding ar- 
bor, the turning of which by crank, key, or by pulling 
the cord <^ raises the driving weight W, and lowers 
the balance weight w. By this device the movement 
of the escapement is not suspended while winding 
the clock. 



HOROLOGICAL. 



289 




1 1 73. CLOCK TRAIN, showing the method 
of sustaining the movement of the train dur- 
ing the time of winding. The bent spring 
keeps a tension on the large gear by the lock- 
ing of the large ratchet to which the bent spring 
is attached, when the winding of the barrel can 
be made without a back-set in the train. 

See No. 11 68. 



1 1 74. COMPENSATION WATCH BAL- 
ANCE. — At the ends of the balance bar are at- 
tached compound sector bars, the inner section 
of which is of steel, and the outer section of brass. 
The weights b, b regulate the momentum of the 
balance wheel, while the change in length of the 
arms is compensated by a reverse distance of 

the weights. Adjustment is made by moving the weights along the 

compensating sector. 




1 1 75. WATCH REGULATOR.— The outer 
end of the balance spring is fixed to a stud at 
R, and the inner end to the balance wheel 
arbor. The index hand carries two curb pins 
at P, between which the spring vibrates, form- 
ing a neutral point in its length which limits 
the arc of movement of the balance wheel, and 

by its change of position (by moving the index hand) adjusts the time 

beat of the balance wheel. 



FAS. 




1 1 76. ANTIQUE WATCH ESCAPE- 
MENT. — A pinion on the balance-wheel arbor 
meshes in a crown gear, on the shaft of which 
a mutilated screw of large pitch releases the 
teeth of the escapement and gives an impulse 
by the incline of the screw. 



19 



290 



HOROLOGICAL. 






1 177. VERGE ESCAPEMENT.— The arms of 
the escapement are set at an angle with each other, 
and its oscillation allows a tooth of the crown 
wheel to pass with each oscillation. 



1 178. CYLINDER ESCAPEMENT, shows 
the form of the cylinder, and 11 79 shows the 
method of action. The oscillation of the cyl- 
inder allows the teeth of the escapement wheel 
to pass under the open hollow side and stop 
against its outside. The impulse from the 
escapement teeth is given to the edge of the 
cylindrical section. 

1 180. DUPLEX ESCAPEMENT.—A, the 
balance-wheel stop; B, the oscillating pallet 
fixed to the balance-wheel shaft and adjusted to 
receive a strong impulse from the studs a^ a, a 
at the moment the escapement tooth falls into 
the notch in the stop A. 




1 18 1. JEWELLED DETACHED LEVER 
ESCAPEMENT.— D, E, jewel pallets; J, roll 
jewel in the arbor disc ; L, M, lever stops ; H, 
balance-wheel stop. 




1182. "GUERNSEY" ESCAPEMENT, con- 
sisting of two balance wheels driven in opposite 
directions by an inside and outside sector gear 
on the pallet lever, with the ring guard around 
the escapement axle. To prevent stopping of a 
watch by a jar. 



HOROLOGICAL. 



291 




1 183. ANCHOR AND LEVER ESCAPE- 
MENT for watches. " Reed's " patent. 




1 184. LEVER ESCAPEMENT.— The 
anchor pallet B is attached to the lever C E, 
at the end E of which is a notch to receive 
the pin in the balance-wheel disc D. The im- 
pulse is given to the balance wheel at the 
middle of its oscillation by the escape of the 
teeth from the stop surface to the impulse 
planes of the pallets. 






© 



1 185. LEVER CHRONOMETER ESCAPE- 
MENT, single-pallet impulse. The lever pallets 
alternately lock the escapement by the throw of 
the lever ; the oscillating pin on the pallet disc 
drops into the fork of the lever, throwing it 
against the stop pins at its other end. 



1 186. "ARNOLD" CHRONOMETER 
ESCAPEMENT.— The spindle of the oscillat- 
ing pallet a carries a small stud that vibrates 
the light spring i, in the hook k, of the stop 
spring A. The stop a catches and holds a tooth 
of the escapement while a reverse oscillation of the pallet a is made, 
when the stop d is lifted by the action of the stud at a, and an im- 
pulse given to the balance wheel by the tooth n, striking the face of 
the notch at h in the pallet. 





1 187. FUSEE CHAIN AND SPRING 
DRUM, used in watch and clock move- 
ments. This device compensates for 
the variation in the force of the spring. 



292 



HOROLOGICAL* 




1 188. CHRONOMETER ESCAPEMENT.— 
P, the impulse pallet on the arbor disc of the 
balance wheel ; V, a release tooth on the arbor 
which strikes the end of the stop lever and releases 
the escapement at the moment that the tooth 
A falls in mesh with the pallet P. At the return 
oscillation of the balance wheel the tooth V on 

the arbor carries the spring forward, holding the lever and catch in 

lock against the pin E. 




1 189. <' GENEVA STOP." — A winding-up stop 
used on watches. Winds as many turns of the wheel 
A as there are notches in wheel B, less one. The 
curve a ^ is the stop. 




1 190. GEARED WATCH STOP.— Contact of 
the two arms makes the stop. 




1 1 9 1 . WATCH STOP.— The number of turns of the 
ratchet pinion is limited by the number of teeth in the 
stop. The pin moves one tooth for each turn. 



1192. STEM-WINDING 
MOVEMENT of a watch. The 
movement of the lever with an 
arm outside of the rim locks a 
clutch on the hand gear. The 
third arm of the lever is thrown 
beyond the rim to prevent clos- 
ing the case until the clutch is 
unlocked. 




HOROLOGICAL. 



293 




1 193. PIN-GEARED WATCH STOP. — The 

winding stops at the convex tooth of the stop. 



1 194. WATCH TRAIN. 

<?, key stem. 

^, barrel and spring. 

c^ e^ h, i, pinions. 

d, h, spur wheels. 

/, /, pallets and escapement. 

k, lever and balance wheel. 



1194a. EQUATED SUN 
DIAL. — The curved bulbs on 
the shadow stile are made to 
conform to the equation of solar 
time. The end of the upper bulb 
represents the sun's declination 
at the summer solstice, the lower 
end erf the large bulb the winter 
solstice of the shadow on the 
gnomon. The following edge of 
the shadow is the correct time 
when the sun is fast, the middle 
of April to the middle of June, 
and from September i to December 24. The forward edge of the 
shadow is the correct time from the middle of June to Septembe. 
I, and from December 24 to the middle of April. 

1194a. CLOCK-SETTING DEVICE.— This invention shows 
the use of a simple clutch on the shaft which carries the escape- 
ment device, throwing the traim 
of wheels out of connection with 
the shaft which carries the hands. 
Thus the latter could be rigidly 
mounted on. their shaft and 
sleeve, instead of being revolved 
by frictional contact. 




294 



HOROLOGICAI.. 




WtAj(_»^.— 



1194&. ELECTRIC BAL- 
ANCE WHEEL CLOCK.— 
G represents the magnet, H 
the balance wheel, D armature, 
m a pin on the balance wheel, 
C ratchet wheel, h and t are 
pawls, P adjusting screw. 
When the circuit is closed the 
magnet draws the armature D 
forward, whereby the ratchet 
wheel C Is turned the distance of one of its teeth. At the same 
time the crotched end of the lever, by means of the pin, gives an 
impulse to the balance wheel in one direction. The pin is sud- 
denly released from the spring S, which in its recoil, aided by 
the weight of the arm J, breaks the circuit. The return movement 
of the balance wheel, caused by the recoil of the hair spring, 
moves, by means of the pin, the lever D away from the magnet, so 
as to set the pawl h on the next tooth of the wheel C, and the 
pin will again pass by the upper end of the spring S, 



_rn_ 



ti±i 




1194c. COMPENSATING PENDULUM.— 
The heavy black lines represent steel rods ; the open 
lines the brass rods. The relative expansion of steel 
is 2, brass 3. The center rod is fixed to the lower 
cross head at the top and slides freely through the 
cross heads at the bottom. In the combination 
shown the length of the compensating frame should 
be one-third the length of the pendulum. 



HOROLOGICAIy. 



295 




1 194 J. ELECTRO-MAGNETIC 
CLOCK PENDULUM.— P is an 
ordinary pendulum with a notched 
piece a and an iron piece e attached, 
m is an electro-magnet. E is a bat- 
tery; f f are the springs which act 
as contact pieces attached to the 
battery. /> is a steel piece called the 
pallet. As long as the pendulum 
is at its full swing the pallet will 
pass over the notched piece a, but 
should the arc of oscillation be less- 
ened the pallet will catch in the 
notch, raise the spring /, complete 
the circuit, and the pendulum will 
receive an impulse from the mag- 
net. 



1194^. ELECTRIC TIME 
CLOCK TRANSMISSION. 
— Simultaneous beat of two 
clocks. B is the primary 
clock. Mb g e^ the secondary. 
ZK is the battery. The cop- 
per contact D is fastened to 
a pendulum of the primary 
clock. Every second this cop- 
per piece makes contact with 
the plate C, completing the 
circuit and energizing the magnet M of a secondary clock. This 
attracts its armature b, operates the pawl which moves forward 
and catches one of the teeth of the wheel e. As soon as the 
contact is broken at c a spring acting upon the armature b draws 
it away from the magnet, and at the same time the pawl moves the 
wheel one tooth forward. The wheel e may be connected direct 
to the second hand of the electric dial. If so, this hand will move 
in unison with the pendulum of the primary clock ; that is, once 
in every second. 




296 



HOROI.OGICAI,. 




1 194/. ELECTRIC WINDING 
DEVICE for clocks. — A weighted L- 
shaped lever A, working on a pin at 
the corner of the L, operates by means 
of a pawl the wheel B, and, if raised, 
falls of its own weight, and keeps the 
pendulum D swinging. The motive 
force required to effect this is provided 
by means of the electro-magnet G, the 
battery F, and the armature switch 
E. When the weighted lever A has 
fallen to its lowest position, it makes 
contact with the screwed point at the 
end of the armature E which rocks about a center at its lower 
end. This completes the circuit of the electro-magnet G and the 
battery F. The magnet then attracts the armature E, and the 
screw pressing the short arm of the cranked lever A lifts up the 
weighted end, so that the pawl rests on the next tooth of the 
ratchet B. 

1 194^. UNIVERSAL SUN 
DIAL.— The face of the dial 
to be placed parallel with the 
equator, as shown by the index 
of the latitude. The range of 
the stile and the 12-hour mark 
to be on the meridian. 

The inner hour circle figur- 
ing is reversed so that by in- 
verting the dial the summer 
morning and evening time 
may be observed. 

1194/^. NEW MOTION FOR THE 
MINUTE HANDS IN CHRONO- 
GRAPHS. — A new mechanical ar- 
rangement by which in chronographs 
the instantaneous movement of the 
minute hand is effected. Invented by 
August Baud, of Geneva, Switzerland. 




Section XIV. 



MINING. 

Quarrying, Ventilation, Hoisting, Conveying, Pulverizing, SeparatinGj 
Roasting, Excavating, and Dredging. 




1195. DIAMOND PROSPECTING 
DRILL, operated by hand. The drill rod is 
hollow, with a hose connection at the top, 
through which water is forced to the bottom 
and up outside of the drill to wash out the bor- 
ings. The drill point is set with bort or black 
diamonds, and is revolved quickly by the cranks 
and bevel gear. 



1196. ROCK DRILL, " Ingersoll" model. The 
loaded tripod gives stability to the reciprocating 
action of the drill. 



1 197. DIAMOND WELL-BORING 
MACHINE. — A small oscillating engine 
and gear train drives the hollow boring 
auger at great speed, and also serves to 
hoist the drill rods by the drum and a 
rope over the block in the top of the 
derrick frame. Water is fed through the 
hoUoTV drill rod by a pump. 



298 



MINING. 




1 198. PORTABLE DIAMOND DRILL, for 

tunnel work or mine drifting. A swivelled hose 
connection for feeding water to the drill. Screw- 
jacks in the frame for clamping. Hand-driven by 
crank and speed gear. 



1 199. ARC TAPPET VALVE MO- 
TION, for a rock drill. The valve is 
moved on a circle radial with the tappet 
centre, and is thrown by the tappet-arm 
contact with the shoulders on the piston. 
" Sergeant " model. 

1200. TAPPET VALVE, for a 
rock drill. The ports are radial, 
and are opened and closed by the 
swing of the valve on its centre. 
The valve is thrown by the shoul- 
ders on the piston, striking the valve arms. " Sergeant " model. 

1 20 1. ROCK DRILL, with balanced piston valve, which is 
thrown by compressed air inlet through ports opened by the recipro- 

ib': cal motion of 

the piston. B, 
piston; M, ro- 
tation device. 
"Ingersoll" 
model. 

1202. ROCK DRILL, with balanced piston valve, which is 

thrown by a 
ported sector, 
moved by im- 
pact with the 
recessed shoul- 
ders on the piston. " Sergeant " model. 





MINING. 



299 




1203. COAL-CUTTING MACHINE, « IngersoU-Sergeant " 
model. The piston and drill rod are automatically operated by the 
alternating motion of two piston valves. Operated by compressed 
air, and only has to be held against the coal wall to under-cut, when 
the face can be broken down. 




1204. LINK CHAIN CUTTER, used in 
coal-cutting machines. 




1205. DRILL FOR CURVED 
HOLES, used in coal mining. The 
drill is on the end of a curved tube, and 
is driven by a flexible shaft. The tube 
is fed forward by a pivoted arm and 
worm gear. 




1206. BOX-WING BLOWER.— The dis- 
charge openings of the disc are rectangular, 
with the sides enclosed. Made of sheet metal. 




1207. MULTIPLEX BUTTERFLY 
VALVE, for ventilating shafts. 



300 



MINING. 




1208. STEAM-DRIVEN VENTI- 
LATING FAN.— Type of those used in 
the coal-mining districts. The fan wheel 
may be encased in an iron or wooden shell. 



1209. MINER'S SAFETY LAMP.— The flame 
is surrounded with wire gauze and a double wire 
gauze cap. In explosive mine gases, the firing of 
the incoming air and gas takes place on the inside 
of the wire gauze. The flame does not pass 
through fine wire gauze. The course of air for 
the lamp burner is shown by the arrows. 




12 10. HORSE-POWER HOIST- 
ING DRUM, double speed. The 
speed is changed by dropping one 
or the other driving gear by the le- 
vers. A release for running back is 
made by turning the crank which 
disengages the gear clutch. 




1211. STEAM HOISTING ENGINE, 
with flat chain drum and reversing link. 
The flat chain winds upon itself on a 
narrow drum. 



MINING. 



301 




I2I2. STRAP BRAKE, used on hoisting 
drums and wheels. The strap is usually made of 
a steel band with its ends jointed to a lever. 



1 2 13. ELEVATOR TOWER with inclined 
boom. The bucket is lifted to the trolley by 
the double tackle, drawn up the incline, and 
the load dumped automatically into a car. 



1 2 14. HORIZONTAL BOOM TOWER, 
with traversing trolley and automatic shovel 
bucket. 




12 15. MAST AND GAFF HOIST, 

for unloading coal barges to an elevated 
track. A portable boiler and steam hoist 
or an electric motor hoist, with occasionally 
a horse pull, are the motive powers. 



12 16. COAL-LOAD- 
ING TIPPLE and sort- 
ing screens for loading 
cars. The screens are 
inclined at the sliding 
angle and drop the slack, 
pea, nut, and lump into 
separate cars. 



302 



MINING. 




1217. "OTIS STOP" for elevator cars. B, 
car frame sliding on the ratchet posts A, A; 
d^ d are the stop-dogs operated by bell-crank 
levers to thrust the dogs into the ratchets on the 
release of the eye bar b^ by a break in the rope 
or hoisting machine. The spring c quickens the 
operation of throwing out the dogs. 



12 18. ELEVATOR DUMPING HEAD, 

showing method of inverting the buckets 
over a hopper spout. 



1 2 19. ELEVATOR DUMPING HEAD.— An 
^ — ^ inverted sector frame guides the bucket chain under 
the head wheel, which allows the buckets a clean 
discharge. 





MINING BUCKETS 
AND SKIP. 

1220. d^ Cornish kibble. 
©))) [ 12 2 1. ^, Hooped straight 
\ bucket. 

f 1222. b^ Water bucket. 
^^=^ 1223. ^, Tram skip. 



1224. BELT CONVEYOR.— A series 
of horizontal and inclined rollers serve to 
turn up the edges of a belt, enabling the 
material carried to be retained on the belt ; 
the belt returning on the horizontal rollers 
below. 



MINING. 



303 




1225. CHAIN SCRAPER CON- 
VEYOR. — A chain supported on rollers 
and axles to which scrapers are fixed 
that fit the conveyor trough. 



1226. CABLE CONVEYOR.— Discs 
fixed to a cable running in a trough and 
returning overhead. 



again into position for their next push. 



1227. DRIVING MECHANISM for a 
coal or grain conveyor. " Hunt " model. 
The heart cam is fixed. The face plate car- 
rying the pawls revolves with the driving 
gear. The cam guides the pawls to lock 
with the pins in the chain and lifts them 




1228. LOG CONVEYOR.— A hnk chain 
with hooks running in a trough. 



1229. ROPE TRAMWAY, over- 
head system. Elevation, showing 
the switch rails for transferring the 
carrier bucket around the terminal to 
the return rope. Loading or unload- 
ing of the bucket is done at the 
transfer switch. 

1230. Plan showing the crossing 
of the switch rail over the carrier 
rope. 



M^S- 



304 



MINING. 




1231. AUTOMATIC DUMP- 
ING CAR. — The floor of the 
car slopes upward to the centre 
at an angle that will allow the 
material to slide out. A chock 
at any point desired for dump- 
ing trips the holding-lever and 
releases both side doors at once. 




1232. TOGGLE JOINT, for a stone breaker. 




1233. STONE CRUSHER. — The 
power is transmitted from tne driving 
shaft by a cam operating a vertical con- 
necting link and toggle jointo " Blake " 
pattern. 



1234. "BUCHANAN" ROCK 
CRUSHER. — An eccentric on the driving 
shaft and toggle arm gives a powerful 
pressure to the crusher jaws. The adjust- 
ment is made by the back screws and side 
rods to set up the outside jaw. 



1235. ROLLER COAL CRUSHER. 

— Driven by a direct-connected steam 
engine with screw gear. 



MINING. 



305 




1236. EIGHT-STAMP ORE MILL, 

for pulverizing gold quartz or other ores. 
Cams on a power-driven shaft lift the 
bars successively to equalize the belt 
tension. 



1237. ROLLING CRUSHER.— The "Aras- 
tra." Rolling wheels on a cross arm of a verti- 
cal shaft. 



1238. "ARASTRA" ORE MILL.— 
Two heavy rolls revolving in a circular 
trough, driven through a central shaft 
and overhead gear. 



1239. "CHILI" MILL.— A three-roller 
ore mill. Rollers carried around by a shaft 
and three-armed crab. Ore is fed inside 
the rollers. The crushed ore washes into the 
annular trough and is carried to the amalga- 
mators. 




1240. PULVERIZING BALL AND PAN MILL. 

— The pan is continually tilted by being swung around 
the vertical centre, rolling the ball down the slope side 
of the pan. 



3o6 



MINING. 




1241. REVOLVING PULVER- 
IZING MILL.— The material is 
reduced to a fine powder by the 
high-speed impact of the revolving 
arms, within an iron casing. 

" Frisbe-Loucop " model. 



1242. HYDRAULIC 
BALANCED GIANT 
NOZZLE.— Used in hy- 
draulic mining for washing 
away gravel banks. The 



nozzle turns on a movable joint at B B, and also in the vertical by the 
socket at E. 



^§^\\ \\^\\\s\\ \v\\\\\\\v\ 




1243. COAL DUST PRESS for 
bituminous coal. The fine dust is fed 
down from a hopper. The nozzle has a 
slight taper, which gives the ram suffi- 



cient resistance to produce a solid cake at each stroke. 




1244. KLONDIKE MIN- 
ING MACHINE.— The gold- 
bearing gravel is shovelled 
into the hopper and is fed to 
the riffle pan, which is vibrated 
by the pump handle. The 
pump supplies water to the 
riffle pan, from which it falls 

into the settling pan beneath, and is kept from freezing by a fire 

underneath. " Lancaster " model. 



1245. GOLD SEPARATOR; dry process. 
A bellows furnishes an air blast, which separates 
the fine sand and dust from the gold on the riffle 
screen and blows the dust away. 




MINING. 



307 




1246. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR.— 

A central revolving shaft carries a set of conical 
perforated plates, between which perforated 
plates are fixed to the shell of the machine. 
Grain or other material is fed at the top, and 
an air blast at the bottom. Centrifugal action 
discharges the material at the periphery of the 
revolving plates, returning by gravity on the 
fixed plates. 







1247. MAGNETIC ORE SEP- 
ARATOR, "Buchanan "type. Two 
cylinders, magnetized by powerful 
horseshoe electro-magnets, are re- 
volved at considerable speed. The 
pulverized ore is fed from hoppers 
on top of the rolls ; the iron is held 
to the rolls and thrown off after 
passing the chutes. The tailings drop directly into a box. 
1247 ^. Front end view. 



1248. IRON ORE SEPARA- 
TOR, " Buchanan " model. The 
pulverized ore is fed from a hop- 
per to a revolving drum, a section 
on each side of which is magne- 
tized by a fixed electro-magnet. 
The magnetic particles are carried 
around by the drum to a part of 
the neutral section and discharged. 
An apron below, travelling over 
magnetic rollers, further separates 
the ore. 





1249. RAILWAY STEAM 
SHOVEL, the " Bucyrus " model. 
For railway or other excavating on 
movable trucks. 



3o8 



MINING. 




1250. MAGNETIC ORE 
SEPARATOR, "Hoffman" 
type. The pulverized iron 
ore is fed to a travelling ap- 
ron, which passes over a series 
of magnets beneath the apron 
and over a drum where the 
magnetized iron particles are 
held to the belt until they 

pass the bottom side of the drum. The unmagnetized particles are 

thrown oif, and drop into a separate compartment. 



1251. MAGNETIC ORE SEPARATOR, "Edison" type. A 
series of electro-magnets are set behind a vertically moving apron 

against which the 
pulverized ore is 
^ discharged from a 
hopper spout. The 
concentrates move 
along the line of 
magnets by the ac- 
tion of the apron, 
and fall into buck- 
ets attached to the apron, and are carried over the top, while the 
tailings are drawn away from the front by an exhaust blower. 





1252. ORE ROASTING 
FURNACE, revolving type. 
The large cylinder takes 
charge by the manholes, and 
revolves on power-driven rol- 
lers. The furnace is on a 
truck to be removed when 
required. The heated gases 



pass through the revolving cylinder and to a chimney. 



MINING. 



309 




1253. RAILWAY EXCAVATOR, 

the " Otis " pattern. 




1254. RAILWAY STEAM 
SHOVEL, the "Victor" model. 
For excavating railway cuts, or gen- 
eral work on temporary rails. 




1255. CONTINUOUS DITCHING 
DREDGE. — Discharging overhead 
on the banks by a carrier from under 
the bucket discharge. 




1256. CLAM-SHELL BUCKET, for 

dredging. Operated by a double chain. 
One chain is attached to the joint of the 
long arms, the other chain passes around 
a sheave in the joint of the lazy tongs 
that opens the bucket, and is made fast to 
the first chain. The bucket is suspended 
by the first-named chain to keep it open, 
the second chain is then pulled to close the bucket on its load. 




1257. REVOLVING HOISTING 
DREDGE, balanced on railway 
truck. " Lancaster " pattern, with 
clam-shell bucket. 



^lO 



MINING. 




1258. FLOATING DREDGE, 
"Osgood" pattern. For har- 
bor and channel dredging. 




1259. MARINE DREDGE. 
discharging on the shore 
through a long floating pipe. 
Pipe buoyed by pontoons. 
For harbor work. 




1259a. DISINTEGRA- 
TOR, for pulverizing ore. 
Two concentric shafts with 
disks and beating bars run- 
ning at high velocity in oppo- 
site directions. 




1259&. ORE CRUSHER, 
GATES MODEL.— The cone 
on the central shaft is made to 
vibrate in a circular direction 
by the revolution of an eccen- 
tric bearing at the bottom of 
the shaft, driven by bevel 
gearing. The crushing cone 
has a slow rotation due to dif- 
ferential areas of cone and sta- 
tionary plates at the bottom or 
nearest contact surfaces. 



MINING. 



311 




1259c. HAND POWER ROCK 
DRILL, Jackson model. — A power- 
ful helical spring drives the drill 
forward. The cranK operates a cam 
wiper for drawing back the drill; 
the motion is regulated by the fly- 
wheel. 



—^ 1 






ii 


?=- 




i 




• 



1259^ FREE RUN- 
NING AXLES for mining 
cars. The divided axle held 
together by grooved bear- 
ings, makes a light running 
car on the small curves in 
mines. 




1259^. GARBAGE FURNACE. 
— Plan and elevation. The garbage 
falls through openings at the top 
and is divided on a curved parting 
hearth and dried by the heat of the 
fire on the grate and then slides or 
to the grate to be burned. Coal 
may also be used to facilitate the 
burning. Plan and vertical section. 



312 



MINING. 



1259/. ROPE DRIVE FOR MINE 




HAULAGE.— Two 
grooved drums 
with gears and an 
intermediate b a 1 - 
ance gear and fly- 
wheel. The driv- 
ing shaft geared to 
the hauling drum; 
brake wheel and 
band on the same 
drum shaft. Shafts 
are horizontal. Plan 
a.id side view. 



1259^. AIR BLAST FOR MOVING COAL, slack and 

dust. An engine and direct 
connected Root blower. A 
feed screw from the hopper 
to the air pipe adjusted in 
speed to the proper quantity 
for the air blast. Can be used 
for refuse from ore concen- 
tration works or other refuse 
tfiat can be conveyed by compressed air. 

i2S9h. AUTOMATIC AIR DUMP.— The cable from the 
drum runs over a sheave on a movable truck on inclined rails. A 
stop at each end of the run limits the run of the truck. A bar 
across the frame at the middle post holds a Y-slot into which the 

chain and ball un- 
der the bucket 
catches, when by 
lowering the 
bucket tips over 
and its contents 
dumped. Again 
hoisting the bucket 
is released, and be- 
ing light runs back 





over the pit. 



Section XV. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



Hangjcrs, Shaft Bearings, Ball Bearings, Steps, Couplings, Universal 

AND Flexible Couplings, Clutches, Speed Gears, Shop 

Tools, Screw Threads, Hoists, Machines, 

Textile Appliances, Etc. 



1260. ADJUSTABLE BRACKET 
HANGER. 




1261. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR BEARING 

for vertical shaft. 

1262. Elevation. 



1263. Section. 



1264. Plan. 



314 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1265. ADJUSTABLE POST HANGER. 



1266. ADJUSTABLE FLOOR STAND, 
shaft bearing. 



1267. CONTINUOUS TRAVERSING 
ROLLER or ball bearing for an axle. 



1268. ROLLER WHEEL ANTI-FRICTION 
BEARING. 



1269. BALL BEARINGS in an adjustable journal box. A loose sleeve 

^ is inserted between 

1 ^^ ^ ^ the balls and the shaft 

/TV ^^^ ^W^iMf^^\r\ \ / *^ prevent wear of 

fcS f^^ >^PBio k ( shaft, and to prevent 

clogging if a ball 



should break. The 
shaft will then turn 
in the sleeve. 




1270. Longitudinal section. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



315 




127 1. ADJUSTABLE HANGER for shafting. 
A, drop of the hanger. Jointed cap to allow of 
removal of shaft. 



1272. SCREW TRAVERSING 
BALL BEARING, with balls returning 
through outside passage. Grooves re- 
cessed in shaft. 




1273. SCREW TRAVERSING 
BALL BEARING. The balls returning 
by a side passage. Ball grooves enlarged 
for full strength of shaft. 



1274. HANGING SHAFT on ball bearings. 



1275. SUSPENDED SHAFT on ball bearings. 



1276. CURVED STEP BEARING, with oU 
reservoir. 



$i6 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1277. CONICAL PIVOT BEARING and adjust- 
ing screw. 



1278. LUBRICATION OF A HANGING 
BEARING by hydraulic pressure. Oil is 
forced into the grooves of the bearing through 
the small holes and discharges into the cup 
around the outside. 



1279. VERTICAL SHAFT STEP.— Made 
adjustable by a nriovable bearing held by set 
j-| screws in the foot block. 




1280. SHAFT STEP ADJUSTMENT for 
spindles of millstones. 



1281. ADJUSTABLE STEP BEARING, 
with hard bronze bush and step. A mor- 
tise through the iron base and a key drawn 
with a screw extension and nut are for verti- 
cal adjustment. 




1282. COLLAR BEARING AND STEP 
for a vertical shaft. The thrust sleeve of 
bronze is split and should have a key to pre- 
vent rotation. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



317 




1283. OIL CIRCULATING STEP for a 

vertical shaft. The foot of the shaft has a 
groove cut across its centre. The cast-iron 
bearing has a hole down the centre to meet a 
cross hole from the oil well. The joint of the 
sleeve and step is packed oil tight, oil being 
fed at the upper end of the sleeve. 

1284. LENTICULAR BEARING for a 
vertical shaft. Each section is lubricated 
by the pressure oil feed from beneath, 
through the central hole. The concave discs 
are of hard bronze, and the convex discs of 
steel. The shaft terminates in a steel toe, c. 
The cast-iron step is chambered for water 
circulation. 




L 



1- N c 






1285. SPHERICAL STEP BEARING.-— Two 

semi-spheres, rolling on a horizontal shaft, support 
a vertical shaft having a concave spherical end. 
The semi-spheres roll in opposite directions in oil, 
and by the cross direction of the bearing surfaces 
preserve a perfect contact. 



1286. ANGLE COUPLING for shafts. The 
jointed rod on one shaft slides in the bent crank 
eye of the other shaft. For small angles and light 
work. 

1287. "OLDHAM" COUPLING 

for shafts slightly eccentric 
in alignment. The double- 
splined disc B runs free 
against the grooved face 
plates A, C. 

1288. Disc showing grooves 
at right angles, front and back. 




3i8 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



LEATHER LINK 




1289. FLEXIBLE LINK 
COUPLING.— The end of each 
shaft is fitted with a four-armed 
hub. A series of leather links is 
inserted between the arms of one 
hub and those of the other hub, 
and secured with stud bolts. 

1290. Side view. 



1291. FLEXIBLE SHAFT COUPLING.— A ball and socket 
shaft ends with a slot in the ball and a mortise in the socket at right 

angles, in which the right- 
angled cross piece has a free 
sliding motion. 

1292. The cross key in 
perspective at the right. 




1293. 




ANGLE SHAFT COUPLING, 
*' Robes " patent. The shaft heads 
are slotted, in which cross bars 
are pivoted ; the ends of the cross 
bars are also pivoted to the arms 
of the double yoke, giving a free 
motion to the driven shaft at any 
angle greater than a right angle. 




1294. UNIVERSAL 
shafting. Ring gimbal. 



JOINT, for 



1295. "HOOKE'S" UNIVERSAL JOINT.— 
One shaft end is keyed into a ball with trun- 
nions, which turn in a ring with trunnions at 
right angles with the ball trunnions. The ring 
trunnions turn in the outer shell to which the 
other shaft is keyed. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



319 





1296. "GOUBET'S" UNIVERSAL 
SHAFT COUPLING.— A, A, shafts; 

C, a trunnion ring recessed in a ball, 

D. Each shell is alike, and in itself 
a universal joint for 45° . Both to- 
gether equal to 90°. 



1297. BALL SOCKET UNIVER- 
SAL JOINT.—A ball with grooves 
around it at right angles and bearing 
in the spherically recessed ends of the 
shafts. Straps fitted in the grooves, 
and screwed in slots in the shaft, hold 
the ball in position. 



1298. BALL SOCKET UNIVERSAL JOINT.— 

A ball with grooves cut entirely 
around it at right angles. The 
tongued shaft ends have straps 
extending entirely around the 
ball to hold the joints together. 




1299. RIGHT-ANGLE SHAFT COUPLING, 
" Hobson " and other patents. Right-angle 
crank pins revolve and slide in holes in the shaft 
couplings. 



1300. RIGHT-ANGLE SHAFT COUP- 

^l^^^a_, LING, '' Hobson " patent. — A number of 
right-angle steel rods move freely in per- 
forated guide flanges on the ends of shafts that run at 
right angles. The rods draw out and in through the 
flanges to suit the conditions of revolution of the shafts. 
A larger angle rod serves as a centre bearing over which 
the shafts revolve. 



320 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




■^^J 



1301. ECCENTRIC LINE COUP- 
LING. — Face plates, fixed to ends of 
shafting considerably out of line but 
parallel, may be connected by four or 
five bars with offsets to clear each other 
in their revolution on the face plates. 

1302. Side view of offset links. 




1303. SIMPLE FRICTION PULLEY.— The 

self-acting clutch arms act upon the pulley rim in 
one direction only. When shaft motion is reversed, 
the pulley is free. 




1304. FRICTION CLUTCH.— A conical- 
grooved pulley and clutch rim. The clutch 
slides on the shaft and feather, and is controlled 
by a lever and carrier in the grooved hub. 




1305. V-GROOVED FACE CLUTCH.— 
A very effective clutch with teeth of small 
angle. 




1306. CLUTCH AND GEAR.— The 

clutch slides on the feathered shaft, and 
throws the gear into motion by the operation 
of the bell-crank lever and runner. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



321 




1307. CONE CLUTCH.— Can be made at 
any angle greater than will cause the clutch to 
stick. 



1308. MULTIPLE PLATE FRICTION CLUTCH.— Several 

plates of iron or steel are fitted loosely on a three-feather shaft, be- 
tween which plates of wood or other hard material, sometimes steel, 

are placed and 
keyed in an iron 
housing or coup- 
ling to move 
loosely on the 
keys. The coup- 
ling is keyed to 
the next shaft in 

line. A follower sleeve and springs compress the plates, giving a very 
large frictional surface, which is relieved by drawing the sleeve back 
by a yoke lever. 

1309. Section showing stops in outer case and keys on shaft. 





1310. FRICTION CLUTCH, 

outside view, with toggle-joint 
thrust, sleeve, and yoke lever. 



13 II. Section of outside 
bearing, clutch, toggle joint, 
and sleeve. 



»t 



322 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 





1312. PIN CLUTCH.— The pin plate is 
fast on the shaft. The hole plate slides on a 
feather, and is operated by a bell-crank Y-lever 
in a hub slot. 



1313. FRICTION PIN CLUTCH.— 

A or B may be the driving shaft ; a is a, 
friction band that slips to prevent shock 
when the pins are thrown into contact 
with it. 



13 1 4. FRICTION CLUTCH. 
— The two sections of the friction 
ring are pressed out by right and 
left screws, operated by a sliding 
spool on the shaft and the toggle- 
joint connections, /, /'. 

13 1 5. Longitudinal section. 



1316. FRICTION CLUTCH BEVEL 
GEAR. — A A is a driving shaft extended 
through the gear hubs ; gear a is fast on 
the shaft ; gear l^ is loose on the shaft, with 
a friction clutch fixed in position by a lever 
extension not shown. Clutch is tightened 
by the screw handle/, when the gear ^ ^ ro- 
tates to drive gear A. The pinions are 
pivoted in the plane of gear e c, 

13 1 7. SPRING FRICTION 
CLUTCH.— The lever handle, 
eccentric, and link are held in 
position by the arm A. The 
|p springs keep the cones closed 
for driving. The throw of the 
handle forward in the direction 
of the arrow pushes the inner 
cone back and releases the 
grip. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



323 




1318. DOUBLE TOGGLE-JOINT 
FRICTION CLUTCH. — The move- 
ment of the grooved sleeve J opens or 
closes the grip A, upon the rim wheel Q 
The lever H throws the toggle links E, F 
into line for the grip. 



13 19. ADJUSTABLE FRICTION 
CLUTCH, with double-grip bearings. Ad- 
justment tightness is made by locked set 
screws in the arm of the bell-crank levers. 
The jaws are held open by a ring spring 
running around the clutch. 



1320. DOUBLE-CONIC ROPE 
DRUM. — Used on some forms of 
winding engines, and as a fusee in 
a spinning mule. 



1321. VARIABLE SPEED DE- 
VICE. — Transmission is made by a 
stiff belt running over two coned spools, 
which have their inside cone bearings 
simultaneously changed to meet require- 
ment for equal belt tension, by two 
levers pivoted to nuts on a right- and 
left-hand screw, with a fulcrum central between the shafts. Both ex- 
panding spools slide on feathered shaft keys. 



324 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1322. EXPANDING PULLEY or wheel. 
The rim sections sc^ew into a central hub. 



1323. VARIABLE SPEED DE- 
VICE. — An internal driving-cone pul- 
ley, with a smaller cone pulley rolling 
on its internal surface on a shaft 
parallel with the driving shaft, but 
drawn eccentric to it for higher speed 
by an inclined slide operated by a lever, rock shaft, and crank con- 
nection. 



1324. VARIABLE SPEED TRANSMITTING DEVICE.— 
A thin disc is fast on the counter shaft. Two discs drive the speed 

shaft, between which and 
the driving disc are two 
rollers pivoted to trans- 
verse spindles. The rol- 
lers are kept to their slow- 
speed position between the 
discs by springs. A con- 
necting rod draws the rol- 
lers toward the high-speed 
position. Friction press- 
ure on the rollers is made 
by a spring pressing the 
discs together. - 





1325. BELT HOLDER, "Wellington" 
model. Does away with a loose pulley. The 
belt is guided on to a set of rollers in a fixed 
frame at the side of the driving pulley. Saves 
time and avoids danger in putting on belts. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



325 




1326. JOINTED RADIAL ARM, for 

drilling machines, marble polishing, and 
other similar machines. Elevation. 

1327. Plan, showing joints and action. 



1328. DRILLING MACHINE CLAMP.— 

A handy tool about a drill press. The shank is 
pushed loosely through a hole in the drill-press 
table until the lever bears on the work, when a 
turn on the set- screw makes a tight grip. 




1329. SCREW BENCH CLAMP, for cabinet- 
makers. 




1330. AUTOMATIC BENCH CLAMP, 
for carpenters and cabinet-makers. Used for 
7 holding work on the flat. 




133 1. AUTOMATIC BENCH CLAMP 
used by carpenters and cabinet-makers for 
holding work on edges for planing. 





1332. WOOD- BENDING 
CLAMPS AND FORMERS.— 
Strips of wood are thoroughly 
steamed and bent while hot over 
the formers and clamped. 

1 33 2 A. Offset clamp. 

1333. Thill clamp. 

1334. Bend clamp. 



326 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1335. BOILER TUBE EXPANDER.— A 
series of sets surrounding a conical driving pin, 
" Prosser " percussion type. A guard ring fixes 
the proper position of the expanding grooves of 
the sectional sets to match the tube head. 

1336. Longitudinal section. 




1337. ROLLER TUBE 
EXPANDER.— The rollers 
are loosely fitted in a case 
to hold them in position. 
The slightly tapered mandril is pushed or driven within and bearing on 
the rollers and revolved by a bar in the mandril head, which revolves 
the rollers, rolling them over the interior surface of the boiler tube. 
" Dudgeon " model. 




1338. REVOLVING TOOL HEAD, 

for a Monitor lathe. 



m 




1339. COLLAPSING TAP.— The 

hook cutters C, C, slide in the taper 
shank B, and are drawn up to their full 
|j diameter for cutting by turning the shank 
handle in the inclined slot in the shell, 
and the reverse motion of the handle 
for collapsing the tap. 

1340. Longitudinal section. 




1341. WABBLE SAW, for cutting dovetaif and 
rabbet grooves. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



3*7 




1342. AUTOMATIC SCREW- 
CUTTING DIK — The outside 
shell is movable on the 
inner shell, which holds 
the cutters in slots. By- 
throwing the handle 
over, the cutters are re- 
leased from the screw. 
The centre pin, nut, and 
slot pin is the automatic 
release by contact with 
the screw, which pushes 
back the slot pin and 
revolves the outer shell. Adjustment is made by the set rings at the 
back of the die. A circular spring throws out the cutters. Cross sec- 
tion. 

1343. Front view. 

1344. Longitudinal section, 

1345. Outside view. 

1346. UNIVERSAL CHUCK, 

for eccentric turning. The divided 
gear plate and chuck- 
ing screw are re- 
volved and held at 
any division by the 
spring pawl. The 
slide is given its ec- 
centric position by a 
screw with an index. 

A great variety of designs may be made with this simple chuck. 

Front view. 

1347. Side view. 

1348. End view. 

1349. Nut and screw. 





1350. COMPOUND LEVER SHEARS. 



328 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




135 1. DISC SHEARS.— Two bevelled edge 
discs just lapping, and revolving. Largely used 
in tin and cardboard cutting. 




1352. GIG SAW. — The spring a gives tension to 
the saw running between guide frames, and operates 
vmmM , by crank and connecting rod. 




1353. BAND SAW, for sawing metals. 
The frame and third wheel are set back to give 
room for large plates. 




1354. BAND SAW. — Rectihnear motion of 
saw blade from rotary motion of band pulleys, 
with a tilting saw-table for bevel work. 




1355. TOGGLE-JOINT LEVER PRESS or 
punch. A type of toggle-joint used in the old 
form of printing and stamping presses. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



329 




1356. POWER STAMPING PRESS. — Driven 
^ from a pulley with crank or cam shaft. A miss im- 
pression IS made by a stop-clutch operated by a foot 
treadle. 




1357. HAND DRILLING MACHINE, with 
lever feed. 




1358. PORTABLE DRILL, rope trans, 
mission and flexible shaft. One continuous 
rope over driving pulley, two double sheaves 
anchored, and flexible shaft pulley ; allow- 
ing the driving sheave of the flexible shaft 
to be anchored in any position, and for 
tightening the driving rope. 



1359. MULTIPLE DRILLING MA- 
CHINE, for close drilling or perforating 
plates. Drills are operated close together 
by converging spindles. 



»»n LUXMsnw 



33° 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1360. MULTIPLE DRIL- 
LING MACHINE.— For drill- 
ing a number of holes in flanges 
at one time. The drill chucks 
are adjusted in a spider for any 
size circle and connected to the 
- driving head with jointed rods. 




1361. STAMP MILL CAM MOTION.^ The 

revolution of two or more cam wipers lifts the stamp 
hammers to drop by gravity. 




1362. BLACKSMITH'S HELPER, or 
foot helve hammer. Operated by the foot 
on the treadle. Hammer held up by the 
spring. 



1363. REVOLVING RAPID-BLOW HAM- 
MER. — The centrifugal action of the revolving 
arms throws the hammers outward. 




1364. HELVE TRIP HAM- 
MER. — An ancient device yet in 
use. The treadle stops the action 
of the hammei by disengaging the 
bell-crank catch b. Used for small 
work. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



331 




1365. FRICTION DROP HAMMER.— The ham- 
mer head is attached to a hardwood board running be- 
tween friction rolls. One of the rolls has an eccentric 
sleeve shaft with a lever and lanyard to throw the roll 
out of contact with the board at the proper time for 
long or short drop. The other roll and shaft carry the 
driving pulley and are in constant motion. 




1366. BEAM TRIP HAMMER. 
— The beam is vibrated by an ec- 
centric on the driving shaft. The 
cushions intensify and regulate the 
blow of the hammer. The treadle 
operates the brake and controls the 
blow of the hammer. " Bradley " 
pattern. 




1367. SPRING HAMMER.— The 
height of the hammer, to suit the size 
of the forging, is adjusted by chang- 
ing the length of the connecting rod. 
The treadle controls the stroke by 
operating a friction gear on the driv' 
ing pulley. 




1368. TIRE SHRINKER.— A link 
chain around the tire terminates in a fixed 
hook, and the hook on a powerful lever. 



332 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



1369. COMBINED TIRE UPSETTING AND PUNCHING 
MACHINE. — The tire is made fast by the cam jaws, and the mov- 
able cam is set forward 
by the sector cam lever 
and pinion. A punch is 
attached to the movable 
jaw with a punch die in 
the horn of the machine, 
so that the same opera- 
tion of upsetting a tire 
may be used for punch- 
ing iron. 

1370. Vertical section. 

1371. PLATE SAWING MACHINE.— A slow-running steel 

saw blade lubri- 
cated by dipping 
in an oil box. The 
saw is automatical- 
ly fed to the plate 
by a worm gear, 
but has a quick 
return by the hand 
wheel. 





1372. COMBINED PUNCH 
AND SHEARS in one frame and 
driven from one shaft. Each con- 
trolled by a treadle. 



1373. SUSPENDED SWING TREADLE. 
^The foot takes a circular motion i no dead 
centre. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



333 




1374. POWER RUMBLING MILL, 

for cleaning sand from castings, pol- 
ishing metal articles by tumbling with 
sand, charcoal, leather scrap, or any 
polishing powder. 



1375. CENTRIFUGAL SEPARATOR, for removing oil from 
iron chips and turnings. The iron pan A is fixed to the spindle and 

pulley. The unequal load- 
ing of the pan is balanced 
by the elastic swivelled box 
B, held in a central position 
by springs. A cover with 
felted edge closes the top of 
the pan. The friction stop 
C acts as a brake to stop 
the motion of the pan. 





1376. CLOSURE OF ROLLERS by tra- 

versing the angular slots guiding the roller 
bearings. The slot guide C is fixed. The 
piston-rod head D carries the angular slots 
that move the rollers forward and backward. 



1377. VIBRATING LIFT.— The revolving drum 
B lifts the weight W, while the crank-pin connecting 
rod C gives the arm A and sheave E a vibrating ver« 
tical movement. With certain proportions between 
the size of the drum B, the distance of the crank pin 
and connecting arm at A, a variety of motions to the 
cord D may be made. 



1378. DIFFERENTIAL PITCH MOVE- 
MENT. — The motion of a traversing stud by 
the revolution of a differential screw allows of 
measurement of minute motions and distances. A micrometer device, 




Tkr 



3 



334 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1379. FEED WHEEL for a planing machine. 
The corrugated upper wheel pushes the lumber 
to the cutter. 



1380. COMBINED RATCHET AND HAND 

FEED GEAR. — The hand screw turns in the worm- 
gear nut, and may be used for quick adjustment 




. 1381. GEAR TRAIN, 

I? I with quick return, for a gear- 
i cutting machine. 




1382. QUICK RETURN MOVEMENT for 
a cutter head. A constant rotation of the cam 
operates the bell-crank sector, which is quickly 
drawn back by the weight W and pinion C. 



1383. REVERSING GEAR, from a 
single belt and cone pulley. The gear 
wheel a has an outside and inside set of 
teeth with the pinions ^, c meshing and 
running in opposite directions. 

The friction clutches operated by a 
lever reverse the motion of the large 
gear by alternately putting in motion the 
inside or outside pinion. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



335 





1384. FLEXIBLE UNIVERSAL STEAM 
JOINT. — " Hampson " model. The steam flows 
through the thick arms of the Y's, which have 
ground joints. 



1385. BYE PASS COCK OR VALVE. 
—To allow of a small delivery vvhen the 
large valve is closed, or for relief of press- 
ure against a large valve. 




1386. SIGHT-FEED LUBRICATOR.— The 

amount of feed is seen by the frequency of drops at 
the sight hole. Adjusted by a needle-point valve with 
milled head and screw. 




1387. SCREW MOVEMENT, for the tail 
stock of a lathe. The spindle moves m a key 
slot to prevent turning. The screw has a 
collar and is shouldered on the outside by the 
wheel hub. The back end of spindle has a 
thread acting as a nut on the driving screw. 




verses around the shaft to be centered. 
1389, End view. 



1388. CENTERING 
TOOL. Used for scratch- 
ing the centre on round 
shafting or rods. The 
slotted arm E swings on 
the spindle A, as it tra- 



33^ 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




I|lll|lll|llljll!|l|l|lll|lllj|ll| 



1390. VERNIER CALL 

p|iii|ifilii|n|;^iiil) PER, with slow-motion stop 



screw. 




1 39 1. EXPAN- 
SION BIT.— The 
spring clip held by 
a screw clamps the 
cutter in position 



to bore any size hole within its limits of expansion. 




1392. DOUBLE-ACTING 
SCREWDRIVER. — The in- 
side spindle has a left-hand 
screw, the outside hollow spindle a right-hand screw; and both with 
nuts that can lock either spindle by screwing to the thread on the 
lower end of each or either spindle. 



1393. PUMP DRILL STOCK.— A very 
ancient device, yet largely in use at this date in 
the jewelry and other light manufacturing estab- 
lishments. The heavy revolving disc keeps up 
the momentum to rewind the band upon the 
spindle in contrary direction for each downstroke 
of the bar. 



1394. RECIPRO- 
CATING DRILL 
STOCK.— By the 
double groove and 

follower, the drill turns the same way at each movement of the ring 

and follower. 






1395. COMPOUND LEVER CUTTING 
PLIERS, in which the toggle-joint principle is 
used to give the greatest power at the closure 
of the jaws. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



337 




1396. BALL SOCKET, used on surveyor's 
7| compasses. The gland is tightened with 



countersunk screws. 




1397. BALL SOCKET, with a screw 
£ gland. 



V THREAD 




1398. SCREW THREADS.— Standard 
V thread, sharp at top and bottom. Depth 
equals 0.85 of the pitch. Angle 60°. 



U.S.S. THREAD 




n 



WHITWORTH THREAD j/ 




1399. SCREW THREADS.— United 

States Standard Thread. Flat top and 
bottom. Depth equals 0.65 of the pitch. 
Angle 60°. 



1400. SCREW THREADS, "Whit- 
worth ' thread. Rounded top and bot- 
tom. Depth equals 0.75 of the pitch. 
Angle 550. 



TRAPEZOIDAL +p* 
THREAD I • 




1401. SCREW THREADS, Trape- 
zoidal thread. Angle 90° face, 45° back. 
Depth equals 0.75 of the pitch. 



22 



338 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1402. SCREW THREADS, square 
thread. Angle square. Depth equals -f- 
half pitch. Width between threads equal 
+ half pitch, for clearance. 



1403. SCREW THREADS, '* Powell's" 
thread. Depth of thread equals + half 
pitch. Width of top of thread, 0.37 -of 
pitch. Width of bottom, 0.37 -(- of pitch. 



Angle of side, 1 1 /4^ ° . 



1404. CONTINUAL BARREL ELEVATOR. 

— Sprocket wheels and link chains with 

curved arms to hold the barrels. 



1405. TELESCOPIC HYDRAULIC ELEVATOR. 

— The several piston cylinders take a proportional lift by 
their differential areas and balanced pressure areas in each 
compartment. 



4oj-... 




~~^ 1406. TRAVELLER HOIST, show- 

'"Jil-'-^ ing the principles of the balanced coun- 



ter pull and the traverse tackle. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



339 







1407. TRAVELLING CRANE 

for shop and foundry- 
work. May be oper- 
ated by rope transmis- 
sion, a long shaft, or 
electric motor. 

1408. I-BAR TRAVELLING TRAMWAY, an 
easily made shop device. The I bar lies sidewise, bolted 
to brackets from the ceiling. The double trolley can- 
not run off. 

1409. SWING BRACKET CRANE, with 

trolley. • 



1 410. ADJUSTABLE UNIVERSAL SHEAVE. 

It can be set in any desired direction and canted 
by the double-swivel foot. 




1411. "HARRINGTON" CHAIN HOIST.— A 
worm gear operates a double -chain sprocket, with 
chains yoked at hook. 




1412. "YALE" DUPLEX HOIST.— A worm 
F meshed in a gear on the same shaft with the 
hoisting-chain sprocket. A, Hand-chain sprocket 
on worm shaft B; C is a friction plug which 
holds the worm from running back. For self- 
running down, the plug may be reversed, present- 
ing a smaller friction surface to the worm shaft 
A pin holds the plug from turning. 



340 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1413. SAFETY TACKLE.— The horizontal frame 
is pivoted in the hook block having a friction shoulder. 
A lanyard from the eye of the horizontal frame releases 
the grip. 




1414. DIFFERENTIAL CHAIN- PULLEY 
BLOCK. — The chain sprockets, one on each side of 
the gear drum, run in different directions, allowing the 
surplus chain to hang between the draft chains. An 
eccentric on the hand-wheel shaft rolls a loose pinion 
around the discs, causing them to move in opposite 
directions by the differential number of teeth on each 
side of the pinion. 




1415. DOVJBLE SCREW-GEAR HOIST. — A 
right-and-left screw turns the chain sprockets in mesh 
with the lifting chain. " Box & Co." model. 




1416. TAPER TUBE ROLLS.— The grooves 
are "-urned as a taper screw. One rolls right-hand, 
the other left-hand to match. Much care and 
management are lequired in taper tube-rolling. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



341 



1417. " YALE-WESTON " DIFFERENTIAL GEAR HOIST. 

— The hand-chain 
sprocket shaft runs loose 
in a sleeve which carries 
the hoist-chain sprocket. 
A small pinion on the 
right-hand end o f t h e 
central shaft drives three 
spur gears pinioned on a 
circular movable frame 
attached to the chain sprockets. To each of the three spur gears are 
fixed a pinion, which meshes in an internal tooth gear fixed in the case. 

1418. Section, showing gear. 





a 1 41 9. TUBE-ROLLING MA- 

CHINE.— The first roller turns the 
r T" I strip of metal to a half-circle. The 
T—J pair of vertical rolls close up the 

J tube. 




1420. SEAMLESS TUBE MAK- 
ING. — Rolling a solid bar between a 
pair of angular-axled disc rollers opens 
a cavity within the bar which is further 
expanded by a second pair of disc rollers. 
The rolling of the tube between the discs 
pushes the tubular bar over a revolving 
conical mandrill. 



142 1. WIRE-BENDING MACHINE.- 




A marvel of complex 
motions. Hooks and 
eyes, and any special 
shapes of wire-work 
can be made on 
these machines. 

1422. Samples of 
wire bending. 



342 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1423. SEAMLESS TUBE MAKING.— The " Mannesmann »* 
process. A, a, conical corrugated rolls : B, guide tube ; B", hot bar 

of iron or steel being pushed through 
the rolls ; D, mandrill for widening 
the inside of the tube, the hollow be- 
ing started by the action of the out- 
side rolls. 



1424. HOPPER AND BELL, for a 

blast or other furnace, for feeding coal and 
ore. The hopper is filled with a charge, 
when the bell is quickly lowered and the 
charge drops into the furnace. 



1425. "BESSEMER" STEEL CONVERTER.— 

A large crucible on trunnions, through which air is 
blown to passages in the bottom of the shell and 
through the cast iron, burning out the excess of carbon, 
when the crucible is turned over and the cast iron, 
converted into steel, is poured into moulds. 



1426. LENS-GRINDING MACHINE. — The 

bell-crank arm a is made adjustable in the vertical 
shaft, and is pivoted for a free motion in the grind- 
ing cup b, to give a variety of motions to the cup 
over the lens ; or the operation may be reversed 
and the lens given a circular motion in the cup. 



1427. GRINDING 
MILL in section, show- 
ing the balancing of the 
upper stone and adjust- 
ment of step, and the cen- 
tering of the hopper and 
feed gauge. 






MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



343 





1428. "BOGARDUS" MILL.— 
Grooved steel discs running eccen- 
tric to each other. Largely used 
for grinding paints and drugs. 

1429. Plan showing grooves. 



1430. CIRCULATING SCREW PRO- 
PELLER AND MIXING TANK.— Is 
used in various forms in laundries, soap 
crutching, and oil refining. 

1431. DOUBLE 
CYLINDER PLANER, 
for lumber. Takes a 
rough and finishing cul! 
by once passing the lum- 
r ber through the mill. 




1432. DOUBLE TOGGLE-J O I N T 
SCREW PRESS with steam-heated plat- 
ens for vulcanizing rubber or embossing by 
heat and pressure 




1433. STEAM COTTON PRESS, for 
repressing and condensing baled cotton. 
The geared sectors, driven by the double- 
rack piston rod and piston, increase the 
pressure immensely at the latter part oi 
the stroke by the toggle-joint action of 
the connecting rods as they approach the 
radial bearing of the sectors. 



344 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1434. TOGGLE-BAR PRESS.— The rota« 
tion of the disc a by the lever handle brings 
the toggle bars to a vertical position, with in^ 
creasing pressure upon the platen. The tog- 
gle bars have spherical ends fitted to spherical 
cups in the top and bottom discs. 



1435. SECTOR PRESS.— The sector is rolled 
up by the crank and pinion, driving the platen 
up with increased force until the connecting rod 
reaches its vertical position. Much used on cot- 
ton presses. 



1436. BARK OR COB MILL.— A barbed 
and corrugated cone revolving within a 
spider and counter cone, with barbed cones 
and corrugations. 




1437. DRAWING AND THROSTLE TWISTING 
ROLLS AND BOBBIN WINDER.— The front rolls run 
faster than the feed rolls, and draw the fibre. The 
throstle twists the thread which is drawn tightly upon the 
spool that runs loose on the spindle, and is held by a 
friction spring to give it the winding tension. 




1438. COP WINDER.— The cop tube on the 
spindle revolves. The arm with an eye, carries 
the thread forward and backward on the cop. 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



345 



1439. BOBBIN WINDER.— The flyer revolves, while 
the bobbin is moved up and down the spindle for even 
winding. Thread passes through the hollow spindle 
down the arm and through the eye of the flyer arm. 




1440. CLOTH DRESSER. — The central 
wheel is the teazel drum. The cloth is guided by 
the rollers above and below. 



1441. KNITTING MACHINE, auto- 
matic ri:3 knitter, " Heginbotham " model. 
Vertical needles and two bobbins. 



1442. KNITTING MACHINE, 
seamless knitter, "Bellis & 
Weinanmayer " model. Verti* 
cal needles. 



346 



MILL AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 




1443. KNITTING MACHINE. 

— Multiple thread knitter, " Hep- 
worth " model, for web goods. 




1443a. TRAVELING 
DERRICK.— Double trol- 
leys and lever beam putting 
a 75-ton gun on an armor- 
clad war vessel. 




1443^?. MODERN COT- 
TON GIN.— 

D, nest of saws. 

E, saw grate between 
each saw to hold 
back the seed. 

A, feeder trough and 
hopper. 

J, cylinder brush strip- 
ping the cotton fibre 
from the saw. 

F, adjusting lever. 

K, sliding mote board. 



MIIvI/ AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 



347 




1443c. SPOOL WIND- 
ING MACHINE.— A 
worm screw B and gear 
drives a set of cams R on 
a cross shaft and oscillates 
a lever and thread guide to 
and fro. The spool spindle 
driven by friction gear from 
the shaft B. 




14436/. CONICAL ROLLER 
THRUST BEARING.— The conical 
rollers are held in ring travellers, in- 
side and outside, which are connected 
together between the rollers. 

The conical lines meet at the center 
of the shaft. 




1443^. STEAM VULCANIZER 
for repairing bicycle tires. — Two steam 
slabs and tightening screw set on a 
small boiler heated by a lamp or torch ; 
steam pressure should be 75 lbs. per 
square inch. Small clamps and screws 
are attached to the top steam box for 
vulcanizing other articles. The lower 
section is the boiler ; the lamp or burn- 
er is set beneath it and not shown in 
cut. 



348 



MILIy AND FACTORY APPLIANCES. 





1443/. STEAM VUL- 
CANIZER for repairing 
bicycle tires and bands. — 
The cast iron bed piece is 
hollow to hold sufficient 
water for making steam, 
which should be at 75 
pounds pressure. Com- 
pression is made by the 
lever and weight for both 
tires and bands. A gas or 
gasoline torch for heating. 



1443^. RIGHT ANGLE SHAFT 
TRANSMISSION.— A bell crank 
sliding on a cross bar is pivoted at its 
ends to the crank pins of shafts at 
right angles. The crank pins have 
sliding sleeves pivoted to the bell 
crank arms. The movement is en- 
closed in an oil-tight case to which 



the sliding bar is fixed. Horizontal section and plan. 



1443/2. TAKE-UP AND LET-OFF MOTION FOR LOOMS. 

— The detailed parts are: 
Take-up roller I, let-ofT rol- 
ler K, a pawl U pivoted to 
the vibrating lever V operated 
by the shuttleboard frame 
G, H, and moving the ratchet 
T, bevel gear S, S', shaft P, 
worm gear R, R, and gear 
connection to move the rollers 
I, K. E, warp with constant 
feed from spools C on the 
creel B. The inclined worm 
gear is made adjustable by 
the sliding boxes O, O', shown 
in detail in the upper left-hand 
corner. 




Section XVI. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



Mixing, Testing, Stump and Pile Pulling, Tackle Hooks, Pile Driving, 
Dumping Cars, Stone Grips, Derricks, Conveyer, Timber Splic- 
ing, Roof and Bridge Trusses, Suspension Bridges. 



1444. POST AUGER.— Often made with a 
single turn to the blade. Used also for prospect- 
ing for foundations. 




1445. PUG MILL, with spiral worm in a conical 
shell, for mixing mortar, concrete, or other materiaL 



1446. CONICAL PUG MILL for mixing clays, 
mortar, concrete, and other material. 



1447. CONICAL MIXING BARREL for 
mortar, concrete, or other material. 



1448. CONCRETE MIXER.— A rectan- 
gular box of iron revolves on trunnions at 
opposite corners. A hopper for charging 
and a dumping car to receive the mixed 
charge. 



35° 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



C£M£Nr 
0/trqutrrt 




CEMENT-TESTING MACHINE. 

— The cement sample is placed 
in the jaws at H. The sector 
B is turned by the worm screw 
until the weight on the arm C 
is raised to the limit of the 
breaking strain, where the in- 
dex hand on the graduated arc 
is caught by the pawl, when 
the weight falls. 




1450. HYDRAULIC SAND EJECTOR.— 
A thin annular jet of water, under high pressure, 
will eject sand and water from a sump and dis- 
charge at an elevation. The principle of the 
" Eads" ejector dischargings and from the caissons 
of the St. Louis Bridge. 




145 1. TOGGLE STUMP PULLER. 

— By pulling up the two toggle levers, the 
chain and links slip down a notch in the 
draw bar when the double tackle draws 
the levers down. Also for drawing piles 
and sheet piling. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



351 




1452. RIGHT- AND LEFT-HAND 
TURNBUCKLE, sleeve and yoke pat- 
tern. 




1453. SWIVEL SHACKLE. 




1454. SLIP HOOK, for drop weights and 
temporary pile hammer. 



1455. TRIP HOOK.— A split shank with 
tongue and catch pivoted between the sides of 
the shank as shown. 




^^ 



1456. BALANCED RIVETING 
MACHINE on a truck. For yard 
service, and iron and steel structural 
work. 




1457. RELEASING GRIP of a pile-driving ma- 
chine. The bow ends of the grip are compressed when 
they reach the slot B in the frame and cast off the ram 
W. The springs between the bowed handles of the 
grip close the jaws to pick up the ram. 



352 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



^^^' ^^^^^^ 




1458. AUTOMATIC DISENGAGING GRIP for a 
pile driver. The arms of the grip jaws are collapsed by 
contact with the inclined chocks above. 




1459. SWIVELLING DUMPING 
CAR. — By turning the box and its 
frame, which is pivoted on the truck, 
the load can be dumped in any direc- 
tion. 





1460. SQUARE BOX 
SIDE-DUMPING CAR. 
— The side boards are hing- 
ed and locked by a snap 
lever. 



1461. LEVER GRIP-TONGS.— The pull on the 
shackle connecting the links and upper arms of the tongs 
causes a strong grip on any object to be lifted. 




cw 



1462. ADJUSTABLE GRIP TONGS, for stones 

and heavy boxes. The link bars have a series of 

\ holes to vary the opening of the jaws. A toggle 



°m:i 



grip. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



353 



1463. PNEUMATIC DUMPING CAR.— A 

small compressor, operated from the axle, pumps 
air into a receiver under the platform. An oscil- 
lating cylinder, with direct connection 
with the bottom of the car, lifts it to the 
proper angle for dumping and returns it 
to the horizontal position by the mere 
movement of a valve. 



1464. LEWIS WEDGE, for lifting stone. A 
central taper wedge, with eye and ring at the 
small end. A taper wedge is inserted in a re- 
verse position on each side of the double-taper 
wedge, so that the outside of the combination is 
parallel in the hole in the stone. A pull on the 
centre wedge pushes the outer wedges against the 

side of the hole with force sufficient to lift the stone by the friction of 

their contact surfaces. 






1465. STONE GRINDING AND POLISH- 
ING MACHINE. The lap for grinding is 
of cast iron in a concentric series of rings, 
through which sand and water is fed. The 
rod connecting the lap with the driving shaft 
has a universal joint at each end and a swivel 
handle for guiding the lap. The upper shaft 
is balanced, feathered, and moves freely 
through the gear hub. 



1466. FOUR-GUY MAST DERRICK 

pole or gin. 



354 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 




1467. SHEARS WITH WINCH or tackle 
blocks. 




1468. SWING-DERRICK CRANE, 
with fixed guys and hand gear. 




i? 1469. PORTABLE STEAM DERRICK, 
on swivelled platform, balanced by boiler. 




1470. SWING-BOOM CRANE, with a 
travelling truck and trolley lift. Boom re- 
volving on radial rollers. 




1 47 1. CABLE HOIST AND CON- 
VEYER, for excavating canals and 
trenches. The upper line is the cable, 
middle line the traveller, and lower lines 
operate the dumping device. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



355 



1472. CANTILEVER HOISTING AND CONVEYING MA- 
CHINE, " Lancaster " system. The trussed booms and standing 

frame revolve on rollers 
on the truck. The truck 
moves on rails. The 
buckets swing with the 
truss booms for loading 
and discharging. 




■j«jj .».v'?.«'.-'.-i^^/>- 



•^ — ^ g 1473. TIMBER SPLICING.— The straight 

S splice bolted. 



"S^ 



..d^, .^^ 



■"^^ 



rf^ . 



1474, TIMBER SPLICING. 
— The lap splice with iron 
keys and bolts. 



7T 



-B- 



n 



1475. TIMBER SPLICING.— 
The lap splice with oak keys 
and yoke straps. 



-A -Q. A 



1476. TIMBER SPLICING.— A 
scarf and butt joint with one fish plate, 
bolted. 



rf^ 1^ l°> f\ 




^v ' m» ' — "^ — ^^ 



1477. TIMBER SPLICING.— The scarf 
and butt splice with iron fish plates, bolted. 



rpm .. -,s? 




1478. TIMBER SPLICING.— A lap 

and scarf butt joint, keyed with oak and 

''' '^ '' "J '' ^ locked with anchor fish plate and bolts. 



356 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



.!Bu^ ^ 



^ 



-M^ 



'tj' 'u' 'w' 



5: 1479. TIMBER SPLICING. 
^ — Butt joint with timber fish plate, 
keyed and bolted. 



& ^ 



^ 



,1480. TIMBER SPLICING. 

J — Butt joint with double 

^ timber fish plates, bolted. 



I'P' iffi 



:^i i*^! 



■« !i 



U - U CT 



1481. TIMBER SPLICING.— 
Compression beams butted and held 
by a fish plate and bolts. 




1482. TIMBER CHORDS AND ARCHES. 
— Splicing by breaking joints 
and bolting. 




1483. TRUSS ROOF. 

a, tie beam. 

3y principal rafter. 

^, common rafter. 

d, king post. 

e, strut. 



1484. QUEEN POST ROOF TRUSS. 

^, tie beam ; ^, c, queen posts ; 

d, dj braces ; e, truss beam ; 

/straining piece; g,^, prin- 
cipal rafters ; /^, cambered beam ; ^, iron string bolt to support tie 
beam. 





1485. WOODEN ROAD BRIDGE 
TRUSS. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



357 






DECK BRIDGE TRUSSES. 
i486. Single strut deck truss for short 
spans, 30 to 40 feet. 

1 48 7 . Double strut deck truss 
for 50 to 70 feet span. 

1488. Multi- 
pie strut deck 
truss for 100 
feet span. 

1489. BRIDGE TRUSS.^ 
Inclined strut and tie rod for each 
panel,with stiff compression upper 
chord. Vertical members are tie 
rods. 

1490- BRIDGE TRUSS.— 
Vertical struts except in end 
panels, which have vertical tie 
rods. Inclined end struts and 
diagonal tie rods. 

1491. ARCHED DECK TRUSS 
BRIDGE. — The arch takes the press- 
ure and gives tension to the chord. 
Struts and tie rods give stability to 
the structure. 




1492. BRIDGE TRUSSES.-^ 

The ''Whipple" truss. Ver- 
tical and end posts are 
struts; vertical tie rods from 
end posts ; diagonal tie rods 
in panels. 

1493. Inclined posts and 
vertical tie rods. Baltimore 
model. 

1494. "Whipple" truss, 
with interpanel tie rods. 



3S8 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 




1495. ARCH TRUSS BRIDGE.— The entire load is not sup- 

ported by the wood or iron arch 
alone. The truss bracing is made 
to equalize the load by stiffen- 
ing the arch and so to throw 
a compression strain upon the 
chord, which is thickened in the middle. 

1496. BRIDGE TRUSSES.— 
The "McCallum" inflexible 
arched truss. A wooden 
bridge. 

1497. "Howe" truss, with 
inclined end posts, vertical 
struts and bi-panel tie rods. 



1498. "Post" truss, verti- 
cal end posts with inclined 
struts from each end meet- 
ing at the centre. 






1499. Modification of 
the "Whipple" and "War- 
ren " systems. 

1500. Modification of 
the "Whipple" and "Post" 
systems. The " Warren " 
bridge. 

1 50 1. The "Fink" system. 
A railway deck bridge. 
No lower chord. 

1502. The "Bollman" 
system. A girder suspen- 
sion. The top girder car- 
ries the compression load 
due to suspension. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



359 



1503. SWING BRIDGE, 
" Whipple " system. 



1504. SWING BRIDGE. 
" Post " system. 




1505. CANTILEVER BRIDGE.— The ends, being anchored, 
balance all other parts on the piers. This cut shows the principle of 
Cantilever construction. 

1506. SUSPENSION BRIDGES— 
The old railway bridge at. 
Niagara. Eight hundred and 
tv/enty-one feet span. 

1507. A four-span suspen- 
sion bridge. Allegheny River, 
at Pittsburgh. 





1508. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— The Cincinnati bridge, 
« Roebling " system. Ten hundred and fifty-seven feet between piers. 




1509. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— Niagara upper bridge, "Roeb- 
ling " system. Twelve hundred and fifty feet between piers. 



360 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



15 10. SUSPENSION BRIDGE.— The New York 
and Brooklyn bridge, " Roebling " system. Centre span, 
1,600 feet; land spans, each 920 feet; Brooklyn approach, 
998 feet; New York approach, 1,562 feet; total length 
curb to curb, 6,016 feet; width, 85 feet; clearance above 
high water, 135 feet; height of towers above high water, 
272 feet; number of cables, 4; diameter of cables, 15^ 
inches; length of single wires, 3,579 feet; total length of 
wires in four cables, 14,361 miles; number of wires in 
each cable, 5,296; strength of each cable, 12,200 net 
tons ; cost of bridge, exclusive of land, $9,000,000 ; total 
cost, $15,552,878. Commenced 1870; thirteen years in 
building. 




1510^. MELAN BRIDGE.— A series of arched steel 
I beams, filled in with Portland cement concrete. Ends 
of beams resting against thrust plates. 




i5iof. STEEL ARCHED CONCRETE BRIDGE, Thatcher 
type. — The concrete rib of the arch is reinforced by steel bars 
on the inner and outer edge of the concrete rib. 



CONSTRUCTION AND DEVICES. 



361 




1510a. EXPANSION OR AN- 
CHOR BOLT.— A wedge nut and 
split sleeve pattern. 




15106. EXPANSION OR AN- 
CHOR BOLT.— A conical nut and 
split sleeve. 



1 5 IOC. ROLLING LIFT BRIDGE.— Are nearly balanced in 
operation with many advantages in utilizing the entire width of 
channel and dock space. 

Chicago Type. 





1510J. CONCRETE 
BRIDGE. — For small 
bridges, a concrete arch 
of Portland cement, sand 
and broken stone are re- 
liable and lasting struc- 
tures. 



362 



CONSTRUCTION AND DB VICES. 




15100-. LOG SAWING MACHINE.— The lever being prop- 
erly adjusted, and the screw and dogs being placed in position, 

the saw is rapidly 
reciprocated b y 
turning the driving 
shaft. A spring at- 
tached to the butt 
of the saw and cen- 
ter of the pitman 
presses the teeth 
down upon the bot- 
tom of the kerf; 
this process can be 
easily adjusted. The blade is raised after having cut through 
the log, and is held in the guiding slot by a screw, so as not to 
interfere with shifting the machine. 

1510/?. HYDRAULIC PILE 
DRIVER. — A pile with a groove 
on its side in which a pipe is laid 
to the bottom of the pile, loosely 
clipped in place to enable its with- 
drawal after the pile is set. A 
strong stream of water from a 
pump excavates a passage for the 
pile to the required depth. No 
hammer is needed; only a steady 
pressure. 




iSioi. LUMBER ST ACKER.— 
A machine has been invented con- 
sisting of a convCyor belt which 
lifts the planks one by one. The 
machine comprises a skid formed 
of a pair of arms, one of which 
bears against the stack already 
piled, while the other lies adjacent 
to the conveyor belt and forms a 
guide against which the planks are 
supported while being lifted. The 
stacker is adjustable to any desired angle. 



Section XVII. 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 

Parallel Rules, Curve Delineators, Trammels, Ellipsographs, 

Pantographs, etc. 




1 5 II. PROPORTIONAL COMPASSES for re- 
ducing the scale of drawings. 



A 

M 



15 12. ROLLER PARALLEL RULER. 
— The two fluted rollers of exactly equal size, 
on an arbor, project slightly below the under 
surface of the ruler. 




1513. PARALLEL RULER, formed of 
two bars pivoted to two pieces of metal of 
exactly equal lengths between pivot centres 
and at equal distances on the bars. 



.^ 



.^ 



ciy=- 




S 



15 14. SLOTTED PARALLEL RULER 

that traverses in line. A, cross bars movable 
on a central pivot ; each bar being pivoted at 
one end to the ruler bars, the other ends 
sliding in slots in the bars. 




1 5 15. THREE PART PARALLEL 
RULER. — All connecting arms of equal 
length. Pivots are at equal distances on each 
of the blades. 



3^4 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 




15 16. SPRING C YCLOGRAPH. — A 

spring of elastic material is made thicker in 
its central part so that in bending its outer 
edge will take the form of a circular arc. By 

clamping the ends of the spring to the bar, the screw will bend the 

spring to the desired curve. 



1517. FLEXIBLE CURVE SCRIBER.— 

A spring of any suitable material may be fixed 
in a ruler and drawn by a string to the desired 
curve. There are many forms of this device, 
such as the string fastened to both ends of the 
spring and flexible rubber strips with heavy 
weights to hold it to any form of curve desired. 

15 18. HELICOGRAPH.— The traversing 
of the disc by moving the screw arm around 
a fixed centre describes a helical curve. 





1519. 



GREAT CURVE 
TOR.- 



DELINEA- 

Thin-edged 
discs of different di- 
ameters are attached 
to a bar or tube at a 
distance apart,sothat 
their relative diam- 
ters and distance will correspond to the required radius, which may 
be computed by the difference in diameter multiplied by the distance 
of the wheels apart. C is a loose sleeve to roll the rod freely ; D is 
an offset from the inside rod to allow the pencil to press on the paper. 





1520. CONCHOID DELINEATOR, 
of Nicomedes. A slotted head T-piece, 
A, B ; a slotted arm, G H, with traverse 
pin at F. Distance between F, H, and 
pin at E may be variable to suit the 
required condition of curve. Pencil at 
H delineates a conchoidal curve, used 
in architectural drawings for the lines 
of columns. 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



3^5 



1521. CYCLOGRAPH, for drawing circu- 
lar arcs with an inaccessible centre. Three 
straight rules clamped together so that when 
the outer edge of the rules are against the pins 
B, C, representing the chord of the arc, the pencil at A will be at the 
vertex of the versed sine of the arc, when by moving the rules against 
the pins the pencil will describe a circular arc. 





1522. TRAMMEL FOR DRAWING ELLIPSES. 

— ^Grooves at right angles direct two studs on a 
encil bar for the elliptical motion of the pencil. 
'Also called an ellipsograph. 




1523. ELLIPSOGRAPH. — A is a fixed 
centre ; B, traversed in a straight line, will 
make the pencil at C trace an elliptical curve. 



1524. PARABOLA SCRIBER.— The longi- 
1 tudinal focal distance from the apex being fixed 
with a pin. A straight-edge may be fixed just 
beyond the apex and traversed by a square, A 
looped string on the pin with the other end fast- 
ened to the longer leg of the square with sufficient 
sag to allow a pencil point to rest in the bight 
of the string at the apex of the parabola, when the square is on 
the axial line, will describe an arc of a parabola by moving the pencil 
against the square. 




1525. GEARED ELLIPSOGRAPH.— A spui 
gear A is fixed to the pedestal. An arm carrying 
an idle gear, B, and a gear C, one-half the diam- 
eter of the fixed gear. The pencil arm makes 
two revolutions to one revolution of the arm. 

The distance A' equals the difference between the major and minor 

axes of the ellipse. 




r-AH 



366 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



1526. HYPERBOLA SCRIBER. — The 
foci of the opposite hyperbolas may be drawn 
on their longitudinal axis and pins set therein. 
A straight edge moving on focal point of the 
opposite hyperbola, and a looped string on the 
pin of the required arc, with the other end 
attached at the end of the straight edge, with 
enough sag to allow the pencil to touch the 
apex of the curve, will, on moving the pencil in the bight of the string 
and close to the rule, describe an arc of a hyperbola. 




1527. GEARED ELLIPSOGRAPH.— The arm and horizontal 
shaft slide through the frame and second bevel gear. The bevel gear 

A is fixed to the standard. 
The proportion of the gears 
should be such that the pen- 
cil spindle should make two 
revolutions to one revolution 
of the arm. Then the dis- 
tance A^ equals the difference between the major and minor axes of 
the ellipse. 






1528. PANTOGRAPH.— For perfect pro- 
portions the points A, B, C must always be in 
line. With the point B fixed, the pencil at A 
will produce an exact copy of tracing from 
point C. By changing places for the fixed 
point a double or half-size tracing may be made. 



1529. LAZY-TONGS PANTOGRAPH, 

for reducing or enlarging copies of draw- 
ings, cox d may be the fixed points. Either 
one being fixed, the other should be the 
tracer. The pencil at a should be exactly 
in line with r, d^ for accurate delineation. 




DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



367 




1530. PERSPECTIVE CENTRO. 

— LINEAD. — The edges of legs on the sides a^ 

b, and c must be in line with their common 

1 czzi axis, with clamp screws to hold the movable 

legs in their set position. The directing pins b and c should 

be set on the radial lines of the back point of the perspective, 

when the long leg will be radial from that point in all directions. 






1531. SPHEROMETER.— For meas- 
uring the curves of spherical surfaces or 
of templates of lenses by means of a 
graduated follower at the centre between 
two bearings. The scale and nonius are 
computed for the versed sine of a fixed 
chord length. 



1531a. ELLIPSO- 
GRAPHIC T U R N - 
TABLE. — The table 
sits upon a trammel 
frame, which moves a 
bar with gimbal yoke 
and sliding rod to carry 
the pen or pencil. 

Makes an ellipse from 
a circle to a straight 
line. 

1531&. ELLIPSOGRAPH.— A pair 
of dividers with points perforated like 
the eye of a needle allows of adjust- 
ing the length of the thread to any size 
curve and holding the end under the 
thumb on the head of the dividers. The 
points with their eyes are shown at the 
right-hand side. 



368 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 




i53i«- OMNI-TELEMETER.— 
For obtaining the distance of an ob- 
ject by two observations on a line at 
right angles. A, direct line of 
sight through the half silvered mir- 
ror D ; X, reflected line of sight at 
90° or variable by the mirrors D, F. 
The lever L varies the angle of the 
mirror, F, by means of the micro- 
meter screw C, and graduated disk 
G. E, adjusting screw for the 
mirror D. 




1531&. ODONTOGRAPH. — A 
scribe template for laying out the 
curves of the teeth of gear wheels. 




1531C. SECTION LINERS.— An 
open triangle with a stop slide pivoted 
to links with the spacing adjusted by 
a stop pin and cam sector. 




IS31J. EIDOGRAPH.— 
An instrument of precision 
in reproducing drawings, 
reduced or enlarged. Sim- 
ultaneous motions are trans- 
mitted from the tracer to 
the pencil through the mo- 
tion of pulleys on the cen- 
tral beam operated by a 
steel band. 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



369 




extended for any proportion. 



1531^. TRACING BAR. 
— The yoke-shaped needle 
bar has tracing points in 
Hne with the gimbal ring 
bearing. The points may be 




1 531/. REFLECTING DRAW- 
ING BOARD.— A vertical plate of 
glass in a frame on a drawing board. 
The picture on one side and a plain 
sheet of paper on the other side of 
the glass. On looking into the 
glass on one side the picture is 
plainly projected on the other, and 
can be readily traced with a pencil. 




tEe graduated paper on 



1531^. SELF REGIS- 
TERING BAROMETER.— 
Four aneroid disks are con- 
nected in series and in contact 
with the lever R and linked to 
the index lever L, its end 
holding a pencil that marks 
the variation of pressure on 
a drum driven by a clock. 



370 



DRAUGHTING DEVICES. 



1531A. DOTTING INSTRU- 
MENT.— One of the toothed 
wheels for the kind of dotting re- 
quired is placed on the pin and held 
by the spring clip. The wheel 
should roll on the edge of the T 
square and the frame against its 
side. The motion of the bell crank 
lever and pin follows the spacing of the teeth on the wheels. 





1531^*. ELLIPSOGRAPH with a pen 
and dividers. A small friction drum is 
mounted inside of the pen blades, or may 
be mounted on the handle upon which a 
thread is wound for adjusting the size 
of the ellipse, and is passed through an 
eye or hole near the end of the pen blade 
and around the legs of a dividers, set on 
the foci of the ellipse. 



1 531/. SPIROGRAPH. — An instrument for drawing spiral 
curves. A pair of compasses with a lengthening leg to allow of 

a vertical position of the stationary leg c. b 
is a sleeve and knurled button loose on the 
vertical leg by which the pencil or pen is 
moved along the curve, controlled by the 
thread winding around the vertical leg, 
which may have points of varying sizes to 
suit the spaces in the curves. The vertical 
leg is held by the milled head g. 




Section XVIII. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 

Animal Power, Sheep Shears, Movements and Devices, Elevators, 
Cranes, Sewing, Type-Writing, and Printing Machines, Rail- 
way Devices, Trucks, Brakes, Turntables, Locomo- 
tives, Gas, Gas Furnaces, Acetylene Gen- 
erators, Gasoline Mantle Lamp, 
Firearms, Etc. 




1532. HUMAN TREADMILL.— Still used 
in Eastern countries for raising water. 




1533. HORSE-POWER TREAD-WHEEL. 

• — One of the many designs for stationary ani- 
mal power. 



1534, HORSE-POWER MACHINE. — An endless chain and 

rollers, with a slat- 
ted platform, roll 
over a sprocket- 
wheel driving shaft. 
The walking plat- 
form is elevated to 
an angle of about 




372 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




1535. DOG-POWER MACHINE. 
— The plane of the track wheel is set 
at an angle of about 20°, with its 
under edge bearing i^pon a friction 
pulley. Shaft and fly-wheel, with 
crank for operating churn. 




1536. GEARED HORSE-POWER. 

— The sweep carries the pinion and spur 
gear on the second shaft around the 
stationary spur gear, rotating the central 
shaft and pulley at high speed. 



1537. 




MULTIPLE BEADED 
SHEEP SHEARS,— 
Opened by a spring handle, 
and closed by hand grip. 




1538. HORSE CLIPPER. — A 

sharp comb-tooth cutter is made to 
vibrate across a fixed cutter by vibrat- 
ing the handles. 




ible shaft from another source of power, 
blade with guard finger plates. 



1539. MACHINE 
SHEEP SHEARS. 
— The large gear is 
driven by the hand 
on a crank, not 
shown, or by a flex- 
A revolving serrated 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



373 



^jp ^ 1540. "ALMOND'S" 

FLEXIBLE METALLIC 
TUBE. — A coil of round wire, 
open wound, with a coil of 
triangular wire wound tightly- 
over it. Bending of the coil 
tube allows the triangular sec- 
tions to draw in on the outside of the bend and to push out on the 
inside keeping the points of contact tight. 





1541. EVO- 
LUTION OF 
A WOOD 
SCREW.— 

Stages of 
manufacture of 

the modem wood screw. " American Screw Company's" process. 

The thread is made by the roller process. 



^^ 



V 





1542. ARTIFICIAL LEG AND FOOT.— Most 

ingenious combinations of movements are made in 
producing artificial limbs, not easily explained with- 
out a model. 




1543. MEAN TIME SUNDIAL.— The 
length of the stile is made to just cover the 
entire range of the sun's altitude at the dis- 
tance of the scale on the hour circle. Its 
shape and size to be proportionate to the sun's 
equation of time as marked on the scale. 
When the sun is fast the reading should be on 
the left-hand side of the shadow, and when 
slow on the right side. 



374 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




1544. DOOR PUSH CHECK.— The spring closes the 

door. The piston in the cylinder has a valve to allow quick 

inlet of air when opening a door, and a 

small hole adjustable at the bottom of the' 

cylinder for slowly discharging the air. 



n 






>u 






1545. FOLDING LADDER.— The rounds are 
pivoted to the side pieces, which are recessed to 
enclose the rounds when the ladder is shut. 




1546. SIMPLE COMBINATION LOCK. 

— A number of discs arranged on a spindle 
having a feather key. The discs are notched 
to match the notches in the key so that they 
readily turn to be set to the register number to 
release the spindle. 




1547. TRIPOD. — The legs are pivoted on a 
triangular prism, which allows the legs to be folded 
into a cylindrical staff. 



1548. DOUBLE SPHERICAL SOCKET, 
used mostly on surveying instruments. The 
socket is clamped by drawing the plates to- 
gether with thumb-screw. 



1549. DISC SLICER, with hopper, for cutting 
roots, etc. Each slot in the disc has a knife slightly 
projecting. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



375 




1550. MICROMETER SCREW ADJUSTMENT.— 
The tangent arm is made fast or loose on the shaft by 
the spring clip and screw. Used mostly on theodo- 
lites and transit instruments. 



155 1. CORRECT PRINCIPLE 

setting a hot-water house boiler. 



in 



H, E, circulating pipes. 

B, water-back or coil. 

K, draw-off. 

D, cold-water supply, extending down 
on inside of boiler. 

G, hot-water supply taken from top of 
boiler. 




1552. UNDER-FEED HEAT- 
ING FURNACE, "Colton-Smead" 
model. A smokeless furnace for 
house heating with bituminous coal. 
A plunger is operated by a lever 
sector and rack to push the coal 
beneath the fire. 




HARVESTER OR MOW- 
ING MACHINE.-- 
Application of a corru- 
gated or cam disc for 
attaining the motion 
J" of the cutters. 



376 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




1554. BELL CLAPPER MOVEMENT.— 

The outside stroke is the best to prevent crack- 
ing in large bells. 




o, ^ 1555. PIANO KEY AND ACTION.— 

A study of complex movement. 




1556. LAPIDARY OR LITHOLOGICAL 
LATHE for amateur work. A vertical spindle 
with disc lap of lead, driven by a bevel gear and 
cranks, through a vertical shaft pulley and belt. 
A splitting disc and spindle are also driven from 
the main pulley. 



1557 




. WIRE-DRAWING MACHINE. 

<2, the reel. 

b^ draw plate. 

<r, power drum, operated by gear 
beneath the bench. When the wire 
is all wound on the drum it is 
changed to the reel and drawn in 
a reverse direction. 




1558. WIRE-COVERING MACHINE. 
— The wire is passed through a hollow re- 
volving spindle ^, having a small longitu- 
dinal motion from a vibrating cam to lap 
the threads. The face plate revolving with 
the spindle carries two or more spools, <r, c^ 
with guide eyes, d^ </, vibrating with the 
spindle. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



377 




1559. STIRRING MACHINE, for 

grain mash or other material in water. 
One arm carries a vertical set of arms 
with bottom scrapers. The other arm, 
a revolving shaft and arms for vertical 
stirring. 





1560. SECTOR WHEEL BALING PRESS.— The large sectors 
are operated by the long shaft and worm gears. The double toggle 
joints and small sector gears extend the toggle bars with increasing 
power. 

1561. WOOD COMPRESSION 
CARVING MACHINE. -The carved 
patterns are iron rings placed on a hoi' 
low iron cylinder which is heated by 
steam through the trunnion. The wood 
is steamed and passes under the roller 
with great pressure. 

1562. BELT-DRIVEN ELEVATOR. — Worm gear and friction 

stop. The belt is shifted 
by a cam driven by the link 
chain from the drum shaft 
The end of the drum shaft 
has a screw with two clamp 
nuts, one on each side of 
the chain wheel, the hub 
of which acts as a nut to 
carry the wheel against the 
clamp nut when it revolves 
and throws over the cam 
shipper. 




378 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



1563. SAFETY CATCH FOR ELEVATORS.— The eccentric 
sector levers are connected at their pivots to friction slides behind 

the guide rails by links. The 
front slides are ratchet bars on 
the face of the guide rails. 
The balance weight intensifies 
the action of the grips when 
the rope breaks. Springs are 
also used instead of the balance 
weights. 

1564. Shows the grip closed. 




A 



w 




hi 



1565. ELEVATOR SAFETY GEAR. 

— When the cage is lifted the pivoted arm 
pulls the pawl clear of the rack. A break- 
age of the rope lets go the pawl arm, and 
the spring throws the pawl into the rack. 



Y 



1566. SAFETY CATCH FOR ELEVATORS.— A lever pawl 
pivoted to each side of the elevator cage is kept clear from the rack 

guides by the upward pull of 
the cable. When the cable 
breaks or gives way, the bal- 
ance weight or a spring inten- 
sifies the action of the pawls 
in closing with the rack guide 
rails. 

1567. Normal position of 
the pawls. 





1568. SWING DERRICK, with fixed boom. 
Steam hoist. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



379 




1569. PACKAGE ELEVATOR, for con- 
tinuous service up or down without reversing. 
May be arranged for self-dumping both ways. 




1570. POST CRANE.— Driven by hy- 
draulic lift under the platform. The boom 
swings on the post. The rope is carried up 
the hollow post 




1571. WHARF CRANE, with 
trussed arch jib. Pivoted to turn in 
any direction. Power shaft turns in 
crane pivot. 



38o 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




1572. AUTOMATIC BALANCE CRANE. 

— The rocking base shifts the centre of gravity 
^ of load and balance weight. The crane and 
platform revolve on radial rollers. 




1573. SEWING-MACHINE 
SHUTTLE.— The thread is rove 
in the holes in the tension spring, 
which is made adjustable by the 
notch cam d. 



1574. SEWING-MACHINE 
FEED BAR, " Wheeler & Wil- 
son " model. The toothed feed- 
rack 26 is fixed to the frame 7, 
which is lifted, moved forward, 

and dropped by the cam 39, and is drawn back by the spring 38. 

The cam stop 2 7 regulates the length of the stitch. 





1575. SEWING-MACHINE 
HOOK AND BOBBIN, 

"Wheeler & Wilson" model. 
A, the hook ; C, bobbin ; D, 
case ; B, spindle and carrier 
hook. 




1576. HOOK OF THE ''WHEELER 
& WILSON " SEWING-MACHINE.— The 
hook is rotated by the shaft, catches the 
needle loop, and carries the thread around a 
disc bobbin. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



38X 




1577. SEWING-MACHINE, 
" Wilcox & Gibbs " model, show- 
ing the designation of parta 



1578. SPRING MOTOR, for sewing-machine. A strong coiled 

spring and a gear 
train, like a clock 
train on a larger scale, 
geared to the driving 
shaft. The pedal is 
changed and arrang- 
ed as a friction stop 
and speed regulator. 

1579. End view. 







_j 


^ 


^ 






j^^ 




m 


1 


- 








Jl 










.; 




r^ i 




' 




1 


i 

1 1 






I. 





1580. TINPLATE LAC- 
QUERING MACHINE.— 
The roller is elastic. The 
lacquer is fed to the roller by- 
small rollers and equalized 
by scrapers. 



1581. SINGLE- CYLINDER 
PRINTING PRESS.— A type of 
the use of cams, levers, shafts, 
gearing, etc., in combination witk 
rotary and rectilinear motion. 



3S2 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




1582. TYPEWRITING 
MACHINE, "Smith" Premier 
model. Eighty-four characters. 



1583. TYPEWRITING 
MACHINE, " Remington " 
model. Eighty-four charac- 
ters. 




1584. "GORDON" PRINTING 

PRESS.— Single cylinder, for bill and 
letter press -work. 



1585. RACK AND PAWL wheel lifting-jack 
Lower pawl is operated by a lever or crank. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



383 




1586. BALL-BEARING SCREW JACK.— 
The balls run in grooves between the bearing 
plates. 



1587. HYDRAULIC TRANSFER 
JACK. — For lifting cars or transferring 
over temporary rails. The extension of 
the truck axles allows for adjustment to 
any gauge railroad. 



^ 




1588. RAIL-CUTTING SAW.— The saw is 
driven by a trundle pinnion meshing in the teeth 
of the saw and geared up to the crank. The 
saw is fed by a screw moving the gear frame 
down on the rail. 



1589. PROUTY-NOBLE AUTO- 
MATIC, OR SELF-WINDING 
BRAKE. — The central chain spool 3 
runs loose on the car axle and between 
two friction flanges, one of which is 
fast to the axle and the other slides 
on a feather. The contact of the 
inside cones of the brake spool 4 with the outside cones of the 
friction flanges i and 2 causes the chain spool to wind up the brake 
chain and hold it by frictioa 



384. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 





1590. STREET-CAR SAND BOX, 

— The operation of the lever, pawl, and 
rachet wheel turns the twisted carrier and 
at the same time revolves the toothed feed 
wheel. 



1 59 1. FRICTION BRAKE for 
street-railway cars. A leather washer 
between the flange of the brake spool 
and axle flange is the friction sur- 
face. The spool is held by a short 
wind of the chain either way. The 
diagonally cut sleeve is elongated by 
a pull on the connecting rods, which 
compresses the friction surfaces. 




1592. CAR TRUCK 
for street railways. Sub- 
frame and compound 
system of springs. 




1593. STREET-CAR TRUCK 
with spring frame and brake 
connections. 




1594. CAR TRUCK 
for street railway. " Peck- 
ham " model. Compound 



system of springs. 




1595. TROLLEY CAR TRUCK.— 
The larger wheel is geared to the 
motor. The small wheel is the 
trailer. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



3S5 



^^a=g^es. 




1596. FREIGHT-CAR TRUCK, 

forward half, with brake, beam, 
and safety chain; spring and 
bearing bar. 




1597. CABLE RAILWAY GRIP.— 
Friction sheaves are drawn tightly on the 
cable by a vertical bar in the frame plate. 
Friction is increased by further tightening 
the grip wheel. 

1598. Showing wheel connection with 
grip. 




1599. CABLE GRIP FOR 
STREET RAILWAYS.—^, 
b^ grip jaws and blocks ; <r, 
pull-up to throw the cable out 
of the jaws ; d^ d, frame 
plates ; e, grip plate connected 
to b^ and operated by the bell 
crank levers g, g\f,f, pull-up 
attached to frame and dis- 
engaging pieces c, c. 

1600. End view of grip. 




"T0 

^ V . I' ) seat backs. 



1 60 1. LINKED HINGES for reversing cai 



25 



386 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 





1602. ENDLESS CABLE 
GRIP CAR.— A stationary jaw 
under the cable. A movable jaw 
on top operated by a grip level 
above. Used for towing min 
ing cars. 

1603. STREET RAIL^ 
WAY SWEEPING 
CAR. — The cylin- 
drical sweeper is 
driven from the axle 
by bevel gear. 




1604. EQUALIZ- 
ING LEVER for dis- 
tributing the load on 
car springs. 



1605. NOVEL CAR BRAKE.— The connecting bar between 
the brakes is adjustable for a small movement of the brake lever to 

bring the brakes into opera- 
tion. When the brake is 
put on from the front plat- 
form, with the car running 
either way, the ir.otion of 
the front wheel tightens the 
brake by its friction on the brake shoe, lessening the labor of han- 
dling the brake. 





1606. WOODEN FRAME TURN-TABLE, showing method 
of framing. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



387 




1607. IRON FRAME TURN-TABLE, showing design of cast- 
iron panels. Wrought-iron top chord. 




1608. SINGLE-CYLIN- 
DER LOCOMOTIVE.— 

Centre crank, for narrow- 
gauge roads. 

i6o8<2. End view. 




:6o9. MODERN LOCOMOTIVE and tender. 




1610. PASSENGER LOCOMOTIVE.— Eight-wheel model. 



388 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




i6ii. TEN-WHEEL FREIGHT LOCOMOTIVE.— Recent type. 




1612. FREIGHT LOCOMOTIVE.— Consolidation type. 




1613. CENTRE VALVE, for a gas house. A 
four-part valve for a purifier. Arranged to cut out 
any one of four purifier pans. 

1 61 4. Plan showing position of valve. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



389 




1 615. DISC VALVE, for large gas pipes. The 
disc is revolved by a pinion meshed in a sector gear 
on the disc. 




161 6. CENTRE GUIDE GAS HOLDER.— 

A, the holder. 
^555 3, centre guide. 

«, tube sliding on centre guide. 

B, tank. 



1617. COUNTER-WEIGHTED GAS 
HOLDER. 

A, the holder. 

B, the water seal. 

C, the counter weights. 




1618. EXPANDING PIPE STOPPER. - A 
rubber ring compressed between two flanges by a 
bolt and thumb screw. 



\r^^^^^.i^J%^^^^;^ 



1619. LANTERN BELLOWS DRY GAS 
METER. — The two pair of bellow chambers, A, 
A, are alternately filled with gas under the service 
pressure, by which the movement of the central 
diaphragm (to which are attached pivots that move 
the arms of a rock shaft for each pair of bellows) 
is made. From the top of the rock shaft an arm 
revolves a spindle that operates the valve by sliding it over the dif- 
ferent ports to the two pairs of bellows, and also revolves the gear 
train of the dials. 




39° 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 




on a set of dials 

adapted to separate dial readings. 



1620. WET GAS METER. — Gas enters 
through the hollow axis of the four compartments 
of the drum in a pipe, which turns up just above 
the water level and fills each compartment suc- 
cessively, and by its pressure causes the drum to 
revolve in the direction of the arrow and registers 
The motion is transmitted through a counter train 




162 1. DRY GAS METER and regis- 
tering train. Two vertical rock shafts, C, 
D, are vibrated alternately by the bellows 
B, through the connecting arm W. By 
this movement the toggle arm pivoted to 
the rock-shaft cranks is made to swing 
the arm of the vertical screw-gear shaft, 
and to set the dial train in motion. 



1622. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR, 
" Powers " patent. The small annular recepticle 
around the end of the inlet pipe E is partly filled 
with mercury, over which the inverted cup valve 
is suspended to a lever, the other end of which is 
attached to a larger inverted cup sealed in an 
annular trough of mercury. F is the outlet to the 
lighting pipes. Any excess of pressure in the lighting system raises 
the large float and, through the lever, closes the cup valve to regulate 
the flow of gas from the service pipe. 





1623. GAS PRESSURE REGULATOR. 

— An elastic diaphragm is fastened between 
dished discs and connected to a conical 
valve disc by a light adjustable spindle. 
The pressure for the burners is regulated by 
ring weights at H, and the proper position 
of the valve by the nuts on the long screw 
at the top of the spindle. The screw cap 
K may be placed on either inlet as con- 
venient. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



391 




1624. GAS PRESSURE REGU- 
LATOR.— The gas flows in at the bot- 
tom and out at the side. The inverted 
float or basin is sealed in an annular 
cavity by mercury and free to rise under 
excessive pressure and partially to close 
the valve in the inlet. 




1625. FUEL GAS BURNER, for stoves. Made to push into 

a cook stove through 
the side door. The fuel 
or natural gas enters 
the Bunsen tube at the 
right and is further 
mixed with air under 

the caps, which are also revolving dampers for shuting off the gas 

from one or two of the three burners. 

1626. GAS FURNACE.— The air 

injector draws the gas into an annular 
nozzle and mixes with it, forcing the 
mixed gas and air through the tube to 
the furnace. 

1627. GAS-HEATED INCUBATOR. 
-- A hot-water tank heated by a small 
Bunsen burner or lamp, b^ c, d^ Circulat- 
ing pipes ; f^ regulating cock ; ^, ex- 
pansion cup. 

1628. Thermostat regulator. ^, Ther- 
mostat, consisting of a corrugated metal 
diaphragm between two cupped plates 

and connected to the lever of the wick gear or gas cock with a spring 
to balance the pressure of a volatile fluid on the opposite side of the 
diaphragm, which may be ether, which boils at 1000 F. 




392 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



1629. ACETYLENE GAS GENERATOR, " Troubetzkoy " 
model. Has a water flow governed by the rise in the holder. J, Bal- 
anced gas holder; G, 
water seal tank ; B, Bj 
generators, two or four ; 
A, small water tank ; a^ 
pipe to convey water to 
generators ; ^, govern- 
ing valve, operated by 
the rise and fall of the 
gas holder. 

1630. Section of gen- 
erator. The water en- 
ters the generators successively through the inverted siphon ; g^ g, g^ 
pans of carbide sealed by the cap /i in the annular water tank. 





<>»! 



1 63 1. ACETYLENE GAS GEN- 
ERATOR.— A gas holder and four 
carbide holders. The holders are con- 
nected to a vertical pipe at varying 
heights, so that only one at a time is 
fed with water. The water-flow is reg- 
ulated by the rise and fall of the gas 
holder. 




1632. AUTOMATIC GASOLINE AND 
MANTLE LAMP.— The gasoline flows 
from the reservoir to the D-shaped vapor- 
izer, regulated by a needle valve. The 
vaporizer over the lamp chimney generates 
a vapor pressure. The gas vapor is jetted 
into the opposite tube, mixing with air and 
producing an air vapor gas, which flows to 
the mantle burner below. 

1633. Mantle and chimney. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



393 




1634. ACETYLENE GENER- 
ATOR AND GAS HOLDER. 
— The carbide is charged into the 
small vessel suspended from the 
cross pipe, with a stopcock above. 
A connection for a second carbide 
vessel is also seen. Water from 
the holder runs through a jointed 
pipe and drips into the sealed fun- 
nel. The water nozzle is lifted by 
the rise of the holder and stops the 
flow of water. The small vessel 



at the bottom is a sealed washer and drip catch. 




1635. ACETYLENE BURNER, made of 
lava. The burner holes are at an angle of 
90° on inner face of the arms. The air-mix- 
ing holes are on each side of the arms. Ger- 
man. Gleason Manufacturing Company, 




1636. ACETYLENE BURNER.— A double 

flame burner at right angles. The small holes 
in the sides of the tips allow air to enter and 
mingle with the acetylene gas before it is 
ignited, thus making a mixture of gas and air 
that makes a clear flame and a safe burner. 






1637, BAYONET JOINT.— The pin fixed in the part A 
slips into the L-shaped slot of the piece B, and by turning is 
locked. 



394 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 





1638. GUN LOCK. — I, lock plate; 
2, hammer; 3, mainspring; 4, tum- 
bler; 5, sear or trigger lever ; 6, sear 
spring. 



1639. COLT CYLINDER REVOLVING 
DEVICE for firearms. a^ the pawl that 
catches the circular ratchet /^ ; ^, a spring that 
pushes the pawl into the teeth of the ratchet ; 
D, the hammer butt to which is pinioned the 
pawl and the spring E. 



1640. MAGAZINE RIFLE, 
" Lee - Metford " model. 
Magazine in the barrel stock. 



MARTINI-HENRY " RIFLE.— 

The breech block is pivoted 
at the rear end and is thrown 
up or down by the lever at 
the rear of the trigger guards 
A spring plunger in the 
breech block, let go by the 
trigger, explodes the charge. 




1642. CHASSEPOT GUN.— A needle gun. The cartridge 
is inserted by hand ; the plunger runs forward and is locked by turn- 
ing into a notch. Centre fire. 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



395 



1643. REMINGTON RIFLE.— A breech block, operated by a 

handle, is pulled back to 
allow the cartridge to be 
charged by hand, when the 
breech and the block are 
locked. The hammer strikes 
a firing pin within the breech 
block. 

REMINGTON" MAGAZINE 

GUN. — The magazine is 
placed in the stock under the 
barrel. The cartridge is lifted 
by a pivoted carrier and 
pushed forward by the breech 
block. Central spring plunger hammer. 





into the barrel. 



HOTCHKISS" MAGAZINE 
GUN. — The reserve cartridges 
^''■w;^??^ are carried in the gun stock 
^^j and forwarded by a light spring. 
— ^ The breech bolt draws back by 
the handle, when the cartridge 
is raised and pushed forward 
Centre pin spring hammer. 

" LEBEL " RIFLE.— 

Magazine under the 
barrel in the extension 
of the stock. A sliding 
breech block and pis- 
"ton hammer. 

1647 "MAUSER" RIFLE.— 

Magazine in the 
forestock. The slid- 
^ ing breech block 
encloses the firing 
spring plunger and 
raises the cartridge 
lever A. 





.^9^ 



MISCELLANEOUS DEVICES. 



1648. "WINCHESTER" MAGAZINE RIFLE.— 

The breech lock slides 
in line with the barrel 
by a toggle link, oper- 
ated by the breech le- 
ver, which also operates 
the cartridge lever, rais- 
ing the cartridge to its 

position for charging. Drawing back of the breech block carries the 

hammer back to its firing position. 





1649. DISAPPEARING GUN, 
" Moncrief " model. The cyclcidai 
curved rack arm E is counter- 
weighted, which balances the re- 
coil of the gun by its increased 
leverage. The small connecting 
rod, rack, and pinion adjust the 
gun's alignment. 




16490. RAILWAY 
WATER LIFT. — A 
long water trough be- 
tween the tracks. A 
movable spout in the ten- 
der is dropped into the 
water trough at an angle 




to scoop up the water and propel it into 
the tank by the speed of the train. 

1649&. TWO SPEED GEAR. — The 
"Sunbeam" Two Speed mechanism is lo- 
cated inside the crank chain wheel. It 
consists of one central pinion wheel, and 
three small outer pinion wheels which gear 
into an internal cut ring. The change of 
gear is obtained by simply holding or re- 
leasing the central pinion. 



Section XIX. 
STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 

In the Design of Mechanisms of Many Kinds it is Often Necessary 

That Some Point or Part of the Machine Moves in a Straight 

Line so That for a Certain Distance the Movement of 

Such Parts Will Always be Maintained Along 

A Predetermined Path. Such Movements 

are Used in Oil Switches, Automatic 

AND Special Machinery. 



1650. STRAIGHT 




LINE MOTION WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK. 
— Levers E and G are con- 
nected to link F. E is pivoted 
at M' , swinging through an 
angle e at a radius equal to a. 
G is pivoted at M, swinging 
through an angle ^ at a radius 
equal to a. F is 2, bar or link 
connected to the ends of bars 
E and G and having at 5 a 
pohit which moves in a straight 



line shown as X. 



1651. STRAIGHT LINE MOTION WITH TW^O 
LEVERS AND THREE LINKS.— Levers K and H are con- 
nected to links /, /, and L. H h 
pivoted at D and swings at a radius 
equal to d. / is a link connected 
to H 2X G and to L at 5. L is a 
link connected to / at B and K at c. 
K IS 2i link pivoted at A and con- 
nected to L at C, swinging at a 
radius equal to a, and having a link 
/ connected to it at F. I, connected 
to K at F, is also connected to H 

b = c = half the straight line motion shown by arrow vS. 

D F = o.GiSa. d^= c = 0.809a. A, B, D must be at 




at E 
CE- 



right angle '^. 



398 



STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 



LINE MOTION WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK.— 
Levers X and Z are connected by 
i^"/^link Y. X is a lever pivoted at E 
and connected to F at ^. Z is a 
lever pivoted at D and connected to 
y at C. F is a link connected to 
X 2it A and to Z at C, the end B moving in a straight line. The 
larger E A and smaller C, the better the motion. 




1653. STRAIGHT 



LINE MOTION WITH ONE 
^P LEVER AND A SLIDING 
I LINK. — Lever Z is connect- 
ed to a sliding link Y. Z is 
pivoted at D and connected to 
j2 link Y 3.1 C. F is a link con- 
nected to Z at C and to a 
sliding block at A, the other end of which is at B, and moves in 
a straight line as at 6^. 




STRAIGHT LINE MOTION WITH ONE 

LEVER AND A SLIDING 
LINK. — Lever F is connected 
4^ to a sliding link Z. F is pivot- 
ed at D and connected to Z at 
C. Z is connected to F at C 
to a sliding guide at A, and the end B moves in a straight line. 




1655. STRAIGHT 




LINE MOTION WITH ONE 
LEVER AND TWO LINKS. 
— Lever X is connected to a slid- 
ing link Z by a link F. X is 
pivoted at D and connected to 
lever F at C F is connected 
to Z at C and Z at B. Z is con- 
nected to F at 5 and to a slid- 



ing guide at A. The point B moves in a straight line. 



STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 



399 



1656. STRAIGHT LINE MOTION WITH THREE 
LEVERS AND TWO LINKS.— Levers F, H, and / are con- 
nected by links G and /. Lever F is pivoted at K and connected 
to link G at L. Lever / is pivoted at Q and connected to link 

/ at P. Lever 
H is pivoted 
at N and con- 
nected on one 
end to lever / 
at O and on 
the other end 
to link G at M. 

Point D, on link G, connected on one end to lever H at M, and 
on the other end to lever F at L, and point E, on link /, connected 
on one end to lever / at P and on the other end to lever H at D, 
move in straight lines, but in opposite directions. 




1657. STRAIGHT 



p 






!-l 



T 



LINE MOTION WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK.— 
Levers H and / are connected by 
a link K. Lever H is pivoted at D 
and connected at E to link K. 
Lever / is pivoted at G and con- 
nected to link K at F. The point 

P, when B is twice A and C is half oi A, will move in a straight 

line of 28 degrees. 



"^^ 



LINE MOTION WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK. 
— Levers A and C connected 
by link B gives 26 degrees of 
straight line motion with a total 
of 52 degrees movement of 
handle on lever A. Lever A is 
pivoted at F and connected to link B 2X G. Lever C is pivoted at 
E, connected to link B at D, and P on link B moves in a straight 
line. 




400 



STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 



h-^H/ 



1659. STRAIGHT LINE MOTION IN OPPOSITE 
DIRECTIONS WITH THREE LEVERS AND TWO LINKS. 
— ^This movement, designed for a double throw oil switch, con- 
sists of a lever B pivoted at C connected to link E dX D and to 

link G at F. Link E, pivoted to 
B at D, is connected to a sliding 
frame at M, carrying switch con- 
tacts Q and guided by holes in 
frame vS". Link is connected to 
^ E dit N, and is pivoted to frame 
S at P. Link G, pivoted to B at 
F, is connected to a sliding frame 
at H carrying switch contacts R 
and guided by holes in frame ^S. Lever K, connected to G at /, 
is pivoted to frame S 2it L. A equals the length of links G and 
E. Links K and O are half A. 

1660. STRAIGHT LINE MOTION WITH TWO 
LINKS AND ONE LEVER.— Levers / and K are connected 

by link L. Lever K is pivoted aj: 
H and connected at A^ to link L. 
Lever / is pivoted at O and con- 
nected to link L at M. The point 
^^ ^ i '" "^ l i J 1 A moves in a straight line of 26 
^ ' "^ J degrees when of the following pro- 

1" -qj j I portions: 





C=G = 



D 

2 



D = E F= 



1661. OIL SWITCH MOVEMENT WITH THREE 
LEVERS AND TWO LINKS.— Levers A, H, and N are con- 
nected to links D and / and frame M. ^ is a lever with a handle 
pivoted to frame Q, at B, and connected to link D at C. Link D, 

connected to lever A at C, 
passing through frame Q, is 
connected to lever H at E. 
Lever H, connected to link 
D at E, is pivoted to the 
frame Q at F and connected 
to link / at /. Link /, con- 
nected to lever H at I, is 




STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 



401 



connected to lever N at L, and is also connected to moving frame 
M at K, which frame M carries contacts on extensions at P, P, P. 
Lever A^^ connected to link / at L, is pivoted to frame Q at O. 
This movement gives a straight line motion to the frame M. 
IV is a wall upon which is mounted frame Q. 



1662. OIL SWITCH MOVEMENT WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK.— Levers A and P are connected 
by link D to frame /. Lever A, with a handle, is pivoted to 
frame J at B and connected to link D at C. Link D, connected 

to lever A at C, is connected 
^ to lever F at E. Lever F, 

connected to link D at E, is 
pivoted to frame J 3.1 G and 
connected to frame / at H. 
>ame /, connected by a slot 
and pin at H, moves in a 
straight line, guided by bear- 







ings in frame J^ also camcs contacts 011 extensions K, K, K. 
W is the wall upon which is mounted frame /. 



1663. OIL SWITCH MOVEMENT WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK.— Levers A and E are connected 

by link L to frame /. Lever A 
is pivoted to frame J at B and 
connected to link L at C. Link 
L, connected to lever A at C, 'u 
connected to lever E at D. 
Lever E, connected to link L at 
D, is pivoted to frame J at F 
and connected to frame / at //. 
Frame /, connected to lever E at H, by means of a slot and pin 
at H, is guided by bearings in frame /, and carries extensions 
which carry contacts at K, K, K. W is the wall upon which is 
mounted frame /. 




402 



STRAIGHT LINE MOVEMENTS. 



1664. OIL SWITCH MOVEMENT WITH TWO 
LEVERS AND ONE LINK.— Levers A and H are connected 
by link E to frame K. Lever A, pivoted to frame K at B, is 

connected to link E 2X D. 
Link E, connected to lever A 
at D, is connected to lever H 
at F. Lever H, connected to 
link E at F, is pivoted to 
frame K 2it G and connected 
to frame C at /. Frame C, 
connected to lever H at /, by- 
means of a slot and pin, carries extensions L, L, L, which carry 
contacts. W is the wall upon which is mounted frame K. 




1665. OIL SWITCH MOVEMENT WITH THREE 
LEVERS AND THREE LINKS.— Levers A, E, and / are 
connected by links G and L to frame O. Lever A, pivoted to 
frame O at B, is connected to link Q at C. Link Q, con- 
nected to lever A at C, is con- 
nected to lever E at D. 
Lever E, connected to link 
Q at D, is pivoted to frame 
O at / and connected to link 
G at F. Link G, connected 
to lever E at F, is connected 
to link L at H. Lever J, 
pivoted to frame O at /, is connected to link L at i^ and has a 
spring 5' on its opposite end. Link L, connected to link G at H, 
and lever / at K, is connected to frame N at M. Frame N, con- 
nected to lever L at M, carries extensions P, P, P, which carry 
contacts. W is the wall upon which is held the frame 0. 




INDEX. 



Accumulator, hydraulic 153 

Acetylene burners 393 

Acetylene generators 892, 393 

Air blast for moving coal 312 

Air brake 178 

Air compressing cylinders 174 

Air compressor governor 175 

Air compressors 170-174 

Air cooling tower 116 

Air dump, automatic 312 

Air lift, compound Pohle 187 

Air power appliances 165-185 

Air pump 115, 175, 176 

Airship 226 

Alternating current transformer .... 204 

Amperemeter 203 

Anchor bolt 361 

Anchor ferry 151 

Anchor screw 213 

Anemometer 56 

Aneroid barometer 165 

Angular couplings 276-278, 317-319 

Arastras, ore mill 305 

Aspirator, vacuum 162 

Atomizer, gasoline 128, 129, 161 

Auger, sand 160 

Automatic air dump 312 

Automatic flush tank 161 

Autiomobile boiler 101 

Automobile horn 228 

Axles, free-running 311 



Ball bearings 314, 315, 383 

Ball joints 157, 158, 337 

Ball nozzle 161 

Barometer, aneroid 165 

Barometer, self-registering 369 

Bearing, step 315-317 

Bearing thrust 217 

Bell, bicycle signal 251 

Bellows 168 

Belt holder 324 

Belt lacing 32, 33 

Belt shipper 55 

Belt transmission 34-37 

Belt twist 33, 34 

Belting 32-37 

Belts, cone 34, 35 

Bicycle gear 223-225 



Bicycle lamps 225 

Bicycle signal bell 251 

Bicycles, ice 223 

Blacksmith's helper 330 

Blowers, fan 168, 299, 300 

Blowers, rotary 169 

Blowpipes, gasoline and air... 184, 185 

Boat-landing steps 213 

Bobbin winders 344, 345 

Boiler, automobile 101 

Boiler cleaner Ill 

Boiler feed water heater Ill 

Boiler, the Sterling 102 

Boiler, the Worthington water-tube. 102 

Boiler tube expanders 326 

Boilers 57-63 

Bolt, expansion or anchor 361 

Box kite 165 

Brake, Prony 47 

Brake straps 301 

Brakes, railway 383, 384, 386 

Breakers, coal and rock 304 

Bridge, concrete 361 

Bridge, Melan 360 

Bridge, rolling lift 361 

Bridge, steel concrete 360 

Bridge, suspension 359, 360 

Bridge trusses 356-359 

Buckets and skip 302 

Bucket dredge 309 

Buoy, floating light 213 

Burner, petroleum 66-100 

By-pass, cock or valve 335 



C 



Cable grips 385, 386 

Cable hoists 354 

Calipers 336 

Caloric engine 130 

Cam motion 259, 260, 267-271 

Cantilever 355, 359 

Capstan windlass 29 

Car, sweeping 386 

Car trucks 384, 385 

Carburetter 124 

Carriages, horseless 220-223 

Cars, dumping 304, 352, 353 

Carving machine 377 

Centrifugal pump, four-stage 164 

Centrifugal separator 333 

Chain stop 212 

Changeable motion gear 251 



403 



404 



INDEX. 



Chinese shaft derrick 25 

Chinese wheel 22 

Chinese windlass 25 

Chuck, universal 327 

Clamp, wood-bending 325 

Clamps 325 

Clock escapements 283-288 

Clock pendulum, electro-magnetic . . 295 

Cloth dresser . 345 

Clutches, friction 320-323 

Coal crushers 304 

Coal cutters 299 

Coal-cutting machines 299 

Coal-loading towers 301 

Coil, jump spark 129 

Collapsing taps and dies 326, 327 

Compensating pendulums 283-294 

Compound Pohle air lift 187 

Compressed air 170-185 

Compressed air hammers 181 

Compressed air tools 182-184 

Compressors 170-176 

Concrete bridge 360-361 

Concrete mixer 349 

Condenser ejector 109, 110 

Condenser vacuum jet 145 

Cone pulleys 34, 35 

Conical roller thrust bearing 347 

Connecting rods and ends 125-127 

Construction 349-360 

Conveyers 302, 303, 354 

Cooling device 163 

Cotton gin 346 

Cotton press 343 

Counters 53, 54 

Couplings, angle 317-319 

Cranes 378-380 

Cranes, traveling 338, 339, 354 

Crank equalizing angle 175, 176 

Crank motions 267, 268 

Crank pin lubrication 90 

Crank trammel 89 

Crank transmission 40 

Cross-head, slotted 89 

Crossing gate, railroad 226 

Crude petroleum burner 100 

Curious padlock 282 

Current meter 164 

Curve delineators 364-368 



D 



Derrick, traveling 346 

Derricks 353, 354 

Details of the St. John's steam me- | 

ter 55 

Diamond drills 297, 298 , 

Differential gear 222 

Disintegrator 310 , 



Dotting instrument 370 

Draughting devices 363-367 

Drawing board, reflecting 369 

Dredge buckets 309 

Dredges 309, 310 

Drills, multiple 329, 330 

Drills, portable 329, 336 

Drills, rock 297, 298 

Drop hammer 331 

Dry-docks 214 

Dumping cars 304, 352, 353 

Dynamometers 47-49 

Dynamos 189-192 



B 



Eccentrics 78, 219 

Edwards air pump 115 

Eidograph 368 

Ejectors 148, 350 

Electric balance wheel clock 294 

Electric brake 194, 201 

Electric carriages 221, 222 

Electric cut-out 193 

Electric drill 200 

Electric-driven fan 202 

Electric escapement 203 

Electric fans 202 

Electric fan, solenoid 204 

Electric furnaces 199 

Electric gas lighter 196, 197 

Electric generators 189-192 

Electric heater 198 

Electric igniters 195 

Electric ignition plug 129 

Electric light 197, 198 

Electric machine .' 195 

Electric pen 201 

Electric power and construction. 189-202 

Electric rheostat 193 

Electric rock drill 201 

Electric telephone 196 

Electric thermostat 195 

Electric time clock transmission... 295 

Electric tricycle 223 

Electric trolley cars 193, 194 

Electric winding device 296 

Electric welding 200 

Electro-magnetic clock pendulum . . . 295 
Electro-magnetic ratchet driver. . . . 204 

Elevators 301, 302, 338, 377-379 

Elevator, pneumatic grain 252 

Ellipsographic turntable 367 

Ellipsographs 365, 366, 367-370 

Elliptical crank motion 273, 275 

Emergency brake, pneumatic 203 

Engines, gas. 117, 120 

Engine, hydraulic irrigation 163 

Engine piston rotary 94, 95 



INDEX. 



405 



Engine, rotary 90-100 

Engine, steam 67-100 

Engine, turbine 99, 100 

Engine, vibrating 96-98 

Equalizing thrust 45 

Equated sun dial 293 

Escapement, electric 203 

Escapement, power 271 

Escapements 284, 291 

Exhaust condenser 108, 109 

Exhaust heads 114 

Expansion or anchor bolt 361 

Explosive motors, valve gear for. . 128 



P 



Fans 300 

Fan, electric-driven 202 

Feed gear 334 

Feeding pulverized or dust fuel to 

furnaces 101 

Ferguson's paradox 250 

Ferris wheel 280 

Filtering cisterns 155 

Filters Ill, 154-157 

Firearms 394-396 

Fire extinguishers 179, 180 

Flexible coupling 192 

Flexible metallic hose 116 

Flexible metallic tubing 116 

Flexible pipe joints 157, 158 

Flexible tube 373 

Flying machine 252 

Fountain, Hero 162 

Four-cylinder gasoline motor 130 

Four-speed change gear 280 

Four-stage centrifugal pump 164 

Free-running axles 311 

Friction brake 383, 384 

Friction clutches .320-323 

Frictien gear 37-39 

Friction machine 49 

Furnaces, electric 199 

Furnace, gas crucible 188 

Furnace, underfed 65, 375 



G 



Gambrel joint linkage 45 

Garbage furnace 311 

Gas engine carburetter 124 

Gas engine lubricators 125 

Gas engine motor car 121 

Cas engine piston rods 125 

Gas engine valve gear 121-124 



Gas engines 117-120, 221 

Gas furnace and burner 391 

Gas holders 389 

Gas meters 389, 390 

Gas regulators ■. 390, 391 

Gas valves 388, 389 

Gasoline atomizer 128, 129 

Gasoline mantle lamp 392 

Gasoline motor 130-221 

Gasoline motor carriage 221 

Gate, railroad crossing 226 

Gates ore crusher 310 

Gauge, pressure 50, 51 

Gauge, wind 187 

Gear, changeable motion 251 

Gearing, 40-43, 229-250 

Gearing, ball 238 

Gearing, bevel 42 

Gearing, change motion 245 

Gearing, crown 42 

Gearing, diflEerential 238-241, 246 

Gearing, eccentric 248, 249 

Gearing, elastic 41 

Gearing, elliptic 43 

Gearing, epicyclic 247, 249 

Gearing, equalizing 246 

Gearing, feed 334 

Gearing, Ferguson's paradox 250 

Gearing, friction 37, 39 

Gearing, Humpage 239 

Gearing, intermittent 243, 244 

Gearing, internal spur 42 

Gearing, mangle 232, 233 

Gearing, mutilated 43 

Gearing, oblique 48 

Gearing, oblique tooth 41 

Gearing, planetary motion 248-250 

Gearing, rack 229-232, 278 

Gearing, release 235 

Gearing, reversing 334 

Gearing, skew 43 

Gearing, spiral 42, 238 

Gearing, split 41 

Gearing, star wheel 41 

Gearing, step 40 

Gearing, stop 242, 243 

Gearing, trains 43, 334 

Gearing, variable motion. .236, 237, 242 

Gearing, V-tooth 41 

Gearing, worm 233, 235 

Giant, hydraulic 306 

Gold-mining machines 306 

Governors 83-88 

Governor, air compressor 175 

Governor, fly-wheel 88, 89 

Governor, marine 217 

Grates, shaking 63, 64. 

Grinding machines 342, 343, 353 

Guns 394» 396 

Gyroscope 27S 



4o6 



INDEX. 



H 



K 



Hammel crude oil burner 100 

Hammers 181, 330, 331 

Hammers, helve 330, 331 

Hand power rock drill 311 

Hangers, shaft 313, 314 

Hay press 377 

Heaters, electric 198 

Heaters, feed-water Ill 

Head, hydraulic sprinkler 163 

Heddle cam 280 

Helping crank over center 46 

Hitches and knots 210-212 

Hoist, link chain 251 

Hoists 300, 301, 339 

Hook, releasing 212 

Horn, automobile 228 

Horological 282-293 

Horseless carriages 220-223 

Horse-powers 371, 372 

Hose, flexible metallic 116 

Hydraulic air compressors 170-172 

Hydraulic intensifier 153 

Hydraulic jack 383 

Hydraulic lifts and elevators. . .154, 162 
Hydraulic power and devices. . . .131-162 

Hydraulic presses 152, 153 

Hydraulic ram. 149, 150 

Hydraulic tools 153 

Hydraulic transmission 147 

Hydraulic irrigation engine 163 

Hydraulic pile driver 362 

Hydraulic sprinkler head 163 

Hydro-extractor 279 



iceboat 210 

Idler pulleys 35, 37 

Ignition plug, electric 129 

Inclined plane 21, 28 

Indicators, speed 52 

Incubator 391 

Injectors 103-108 

Intermittent rotary motion, 

254-257, 263, 264 

Intermittent transmission 46 

Irrigation engine, hy'draulie 163 



Jacks 383 

Jet nozzle 161, 162 

Joints, expansion 113 

Joints, flexible 113 

Jump spark coil .,,....,, 129 j 



Kite, box 165 

Knitting machines 345, 346 

Knots and hitches 210-212 



Lamp, safety 300 

Level, road builder's 218 

Lever action 27 

Lever and its oflBlce 28 

Lever and its power 19, 20 

Lever and ratchet 27 

Lever, compound 20 

Lever movement 27 

Lever, paradox 19 

Lever, revolving 21 

Lever, rope twist 25 

Lever safety trip 26 

Lever sector 27 

Lewis wedge 353 

Lift bridge 361 

Lighthouse, floating 213 

Lightning arrester, non-arcing 202 

Link chain hoist 251 

Links, connecting 127 

Link transmission 44 

Locomotive cylinders 102 

Locomotive types 387, 388 

Log-sawing machine 362 

Looms, take-up and let-off motion . . 348 

Lubricators 125, 335 



M 



Magnetic ore separators 307, 308 

Machine, log-sawing 362 

Machine, spool-winding 347 

Machine, street-cleaning 228 

Measurement of powers 47-54 

Measurer, tire. 54 

Mechanical flyer 188 

Mechanical powers 17-26 

Mechanical stokers 64-66, 101 

Melan bridge 360 

Meters, water 50, 151, 160 

Milk-cooling device 163 

Mill and factory appliances 346 

Mills, grinding 342-344 

Mills, mixing 349, 377 

Mills, pug 349 

Mining appliances 297-310 

Miscellaneous devices 370-396 

Modern cotton gin 346 

Motion and its devices 279 

Motion cam, 259, 260, 268-274 

Motion elliptical crank 273, 275 



INDEX. 



407 



Motion ratchet circular 254-258 

Motion reciprocating 259-261 

Motion retilinear 277 

Motion stops 258, 259 

Motive power 117-127 

Motors cars 121 

Motor, four-cylinder gasoline 130 

Motor, weight 25 

Multiple drilling machines ....329, 330 
Multiple-speed gear 251 



N 



Navigation and roads 205-225 

Non-arcing lightning arrester 202 

Novel steering gear 227 



Oarlock, swinging 213 

Odontograph 368 

Oil burner, the Hammel crude 100 

Oil-burning melting furnace 188 

Omni-telemeter 368 

Ore crusher, gates model 310 

Ore mills 305 

Ore roaster 308 

Ore separators 307, 308 



Paddle wheels, feathering 214 

Padlock, curious 282 

Pantographs 366 

Parallel plyers 44 

Paradox, Ferguson's 250 

Paradox, lever 19 

Parallel motion 51, 79-82, 143 

Pendulum, compensating 294 

Pendulum, electro-magnetic clock.. 295 

Pendulums 283 

Petroleum burner 60 

Petroleum furnace 100 

Pile driving 351, 352 

Pile driver, hydraulic 362 

Pipe joints 157, 158 

Planimeter 51 

Planer 343 

Pneumatic cleaning 179 

Pneumatic emergency brake 203 

Pneumatic grain elevator 252 

Pneumatic locomotive 178 

Pneumatic paint sprayer 179 

Pneumatic railway signal 227 

Pneumatic tools 180-1 "^4 

Positive shuttle motion 282 

Power from wave motion 281 



Power measurement 47-54 

Prairie windmill 188 

Press, coal dust 306 

Presses 325, 328, 343, 344, 377 

Pressure gauges 50, 51 

Pressure reducing valves.. 110, 151, 152 

Printing machine 381, 382 

Prony brake 47 

Propellers 215, 216 

Pulley, reversing 280 

Pulleys as levers 21 

Pulleys, friction 37-39 

Pulleys, grooved 30 

Pulleys, speed 36, 37 

Pulsometer steam pump 115 

Pump, centrifugal 144 

Pump, condenser 1 09 

Pump, connections 140 

Pump, four-stage centrifugal 164 

Pump, rotary 144-147 

Pump, screw 144 

Pump, steam 108, 139, 140 

Pump valve gear 108, 109 

Pump, valves 158, 159 

Pumping engine 139 

Pumps, lift and force 140-143 

Punching presses 332 



R 



Railroad crossing gate 226 

Railroad gate 226 

Railway pneumatic signal 227 

Railway water lift 396 

Ram, hydraulic 149, 150 

Ratchet and lover 27 

Ratchet bars 253 

Ratchet, circular motions 254-258 

Ratchet driver, electro-magnetic. . . . 204 

Ratchets 253-258, 382 

Reciprocating motion .259-263, 265, 266 

Recording watt-hour meter 203 

Reducing valves 110, 151 

Reflecting drawing board 369 

Registering dynamometer 46 

Resolution of forces 17-19 

Resolution of suspension 17, 18 

Resolution of thrust 18, 19 

Reverse motion, drive 46 

Reversing pulley 280 

Reversing lever 44 

Rifles 394-390 

Right-angle shaft transmission .... 348 

} Rivetting machines 332 

Road-builders' level 218 

Road machine 219 

Road roller, eccentric 219 

Road rollers 219 

Rock drill, hand power 311 



4o8 



INDEX. 



Rock drill valve motion 298, 299 

Rolling lift bridge 361 

Rolls, tube .340-342 

Roof trusses 356 

Rope drive for mine haulage 312 

Rope ends, hook and clip , 26 

Rope transmission 29-31 

Rumbling mill 333 



S 



Safety catch 258, 259 

Safety lamp 300 

Safety valves 66, 67 

Sails and vessels 205-210 

Sand box 384 

Sand ejector 350 

Saws, band 328 

Saws, rail 383 

Saws, wabble 327 

Scales, weighing and measuring. . .52-53 

Screw power 22 

Screw movement 335 

Screw propellers 215, 216 

Screw threads 337, 338, 373 

Section liners 368 

Self-registering barometers 369 

Self-registering tide gauge 227 

Separator 333 

Sewing machines 380, 381 

Sewing machine hook 282 

Shaft ball bearings 314, 315 

Shaft couplings 277, 278, 317-319 

Shaft hangers 313, 314 

Shaft transmission, right-angle 348 

Shears .327, 328 

Sheep shears 372 

Ship's steering gear 227 

Shuttle motion, positive 282 

Signal, railway pneumatic 227 

Siphons 147, 148 

Slip hooks 351 

Solenoid electric fan 204 

Sounding balls 217, 218 

Spanish windlass 26 

Speed-changing pulley 45 

Speed indicator 52 

Speed pulleys 36, 37 

Spiral motion 268 

Spirograph 370 

Spool-winding machine 347 

Spring motor 381 

Springs 279 

Spring trace 220 

Spring wheel 228 

Sprinkler, automatic 149 

Sprinkler head, hydraulic 163 

Sprocket and chain 40 

Btake puller 127 



Stamp mills 305, 330 

Static force 17 

Steam air compressors 171, 174 

Steam appliances 103-114 

Steam fire engine 221 

Steam pumps 108, 139, 140 

Steam pump, the pulsometer 115 

Steam power 57-100 

Steam separators Ill 

Steam soot sucker 115 

Steam traps 112, 113 

Steam tricycle 220 

Steam universal joint 335 

Steam vulcanizer 347, 348 

Steam engines 67-100 

Steam link motion 74-78 

Steam engines, piston rotary ... .94, 95 

Steam rotary 90-100 

Steam turbine 99, 100 

Steam valve gear 71-78 

Steam vibrating 96-98 

Steel-arched concrete bridge 360 

Steering gear 29 

Steering gear for ship 227 

Steering gear, novel 227 

Step bearings 315 

Step gear 40 

Sterling boiler 102 

St. John's steam meter 55 

Stirring machines 349, 377 

Stokers, mechanical 64-66 

Stop motion 258, 259 

Street-cleaning machine 228 

Straight line linkage 28 

Straight line movements 397, 400 

Stump puller 350 

Submarine lamp 218 

Sun and planet motion 248 

Sun dial 373 

Sun dial equated 283 

Sun dial, universal 296 

Swing treadle 332 

T 

Tackle blocks 22-25, 340, 341 

Take-up and let-off motion for looms 348 

Tension carriage 31 

Tension machine 50 

Testing cement 350 

Three-horse whiflfletrees 56 

The Roney mechanical stoker 101 

Thrust bearing 217 

Tide gauge, self-registering 227 

Timber splicing 335, 356 

Tire shrinker 331, 332 

Tongs, grip 351, 352 

Tool, centering 335 

Towers, unloading 301 

Tracing bar 369 



INDEX. 



409 



Trace springs 220 

Tramways 303, 339 

Transformer, alternating current. . 204 

Transmission by bell crank 45 

Transmission, circular motion 44 

Transmission, reciprocating 44 

Trap, return 112 

Trap, steam 112, 113 

Traveling derrick 346 

Treadles 332 

Tread mills 371 

Tricycles 222, 223 

Trip hammers 330, 331 

Trip hooks 351 

Trucks, car 384, 385 

Trusses 356-359 

Tube rolling 341, 342 

Tubing, flexible metallic 116 

Turbines 135-137 

Turntables 386, 387 

Two-revolutions for one stroke.... 45 
Typewriting 302 



U 



Universal couplings 318, 319 

Universal joints 277-335 

Universal sun dial 296 

Upsetting tires 331, 332 



Vacuum pump 162 

Valves, check 114 

Valves, double beat 158, 159 

Valves, gas 388, 389 

Valve gear for explosive motors. . . . 128 

Valves, globe 114 

Valves, reducing 110 

Valves, relief 1 14 

Valve gear, gas engine 121-124 



I Valve gear, steam engine 71-78 

Variable crank throw 275, 276 

Variable speed devices 323, 324 

Vauclain's compound locomotive 

cylinders 102 

Velocity registers 151 

Ventilators 185, 299, 300 

Ventilator or cowl for a chimney 

top 187 

Vernier calipers 336 

Vessels, raising, by compressed air. . 177 



W 



Watch escapements 289-292 

Watch stops 292 

Water lift, compressed air 177 

Water lift, railway 396 

Water ejectors 148 

Water meters 150, 151 

Water power 138, 139 

Water pressure reducers 151, 152 

Water-tube boiler, the Worthington 102 

Water-wheels 131-135 

Water-wheel governors 137, 138 

Water-wheel impact 138 

Wave motion, power from 281 

Wedge 22 

Weight motor 25 

Well boring 297 

Well, driven 160 

Well pump, compressed air . . . .176, 177 

Wheels, elastic 221 

Wind gauge . . . . 187 

Wind instruments 186 

Windmills 165-167 

Windmill, the prairie 188 

Windlass, Spanish 26 

Wire drawing and covering 376 

Wood-bending clamps 325 

I Worm gear 22-43 

i Worthington water-tube boiler. ...... 102 




$15 Draftsman's WorkingOutfit 



Including finest set of Imported German Silver Instruments. 
Regular complete working tools, the same kind and quality I use my- 
self. As Chief Draftsman I make this special grand offer to enable ambi- 
tious,bright men to become Draftsmen. There is always an urgent demand 
for practical trained Draftsmen at a salary of $125 to |175 per month. 

^ItiA'f ¥\l*of 1*0111 on Will Instruct You Personally 
■^IlIU 111 itllOlllCtll A most wonderful opportunity 
^^ ^i*^^^ M^ w^m^^mmmmmm^^mi^ fof a limited aud selected num- 
ber of ambtious men! For over twenty years I 
have been Chief Draftsman of a large and well-known com- 
pany. The demand for practical, trained Draftsmen is 
growing— higher salaries are being paid right along. Never 
before have we felt the need as we do today for men who 
really know practical drafting — the way I am training my 
students. I can accommodate a few more men in my spare 
time. If you write me at once I will send you my book, 
"Successful Draftsmanship,"with full particulars— all free. 



I Guarantee 

To instruct you until 
Competent and placed 
in a position at a regu- 
lar salary paying from 
$125.00 to $175.00 per 
month and furnish you 
free $15.00 Working 
Outfit at once. 



More Men Needed! m^i^rj^^^^i 

*'*'^^* ^^ AW^^i^*» A^^^^i^^m^i^^A • j)Q^,j. bother about 
expense. The working outfit I will give you free if you get in at 
once. And I charge you just a nominal price for teaching you to 
become an experienced draftsman. My object is to develop ex- 
perienced draftsmen. Write at once for my book on drafting — free. 

Earn Big Money at Once While 

Learninfif At Home ^^^' ™y friend, you 

*^^«*»*"**& '^•' MMVlllC can make big money at 
home from the start— as much as $5 to $10 per day. Address: 

Chief Draftsman ^tT'''^^^^:SS: 




■-- -^--^ — ^—^ — "^ 



CATALOGUE 

of the latest 

Practical, Scientific, Technical 



and 



Automobile Books 




PRACTICAL BOOKS FOR PRAaiCAL MEN 

Each Book in this Catalogue is written by an 
Elxpert and is written so you can understand it 



PUBLISHED BY 

The Norman W. Henley Publishing Co. 

132 Nassau Street, New York, U. S. A. 

Established 1890 
91^^ Any Book in this Catalogue sent prepaid on receipt of price. 

1 ^^^_^__^^^^ 



INDEX 



PAGE 

air Brakes 20, 23 

Arithmetic 13, 24, 31 

Automobile Books 3, 4, 5 

Automobile Charts 5, 6 

Automobile Ignition Systems 5 

Automobile Lighting 5 

Automobile Questions and Answers 4 

Automobile Repairing 4 

Automobile Starting Systems 5 

Automobile Trouble Charts 5 

Bevel Gear 18 

Boiler Room Chart 8 

Brazing 6 

Cams 18 

Carbm-etion Trouble Chart 6 

Change Gear 18 

Charts 5, 7 

Coal 21 

Combustion 21 

Compressed Air 8 

Concrete 9 

Concrete for Farm Use 10 

Concrete for Shop Use 10 

Cosmetics 26 

Cyclecars 5 

Dictionary 11 

Dies 11, 12 

Drawing 12 

Drawing for Plumbers 27 

Drop Forging 12 

Dynamo Building 13 

Electric Switchboards 13, 15 

Electric Toy Making 14 

Electric Wiring 13, 14, 16 

Electricity 13, 14, 15, 16 

E-T Air Brake 23 

Factory Management 16 

Ford Automobile 3 

Ford Trouble Chart 6 

Formulas and Recipes 28 

Fuel 16 

Gas Construction 18 

Gas Engines 17, 18 

Gas Tractor 33 

Gearing and Cams 18, 19 

Heating 31 

Horse Power Chart 8 

Hot Water Heatmg 31, 32 

House Wiring 14, 16 

Hydraulics 19 

Ignition Systems 5 

Ignition Trouble Chart 5 

India Rubber 29 

Interchangeable Manufacturing 23 

Inventions 19 

Knots 19 

Lathe Work 20 

Link Motions 21 



PAGE 

Liquid Air 20 

Locomotive Boilers 21 

Locomotive Breakdowns 22 

Locomotive Engineering 20, 21, 22, 23 

Machinist Books 23, 24, 25 

Manual Training 25 

Marine Engineering 26 

Marine Gasoline Engines 18 

Mechanical Drawing 12 

Mechanical Movements 24 

Metal Work 11, 12 

Motorcycles 5, 6 

Patents 19 

Pattern Making 26 

Perfmnery 26 

Perspective 12 

Plumbing 27, 28 

Punches ... 12 

Producer Gas 18 

Questions and Answers on Automobile .... 4 

Questions on Heating 32 

Railroad Accidents 22 

Railroad Charts 8 

Recipe Book 28 

Repairing Automobiles 4 

Rope Work 19 

Rubber 29 

Rubber Stamps 29 

Saw Filing 30 

Saws, Management of 30 

Sheet Metal Works 11, 12 

Shop Construction 24 

Shop Management 24 

Shop Practice 25 

Shop Tools 25 

Sketching Paper 12 

Soldering 6 

Splices and Rope Work 19 

Steam Engineering 30, 31 

Steam Heating 31, 32 

Steel 32 

Submarine Chart 8 

Switch Boards 13, 15 

Tapers 20 

Telegraphy, Wireless 16 

Telephone 16 

Thread Cuttmg 25 

Tool Makmg 23 

Toy Making 14 

Train Rules 22 

Tractive Power Chart 8 

Tractor, Gas 33 

Vacuum Heating 32 

Valve Setting 21 

Ventilation 31 

Waterproofing 11 

Wireless Telegraphy 16 

Wiring 13, 14 

Wiring Diagrams 13 



Any of these books promptly sent prepaid to any 
address in the world on receipt of price. 

How to remit. — By Postal Money Order, Express Money Order, 

Bank Draft or Registered Letter. 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

AUTOMOBILES AND MOTORCYCLES 

THE MODERK GASOLINE AUTOMOBILE— ITS DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, 
MAINTENANCE AND REPAIR. By Victor W. Page, M.E. 

The latest and most complete treatise on the Gasoline Automobile ever Issued. Written 
in simple language by a recognized authority, familiar with every branch of the auto- 
mobile industry. Free from technical terms. Everything is explained so simply 
that anyone of average intelligence may gain a comprehensive knowledge of the 
gasoline automobile. The information is up-to-date and includes, in addition to an 
exposition of principles of construction and description of all types of automobiles and 
their components, valuable money-saving hints on the care and operation of motor- 
cars propelled by internal combustion engines. Among some of the subjects treated 
might be mentioned: Torpedo and other symmetrical body forms designed to reduce 
air resistance; sleeve valve, rotary valve and other types of silent motors; increasing 
tendency to favor worm-gear power -transmission; universal application of magneto 
ignition; development of automobile electric-lighting systems; block motors; under- 
slung chassis; appUcation of practical self-starters; long stroke and offset cylinder 
motors; latest automatic lubrication systems; silent chains for valve operation and 
change-speed gearing; the use of front wheel brakes and many other detail refinements. 
By a careful study of the pages of this book one can gain practical knowledge of auto- 
mobile construction that will save time, money and worry. The book tells you just 
what to do, how and when to do it. Nothing has been omitted, no detail has been 
slighted. Every part of the automobile, its equipment, accessories, tools, supplies, 
spare parts necessary, etc., have been discussed comprehensively. If you are or 
intend to become a motorist, or are in any way interested in the modern Gasoline 
Automobile, this is a book you cannot afford to be without. Over 850 6x9 pages — 
and more than 600 new and specially made detail illustrations, as well as many full- 
page and double-page plates, showing all parts of the automobile. Including 12 large 
folding plates. Price $2.50 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 
"It is the best book on the Automobile seen up to date." — J. H. Pile, Associate Editor 
Automobile Trade Journal. 

"Every Automobile Owner has use for a book of this character." — The Tradesman. 
"This book is superior to any treatise heretofore pubhshed on the subject." — The 
^ Inventive Age. 

" We know of no other volume that is so complete in all its departments, and in which 

the wide field of automobile construction with its mechanical intricacies is so plainly 

handled, both in the text and in the matter of illustrations." — The Motorist. 

"The book i:-. very thorough, a careful examination failing to disclose any point in 

connection with the automobile, its care and repair, to have been overlooked." — 

Iron Age. 

"Mr. Page has done a great work, and benefit to the Automobile Field." — W. C. 

Hasford, Mgr. Y. M. C. A. Automobile School, Boston, Mass. 

"It is just the kind of a book a motorist needs if he wants to understand his car." — 

American Thresherman. 

THE MODEL T FORD CAR, ITS CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND REPAIR. 

By Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This is a complete instruction book. All parts of the Ford Model T Car are described 
and illustrated; the construction is fully described and operating principles made 
clear to everyone. Every Ford owner needs this practical book. You don't have to 
guess about the construction or where the trouble is. as it shows how to take aU par ♦^s 
apart and how to locate and fix all faults. The writer, Mr. Page, has operated a Ford 
car for four years and writes from actual knowledge. Among the contents are: 
1. The Ford Car. Its Parts and Their Functions. 2. The Engine and Auxiliary 
Groups. How the Engine Works — The Fuel Supply System — The Carburetor — 
Making the Ignition Spark — Cooling and Lubrication. 3. Details of Chassis. 
Change Speed Gear — Power Transmission — Differential Gear Action — Steering Gear 
— Front Axle — Frame and Springs — Brakes. 4. How to Drive and Care for the Ford. 
The Control System Explained — Starting the Motor — Driving the Car — Locating 
Roadside Troubles — Tire Repairs — Oiling the Chassis — Winter Care of Car. 5. Sys- 
tematic Location of Troubles and Remedies. Faults in Engine — Faults in Carburetor 
— Ignition Troubles — Cooling and Lubrication System Defects — Adjustment of 
Transmission Gear — General Chassis Repairs. 95 illustrations. 300 pages. Two 
large folding plates. Price $1.00 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

AUTOMOBILE REPAIRING MADE EASY. By Victor W. Page, M.E. 

A comprehensive, practical exposition of every phase of modem automobile repairing 
practice. Outlines every process incidental to motor car restoration. Gives plans for 
workshop construction, suggestions for equipment, power needed, machinery and tools 
necessary to carry on the business successfully. TeUs how to overhaul and repair all 
parts of aU automobiles. Everything is explained so simply that motorists and students 
can acquire a full working knowledge of automobile repairing. This work starts with 
the engine, then considers carburetion, ignition, coohng and lubrication systems. The 
clutch, change speed gearing and transmission system are considered in detail. Contains 
instructions for repairing all types of axles, steering gears and other chassis parts. 
Many tables, short cuts in figuring and rules of practice are given for the mechanic. 
Explains fully valve and magneto timing, "tuning" engines, systematic location of 
trouble, repair of ball and roller bearings, shop kinks, first aid to injured and a multi- 
tude of subjects of interest to all in the garage and repair business. 

This book contains special instructions on electric starting, lighting and ignition systems, 
tire repairing and rebuilding, autogenous welding, brazing and soldering, heat treatment of 
steel, latest timing practice, eight and twelve-cylinder motors, etc. 5^x8. Cloth. 1056 
pages, 1,000 illustrations, 11 folding plates. Price $3.00 

WHAT IS SAID OP THIS BOOK: 

" 'Automobile Repairing Made Easy' is the best book on the subject I have ever seen 
and the only book I ever saw that is of any value in a garage." — Fred Jeffrey, Martins- 
burg, Neb. 

"I wish to thank you for sending me a copy of 'Automobile Repairing Made Easy.' I 
do not think it could be excelled." — S. W. Gisriel, Director of Instruction, Y. M. C. A,, 
Philadelphia, Pa. 



(QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS RELATING TO MODERN AUTOMOBILE CON- 
STRUCTION, DRIVING AND REPAIR. By Victor W. Page, M.E. 

A practical self-instructor for students, mechamcs and motorists, consisting of thirty- 
six lessons in the form of questions and answers, written with special reference to the 
requirements of the non-technical reader desiring easily understood, explanatory 
matter relating to all branches of automobiling. The subject-matter is absolutely 
correct and explained in simple language. If you can't answer all of the following 
questions, you need this work. The answers to these and nearly 2000 more are to 
be found in its pages. Give the name of aU important parts of an automobile and 
describe their functions? Describe action of latest types of kerosene carburetors? 
What is the difference between a "double" ignition system and a "dual" ignition 
system? Name parts of an induction coil? How are valves timed? What is an 
electric motor starter and how does it work? What are advantages of worm drive 
gearing? Name all important types of ball and roller bearings? What is a "three- 
quarter" floating axle? What is a two-speed axle? What is the Vulcan electric gear 
shift? Name the causes of lost power in automobiles? Describe all noises due to 
deranged mechanism and give causes? How can you adjust a carbm-etor by the 
color of the exhaust gases? What causes "popping" in the carburetor? What tools 
and supphes are needed to equip a car? How do you drive various makes of cars? 
What is a differential lock and where is it used? Name different systems of wire 
wheel construction, etc., etc.? A popular work at a popular price. 5Mx73^. Cloth. 
650 pages, 350 illustrations, 3 folding plates. Price $1.50 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

"If you own a car — get this book." — The Glassworker. 

"Mr. Page has the faculty of making diflQcult subjects plain and understandable." — 
Bristol Press. 

"We can name no writer better qualified to prepare a book of instruction on auto- 
mobiles than Mr. Victor W. Page." — Scientific American. 
"The best automobile catechism that has appeared." — Automobile Topics. 
" There are few men, even with long experience, who will not find this book useful. 
Great pains have been taken to make it accurate. Special recommendation must be 
given to the illustrations, which have been made speciaUy for the work. Such ex- 
cellent books as this greatly assist in fully imderstanding yom* automobile." — En- 
gineering News. 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

Just Published — A New Book on Automobile Electricity. 

MODERN STARTING, LIGHTING AND IGNITION SYSTEMS. By Victor 

W. Page, M.E. 

This practical volume has been written with special reference to the requirements of the 
non-technical reader desiring easily understood, explanatory matter, relating to all 
types of automobile ignition, starting and lighting systems. It can be understood by 
anyone, even without electrical knowledge, because elementary electrical principles are 
considered before any attempt is made to discuss features of the various systems. 
These basic principles are clearly stated and illustrated with simple diagrams. All the 
leading systems of starting, lighting and ignition have been described and illustrated with 
the co-operation of the experts employed by the manufacturers. Wiring diagrams are 
shown in both technical and non-technical forms. All s>Tnbols are fuDy explained. It 
is a comprehensive review of modern starting and ignition system practice, and includes 
a complete exposition of storage battery construction, care and repair. All types of 
starting motors, generators, magnetos, and all ignition or lighting system units are 
fully explained. The systems of cars already in use as well as those that are to come 
in 1916 are considered. Every person in the automobile business needs this volume. 
5^x73^. Cloth. 530 pages, 297 illustrations, 3 foldiag plates. Price . . $1.50 

MOTORCYCLES, SIDE CARS AND CYCLECARS, THEIR CONSTRUCTION, 

MANAGEMENT AND REPAIR. By Victor W. Page, M.E. 

The only complete work pubUshed for the motorcychst and cyclecarist. Describes 
fully all leading types of machines, their design, construction, maintenance, operation 
and repair. This treatise outUnes fully the operation of two- and four-cycle power 
plants and all ignition, carbiiretion and lubrication systems in detail. Describes all 
representative types of free engine clutches, variable speed gears and power trans- 
mission systems. Gives complete instructions for operating and repairing all types. 
Considers fully electric self-starting and lighting systems, aU types of spring frames 
and springs forks and shows leading control methods. For those desiring technical 
information a complete series of tables and many formulae to assist in designing are 
Included. The work tells how to figure power needed to cUmb grades, overcome air 
resistance and attain high speeds. It shows how to select gear ratios for various 
weights and powers, how to figure braking eflBciency required, gives sizes of belts and 
^ chains to transmit power safely, and shows how to design sprockets, belt pulleys, etc. 

This work also includes complete formulae for figuring horse-power, shows how dyna- 
mometer tests are made, defines relative efficiency of air- and water-cooled engines, plain 
and anti-friction bearings and many other data of a practical, helpful, engineering 
nature. Remember that you get this information in addition to the practical de- 
scription and instructions which alone are worth several times the price of the book. 
550 pages. 350 specially made illustrations, 5 folding plates. Cloth. Price . $1.50 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

" Here is a book that should be in the cycle repairer's kit." — American Blacksmith. 
" The best way for any rider to thoroughly understand his machine, is to get a copy 
of this book; it is worth many times its price." — Pacific Motorcyclist. 

AUTOMOBILE AND MOTORCYCLE CHARTS 

CHART. GASOLINE ENGINE TROUBLES MADE EASY— A CHART SHOW- 
ING SECTIONAL VIEW OF GASOLINE ENGINE. Compiled by Victor 
W. Page, M.E. 

It shows clearly all parts of a tj^pical four-cylinder gasohne engine of the four-cycle 
type. It outlines distinctly all parts liable to give trouble and also details the de- 
rangements apt to interfere with smooth engine operation. 

Valuable to students, motorists, mechanics, repairmen, garagemen, automobile sales- 
men, chauffeurs, motorboat owners, motor-truck and tractor drivers, aviators, motor- 
cycUsts, and all others who have to do with gasohne power plants. 
It simpUftes location of aU engine troubles, and while it will prove invaluable to the 
no\ice, it can be used to advantage by the more expert. It should be on the waUs of 
every pubhc and private garage, automobile repair shop, club house or school. It can 
be carried in the automobile or pocket with ease, and will insure against loss of time 
when engine trouble manifests itself. 

This sectional view of engine is a complete review of all motor troubles. It is prepared 
by a practical motorist for all who motor. Aliore information for the money than ever 
before offer^» No details omitted. Size 25x38 inches. Securely mailed on receipt 
of . . - 26 cents 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 



CHART. LOCATION OF FORD ENGINE TROUBLES MADE EASY. Com- 
piled by Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This shows clear sectional views depicting aU portions of the Ford power plant and 
auxiliary groups. It outlines clearly all parts of the engine, fuel supply system, igni- 
tion group and coohng system, that are apt to give trouble, detailing all derangements 
that are liable to make an engine lose power, start hard or work irregiilarly. This 
chart is valuable to students, owners, and drivers as it simphfles location of all engine 
faults. Of great advantage as an instructor for the novice, it can be used equally well 
by the more expert as a work of reference and review. It can be carried in the tool- 
box or pocket with ease and will save its cost in labor eliminated the first time engine 
trouble manifests itself. Prepared with special reference to the average man's needs 
and is a practical review of all motor troubles because it is based on the actual ex- 
perience of an automobile engineer-mechanic with the mechanism the chart describes. 
It enables the non-technical owner or operator of a Ford car to locate engine de- 
rangements by systematic search, guided by easily recognized symptoms' instead of by 
guesswork. It makes the average owner independent of the roadside repair shop 
when touring. Must be seen to be appreciated. Size 25x38 inches. Printed on 
heavy bond paper. Price 25 cents 

CHART. LUBRICATION OF THE MOTOR CAR CHASSIS. Compiled by 

Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This chart presents the plan view of a typical six-cylinder chassis of standard design 
and all parts are clearly indicated that demand oil, also the frequency with which they 
must be lubricated and the kind of oil to use. A practical chart for all interested in 
motor-car maintenance. Size 24x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

CHART. LOCATION OF CARBURETION TROUBLES MADE EASY. Com- 
piled by Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This chart shows all parts of a typical pressure feed fuel supply system and gives 
causes of trouble, how to locate defects and means of remedying them. Size 24x38 
inches. Price 25 cents 

CHART. LOCATION OF IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLES MADE EASY. 

Compiled by Victor W. Page, M.E. 

In this diagram all parts of a typical double ignition system using battery and magneto 
current are shown, and suggestions are given for readily finding ignition troubles and 
eliminating them when foimd. Size 24x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

CHART. LOCATION OF COOLING AND LUBRICATION SYSTEM FAULTS. 

Compiled by Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This composite diagram shows a typical automobile power plant using pump circulated 
water-cooling system and the most popular lubrication method. Gives suggestions 
for curing all overheating and loss of power faults due to faulty action of the oiUng 
or coohng group. Size 24x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

CHART. MOTORCYCLE TROUBLES MADE EASY. Compiled by Victor 

W. Page, M.E. 

A chart showing sectional view of a single-cyhnder gasoUne engine. This chart 
simphfles location of all power-plant troubles. A single-cylinder motor is shown for 
simplicity. It outlines distinctly all parts hable to give trouble and also details the 
derangements apt to interfere with smooth engine operation. This chart will prove 
of value to all who have to do with the operation, repair or sale of motorcycles. No 
details omitted. Size 30x20 inches. Price 25 cents 

BRAZING AND SOLDERING 

BRAZING AND SOLDERING. By James F. Hobart. 

The only book that shows you just how to handle any job of brazing or soldering that 
comes along: it tells you what mixture to use, how to make a furnace if you need one. 
Full of valuable kinks. The fifth edition of this book has just been pubhshed, and to 
it much new matter and a large number of tested formulae for all kinds of solders and 
fluxes have been added. Illustrated 25 cents 



6 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

CHARTS 

GASOLINE ENGINE TROUBLES MADE EASY— A CHART SHOWING SEC- 
TIONAL VIEW OF GASOLINE ENGINE. Compiled by Victor W. Page. 

It shows clearly all parts of a typical four-cylinder gasoline engine of the four-cycle 
type. It outlines distinctly aU parts Uable to give trouble and also details the de- 
rangements apt to interfere with smooth engine operation. 

Valuable to students, motorists, mechanics, repairmen, garagemen, automobile sales- 
men, chauffeurs, motor- boat oviTiers, motor- truck and tractor drivers, aviators, motor- 
cyclists, and all others who have to do with gasoline power plants. 
It simplifies location of all engine troubles, and while it will prove invaluable to the 
novice, it can be used to advantage by the more expert. It should be on the waUs of 
every pubhc and private garage, automobile repair shop, club house or school. It can 
be carried in the automobile or pocket with ease and will insure against loss of time 
when engine trouble manifests itself. 

This sectional view of engine is a complete review of all motor troubles. It is pre- 
pared by a practical motorist for aU who motor. No details omitted. Size 25x38 
inches 25 cents 

LUBRICATION OF THE MOTOR CAR CHASSIS. 

This chart presents the plan view of a typical six-cyUnder chassis of standard design 
and all parts are clearly indicated that demand oil, also the frequency with which they 
must be lubricated and the kind of oil to use. A practical chart for all interested in 
motor-car maintenance. Size 24x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

LOCATION OF CARBURETION TROUBLES MADE EASY. 

This chart shows all parts of a typical pressiire feed fuel supply system and gives 
causes of trouble, how to locate defects and means of remedying them. Size 24x38 
inches. Price . 25 cents 

LOCATION OF IGNITION SYSTEM TROUBLES MADE EASY. 

In this chart aU parts of a typical double ignition system using battery and magneto 

/ current are shown and suggestions are given for readily finding ignition troubles and 

ehmlnating them when found. Size 24x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

LOCATION OF COOLING AI^D LUBRICATION SYSTEM FAULTS. 

This composite chart shows a typical automobile power plant using pump circulated 
water-cooling system and the most popular lubrication method. Gives suggestions 
for curing all overheating and loss of power faults due to faulty action of the oihng or 
cooling group. Size 24x38 inches. Price . " 25 cents 

MOTORCYCLE TROUBLES MADE EASY— A CHART SHOWING SECTIONAL 

VIEW OF SINGLE - CYLINDER GASOLINE ENGINE. Compiled by 

Victor W. Page. 

This chart simphfles location of all power-plant troubles, and will prove invaluable to 
all who have to do with the operation, repair or sale of motorcycles. No details 
omitted. Size 25x38 inches. Price 25 cents 

LOCATION OF FORD ENGINE TROUBLES MADE EASY. CompUed by 
Victor W. Page, M.E. 

This shows clear sectional -vdews depicting all portions of the Ford power plant and 
auxiliary groups. It outhnes clearly all parts of the engine, fuel supply system, 
ignition group and cooUng system, that are apt to give trouble, detaiUng all derange- 
ments that are Uable to make an engine lose power, start hard or work irregularly. This 
chart is valuable to students, owners, and drivers, as it simpUfies location of all engine 
faults. Of great advantage as an instructor for the novice, it can be used equally weU 
by the more expert as a work of reference and review. It can be carried in the tool- 
box or pocket with ease and will save its cost in labor eliminated the first time engine 
trouble manifests itself. Prepared with special reference to the average man's needs 
and is a practical review of all motor troubles because it is based on the actual ex- 
perience of an automobile engineer-mechanic with the mechanism the chart describes. 
It enables the non-technical owner or operator of a Ford car to locate engine de- 
rangements by systematic search, guided by easily recognized symptoms instead of by 
guesswork. It makes the average owner independent of the roadside repair shop 
when touring. Must be seen to be appreciated. Size 25x38 inches. Printed on heavy 
bond paper. Price, 25 cent* 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

MODERN SUBMARINE CHART — WITH 200 PARTS NUMBERED AND 
NAMED. 

A cross-section view, showing clearly and distinctly all the interior of a Submarine of 
the latest type. You get more information from this chart, about the construction and 
operation of a Submarine, than in any other way. No details omitted — everything 
is accurate and to scale. It is absolutely correct in every detail, having been approved 
by Naval Engineers. All the machinery and devices fitted in a modern Submarine 
Boat are shown, and to make the engraving more readily understood, all the features 
are shown in operative form, with Officers and Men in the act of performing the duties 
assigned to them in service conditions. This CHART IS REALLY AN ENCYCLO- 
PEDIA OP A SUBMARINE 25 cents 

BOX CAR CHART. 

A chart showing the anatomy of a box'car, having every part of the car numbered and 
its proper name given in a reference list 35 cents 

GONDOLA CAR CHART. 

A chart showing the anatomy of a gondola car, having every part of the car numbered 
and its proper reference name given in a reference list 25 cents 

PASSENGER-CAR CHART. 

A chart showing the anatomy of a passenger-car, having every part of the car numbered 
and its proper name given in a reference hst 25 cents 

STEEL HOPPER BOTTOM COAL CAR. 

A chart showing the anatomy of a steel Hopper Bottom Coal Car, having every part 
of the car numbered and its proper name given in a reference hst. ,. . . . 25 cents 

TRACTIVE POWER CHART. 

A chart whereby you can find the tractive power or drawbar puU of any locomotive 
without making a figure. Shows what cyhnders are equal, how driving wheels and 
steam pressure aflfect the power. What sized engine you need to exert a given drawbar 
puU or anything you desire in this line 50 cents 

HORSE-POWER CHART 

Shows the horse-power of any stationary engine without calculation. No matter what 
the cylinder diameter of stroke, the steam pressure of cut-off, the revolutions, or 
whether condensing or non-condensing, it's aU there. Easy to use, accurate, and 
saves time and calculations. Especially useful to engineers and designers. 50 cents 

BOILER ROOM CHART. By Geo. L. Fowler. 

A chart — size 14x28 inches — showing in isometric perspective the mechanisms be- 
longing in a modem boiler room. The various parts are shown broken or removed, 
so that the internal construction is fully illustrated. Each part is given a reference 
number, and these, with the corresponding name, are given in a glossary printed at 
the sides. This chart is really a dictionary of the boiler room — the names of more than 
200 parts being given 25 cents 

COMPRESSED AIR 

COMPRESSED AIR IN ALL ITS APPLICATIONS. By Gardner D. Hiscox. 

This is the most complete book on the subject of Air that has ever been issued, and its 
thirty-five chapters include about every phase of the subject one can think of. It may 
be caUed an encyclopedia of compressed air. It is written by an expert, who, in its 
665 pages, has dealt with the subject in a comprehensive manner, no phase of it being 
omitted. Includes the physical properties of air from a vacutun to its highest pressure, 
its thermodynamics, compression, transmission and iises as a motive power, in the 
Operation of Stationary and Portable Machinery, in Mining, Air Tools, Air Lifts, 
Pumping of Water, Acids, and Oils; the Air Blast for Cleaning and Painting, the 
Sand Blast and its "Work, and the Numerous Appliances in which Compressed Air is 
a Most Convenient and Economical Transmitter of Power for Mechanical Work, 
Railway Propulsion, Refrigeration, and the Various Uses to which Compressed Air 
has been apphed. Includes forty-four tables of the physical properties of air, its 
compression, expansion, and volumes required for various kinds of work, and a list 
of patents on compressed air from 1875 to date. Over 500 illustrations, 5th Edition, 
revised and enlarged. Cloth bound, $5.00. Half Morocco, price .... $6.50 

8 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

CONCRETE 

JUST PUBLISHED— CONCRETE WORKERS' REFERENCE BOOKS. A 
SERIES OF POPULAR HANDBOOKS FOR CONCRETE USERS. 

Prepared by A. A. Houghton Each 50 cents 

The author, in preparing this Series, has not only treated on the usual types of construction, 
but explains and illustrates molds and systems that are not patented, but which are equal 
in value and often superior to those restricted by patents. These molds are very easily and 
cheaply constructed and embody simplicity, rapidity of operation, and the most successful 
results in the molded concrete. Each of these Twelve books is fully illustrated, and the 
subjects are exhaustively treated in plain English. 

CONCRETE WALL FORMS. By A. A. Houghton. 

A new automatic wall clamp is illustrated with working drawings. Other types of 

wall forms, clamps, separators, etc., are also illustrated and explained. 

(No. 1 of Series) 50 cents 

CONCRETE FLOORS AND SIDEWALKS. By A. A. Houghton. 

The molds for molding squares, hexagonal and many other styles of mosaic floor and 
sidewalk blocks are fully. illustrated and explained. (No. 2 of Series) . . 50 cents 

PRACTICAL CONCRETE SILO CONSTRUCTION. By A. A. Houghton. 

Complete working drawings and specifications are given for several styles of concrete 
silos, with illustrations of molds for monolithic and block silos. The tables, data, and 
information presented in this book are of the utmost value in planning and constructing 
all forms of concrete silos. (No. 3 of Series) 50 cents 

MOLDING CONCRETE CHIMNEYS, SLATE AND ROOF TILES. By A. A. 

Houghton. 

The manufacture of aU types of concrete slate and roof tile is fuUy treated. Valuable 
data on all forms of reinforced concrete roofs are contained within its pages. The 
construction of concrete chimneys by block and monoUthic systems is fully illustrated 
and described. A number of ornamental designs of chimney construction with molds 
are shown in this valuable treatise. (No. 4 of Series.) 50 cents 

MOLDING AND CURING ORNAMENTAL CONCRETE. By A. A. Houghton. 

The proper proportions of cement and aggregates for various finishes, also the method 
of thoroughly mixing and placing in the molds, are fuUy treated. An exhaustive 
treatise on this subject that every concrete worker wiU find of daily use and value. 
(No. 5 of Series.) 50 cents 

CONCRETE MONUMENTS, MAUSOLEUMS AND BURIAL VAULTS. By A. A. 

Houghton. 

The molding of concrete monuments to imitate the most expensive cut stone is ex- 
plained in this treatise, with working drawings of easily built molds. Cutting in- 
scriptions and designs are also fully treated. (No. 6 of Series.) ... 50 cents 

MOLDING CONCRETE BATHTUBS, AQUARIUMS AND NATATORIUMS. 

By A. A. Houghton. 

Simple molds and instruction are given for molding many styles of concrete bathtubs, 
swimming-pools, etc. These molds are easily built and permit rapid and successful 
work. (No. 7 of Series.) 50 cents 

CONCRETE BRIDGES, CULVERTS AND SEWERS. By A. A. Houghton. 

A number of ornamental concrete bridges with illustrations of molds are given. A 
collapsible center or core for bridges, culverts and sewers is fuUy Illustrated with de- 
tailed instructions for building. (No. 8 of Series.) 50 cents 

CONSTRUCTING CONCRETE PORCHES. By A. A. Houghton. 

A number of designs with working drawings of molds are fuUy explained so any one 
can easily construct different styles of ornamental concrete porches without the pur- 
chase of expensive molds. (No. 9 of Series.) 50 cents 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

MOLDING CONCRETE FLOWER-POTS, BOXES, JARDINIERES, ETC. By 

A. A. Houghton. 

The molds for producing raany original designs of flower-pots, urns, flower -boxes, 
jardinieres, etc., are fully illustrated and explained, so the worker can easily construct 
and operate same. (No. 10 of Series.) 50 cents 

MOLDING CONCRETE FOUNTAINS AND LAWN ORNAMENTS. By A. A. 

Houghton. 

The molding of a number of designs of lawn seats, curbing, hitching posts, pergolas, sun 
dials and other forms of ornamental concrete for the ornamentation of lawns and gar- 
dens, is fully illustrated and described. (No. 11 of Series) 50 cents 

CONCRETE FROM SAND MOLDS. By A. A. Houghton. 

A Practical Work treating on a process which has heretofore been held as a trade secret 
by the few who possessed it, and which will successfully mold every and any class of 
ornamental concrete work. The process of molding concrete with sand molds is of 
the utmost practical value, possessing the manifold advantages of a low cost of molds, 
the ease and rapidity of operation, perfect details to all ornamental designs, density 
and increased strength of the concrete, perfect curing of the work without attention 
and the easy removal of the molds regardless of any undercutting the design may have. 
192 pages. Fully illustrated. Price $S.OO 

ORNAMENTAL CONCRETE WITHOUT MOLDS. By A. A. Houghton. 

The process for making ornamental concrete without molds has long been held as a 
secret, and now, for the first time, this process is given to the pubUc. The book 
reveals the secret and is the only book published which explains a simple, practical 
method whereby the concrete worker is enabled, by employing wood and metal tem- 
plates of different designs, to mold or model in concrete any Cornice. Archivolt. 
Column, Pedestal, Base Cap, Urn or Pier in a monolithic form — right upon the job. 
These may be molded in units or blocks, and then built up to suit the specifications 
demanded. This work is fully illustrated, with detailed engravings. Price . $2.00 

CONCRETE FOR THE FARM AND IN THE SHOP. By H. Colin 
Campbell, C.E., E.M. 

"Concrete for the Farm and in the Shop" is a new book from cover to cover, illustrat- 
ing and describing in plain, simple language many of the numerous applications of 
concrete within the range of the home worker. Among the subjects treated are: 
Principles of reinforcing; methods of protecting concrete so as to insure proper harden- 
ing; home-made mixers; mixing by hand and nlachine; foim construction, described 
and illustrated by drawings and photographs; construction of concrete walls and 
fences; concrete fence posts; concrete gate posts; corner posts; clothes line posts; 
grape arbor posts; tanks; troughs; cisterns; hog wallows; feeding floors and barn- 
yard pavements ; foundat ions ; well curbs and platforms ; indoor floors ; sidewalks ; steps ; 
concrete hotbeds and cold frames ; concrete slab roofs ; walls for buildings ; repairing 
leaks in tanks and cisterns; and all topics associated with these subjects as bearing 
upon securing the best results from concrete are dwelt upon at sufficient length in plain 
every -day English so that the inexperienced person desiring to undertake a piece of 
concrete constraction can, by following the directions set forth in this book, secure 100 
per cent success every time. A number of convenient and practical tables for estimating 
quantities, and some practical examples, are also given. (5 x 7.) 149 pages, 51 il- 
lustrations. Price $0.75 

POPULAR HANDBOOK FOR CEMENT AND CONCRETE USERS. By Myron 

H. Lewis. 

This is a concise treatise of the principles and methods employed in the manufacture 
and use of cement in all classes of modern works. The author has brought together 
in this work all the salient matter of interest to the user of concrete and its many 
diversified products. The matter is presented in logical and systematic order, clearly 
written, fully Ulustrated and free from involved mathematics. Everything of value to 
the concrete user is given, including kinds of cement employed in construction, concrete 
architecture, inspection and testing, waterproofing, coloring and painting, rules, tables, 
working and cost data. The book comprises thirty-three chapters, as follows: 
Introductory. Kinds of Cements and How They are Made. Properties. Testing 
and Requirements of Hydraulic Cement. Concrete and its Properties. Sand, Broken 
Stone and Gravel for Concrete. How to Proportion the Materials. How to Mix 

TO 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

and Place Concrete. Forms of Concrete Construction. The Architectural and Artistic 
Possibilities of Concrete. Concrete Residences. ^Merriars, Plasters and Stucco, and 
How to Use them. The Artistic Treatment of Concrete Surfaces. Concrete Building 
Blocks. The ^Making of Ornamental Concrete. Concrete Pipes. Fences, Posts, etc. 
Essential Features and Advantages of Reenforced Concrete. How to Design Reen- 
forced Concrete Beams, Slabs and Columns. Explanations of the ^Methods and 
Principles in Designing Reenforced Concrete Beams and Slabs. Systems of Reen- 
forcement Employed. Reenforced Concrete in Factory and General Building Con- 
struction. Concrete in Foixndation Work. Concrete Retaining Walls, Abutments 
and Bulkheads. Concrete Arches and Arch Bridges. Concrete Beam and Girder 
Bridges. Concrete in Sewerage and Drainage Works. Concrete Tanks, Dams and 
Reservoirs. Concrete Sidewalks, Curbs and Pavements. Concrete in Railroad Con- 
structions. The Utility of Concrete on the. Farm. The Waterproofing of Concrete 
Structure. Grout of Liquid Concrete and Its Use. Inspection of Concrete Work. Cost 
of Concrete Work. Some of the special features of the book are: 1. The Attention 
Paid to the Artistic and Architectural Side of Concrete Work. 2. The Authoritative 
Treatment of the Problem of Waterproofing Concrete. 3. An Excellent Summary of 
the Rules to be Followed in Concrete Construction. 4. The Valuable Cost Data and 
Useful Tables given. A valuable Addition to the Library of Every Cement and 
Concrete User, Price $2.50 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

"The field of Concrete Construction is well covered and the matter contained is well 
within the understanding of any person." — Engineering-Contracting. 
"Should be on the bookshelves of every contractor, engineer, and architect in the 
land." — National Builder. 

WATERPROOFING CONCRETE. By Myron H. Lewis. 

^ Modem Methods of Waterproofing Concrete and Other Structures. A condensed 
sta'tement of the Principles, Rules, and Precautions to be Observed in Waterproofing 
and Dampproofing Structures and Structural Materials. Paper binding. Illustrated. 
Price 50 cents 

DICTIONARIES 

STANDARD ELECTRICAL DICTIONARY. By T. O'Conor Sloane. 

An indispensable work to aU interested in electrical science. Suitable alike for the 
student and professional. A practical handbook of reference containing definitions of 
about 5000 distinct words, terms and phrases. The definitions are terse and concise 
and include every term used in electrical science. Recently issued. An entirely new 
edition. Should be in the possession of all who desire to keep abreast with the progress 
of this branch of science. Complete, concise and convenient. 682 pages. 393 illustra- 
tions. Price $3.00 

DIES— METAL WORK 

DIES: THEIR CONSTRUCTION AND USE FOR THE MODERN WORKING OF 

SHEET METALS. By J. V. Woodworth. 

A most useful book, and one which should be in the hands of aU engaged in the press 
working of metals: treating on the Designing, Constructing, and Use of Tools, Fixtures 
and Devices, together ^vith the manner in which thej^ should be used in the Power 
Press, for the cheap and rapid production of the great variety of sheet-metal articles 
now in use. It is designed as a guide to the production of sheet-metal parts at the 
minimum of cost with the maximum of output. The nardening and tempering of 
Press tools and the classes of work which may be produced to the best advantage by 
the use of dies in the power press are fully treated. Its 505 illustrations show dies, 
press fixtures and sheet-metal working de\ices, the descriptions of which are so clear and 
practical that all metal-working mechanics will be able to understand how to design, 
construct and use them. Many of the dies and press fixtures treated were either 
constructed by the author or under his supervision. Others were built by skilful 
mechanics and are in use in large sheet-metal estabUshraents and machine shops. 
6th Edition. Price $3.00 

II 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 
PUNCHES, DIES AND TOOLS FOR MANUFACTURING IN PRESSES. By 

J. V. WOODWORTH. 

This work is a companion volume to the author's elementary work entitled "Dies, Their 
Construction and Use." It does not go into the details of die-making to the extent of 
the author's previous book, but gives a comprehensive review of the field of operations 
carried on by presses. A large part of the information given has been drawn from the 
author's personal experience. It might well be termed an Encyclopedia of Die-Making, 
Punch-Making, Die-Sinldng, Sheet-Metal Working, and Making of Special Tools, Sub- 
presses, Devices and Mechanical Combinations for Punching, Cutting, Bending, Form- 
ing, Piercing, Drawing, Compressing and Assembling Sheet-Metal Parts, and also Arti- 
cles of other Materials in Machine Tools. 2d Edition. Price $4.00 

DROP FORGING, DIE-SINKING AND MACHINE-FORMING OF STEEL. By 

J. V. WoODWORTH. 

This is a practical treatise on Modern Shop Practice, Processes, Methods, Machine 
Tools, and Details treating on the Hot and Cold Machine-Forming of Steel and Iron 
into Finished Shapes; together with Tools, Dies, and Machinery involved in the 
manufacture of Duphcate Forgings and Interchangeable Hot and Cold Pressed Parts 
from Bar and Sheet Metal. This book fills a demand of long standing for information 
regarding drop-forgings, die-sinking and machine-forming of steel and the shop 
practice involved, as it actually exists in the modern drop-forging shop. The processes 
of die-sinking and force-making, which are thoroughly described and illustrated in this 
admirable work, are rarely to be found explained in such a clear and concise manner 
as is here set forth. The process of die-sinking relates to the engraving or sinking of 
the female or lower dies, such as are used for drop-forgings, hot and cold machine 
forging, swedging and the press working of metals. The process of force-making 
relates to the engraving or raising of the male or upper dies used in producing the 
lower dies for the press-forming and machine-forging of duplicate parts of metal. 
In addition to the arts above mentioned the book contains expUcit information re- 
garding the drop-forging and hardening plants, designs, conditions, equipment, drop 
hammers, forging machines, etc., machine forging, hydraulic forging, autogenous 
welding and shop practice. The book contains eleven chapters, and the information 
contained in these chapters is just what will prove most valuable to the forged-metal 
worker. All operations described in the work are thoroughly illustrated by means of 
perspective half-tones and oiitline sketches of the machinery employed. 300 detailed 
illustrations. Price $2.50 

DRAWING— SKETCHING PAPER 



PRACTICAL PERSPECTIVE. By Richards and Colvin. 

Shows just how to make all kinds of mechanical drawings in the only practical per- 
spective isometric. Makes everything plain so that any mechanic can understand 
a sketch or drawing in this way. Saves time in the drawing room, and mistakes in the 
shops. Contains practical examples of various classes of work. 4th Edition. 50 cents 

LINEAR PERSPECTIVE SELF-TAUGHT. By Herman T. C. Kraus. 

This work gives the theory and practice of Knear perspective, as used in architectural, 
engineering and mechanical drawings. Persons taking up the study of the subject 
by themselves will be able, by the use of the instruction given, to readily grasp the 
subject, and by reasonable practice become good perspective draftsmen. The arrange- 
ment of the book is good; the plate is on the left-hand, while the descriptive text 
foUows on the opposite page, so as to be readily referred to. The drawings are on 
sufficiently large scale to show the work clearly and are plainly figured. There is 
included a self-explanatory chart which gives all information necessary for the thorough 
understanding of perspective. This chart alone is worth many times over the price of 
the book. 2d Revised and enlarged Edition $2.50 

SELF-TAUGHT MECHANICAL DRAWING AND ELEMENTARY MACHINE 
DESIGN. By F. L. Sylvester, M.E., Draftsman, with additions by Erik 
Oberg, associate editor of "Machinery." 

This is a practical treatise on Mechanical Drawing and Machine Design, comprising 
the first principles of geometric and mechanical drawing, workshop mathematics, 
mechanics, strength of materials and the calculations and design of machine details. 

12 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

The author's aim has been to adapt this treatise to the requirements of the practical 
mechanic and young draftsman and to present the matter in as clear and concise a 
manner as possible. To meet the demands of this class of students, practically all the 
important elements of machine design have been dealt with, and in addition algebraic 
formulas have been explained, and the elements of trigonometry treated in the manner 
best suited to the needs of the practical man. The book is divided into 20 chapters, 
and in arranging the material, mechanical drawing, pure and simple, has been taken 
up first, as a thorousrh understanding of the principles of representing objects faciUtates 
the further study of mechanical subjects. This is followed, by the mathematics neces- 
sary for the solution of the problems in machine design which are presented later, and 
a practical introduction to theoretical mechanics and the strength of materials. The 
various elements entering into machine design, such as cams, gears, sprocket-wheels, 
cone pulleys, bolts, screws, couplings, clutches, shafting and fly-wheels, have been 
treated in such a way as to make possible the use of the work as a text-book for a 
continuous course of study. It is easily comprehended and assimilated even by 
students of Umited previous training. 330 pages, 215 engravings. Price . . $2.00 

A NEW SKETCHING PAPER. 

A new specially ruled paper to enable you to make sketches or drawings in isometric 
perspective without any flgiu-ing or fussing. It is being used for shop details as well 
as for assembly drawings, as it makes one sketch do the work of three, and no workman 
can help seeing just what is wanted. Pads of 40 sheets, 6x9 inches, 25 cents. Pads 
of 40 sheets, 9x12 inches, 50 cents; 40 sheets, 12x18, Price $1.00 

ELECTRICITY 

ARITHMETIC OF ELECTRICITY. By Prof. T. O'Conor Sloane. 

A practical treatise on electrical calculations of aU kinds reduced to a series of rules, all 
of the simplest forms, and invoUang only ordinary arithmetic; each rule illustrated 
by one or more practical problems, with detailed solution of each one. This book is 
classed among the most useful works published on the science of electricity, covering 
as it does the mathematics of electricity in a manner that will attract the attention 
of those who are not familiar with algebraical formulas. 20th Edition. 160 pages. 
Price $1.00 

COMMUTATOR CONSTRUCTION. By Wm. Baxter, Jr. 

The business end of any dynamo or motor of the direct current type is the commutator. 
This book goes into the designing, building, and maintenance of commutators, showa 
how to locate troubles and how to remedy them; everj^one who fusses with dynamos 
needs this. 4th Edition 25 cents 

DYNAMO BUILDING FOR AMATEURS, OR HOW TO CONSTRUCT A FIFTY- 
WATT DYNAMO. By Arthur J. Weed, Member of N. Y. Electrical Society. 

A practical treatise showing in detail the construction of a small dynamo or motor, the 
entire machine work of which. can be done on a smaU foot lathe. Dimensioned working 
drawings are given for each piece of machine work, and each operation is clearly 
described. This machine, when used as a djTiamo, has an output of fifty watts: when 
used as a motor it will drive a smaU drill press or lathe. It can be used to drive a 
sewing machine on any and aU ordinary work. The book is illustrated with more 
than sixty original engravings showing the actual construction of the different parts. 
Among the contents are chapters on: 1. Fifty- Watt Dynamo. 2. Side Bearing 
Rods. 3. Field Pxmching. 4. Bearings. 5. Commutator. 6. Pulley. 7. Brush 
Holders. 8. Connection Board. 9. Armatm-e Shaft. 10. Armature. 11. Armature 
Winding. 12. Field Winding. 13. Connecting and Starting. Price, paper, 50 cents. 
Cloth $1.00 

ELECTRIC WIRING, DIAGRAMS AND SWITCHBOARDS. By Newton 
Harrison. 

A thoroughly practical treatise covering the subject of Electric Wiring in all its branches, 
including explanations and diagrams which are thoroughly expUcit and greatly simplify 
the subject. Practical, every-day problems in wiring are presented and the method 
of obtaining intelligent results clearly shown. Only arithmetic is used. Ohm's law 

13 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

is given a simple explanation with reference to wiring for direct and alternating 
currents. The fundamental principle of drop of potential in circuits is shown with its 
various applications. The simple circuit is developed with the position of mains, 
feeders and branches; their treatment as a part of a wiring plan and their employ- 
ment in house wiring clearly illustrated. Some simple facts about testing are included 
in connection with the wiring. Molding and conduit work are given careful considera- 
tion; and switchboards are systematically treated, built up and illustrated, showing 
the purpose they serve, for connection with the circuits, and to shunt and compound 
wound machines. The simple principles of switchboard construction, the develop- 
ment of the switchboard, the connections of the various instruments, including the 
lightning arrester, are also plainly set forth. 

Alternating current wiring is treated, with explanations of the power factor, conditions 
calling for various sizes of wire, and a simple way of obtaining the sizes for single-phase, 
two-phase and three-phase circuits. This is the only complete work issued showing 
and telling you what you should know about direct and alternating current wiring. It 
is a ready reference. The work is free from advanced technicalities and mathematics, 
arithmetic being used throughout. It is in every respect a handy, well- written, 
instructive, comprehensive volume on wiring for the wireman, foreman, contractor, 
or electrician. 272 pages; 105 illustrations. Price $1.50 

ELECTRIC TOY MAKING, DYNAMO BUILDING, AND ELECTRIC MOTOR 
CONSTRUCTION. By Prof. T. O'Conor Sloane. 

This work treats of the making at home of electrical toys, electrical apparatus, motors, 
dynamos and instruments in general, and is designed to bring within the reach of 
yoimg and old the manufacture of genuine and useful electrical appliances. The work 
is especially designed for amateurs and young folks. 

Thousands of our young people are daily experimenting, and busily engaged in making 
electrical toys and apparatus of various kinds. The present work is just what is want- 
ed to give the much needed information in a plain, practical manner, with illustrations 
to make easy the carrying out of the work. 20th Edition. Price .... $1.00 

PRACTICAL ELECTRICITY. By Prof. T. O'Conor Sloane. 

This work of 768 pages was previously known as Sloane's Electricians' Hand Book, and 
is intended for the practical electrician who has to make things go. The entire 
field of electricity is covered within its pages. Among some of the subjects treated 
are: The Theory of the Electric Current and Circuit, Electro-Chemi.'^try, Primary 
• Batteries, Storage Batteries, Generation and Utilization of Electric Powers, Alter- 
nating Current, Armature Winding, Dynamos and Motors, Motor Generators, 
Operation of the Central Station Switchboards, Safety Appliances, Distribution 
of Electric Light and Power, Street Mains, Transformers, Arc and Incandescent 
Lighting, Electric Measurements, Photometry, Electric Railways, Telephony, Bell- 
Wiring, Electric-Plating, Electric Heating, Wireless Telegraphy, etc. It contains no 
useless theory; everything is to the point. It teaches you just what you want to 
know about electricity. It is the standard work pubhshed on the subject. Forty- 
one chapters, 556 engravings. Price $2.50 

ELECTRICITY SIMPLIFIED. By Prof. T. O'Conor Sloane. 

The object of "Electricity SimpUfied" is to make the subject as plain as possible and 
to show what the modern conception of electricity is; to show how two plates of 
different metal, immersed in acid, can send a message around the globe; to explain 
how a bundle of copper wire rotated by a steam engine can be the agent in Mghting 
our streets, to teU what the volt, ohm and ampere are, and what high and low tension 
mean; and to answer the questions that perpetually arise in the mind in this age of 
electricity. 13th Edition. 172 pages. Illustrated. Price $1.00 

HOUSE WIRING. By Thomas W. Poppe. 

This work describes and illustrates the actual installation of Electric Light Wiring, 
the manner in which the work should be done, and the method of doing it. The book 
can be conveniently carried in the pocket. It is intended for the Electrician, Helper 
and Apprentice. It solves all Wiring Problems and contains nothing that conflicts 
with the rulings of the National Board of Fire Underwriters. It gives just the informa- 
tion essential to the Successful Wiring of a Building. Among the subjects treated are: 
Locating the Meter. Panel Boards. Switches. Plug Receptacles. Brackets. CeiUng 
Fixtures. The Meter Connections. The Feed Wires. The Steel Armored Cable 
System. The Flexible Steel Conduit System. The Ridig Conduit System. A digest 
of the National Board of Fire Underwriters' rules relating to metallic wiring systems. 
Various switching arrangements explained and diagraramed. The easiest method of 

H 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

testing the Three- and Four-way circuits explained. The grounding of all metallic 
wiring systems and the reason for doing so shown and explained. The insulation of 
the metal parts of lamp fixtures and the reason for the same described and illustrated. 
125 pages. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged. Fully illustrated. Flexible cloth. 
Price 50 cents 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

"The information given is exact and exhaustive without being too technical or over- 
laden with details." — Druggists' Circular. 

HOW TO BECOME A SUCCESSFUL ELECTRICIAN. By Prof. T. O'Conor 

Sloane. 

Every young man who wishes to become a successful electrician should read this book. 
It teDs in simple language the surest and easiest waj' to become a successful electrician. 
The studies to be foUowed, methods of work, field of operation and the requirements 
of the successful electrician are pointed out and fully explained. Every young en- 
gineer wiU find this an excellent stepping stone to more advanced works on electricity 
which he must master before success can be attained. Many young men become dis- 
couraged at the very outstart by attempting to read and study books that are far 
beyond their comprehension. This book serves as the connecting link between the 
rudiments taught in the public schools and the real study of electricity. It is inter- 
esting from cover to cover. Eighteenth Revised Edition, just issued. 205 pages. 
lUustrated. Price $1.00 

STANDARD ELECTRICAL DICTIONARY. By T. O'Conor Sloaxe. 

/ An indispensable work to aU interested in electrical science. Suitable alike for the 

student and professional. A practical handbook of reference containing definitions 
of about 5,000 distinct words, terms and phrases. The definitions are terse and 
concise and include every term used in electrical science. Recently issued. An en- 
tirely new edition. Should be in the possession of all who desire to keep abreast with 
the progress of this branch of science. In its arrangement and typography the book 
is very convenient. The word or term defined is printed in black-faced type which 
readily catches the eye, while the body of the page is in smaller but distinct type. The 
definitions are weU worded, and so as to be understood by the non- technical reader. 
The general plan seems to be to give an exact, concise definition, and then ampUfy 
and explain in a more popular way. Synonyms are also given, and references to other 
words and phrases are made. A very complete and acciu^ate index of fifty pages is 
at the end of the volume; and as this index contains aU synonyms, and as all phrases 
are indexed in every reasonable combination of words, reference to the proper place 
in the body of the book is readily made. It is difficult to decide how far a book of 
this character is to keep the dictionary form, and to what extent it may assume the 
encyclopedia form. For some purposes, concise, exactly worded definitions are needed ; 
for other purposes, more extended descriptions are required. This book seeks to satisfy 
both demands, and does it with considerable success. Complete, concise and con- 
venient 682 pages. 393 illustrations. Twelfth Edition. Price .... $3.00 

SWITCHBOARDS. By Willia^ai Baxter, Jr. 

This book appeals to every engineer and electrician who wants to know the practical 
side of things. It takes up all sorts and conditions of dynamos, connections and 
circuits, and shows by diagram and illustration just how the switchboard should be 
connected. Includes direct and alternating current boards, also those for arc lighting, 
incandescent and power circuits. Special treatment on high voltage boards for power 
transmission. 2d Edition. 190 pages. Illustrated. Price $1.50 

TELEPHONE CONSTRUCTION, INSTALLATION, WIRING, OPERATION 

AND MAINTENANCE. By W. H. Radcliffe and H. C. Gushing. 

This book is intended for the amateur, the wireman, or the engineer who desires to 
estabhsh a means of telephonic communication between the rooms of his home, oflBce, 
or shop. It deals only with such things as may be of use to him rather than with 
theories. 

Gives the principles of construction and operation of both the Bell and Independent 
instruments: approved methods of installing and Aviring them: the means of protecting 
them from hghtning and abnormal currents: their connection together for operation 
as series or bridging stations ; and rules for their inspection and maintenance. Line 
wiring and the wiring and operation of special telephone systems are also treated. 

Intricate mathematics are avoided, and aU apparatizs, circuits and systems are thor- 
oughly described. The appendix contains definitions of units and terms used in the 

IS 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

text. Selected wiring tables, which are very helpful, are also included. Among the 
subjects treated are Construction, Operation, and Installation of Telephone Instru- 
ments; Inspection and Maintenance of Telephone Instruments; Telephone Line 
Wiring ; Testing Telephone Line Wires and Cables ; Wiring and Operation of Special 
Telephone Systems, etc. 2nd Edition, revised and enlarged. 223 pages. 154 
illustrations $1.00 

S^RELESS TELEGRAPHY AND TELEPHONY SIMPLY EXPLAINED. By 

Alfred P. Morgan. 

This is undoubtedly one of the most complete and comprehensible treatises on the 
subject ever published, and a close study of its pages will enable one to master all the 
details of the wireless transmission of messages. The author has filled a long-felt 
want and has succeeded in furnishing a lucid, comprehensible explanation in simple 
language of the theory and practice of wireless telegraphy and telephony. 
Among the contents are: Introductory;. Wireless Transmission and Reception — The 
Aerial System, Earth Connections — The Transmitting Apparatus, Spark Coils and 
Transformers, Condensers, Helixes, Spark Gaps, Anchor Gaps, Aerial Switches — The 
Receiving Apparatus, Detectors, etc. — Tuning and Couphng, Tuning Coils, Loose 
Couplers, Variable Condensers, Directive Wave Systems — Miscellaneous Apparatus, 
Telephone Receivers, Range of Stations, Static Interference — Wireless Telephones, 
Sound and Soimd Waves, The Vocal Cords and Ear — Wireless Telephone, How Sounds 
Are Changed into Electric Waves — Wireless Telephones, The Apparatus — Summary. 
154 pages. 156 engravings. Price $1.00 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 
"This book should be in both the home and school library." — The Youths' Instructor. 

9\^IRING A HOUSE. By Herbert Pratt. 

Shows a house already built; tells just how to start about wiring it; where to begin; 
what wire to use ; how to run it according to Insurance Rules ; in fact, just the informa- 
tion you need. Directions apply equally to a shop. Fourth edition . . 26 cents 

FACTORY MANAGEMENT, ETC. 

MODERN MACHINE SHOP CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT AND MANAGE- 
MENT. By O. E. Perrigo, M.E. 

The only work published that describes the modern machine shop or manufacturing 
plant from the time the grass is growing on the site intended for it until the finished 
product is shipped. By a carefiil study of its thirty- two chapters the practical man 
may economically build, efficiently equip, and successfully manage the modern machine 
shop or manufacturing estabhshment. Jiist the book needed by those contemplating 
the erection of modern shop buildings, the rebuilding and reorganization of old ones, 
or the introduction of modern shop methods, time amd cost systems. It is a book 
written and illustrated by a practical shop man for practical shop men who are too 
busy to read theories and want facts. It is the most complete all-around book of its 
kind ever published. It is a practical book for practical men, from the apprentice in 
the shop to the president in the office. It minutely describes and illustrates the most 
simple and yet the most efficient time and cost system yet devised. Price . $5.00 

FUEL 



COMBUSTION OF COAL AND THE PREVENTION OF SMOKE. By Wm. M. 

Barr. 

This book has been prepared with special reference to the generation of heat by the 
combustion of the common fuels found in the United States, and deals particularly 
with the conditions necessary to the economic and smokeless combustion of bituminous 
coals in Stationary and Locomotive Steam Boilers. 

The presentation of this important subject is systematic and progressive. The ar- 
rangement of the book is in a series of practical questions to which are appended 
accurate answers, which describe in language, free from technicalities, the several 
processes involved in the furnace combustion of American fuels; it clearly states the 
essential requisites for perfect combustion, and points out the best methods for furnace 
construction for obtaining the greatest quantity of heat from any given quality of 
coal. Nearly 350 pages, fully illustrated. Price $1.00 

i6 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

GAS ENGINES AND GAS 

THE GASOLINE ENGINE ON THE FARM: ITS OPERATION, REPAIR AND 

USES. By Xeno W. Putnam. 

This is a practical treatise on the Gasoline and Kerosene Engine intended for the man 
who wants to know just how to manage his engine and how to apply it to all kinds of 
farm work to the best advantage. 

This book abomids with hints and helps for the farm and suggestions for the home 
and housewife. There is so much of value in this book that it is impossible to ade- 
quately describe it in such small space. Suffice to say that it is the kind of a book 
every farmer will appreciate and every farm home ought to have. Includes selecting 
the most suitable engine for farm work, its most convenient and efficient installation, 
with chapters on troubles, their remedies, and how to avoid them. The care and 
management of the farm tractor in plowing, harro^ving, harvesting and road grading 
are fully covered ; also plain directions are given for handUng the tractor on the road. 
Special attention is given to relieving farm Mfe of its drudgery by applying power to 
the disagreeable small tasks which must otherwise be done by hand. Many home- 
made contrivances for cutting wood, supplying kitchen, garden, and barn with water, 
loading, hauling and unloading hay, delivering grain to the bins or the feed trough 
are included; also full directions for making the engine milk the cows, churn, wash, 
sweep the house and clean the windows, etc. Very fully illustrated with drawings of 
working parts and cuts showing Stationary, Portable and Tractor Engines doing all 
kinds of farm work. All money-making farms utilize power. Learn how to utilize 
/ power by reading the pages of this book. It is an aid to the result getter, invaluable 
to the up-to-date farmer, student, blacksmith, implement dealer and, in fact, all who 
can apply practical knowledge of stationary gasoline engines or gas tractors to advan- 
tage. 530 pages. Nearly 180 engravings. Price $2.00 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

"Am much pleased with the book and find it to be very complete and up-to-date. 
I wiU heartily recommend it to students and farmers whom I think would stand in 
need of such a work, as I think it is an exceptionally good one." — N. S. Gardiner, 
■ Prof, in Charge, Clemson Agr. College of S. C; Dept. of Agri. and Agri. Exp. Station, 
Clemson College, S. C. 

"I feel that Mr. Putnam's book covers the main points which a farmer should know." 
— R. T. Burdick, Instructor in Agronomy, University of Vermont, Burlington, Vt. 

"It will be a valuable addition to our Ubrary upon Farm Machinery." — James A. 
Farra, Inst, in Agri. Engineering, State University of Ky., Lexington, Ky. 

GASOLINE ENGINES: THEIR OPERATION, USE AND CARE. By A. Hyatt 

Verrill. 

The simplest, latest and most comprehensive popular work published on Gasoline 
Engines, describing what the Gasoline Engine is; its construction and operation; how 
to install it ; how to select it ; how to use it and how to remedy troubles encountered. 
Intended for Owners, Operators and Users of Gasoline Motors of all kinds. This 
work fully describes and illustrates the various types of Gasoline Engines used in 
Motor Boats, Motor Vehicles and Stationary Work. The parts, accessories and 
appliances are described, with chapters on ignition, fuel, lubrication, operation and 
engine troubles. Special attention is given to the care, operation and repair of motors, 
with useful hints and suggestions on emergency repairs and makeshifts. A complete 
glossary of technical terms and an alphabetically arranged table of troubles and their 
symptoms form most valuable and unique features of this manual. Nearly every 
illustration in the book is original, having been made by the author. Every page is 
full of interest and value. A book which you cannot afford to be without. 275 pages. 
152 specially made engravings. Price $1.50 

GAS, GASOLINE, AND OIL ENGINES. By Gardner D. Hiscox. 

Just issued, 21st revised and enlarged edition. Every user of a gas engine needs this 
book. Simple, instructive, and right up-to-date. The only complete work on the 
subject. Tells all about the running and management of gas, gasoline and oil engines, 
as designed and manufactured in the United States. Explosive motors for stationary 
marine and vehicle power are fuily treated, together with illustrations of their parts 
and tabulated sizes, also their care and running are included. Electric ignition by 
induction coil and jump spark are fully explained and illustrated, including valuable 
information on the testing for economy and power and the erection of power plants. 

17 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

The rules and regulations of the Board of Fire Underwriters in regard to the installation 
and management of gasoline motors is given in full, suggesting the safe installation 
of explosive motor power. A list of United States Patents issued on gas, gasoline, and 
oil engines and their adjuncts from 1875 to date is included. 640 pages. 435 engrav- 
ings. Folding plates. Price . $2.50 

GAS ENGINE CONSTRUCTION, OR HOW TO BUILD A HALF-HORSE- 
POWER GAS ENGINE. By Parsell and Weed. 

A practical treatise of 300 pages describing the theory and principles of the action of 
Gas Engines of various types and the design and construction of a half-horse-powb ? 
Gas Engine, with illustrations of the work in actual progress, together with the dimen- 
sioned working drawings, giving clearly the sizes of the various details; for the student, 
the scientific investigator, and the amateur mechanic. This book treats of the subject 
more from the standpoint of practice than that of theory. The principles of operation 
of Gas Engines are clearly and simply described, and then the actual construction of a 
half -horse-power engine is taken up, step by step, showing in detail the making of the 
Gas Engine. 3d Edition. 300 pages. Price $2.50 

HOW TO RUN AND INSTALL GASOLINE ENGINES. By C. Von Culin. 

Revised and enlarged edition just issued. The object of this little book is to furnish 
a pocket instructor for the beginner, the busy man who uses an engine for pleasure or 
profit, but who does not have the time or inclination for a technical book, but simply 
to thoroughly understand how to properly operate, install and care for his own engine. 
The index refers to each trouble, remedy, and subject alphabetically. Being a quick 
reference to find the cause, remedy and prevention for troubles, and to become an 
expert with his own engine. Pocket size. Paper binding. Price . . 25 cents 

MODERN GAS ENGINES AND PRODUCER GAS PLANTS. By R. E. Mathot. 

A guide for the gas engine designer, user, and engineer in the construction, selection, 
purchase, installation, operation, and maintenance of gas engines. More than one 
book on gas engines has been written, but not one has thus far even encroached on the 
field covered by this book. Above all Mr. Mathot's work is a practical guide. Recog- 
nizing the need of a volume that would assist the gas engine user in understanding 
thoroughly the motor upon which he depends for power, the author has discussed his 
subject without the help of any mathematics and without elaborate theoretical ex- 
planations. Every part of the gas engine is described in detail, tersely, clearly, with 
a thorough understanding of the requirements of the mechanic. Helpful suggestions 
as to the purchase of an engine, its installation, care, and operation, form a most 
valuablefeatureof the work. 320 pages. 175 detailed illustrations. Price . $2.50 

THE MODERN GAS TRACTOR. By Victor W. Page. 

A complete treatise describing all types and sizes of gasoline, kerosene and oil tractors. 
Considers design and construction exhaustively, gives complete instructions for care, 
operation and repair, outUnes all practical applications on the road and in the field. 
The best and latest work on farm tractors and tractor power plants. A work needed 
by farmers, students, blacksmiths, mechanics, salesmen, implement dealers, designers 
and engineers. 500 pages. Nearly 300 illustrations and folding plates. Price $2.00 

GEARING AND CAMS 



BEVEL GEAR TABLES. By D. Ag. Engstrom. 

A book that will at once commend itself to mechanics and draftsmen. Does away 
with all the tricconometry and fancy figuring on bevel gears, and makes it easy for any- 
one to lay them out or make them just right. There are 36 full-page tables that 
show every necessary dimension for all sizes or combinations you're apt to need. No 
puzzling, figuring or guessing. Gives placing distance, all the angles (including 
cutting angles), and the correct cutter to use. A copy of this prepares you for any- 
thing in the bevel-gear line. 3d Edition. 66 pages $1.00 

CHANGE GEAR DEVICES. By Oscar E. Perrigo. 

A practical book for every designer, draftsman, and mechanic interested in the inven- 
tion and development of the devices for feed changes on the different machines requir- 
ing such mechanism. All the necessary information on this subject is taken up, 
analyzed, classified, sifted, and concentrated for the use of busy men who have not the 
time to go through the masses of irrelevant matter with which such a subject is usu- 
ally encumbered and select such information as will be useful to them. 

i8 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

It shows just what ha? been done, how it has been done, when it was done, and who 
did it. It saves time in hunting up patent records and re-inventing old ideas. 88 
pages $1.00 

DilAFTING OF CAMS. By Louis Rouillion. 

The laying out of cams is a sorious problem unless you know how to go at it right. 
This puts you on the right road for practically any kind of cam you are likely to run 
up against. 3d Edition 25 cents 

HYDRAULICS 



HYDRAULIC ENGINEERING. By Gardner D. Hiscox. 

A treatise on the properties, power, and resources of water for all purposes. Including 
the measurement of streams, the flow of water in pipes or conduits; the horse-power 
of falling water, turbine and impact water-wheels, wave motors, centrifugal, recipro- 
cating and air-Uft pumps. With 300 figures and diagrams and 36 practical tables. 
All who are interested in water-works development wiU find this book a useful one, 
because it is an entirely practical treatise upon a subject of present importance, and 
cannot fail in having a far-reaching influence, and for this reason should have a place 
in the working library of every engineer. Among the subjects treated are: Historical 
Hydraulics, Properties of Water, Measurement of the Flow of Streams: Flow 
from Sao-surface Orifices and Nozzles; Flow of Water in Pipes: Siphons of Various 
Kinds: Dams and Great Storage Reservoirs; City and Town Water Supply; Wells 
and Their Keinforcem.ent; Air Lift Methods of Raising Water; Artesian Wells; 
Irrigation of Arid Districts; Water Power; Water Wheels; Pumps and Pumping 
Machiuery; Reciprocating Pumps; Hydraulic Power Transmission; HydrauUc 
Mining; Canals; Ditches: Conduits and Pipe Lines; Marine Hydrauhcs; Tidal and 
Sea Wave Power, etc. 320 pages. Price $4.00 

INVENTIONS— PATENTS 



IN^.^NTORS' MANUAL, HOW TO MAKE A PATENT PAY. 

Tills is a book designed as a guide to inventors in perfecting their inventions, taking 
out their patents and disposing of them. It is not in any sense a Patent Solicitor's 
Ciicular nor a Patent Broker's Advertisement. No advertisements of any description 
appear in the work. It is a book containing a quarter of a century's experience of a 
successful inventor, together with notes based upon the experience of many other 
inventors. 

Among the subjects treated in this work are: How to Invent. How to Secure a 
Good Patent. Value of Good Invention. How to Exhibit an Invention. How to 
Interest Capital. How to Estimate the Value of a Patent. Value of Design Patents. 
Value of Foreign Patents. Value of Small Inventions. Advice on Selling Patents. 
Advice on the Formation of Stock Companies. Advice on the Formation of Limited 
Liability Companies. Advice on Disposing of Old Patents. Advice as to Patent 
Attorneys. Advice as to Selling Agents. Forms of Assignments. License and Con- 
tracts. State Laws Concerning Patent Rights. 1900 Census of the United States by 
Counts of Over 10,000 Population. Revised edition. 120 pages. Price, . $1.00 

KNOTS 

KKOTS, SPLICES AND ROPE WORK. By A. Hyatt Verrill. 

This is a practical book giving complete and simple directions for making all the most 
useful and ornamental knots in common use, with chapters on Splicing, Pointing, 
Seizing, Serving, etc. This book is fully illustrated with one hundred and fifty 
original engravings, which show how each knot, tie or splice is formed, and its appear- 
ance when finished. The book will be found of the greatest value to Campers, Yachts- 
men, Travelers, Boy Scouts, in fact, to anyone having occasion to use or handlo rope 
or knots for any purpose. The book is thoroughly reliable and practical, and is not 
only a guide, but a teacher. It is the standard work on the subject. Among th3 
contents are: 1. Cordage, Kinds of Rope. Construction of Rope, Parts of Rope 
Cable and Bolt Rope. Strength of Rope, Weight of Rope. 2. Simple Knots and 
Bends. Terms Used in Handling Rope. Seizing Rope. 3. Ties and Hitches. 4. 
Noos^ Loops and Mooring Knots. 5. Shortenings, Grommets and Salvages. 6. 
Lashings, Seizings and Splices. 7. Fancy Knots and Rope Work. 128 pages. 150 
original engravings. Price 60 cents 

19 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

LATHE WORK 

LATHE DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, AND OPERATION, WITH PRACTICAL 
EXAMPLES OF LATHE WORK. By Oscar E. Perrigo. 

A new revised edition, and the only complete American work on the subject, written 
by a man who knows not only how work ought to be done, but who also knows how 
to do it, and how to convey this knowledge to others. It is strictly up-to-date in its 
descriptions and illustrations. Lathe history and the relations of the lathe to manu- 
facturing are given; also a description of the varioTis devices for feeds and thread 
cutting mechanisms from eai'ly efforts in this direction to the present time. Lathe 
design is thoroughly disciissed, including back gearing, driving cones, thread-cutting 
gears, and aU the essential elements of the modern lathe. The classification of lathes 
is taken up, giving the essential differences of the several types of lathes including, 
as is usually luiderstood, engine lathes, bench lathes, speed lathes, forge lathes, gap 
lathes, pulley lathes, forming lathes, miiltiple-spindle lathes, rapid-reduction lathes, 
precision lathes, turret lathes, special lathes, electricaUy-driven lathes, etc. In addi- 
tion to the complete exposition on construction and design, much practical matter on 
lathe installation, care and operation has been incorporated in the enlarged 1915 edi- 
tion. All kinds of lathe attachments for drilling, milling, etc., are described and 
complete instructions are given to enable the novice machinist to grasp the art of lathe 
operation as well as the principles involved in design. A number of diflBcult machining 
operations are described at length and illustrated. The new edition has nearly 500 
pages and 350 illustrations. Price $2.50 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

" This is a lathe book from beginning to end, and is just the kind of a book which one 
deUghts to consult, — a masterly treatment of the subject in hand." — Engineering News, 
" This work wiU be of exceptional interest to anyone who is interested in lathe practice, 
as one very seldom sees such a complete treatise on a subject as this is on the lathe." — 
Canadian Machinery. 

•I'URNING AND BORING TAPERS. By Fred H. Colvin. 

There are two ways to turn tapers; the right way and one other. This treatise has 
to do with the right way; it tells you how to start the work properly, how to set the 
lathe, what tools to use and how to use them, and forty and one other little things 
that you should know. Fourth edition 25 cents 

LIQUID AIR 

LIQUID AIR AND THE LIQUEFACTION OF GASES. By T. O'Conor Sloane. 

This book gives the history of the theory, discovery, and manufacture of Liquid Air, 
and contains an illustrated description of all the experiments that have excited the 
wonder of audiences all over the country. It shows how hquid air, like water, is 
carried hundreds of miles and is handled in open buckets. It tells what may be ex- 
pected from it in the near future. 

A book that renders simple one of the most perplexing chemical problems of the 
century. Starthng developments illustrated by actual experiments. 

It is not only a work of scientific interest and authority, but is intended for the general 
reader, being written in a popular style — easily understood by every one. Second 
edition. 365 pages. Price $2.00 

LOCOMOTIVE ENGINEERING 



AIR-BRAKE CATECHISM. By Robert H. Blackall. 

This book is a standard text book. It covers the Westinghouse Air-Brake Equipment, 
including the No. 5 and the No. 6 E. T. Locomotive Brake Equipment; the K (Quick, 
Service) Triple Valve for Freight Service; and the Cross-Compound Pump. The 
operation of aU parts of the apparatus is explained in detail, and a practical way of 
finding their peculiarities and defects, with a proper remedy, is given. It contains 
2,000 questions with their answers, which will enable any railroad man to pass any 
examination on the subject of Air Brakes. Endorsed and used by air-brake instruc- 
tors and examiners on nearly every railroad in the United States. 26th Edition. 411 
pages, fuUy illustrated with colored plates and diagrams. $2.00 

20 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

AMERICAN COMPOUND LOCOMOTIVES. By Fred H. Colvin. 

The only book on compounds for the engineman or shopman that shows in a plain 
practical way the various features of compound locomotives in use. Shows how they 
are made, what to do when they break doAvn or balk. Contains sections as follows: — 
A Bit of Historj\ Theorj' of Compounding Steam Cy^Unders. Baldwin Two-Cyhnder 
Compound. Pittsburg Two-Cylinder Compound. Rhode Island Corapoimd. Rich- 
mond Compound. Rogers Compound. Schenectady Two-Cyhnder Compound. 
Vauclain Compound. Tandem Compounds. Baldwin Tandem. The Colvin-Wight- 
man Tandem. Schenectady Tandem. Balanced Locomotives. Baldwin Balanced 
Compound. Plans for Balancing. Locating Blows. Breakdowns. Reducing Valves. 
Drifting. Valve Motion. Disconnecting. Power of Compound Locomotives. Practi- 
cal Notes. 

Fully illustrated and containing ten special "Duotone" inserts on heavy Plate Paper, 
showing different types of Compounds. 142 pages. Price $1.00 

COMBUSTION OF COAL AND THE PREVENTION OF SMOKE. By Wm. 

M. Baer. 

This book has been prepared with special reference to the generation of heat by the 
'' combustion of the common fuels foxmd in the United States and deals particxilarly 
with the conditions necessary to the economic and smokeless combustion of bituminous 
coal in Stationarj'^ and Locomotive Steam Boilers. 

Presentation of this important subject is systematic and progressive. The ar- 
rangement of the book is in a series of practical questions to which are appended 
accurate answers, which describe in language free from technicalities the several 
processes involved in the furnace combustion of American fuels ; it clearly states the 
essential requisites for perfect combustion, and points out the best methods of furnace 
construction for obtaining the greatest quantity of heat from any given quahty of 
coal. Nearly 350 pages, fully illustrated. Price $1.00 

DIARY OF A ROUND-HOUSE FOREMAN. By T. S. Reilly. 

This is the greatest book of railroad experiences ever pubUshed. Containing a fund of 
information and suggestions along the hne of handling men, organizing, etc., that one 
cannot afford to miss. 176 pages. Price $1.00 

LINK MOTIONS, VALVES AND VALVE SETTING. By Fred H. Colvin, Asso- 
ciate Editor of American Machinist. 

A handy book for the engineer or machinist that clears up the mysteries of valve 
setting. Shows the different valve gears in use. how they work, and why. Piston 
and slide valves of different types are illustrated and explained. A book that every 
railroad man in the motive power department ought to have. Contains chapters on 
Locomotive Link Motion, Valve ]\Iovements, Setting Shde Valves, Analysis by 
Diagrams, Modern Practice, Shp of Block, Shce Valves, Piston Valves, Setting Piston 
Valves, Joy-AUen Valve Gear, Walschaert Valve Gear, Gooch Valve Gear, Alfree- 
Hubbell Valve Gear, etc., etc. Fully illustrated. Price 50_ceiits 

LOCOMOTIVE BOILER CONSTRUCTION. By Frank A. Kleinhans. 

The construction of boilers in general is treated, and, following this, the locomotive 
boiler is taken up in the order in which its various parts go through the shop. Shows 
aU tj^pes of boilers used ; gives details of construction ; practical facts, such as life of 
riveting, punches and dies; work done per day, allowance for bending and flanging 
sheets, and other data. Including the recent Locomotive Boiler Inspection Laws 
and Examination Questions with their answers for Government Inspectors. Contains 
chapters on Laying Out Work; Flanging and Forging; Punching; Shearing; Plate 
Planing; General Tables; Finishing Parts; Bending; Machinery Parts; Riveting; 
Boiler Details; Smoke Box Details; Assembling and Calking; Boiler Shop 
Machinery, etc., etc. 

There isn't a man who has anything to do with boiler work, either new or repair work, 
who doesn't need this book. The manufacturer, superintendent, foreman, and boiler 
worker — all need it. No matter what the tyoe of boiler, you'll find a mint of informa- 
tion that you wouldn't be without. Over 400 pages, five large folding plates. 
Price $8.00 

21 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

LOCOMOTIVE BREAKDOWNS AND THEIR REMEDIES. By Geo. L. Fowler 

Revised by Wm. W. Wood, Air-Brake Instructor. Just issued- Revised 

pocket edition. 

It is out of the question to try and tell you about every subject that is covered in this 
pocket edition of Locomotive Breakdowns. Just imagine all the common troubles 
that an engineer may expect to happen some time, and then add all of the unexpected 
ones, troubles that could occur, but that you have never thought about, and you will 
find that they are aU treated with the very best methods of repair. Walschaert 
Locomotive Valve Gear Troubles, Electric Headhght Troubles, as well as Questions 
and Answers on the Air Brake are aU included. 312 pages. 8th Revised Edition. 
Fully illustrated $1.00 

LOCOMOTIVE CATECHISM. By Robert Grimshaw. 

The revised edition of "Locomotive Catechism," by Robert Grimshaw, is a New Book 
from Cover to Cover. It contains twice as many pages and double the number of 
illustrations of previous editions. Includes the greatest amount of practical informa- 
tion ever published on the construction and management of modern locomotives. 
Specially Prepared Chapters on the Walschaert Locomotive Valve Gear, the Air- 
Brake Equipment and the Electric Head Light are given. 

It commends itself at once to every Engineer and Fireman, and to aU who are going in 
for examination or promotion. In plain language, with full, complete answers, not only 
all the questions asked by the examining engineer are given, but those which the 
young and less experienced would ask the veteran, and which old hands ask as "stick- 
ers." It is a veritable Encyclopedia of the Locomotive, is entirelj'- free from mathe- 
matics, easily understood and thoroughly up-to-date. Contains over 4,000 Examina- 
tion Questions Avith their Answers. 825 pages, 437 illustrations and three folding 
plates. 2Sth Revised Edition $2.50 

PRACTICAL INSTRUCTOR AND REFERENCE BOOK FOR LOCOMOTIVE 

FIREMEN AND ENGINEERS. By Chas. F. Lockhart. 

An entirely new book on the Locomotive. It appeals to every railroad man, as it 
tells him how things are done and the right way to do them. Written by a man who 
has had years of practical experience in locomotive shops and on the road firing and 
running. The information given in this book cannot be found in any other similar 
treatise. Eight hundred and fifty-one questions with their answers are included, 
which win prove specially helpful to those preparing for examination. Practical 
information on: The Construction and Operation of Locomotives; BreakdOAvns and 
their Remedies; Air Brakes and Valve Gears. Rules and Signals are handled in a 
thorough manner. As a book of reference it cannot be excelled. The book is divided 
into six parts, as foUows: 1. The Fireman's Duties. 2. General Description of the 
Locomotive. 3. Breakdowns and their Remedies. 4. Air Brakes. 5. Extracts 
from Standard Riiles. 6. Questions for Examination. The 851 questions have beer 
carefully selected and arranged. These cover the examinations required by the 
diflEerent raihoads. 368 pages. 88 illustrations. Price $1.50 

PREVENTION OF RAILROAD ACCIDENTS, OR SAFETY IN RAILROADING. 

By George Bradshaw. 

This book is a heart-to-heart talk with Railroad Employees, dealing with facts, not 
theories, and showing the men in the ranks, from every-day experience, how accidents 
occur and how they may be avoided. The book is illustrated with seventy original 
photographs and drawings showing the safe and unsafe methods of work. No vision- 
ary schemes, no ideal pictures. Just plain facts and Practical Suggestions are given. 
Every railroad employee who reads the book is a better and safer man to have in 
railroad service. It gives just the information which will be the means of preventing 
many injuries and deaths. AU railroad employees should procure a copy; read it, 
and do your part in preventing accidents. 1G9 pages. Pocket size. Fully illustrateu. 
Price 50 cents 

TRAIN RULE EXAMINATIONS MADE EASY. By G. E. Collingwood. 

This is the only practical work on train rules in print. Every detail is covered, and 
puzzling points are explained in simple, comprehensive language, making it a practica* 
treatise for the Train Dispatcher, Engineman, Trainman, and aU others who have to 
do with the movements of trains. Contains complete and rehable information of the 
Standard Code of Train Rules for single track. Shows Signals in Colors, as used on 
the different roads. Explains fully the practical application of train orders, giving a 

22 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

clear and definite understanding of all orders which may be used. The meaning and 
necessity for certain rules are explained in such a manner that the student may know 
beyond a doubt the rights conferred xmder any orders he nay receive or the action 
required by certain rules. As nearly all roads require trainmen to pass regular exami- 
nations, a complete set of examination questions, with their answers, are included. 
These will enable the student to pass the required examinations with credit to himself 
and the road for which b- works. 256 pages. Fully illustrated with Train Signals 
in Colors. Price $1.25 

THE WALSCHAERT AND OTHER MODERN RADIAL VALVE GEARS FOR 
LOCOMOTIVES. By Wm. W. Wood. 

If you would thoroughly understand the Walschaert Valve Gear you should possess a 
copy of this book, as the author takes the plainest form of a steam engine — a stationary 
engine in the rough, that wiU only turn its crank in one direction— and from it builds 
up — with the reader's help — a modern locomotive equipped ^vith the Walschaert 
Valve Gear, complete. The points discussed are clearly illustrated; two large folding 
plates that show the positions of the valves of both inside or outside admission type, as 
weU as the hnks and other parts of the gear when the crank is at nine different points 
in its revolution, are especially valuable in making the movement clear. These employ 
/ sUding cardboard models which are contained in a pocket in the cover. 

The book is divided into five general divisions, as follows: 1. Analj^sis of the gear. 
2. Designing and erecting the gear. 3. Advantages of the gear. 4. Questions and 
answers relating to the Walschaert Valve Gear. 5. Setting valves with the Wal- 
schaert Valve Gear; the three primary types of locomotive valve motion; modern 
radial valve gears other than the Walschaert; the Hobart All-free Valve and Valve 
Gear, with questions and answers on breakdowns; the Baker-Pilliod Valve Gear; the 
Improved Baker-PilUod Valve Gear, with questions and answers on breakdowns. 

The questions with full answers given wiU be especially valuable to firemen and engi- 
neers in preparing for an examination for promotion. 245 pages. Third Revised 
Edition. Price $1.50 

WESTINGHOUSE E-T AIR-BRAKE INSTRUCTION POCKET BOOK. By 

Wm. W. Wood, Air-Brake Instructor. 

Here is a book for the railroad man, and the man who aims to be one. It is without 
doubt the only complete work pubUshed on the Westinghouse E-T Locomotive Brake 
Equipment. Written by an Air-Brake Instructor who knows just what is needed. It 
covers the subject thoroughly. Everything about the New Westinghouse Engine and 
Tender Brake Equipment, including the standard No. 5 and the Perfected No. 6 
style of brake, is treated in detail. Written in plain English and profusely illustrated 
with Colored Plates, which enable one to trace the flow of pressures throughout the 
entire equipment. The best book ever published on the Air Brake. Equally good for 
the beginner and the advanced engineer. Will pass any one through any examination. 
It informs and enlightens you on every point. Indispensable to every engineman and 
trainman. 

Contains examination questions and answers on the E-T equipment. Covering what 
the E-T Brake is. How it should be operated. What to do when defective. Not a 
question can be asked of the engineman up for promotion, on either the No. 5 or the 
No. 6 E-T equioment, that is not asked and answered in the book. If you want to 
thoroughly understand the E-T equipment get a copy of this book. It covers every 
detail. Makes Air-Brake troubles and examinations easy. Price . . . . $1.50 

MACHINE-SHOP PRACTICE 



AMERICAN TOOL MAKING AND INTERCHANGEABLE MANUFACTURING. 

By J. V. WOODWORTH. 

A "shoppy" book, containing no theorizing, no problematical or experimental de^vices, 
there are no badly proportioned and impossible diagrams, no catalogue cuts, but a 
valuable collection of drawings and descriptions of devices, the rich fruits of the author's 
own experience. In its 500-odd pages the one subject only. Tool Making, and what- 
ever relates thereto, is dealt with. The work stands without a rival. It is a complete 
practical treatise on the art of American Tool Makin? and system of interchangeable 
manufacturing as carried on to-day in the United States. In it are described and 
illustrated aU of the different types and classes of small tools, fixtures, devices, and 
special appliances which are in general use in all machine-manufacturing and metal- 
working establishments where economy, capacity, and interchangeability in the pro- 
duction of machined metal parts are imperative. The science of jig making is exhaust- 

21 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

ively discussed, and particiilar attention is paid to drill jigs, boring, profiling and milling 
fixtures and other devices in which the parts to be machined are located and fastened 
within the contrivances. All of the tools, fixtures, and devices illustrated and de- 
scribed have been or are used for the actual production of work, such as parts of drill 
presses, lathes, patented machinery, typewriters, electrical apparatus, mechanical ap- 
phances, brass goods, composition parts, mould products, sheet metal articles, drop- 
forgings, jewelry, watches, medals, coins, etc. 531 pages. Price .... $4.00 

MACHINE-SHOP ARITHMETIC. By Colvin-Cheney. 

This is an arithmetic of the things you have to do with daily. It tells you plainly 
about: how to find areas in figures; how to find surface or volume of balls or spheres; 
handy ways for calculating; about compound gearing; cutting screw threads on any 
lathe; drilMng for taps; speeds of drills; taps, emery wheels, grindstones, milling 
cutters, etc.; all about the Metric system with conversion tables; properties of metals; 
strength of bolts and nuts ; decimal equivalent of an inch. All sorts of machine-shop 
figuring and 1,001 other things, any one of which ought to be worth more than 
the price of this book to you, and it saves you the trouble of bothering the boss. 6th 
edition. 131 pages. Price 50 cents 

MODERN MACHINE-SHOP CONSTRUCTION, EQUIPMENT AND MANAGE- 
MENT. By Oscar E. Perrigo. 

The only work published that describes the Modern Shop or Manufacturing Plant 
from the time the grass is growing on the site intended for it until the finished product 
is shipped. Just the book needed by those contemplating the erection of modern shop 
buildings, the rebuilding and reorganization of old ones, or the introduction of Modern 
Shop Methods, time and cost systems. It is a book written and illustrated by a prac- 
tical shop man for practical shop men who are too busy to read theories and want facts. 
It is the most complete all-round book of its kind ever pubhshed. 400 large quarto 
pages. 225 original and specially-made illustrations. 2d Revised and Enlarged 
Edition. Price $5.00 

THE WHOLE FIELD OF MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS 
COVERED BY MR. HISCOX'S TWO BOOKS 



We publish two books by Gardner D. Hiscox that will keep you from "inventing" things 
that have been done before, and suggest ways of doing things that you have not thought of 
before. Many a man spends time and money, pondering over some mechanical problem, 
only to learn, after he has solved the problem, that the same thing has been accomplished 
and put in practice by others long before. Time and money spent in an effort to accom- 
plish what has already been accomplished are time and money LOST. The whole field 
of mechanics, every known mechanical movement, and practically every device is covered 
by these two books. If the thing you want has been invented, it is illustrated in them. If 
it hasn't been invented, then you'll find in them the nearest things to what you want, some 
movements or devices that will apply in your case, perhaps; or which will give you a key 
from which to work. No book or set of books ever published is of m,ore real value to the 
Inventor, Draftsman, or practical Mechanic than the two volumes described below. 

MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS, POWERS, AND DEVICES. By Gardner D. 

Hiscox. 

This is a collection of 1,890 engravings of different mechanical motions and appliances, 
accompanied by appropriate text, making it a book of great value to the inventor, 
the draftsman, and to aU readers with mechanical tastes. The book is divided into 
eighteen sections or chapters, in which the subject-matter is classified under the follow- 
ing heads: Mechanical Powers; Transmission of Power; Measurement of Power; 
Steam Power; Air Power AppUances; Electric Power and Construction; Navigation 
and Roads; Gearing; Motion and Devices; ControUing Motion; Horological; 
Mining; Mill and Factory AppUances; Construction and Devices; Drafting Devices; 
Miscellaneous Devices, etc. 12th edition. 400 octavo pages. Price . . . $2.50 

-MECHANICAL APPLIANCES, MECHANICAL MOVEMENTS AND NOVELTIES 
OF CONSTRUCTION. By Gardner D. Hiscox. 

This is a supplementary volume to the one upon mechanical movements. Unlike the 
first volume, which is more elementary in character, this volmne contains illustrations 
and descriptions of many combinations of motions and of mechanical devices and 



24 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

appliances found in different lines of machinery, each device being shoAvn by a line 
drawing with a description showing its working parts and the method of operation. 
From the multitude of devices described and illustrated might be mentioned, in 
passing, such items as conveyors and elevators, Prony brakes, thermometers, various 
types of boilers, solar engines, oil-fuel btu-ners, condensers, evaporators, Corliss and 
other valve gears, governors, gas engines, water motors of various descriptions, air 
ships, motors and dynamos, automobile and motor bicycles, railway lock signals, 
car couplers, hnk and gear motions, ball bearings, breech block mechanism for heavy 
guns, and a large accumulation of others of equal importance. 1,000 specially made 
engravings. 396 octavo pages. 2d Edition. Price $2.50 

MACHINE-SHOP TOOLS AND SHOP PRACTICE. By W. H. Vandervoort. 
A work of 555 pages and 673 illustrations, describing in everj^ detail the construction, 
operation, and manipulation of both hand and machine tools. Includes chapters 
on filing, fitting, and scraping surfaces; on drills, reamers, taps, and dies; the lathe 
and its tools; planers, shapers, and their tools; milling machines and cutters; gear 
cutters and gear cutting; drilling machines and drill work; grinding machines and 
their work; hardening and tempering; gearing, belting, and transmission machinery: 
useful data and tables. 6th edition. Price $3.00 

THE MODERN MACHINIST. By John T. Usher. 

This is a book showing, by plain description and by profuse engravings made expressly 
for the work, all that is best, most advanced, and of the highest efficiency in modern 
machine-shop practice, tools, and implements, showing the way by which and through 
which, as Mr. Maxim says, "American machinists have become and are the finest me- 
chanics in the world." Indicating as it does, in every line, the familiarity of the author 
with every detail of daUy experience in the shop, it cannot fail to be of service to any 
man practically connected with the shaping or finishing of metals. 
There is nothing experimental or visionary about the book, all devices being in actual 
use and giving good resvilts. It might be called a compendium of shop methods, 
showing a variety of special tools and apphances which will give new ideas to many 
mechanics, from the superintendent down to the man at the bench. It will be found 
a valuable edition to any machinist's library, and should be consulted whenever a 
new or difficult job is to be done, whether it is boring, mini ng, turning, or planing, 
as they are all treated in a practical manner. Fifth edition. 320 pages. 250 Illustra- 
tions. Price $2.50 

« SHOP KINKS." By Robert Grimshaw. 

A book of 400 pages and 222 illustrations, being entirely different from any other 
book on machine-shop practice. Departing from conventional stjle, the author' 
avoids universal or common shop usage and limits his work to showing special wayg 
of doing things better, more cheaply and more rapidly than iisual. As a result the 
advanced methods of representative establishments of the world are placed at the 
disposal of the reader. This book shows the proprietor where large savings are possible, 
and how products may be improved. To the employee it holds out suggestions that, 
properly applied, will hasten his advancement. No shop can afford to be without it. 
It bristles with valuable wrinkles and helpful suggestions. It will benefit all, from 
apprentice to proprietor. Every machinist, at any age, should study its pages. Fifth 
edition. Price $2.50 

THREADS AND THREAD CUTTING. By Colvin and Stabel. 

This clears up many of the mysteries of thread-cutting, such as double and triple 
threads, internal threads, catching threads, use of hobs, etc. Contains a lot of useful 
idnts and several tables. Third edition. Price 25 cents 

MANUAL TRAINING 



ECONOMICS OF MANUAL TRAINING. By Louis Rouillion. 

The only book published that gives just the information needed by aU interested in 
Manual Training, regarduig Buildings, Equipment, and Supplies. Shows exactly 
what is needed for all grades of the work from the Kindergarten to the High and 
Normal School. Gives itemized Usts of everything used in Manual Training Work 
and teUs just what it ought to cost. Also shows where to buy suppUes, etc. Contains 
174 pages, and is fully illustrated. 2d edition. Price $1.50 

25 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 
t == 

MARINE ENGINEERING 

MODERN SUBMARINE CHART. 

A cross-section view, showing clearly and distinctly aU the interior of a Submarine 
of the latest type. You get more information from this chart about the construction 
and operation of a submarine than in any other way. No details omitted — every- 
thing is accurate and to scale. It is absolutely correct in every detail, having been 
approved by naval engineers. AU the machinery and devices fitted in a modem 
Submarine Boat are shown, and to make the engraving more readily understood 
all the features are shown in operative form, with OflQcers and Men in the act of per- 
forming the duties assigned to them in service conditions. THIS CHART IS REALLY 
AN ENCYCLOPEDIA OF A SUBMARINE. It is educational and worth many 
times its cost. Mailed in a tube for 25 cents 

PATTERN MAKING 

PRACTICAL PATTERN MAKING. By F. W. Barrows. 

This book, now in its second edition, is a comprehensive and entirely practical treatise 
on the subject of pattern making, illustrating pattern work in both wood and metal, 
and with definite instructions on the use of plaster of paris in the trade. It gives 
specific and detailed descriptions of the materials used by pattern makers and de- 
scribes the tools, both those for the bench and the more interesting machine tools; 
having complete chapters on the Lathe, the Circular Saw, and the Band Saw. It gives 
many examples of pattern work, each one fully illustrated and explained with much 
detail. These examples, in their great variety, offer much that will be found of 
interest to all pattern makers, and especially to the younger ones, who are seeking 
information on the more advanced branches of their trade. 

In this second edition of the work wiU be found much that is new, even to those who 
have long practised this exacting trade. In the description of patterns as adapted 
to the Moulding Machine many difficulties which have long prevented the rapid and 
economical production of castings are overcome; and this great, new branch of the 
trade is given much space. Stripping plate and stool plate work and the less expen- 
sive vibrator, or rapping plate work, are all explained in detail. 

Plain, everyday rules for lessening the cost of patterns, with a complete system of 
cost keeping, a detailed method of marking, appUcable to aU branches of the trade, 
with complete information showing what the pattern is, its specific title, its cost, 
date of production, material of which it is made, the number of pieces and core- 
boxes, and its location in the pattern safe, all condensed into a most complete card 
record, with cross index. 

The book closes with an original and practical method for the inventory and valua- 
tion of patterns. Containing nearly 350 pages and 170 illustrations. Price . $2.00 

PERFUMERY 

PERFUMES AND COSMETICS, THEIR PREPARATION AND MANUFACTURE. 

By G. W. AsKiNSON, Perfumer. 

A comprehensive treatise, in which there has been nothing omitted that could be of 
value to the perfumer or manufacturer of toilet preparations. Complete directions 
for making handkerchief perfumes, smelUng-salts, sachets, fumigating pastilles; 
preparations for the care of the skin, the mouth, the hair, cosmetics, hair dyes and 
other toilet articles are given, also a detailed description of aromatic substances : their 
nature, tests of purity, and wholesale manufacture, including a chapter on sjnnthetic 
products, with formulas for their use. A book of general, as well as professional in- 
terest, meeting the wants not only of the druggist and perfume manufacturer, but 
also of the general pubMc. Among the contents are: 1. The History of Perfumery. 
2. About Aromatic Substances in General. 3. Odors from the Vegetable Kingdom. 
4. The Aromatic Vegetable Substances Employed in Perfumery. 5. The Animal Sub- 
stances Used in Perfumery. 6. The Chemical Products Used in Perfumery. 7. The Ex- 
traction of Odors. 8. The Special Characteristics of Aromatic Substances. 9. The Advil- 
teration of Essential Oils and Their Recognition. 10. Synthetic Products. 11. Table of 
Physical Properties of Aromatic Chemicals. 12. The Essences or Extracts Employed 
in Perfumery. 13. Directions for Making the Most Important Essences and Extracts. 

26 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 



14. The Division of Perfumery- 15. The Manufacture of Handkerchief Perfumes. 
16. Formulas for Handkerchief Perfumes. 17. Ammoniacal and Acid Perfumes. 
18. Dry Perfumes. 19. Formulas for Dry Perfumes. 20. The Perfumes Used for 
Fumigation. 21. Antiseptic and Therapeutic Value of Perfumes. 22. Classification of 
Odors. 23. Some Special Perfumery Products. 24. Hygiene and Cosmetic Perfmnery. 
25. Pi-eparations for the Care of the Skin. 26. Manufacture of Casein. 27. Formulas 
for Emulsions. 28. Formulas for Cream. 29. Formulas for Meals, Pastes and Vege- 
table Milk. 30. Preparations Used for the Hair. 31. Formulas for Hair Tonics and 
Restorers. 32. Pomades and Hair Oils. 33. Formulas for the Manufacture of 
Pomades and Hair Oils. 34. Hair Dyes and Depilatories. 35. Wax Pomades, Bando- 
lines and Brillian tines, 36. Skin Cosmetics and Face Lotions. 37. Preparations for 
the Nails. 38. Water Softeners and Bath Salts. 39. Preparations for the Care of the 
Mouth. 40. The Colors Used in Perfumery. 41. The Utensils Used in the Toilet. 
Fourth edition much enlarged and brought up-to-date. Nearly 400 pages, illus- 
trated. Price $5.00 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

*' The most satisfactory work on the subject of Perfumery that we have ever seen. 
" We feel safe in saying that here is a book on Perfumery that will not disappoint you, 
for it has practical and excellent formulae that are within your abiUty to prepare 
readily. 

" We recommend the volume as worthy of confidence, and say that no purchaser will be 
disappointed in securing from its pages good value for its cost, and a large dividend 
on the same, even if he should use but one per cent of its working formulae. There 
is money in it for every user of its information." — Pharmaceutical Record. 

PLUMBING 

MECHANICAL DRAWING FOR PLUMBERS. By R. M. Starbuck. 

A concise, comprehensive and practical treatise on the subject of mechanical drawing 
in its various modern aophcations to the work of all who are in any way connected 
with the plumbing trade. Nothing will so help the plumber in estimating and in 
explaining work to customers and workmen as a knowledge of drawing, and to the 
workman it is of inestimable value if he is to rise above his position to positions of 
greater responsibility. Among the chapters contained are: 1. Value to plumber of 
knowledge of drawing; tools required and their use; common views needed in mechan- 
ical dra^ving. 2. Perspective versus mechanical drawing in showing plumbing con- 
struction. 3. Correct and incorrect methods in plumbing drawing; plan and elevation 
explained. 4. Floor and cellar plans and elevation; scale dra^vings; use of triangles. 
5. Use of triangles; drawing of fittings, traps, etc. 6. Drawing plumbing elevations 
and fittings. 7. Instructions in drawing plumbing elevations. 8. The drawing of 
plumbing fixtures; ocale drawings. 9. Drawings of fixtures and fittings. 10. Inking 
of drawings. 11. Shading of drawings. 12. Shading of drawings. 13. Sectional 
drawings ; drawing of threads. 14. Plumbing elevations from architect's plan. 15. Ele- 
vations of separate parts of the plumbing system. 16. Elevations from the architect's 
plans. 17. Drawings of detail plumbing connections. 18. Architect's plans and plumb- 
ing elevations of residence. 19. Plumbing elevations of residence (continued) : plumb- 
ing plans for cottage. 20." Plumbing elevations; roof connections. 21. Plans and 
plumbing elevations forsix-flat building. 22. Drawing of various parts of the plumb- 
ing system; use of scales. 23. Use of architect's scales. 24. Specialfeatures in the 
illustrations of country plumbing. 25. Drawing of wrought-iron piping, valves, radia- 
tors, coils, etc. 26. Drawing of piping to illustrate heating systems. 150 illustrations. 
Price $1.50 

MODERN PLUMBING ILLUSTRATED. By R. M. Starbuck. 

This book represents the highest standard of plumbing work. It has been adopted 
and used as a reference book by the United States Government, in its sanitary work in 
Cuba, Porto Rico, and the PhiUppines, and by the principal Boards of Health of the 
United States and Canada. 

It gives connections, sizes and worldng data for all fixtures and groups of flbctures. It 
is helpful to the master plumber in demonstrating to his customers and in figuring 
work. It gives the mechanic and student quick and easy access to the best modern 
plumbing practice. Suggestions for estimating plumbing construction are contained 
in its pages. This book represents, in a word, the latest and best up-to-date practice 

27 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

and should be in the hands of every architect, sanitary engineer and plumber who 
wishes to keep himself up to the minute on this important feature of construction. 
Contains following chapters, each illustrated with a full-page plate: Kitchen sink, 
laundry tubs, vegetable wash sink; lavatories, pantry sinks, contents of marble slabs; 
bath tub, foot and sitz bath, shower bath; water closets, venting of water closets; low- 
down water closets, water closets operated by flush valves, water closet range; slop sink, 
urinals, the bidet ; hotel and restaurant sink, grease trap ; refrigerators, safe wastes, lami- 
dry waste, lines of refrigerators, bar sinks, soda fountain sinks; horse stall, frost-proof 
water closets; connections for S traps, venting; connections for drum traps; soil pipe 
connections; supporting of soil pipe; main trap and fresh air inlet; floor drains and 
ceUar drains, subsoil drainage; water closets and floor connections; local venting; 
connections for bath rooms; connections for bath rooms, continued; connections for 
bath rooms, continued; connections for bath rooms, continued; examples of poor 
practice; roughing work ready for test; testing of plumbing system; method of con- 
tinuous venting; continuous venting for two-floor work; continuous venting for two 
lines of flxtures on three or more floors; continuous venting of water closets; plumb- 
ing for cottage house; construction for cellar piping; plumbing for residence, use of 
special fittings; pliunbing for two-flat house; plumbing for apartment building, plumb- 
ing for double apartment building; plumbing for ofiQce building; plumbing for pubhc 
toUet rooms; plumbing for pubhc toilet rooms, continued; plumbing for bath estab- 
lishment; plumbing for engine house, factory plumbing; automatic flushing for 
schools, factories, etc.; use of flushing valves; urinals for public toilet rooms; the 
Diu-ham system, the destruction of pipes by electrolysis ; construction of work without 
use of lead ; automatic sewage hf t ; automatic sump tank ; country plumbing ; construc- 
tion of cesspools ; septic tank and automatic sewage siphon ; country plumbing ; water 
supply for country house; thawing of water mains and service by electricity; double 
boilers ; hot water supply of large buildings ; automatic control of hot water tank ; sug- 
gestion for estimating plumbing construction. 407 octavo pages, fully illustrated by 58 
full-page engravings. Third, revised and enlarged edition just issued. Price . $4.00 

STANDARD PRACTICAL PLUMBING. By R. M. Starbuck. 

A complete practical treatise of 450 pages covering the subject of Modern Plumbing 
in all its branches, a large amount of space being devoted to a very complete and 
practical treatment of the subject of Hot Water Supply and Circulation and Range 
Boiler Work. Its thirty chapters include about every phase of the subject one can 
think of, making it an indispensable work to the master plumber, the journeyman 
plumber, and the apprentice plumber, containing chapters on: the plumber's tools; 
wiping solder; composition and use; joint wiping; lead work; traps; siphonage of 
traps; venting; continuous venting; house sewer and sewer connections; house drain; 
soil piping, roughing; main trap and fresh air inlet; floor, yard, cellar drains, rain 
leaders, etc.; fixture wastes; water closets; ventilation; improved plumbing connec- 
tions; residence plumbing; plumbing for hotels, schools, factories, stables, etc.; 
modern country plumbing; filtration of sewage and water supply; hot and cold 
supply; range boilers; circulation; circulating pipes; range boiler problems; hot 
water for large buildings; water hft and its use; multiple connections for hot water 
boilers; heating of radiation by supply system; theory for the plumber; drawing for 
theplunaber. Fully illustrated by 347 engravings. Price $3.00 

RECIPE BOOK 

HENLEY'S TWENTIETH CENTURY BOOK OF RECIPES, FORMULAS AND 
PROCESSES. Edited by Gardner D. Hiscox. 

The most valuable Techno-chemical Formula Book published, including over 10,000 
selected scientific, chemical, technological, and practical recipes and processes. 
This is the most complete Book of Formulas ever pubhshed, giving thousands of 
recipes for the manufactiu"e of valuable articles for everyday use. Hints, Helps, 
Practical Ideas, and Secret Processes are revealed within its pages. It covers every 
branch of the useful arts and tells thousands of ways of making money, and is just the 
book everyone should have at his command. 

Modern in its treatment of every subject that properly falls within its scope, the book 
may truthfully be said to present the very latest formulas to be found in the arts and 
industries, and to retain those processes which long experience has proven worthy of a 
permanent record. To present here even a hmited number of the subjects which find 
a place in this valuable work would be diflacult. Suffice to say that in its pages will 

28 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

be found matter of intense interest and immeasurably practical value to the scientific 
amateur and to Mm who wishes to obtain a knowledge of the many processes used in 
the arts, trades and manufacture, a knowledge which will render his pursuits more 
instructive and remunerative. Serving as a reference book to the small and large 
manufactiirer and supplying intelligent seekers with the information necessary to 
conduct a process, the work will be found of inestimable worth to the Metallurgist, the 
Photographer, the Perfumer, the Painter, the ]\Ianufacturer of Glues, Pastes, Cements, 
and Mucilages, the Compounder of Alloys, the Cook, the Physician, the Druggist, the 
Electrician, the Brewer, the Engineer, the Foundryman, the ^Machinist, the Potter, the 
Tanner, the Confectioner, the Chiropodist, the Manicure, the ^Manufacturer of Chem- 
ical Novelties and Toilet Preparations, the Dyer, the Electroplatrr, the Enameler, the 
Engraver, the Provisioner, the Glass Worker, the Goldbeater, the Watchmaker, the 
Jeweler, the Hat INIaker, the Ink ISIamifacturer, the Optician, the Farmer, the Dairy- 
man, the Paper Maker, the Wood and INIetal Worker, tha Chandler and Soap Maker, 
the Veterinary Surgeon, and the Technologist in general. 

A mine of information, and up-to-date in every respect. A book which will prove of 
value to EVERYONE, as it covers every branch of the Useful Arts. Every home 
needs this book; every office, every factory, every store, every public and private en- 
terprise — ^EVERYWHERE — shoTild have a copy. 800 pages. Price . . . $3.00 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

"Your Twentieth Century Book of Recipes, Formulas, and Processes duly received. 
I am glad to have a copy of it, and if I could not replace it, money couldn't buy it. It 
is the best thing of the sort I ever saw." (Signed) M. E. Trux, Sparta, Wis. 

"There are few persons who woiild not be able to find in the book some single formula 
that would repay several tim.es the cost of the book." — Merchants' Record and Show 

Window. 

" I purchased your book ' Henley's Twentieth Century Book of Recipes, Formtilas and 
Processes' about a j-ear ago and it is worth its weight in gold." — Wm. H. Mukray, 
Bennington, Vt. 

"THE BOOK WORTH THREE HUNDRED DOLLARS" 

"On close examination of your 'Twentieth Centoirs' Receipt Book,' I find it to be a 
very valuable and useful book with the very best of practical information o btainable. 
The price of the book, $3.00, is very small in comparison to the benefits whichi one can 
obtain from it. I consider the book worth fully three hundred dollars to anyone.'! 
— Dr. a. C. Spetts, New Y'ork. 

"ONE OF THE WORLD'S MOST USEFUL BOOKS" 

" Some time ago, I got one of your ' Twentieth Century Books of Formtilas ' and have 
made my living from it ever since. I am alone since my husband's death with two 
smaU children to care for and am trying so hard to support them. I have customers 
who take from me Toilet Articles I put up, following directions given in the book, 
and I have found everyone of them to be fine." — Mrs. J. H. McjMaken, West Toledo, 
Ohio. 

RUBBER 

RUBBER HAND STAMPS AND THE MANIPULATION OF INDIA RUBBER. 

By T. 0' Conor Sloane. 

This book gives full details on all points, treating in a concise and simple manner the 
elements of nearly everything it is necessary to understand for a commencement in 
any branch of the India Rubber JManufactin-e. The making of all kinds of Rubber 
Hand Stamps. Small Articles of India Rubber, U. S. Government Composition, Dating 
Hand Stamps, the INIanipulation of Sheet Rubber, Toy Balloons, India Rubber Solu- 
tions, Cements, Blackings, Renovating Varnish, and Treatment for India Rubber 
Shoes, etc.; the Hektograph Stamp Inks, and Miscellaneous Notes, with a Short 
Accoimt of the Discovery, Collection and Manufacture of India Rubber, are set forth 
in a manner designed to be readily understood, the explanations being plain and simple. 
Including a chapter on Rubber Tire Making and Vulcanizing; also a chapter on the 
uses of rubber in Surgery and Dentistry. Third revised and enlarged edition. 175 
pages. Illustrated $1.00 

29 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

SAWS 

SAW FILINGS AND MANAGEMENT OF SAWS. By Robert Grimshaw. 

A practical hand-book on filing, gumming, swaging, hammering, and the brazing of 
band saws, the speed, work, and poAver to run circular saws, etc. A handy book for 
those who have charge of saws, or for those mechanics who do their own filing, as it deals 
with the proper shape and pitches of saw teeth of aU kinds and gives many useful hints 
and rules for gumming, setting, and filing, and is a practical aid to those who use saws 
for any piu-pose. Complete tables of proper shape, pitch, and saw teeth as well as 
sizes and number of teeth of various saws are included. Third edition, revised and 
enlarged. Illustrated. Price $1.00 

STEAM ENGINEERING 

AMERICAN STATIONARY ENGINEERING. By W. E. Crane. 

This book begins at the boiler room and takes in the whole power plant. A plain 
talk on every-day work about engiues, boilers, and their accessories. It is not intended 
to be scientific or mathematical. AU formulas are in simple form so that any one 
understanding plain arithmetic can readily understand any of them. The author 
has made this the most practical book in print ; has given the results of his years of 
experience, and has included about aU that has to do with an engine room or a power 
plant. You are not left to guess at a single point. You are shown clearly what to 
expect under the various conditions; how to secure the best I'esults; ways of prevent- 
ing "shut downs" and repairs; in short, all that goes to make up the requirements 
of a good engineer, capable of taking charge of a plant. It's plain enough for practical 
men and yet of value to those high in the profession. 

A partial list of contents is: The boiler room, cleaning boilers, firing, feeding; pumps, 
inspection and repair; chirmieys, sizes and cost; piping; mason work; foundations; 
testing cement; pile dri-ving; engines, slow and high speed; valves; valve setting; 
Corhss engines, setting valves, single and double eccentric; air pumps and condensers; 
different types of condensers; water needed; lining up; pounds; pins not square in 
crosshead or crank; engineers' tools; pistons and piston rings; bearing metal; hard- 
ened copper; drip pipes from cyhnder jackets; belts, how made, care of; oils; greases; 
testing lubricants; rules and tables, including steam tables: areas of segments; 
' squares and square roots; cubes and cube root; areas and circumferences of circles. 
Notes on: Brick work; explosions; pumps; pump valves; heaters, economizers; 
safety valves; lap, lead, and clearance. Has a complete examination for a license, 
etc., etc. Second edition. 285 pages. Illustrated. Price $2.00 

EMINENT ENGINEERS. By Dwight Goddard. 

Everyone who appreciates the effect of such great inventions as the Steam Engine, 
Steamboat, Locomotive, Sewing Machine, Steel Working, and other fiuidamental 
discoveries, is interested in knowing a httle about the men who made them and their 
achievements. 

Mr. Goddard has selected thirty-two of the world's engineers who have contributed 
most largely to the advancement of our civilization by mechanical means, giving only 
such facts as are of general interest and in a way which appeals to all, whether 
mechanics or not. 280 pages. 35 illustrations. Price $1.50 

ENGINE RUNNER'S CATECHISM. By Robert Grimshaw. 

A practical treatise for the stationary engineer, telling how to erect, adjust, and run 
the principal steam engines in use in the United States. Describing the principal 
featiu-es of various special and well-known makes of engines: Temper Cut-off, Shipping 
and Receiving Foixndations, Erecting and Starting, Valve Setting, Care and Use, 
Emergencies, Erecting and Adjusting Special Engines. 

The questions asked throughout the catechism are plain and to the point, and the 
answers are given in such simple language as to be readily Xinderstood by anyone. AU 
the instructions given a.re complete and up-to-date : and they are written in a popular 
style, without any technicahties or mathematical formula. The work is of a handy 
size for the pocket, clearly and well printed, nicely bound, and profusely illustrated. 
To young engineers this catechism will be of great value, especially to those who may 
be preparing to go forward to be examined for certificates of competency; and to 
engineers generally it will be of no little service, as they will find in this volume more 
reaUy practical and useful information than is to be found anywhere else within a hke 
compass. 387 pages. Seventh edition. Price $2.00 

30 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

HORSEPOWER CHART. 

Shows the horsepower of any stationary engine without calculation. No matter what 
the cylinder diameter of stroke, the steam pressui-e of cut-off, the revolutions, or 
whether condensing or non-condensing, it's all there. Easy to use, accurate, and 
saves time and calculations. Especially useful to engineers and designers. 50 cents 

MODERN STEAM ENGINEERING IN THEORY AND PRACTICE. By Gardner 
D. Hiscox. 

This is a complete and practical work issued for Stationary Engineers and Firemen, 
dealing with the care and management of boilers, engines, pumps , superheated steam, 
refrigerating machinery, dynamos, motors, elevators, air compressors, and aU other 
branches with which the modern engineer must be familiar. Nearly 200 questions with 
their answers on steam and electrical engineering, likely to be asked by the Examin- 
ing Board, are included. 

Among the chapters are: Historical: steam and its properties; appliances for the 
generation of steam; types of boilers; chimney and its work; heat economy of the 
feed water; steam pumps and their work: incrustation and its work; steam above 
atmospheric pressiire; flow of steam from nozzles; superheated steam and its work; 
adiabatic expansion of steam; indicator and its work; steam engine proportions; slide 
valve engines and valve motion; Corliss engine and its valve gear; compound engine 
and its theory; triple and multiple expansion engine; steam turbine; refrigeration; 
elevators and their management; cost of power; steam engine troubles; electric 
power and electric plants. 487 pages. 405 engravings. 3d Edition. . . . $8.00 

STEAM ENGINE CATECHISM. By Robert Grimshaw. 

This unique volume of 413 pages is not only a catechism on the question and answer 
principle, but it contains formulas and worked-out answex's for all the Steam problems 
that appertain to the operation and management of the Steam Engine. Illustrations 
of various valves and valve gear with their principles of operation are given. Thirty- 
four Tables that are indispensable to every engineer and fireman that wishes to be 
progressive and is ambitious to become master of his calling are within its pages. It is 
a most valuable instructor in the service of Steam Engineering. Leading engineers 
have recommended it as a valuable educator for the beginner as well as a reference book 
for the engineer. It is thoroughly indexed for every detail. Every essential question 
on the Steam Engine with its answer is contained in this valuable work. Sixteenth 
edition. Price $2.00 

STEAM ENGINEER'S ARITHMETIC. By Colvin-Cheney. 

A practical pocket-book for the steam engineer. Shows how to work the problems of 
the engine room and shows "why." Tells how to figure horsepower of engines and 
boilers; area of boilers; has tables of areas and circumferences; steam tables; has a 
dictionary of engineering terms. Puts you on to all of the little kinks in figuring what- 
ever there is to figure around a power plant. Tells you about the heat unit; absolute 
zero : adiabatic expansion ; duty of engines ; factor of safety ; and a thousand and one 
other things; and everything is plain and simple — not the hardest way to figure, but 
the easiest. Second Edition 50 cents 

STEAM HEATING AND VENTILATION 



PRACTICAL STEAM, HOT-WATER HEATING AND VENTILATION. By 

A. G. King. 

This book is the standard and latest work published on the subject and has been pre- 
pared for the use of all engaged in the business of steam, hot-water heating, and ventila- 
tion. It is an original and exhaustive work. Tells how to get heating contracts, how 
to install heating and ventilating apparatus, the best business methods to be used, 
with "Tricks of the Trade" for shop use. Rules and data for estimating radiation 
and cost and such tables and information as make it an indispensable work for every- 
one interested in steam, hot- water heating, and ventilation. It describes all the principal 
systems of steam, hot-water, vacuum, vapor, and vacuum-vapor heating, together 
with the new accelerated systems of hot-water circulation, including chapters on 
up-to-date methods of ventilation and the fan or blower system of heating and ventila- 
tion. Containing chapters on: I. Introduction. II. Heat. III. Evolution of 
artificial heating apparatus. IV. Boiler surface and settings. V. The chimney flue. 
VI. Pipe and fittings. VII. Valves, various kinds. . VIII. Forms of radiating 
surfaces. IX. Locating of radiating surfaces. X. Estimating radiation. XI. Steam- 

31 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 



heating apparatus. XII. Exliaust-steam heating. XIII. Hot-water heating. XIV. 
Pressure systems of hot-Avater work. XV. Hot-water appliances. XVI. Greenhouse 
heating. XVII. Vacuum vapor and vacuum exhaust heating. XVIII. Miscella- 
neous heating. XIX. Radiator and pipe connections. XX. Ventilation. XXI, 
Mechanical ventilation and hot-blast ^heating. XXII. Steam appliances. XXIIl. 
District heating. XXIV. Pipe and boiler covering. XXV. Temperature regulation 
and heat control. XXVI. Business methods. XXVII. Miscellaneous. XXVIII. 
Rules, tables, and useful information. 367 pages. 300 detailed engravings. Second 
Edition — Revised. Price $3.00 

500 PLAIN ANSWERS TO DIRECT QUESTIONS ON STEAM, HOT-WATER, 

VAPOR AND VACUUM HEATING PRACTICE. By Alfred G. King. 

This work, just off the press, is arranged in question and answer form; it is intended as 
a guide and text-book for the yoimger, inexperienced fitter and as a reference book for 
all fitters. This book tells "how" and also tells "why." No work of its kind has 
ever been pubUshed. It answers all the questions regarding each method or system 
that would be asked by the steam fitter or heating contractor, and may be used as a 
text or reference book, and for examination questions by Trade Schools or Steam 
Fitters' Associations. Rules, data, tables and descriptive methods are given, to- 
gether with much other detailed information of daily practical use to those engaged in 
or interested in the various miethods of heating. Valuable to those preparing for 
examinations. Answers every question asked relating to modern Steam, Hot-Water, 
Vapor and Vacuum Heating. Among the contents are: The Theory and Laws of 
Heat. Methods of Heating. Chimneys and Flues. Boilers for Heating. Boiler 
Trimmings and Settings. Radiation. Steam Heating. Boiler, Radiator and Pipe 
Connections for Steam Heating. Hot Water Pleating. The Two-Pipe Gravity 
System of Hot Water Heating. The Circuit System of Hot Water Heating. The 
Overhead System of Hot Water Heating. Boiler, Radiator and Pipe Connections for 
Gravity Systems of Hot Water Heating. Accelerated Hot Water Heating. Ex- 
pansion Tank Connections. Domestic Hot Water Heating. Valves and Air Valves. 
Vacuum Vapor and Vacuo- Vapor Heating. Mechanical Systems of Vacuum Heating. 
Non-Mechanical Vacuum Systems. Vapor Systems. Atmospheric and Modulating 
Systems. Heating Greenhouses. Information, Rules and Tables. 200 pages, 127 
illustrations. Octavo. Cloth. Price $1.50 

STEEL 

STEEL: ITS SELECTION, ANNEALING, HARDENING, AND TEMPERING. 
By E. R. Markham. 

This work was formerly known as "The American Steel Worker," but on the pub- 
lication of the new, revised edition, the pubUshers deemed it advisable to change its 
title to a more suitable one. It is the standard work on Hardening, Tempering, 
and AnneaUng Steel of aU kinds. 

This book tells how to select, and how to work, temper, harden, and anneal steel for 
everything on earth. It doesn't tell how to temper one class of tools and then leave 
the treatment of another kind of tool to your imagination and judgment, but it gives 
careful instructions for every detail of every tool, whether it be a tap, a reamer or just 
a screw-driver. It tells about the tempering of small watch springs, the hardening of 
cutlery, and the anneahng of dies. In fact, there isn't a thing that a steel worker 
would want to know that isn't included. It is the standard book on selecting, harden- 
ing, and tempering all grades of steel. Among the chapter headings might be mentioned 
the following subjects: Introduction; the workman; steel; methods of heating; 
heating tool steel; forging; annealing; hardening baths; baths for hardening; harden- 
ing steel; drawing the temper after hardening; examples of hardening; pack harden- 
ing; case hardening; spring tempering; making tools of machine steel; special steels; 
stee^ for various tools; causes of trouble; high speed steels, etc. 400 pages. Very 
fully illustrated. Fourth Edition. Price $2.50 

HARDENING, TEMPERING, ANNEALING, AND FORGING OF STEEL. By 

J. V. WOODWORTH. 

A new work treating in a clear, concise manner all modern processes for the heating, 
anneaUng, forging, welding, hardening, and tempering of steel, making it a book of 
great practical value to the metal- working mechanic in general, with special directions 
for the successful hardening and tempering of all steel tools used in the arts, including 
milling cutters, taps, thread dies, reamers, both solid and shell, hollow mills, punches 

32 



CATALOGUE OF GOOD, PRACTICAL BOOKS 

and dies, and all kinds of sheet metal working tools, shear blades, saws, fine cutlery, and 
metal cutting tools of aU description, as well as for all implements of steel both large 
and small. In this work the simplest and most satisfactory hardening and temper- 
ing processes are given. 

The xises to which the leading brands of steel may be adapted are concisely presented, 
and their treatment for working under different conditions explained, also the special 
methods for the hardening and tempering of special brands. 

A chapter devoted to the different processes for case-hardening is also included, and 
special reference made to the adaptation of machinery steel for tools of various kinds. 
Fourth Edition. 288 pages. 201 illustrations. Price $2.50 

TRACTORS 

THE MODERN GAS TRACTOR. By Victor W. Page. 

A complete treatise describing all types and sizes of gasoUne, kerosene, and oil tractors. 
Considers design and construction exhaustively, gives complete instructions for care, 
operation and repair, outhnes all practical applications on the road and in the field. 
The best and latest work on farm tractors and tractor power plants. A work needed 
by farmers, students, blacksmiths, mechanics, salesmen, implement dealers, designers, 
and engineers. 500 pages. Nearly 300 illustrations and folding plates. Price $2.00 

THE HOME-MADE TRACTOR. By Xeno W. Putnam. 

A practical treatise on the construction of smaU and special purpose tractors in the 
home workshop from the odds and ends of cast-off machinery available on nearly 
every farm. This work shows the farmer how, at smaU expense, to make his gasoline 
engine conveniently portable by making it self-moving. It guides him in the con- 
struction of a practical farm tractor that is capable of hauling, harvesting, plowing and 
doing aU the ordinary farm work in which the propulsion of other machinery is re- 
quired. Twenty-foiir chapters are contained in this book and it is illustrated with 
over 153 working engravings showing many successfully built and tested home-made 
tractors. Boimd in cloth, 12mo. 



33 



THE MOST VALUABLE TECHNO-CHEMICAL RECEIPT BOOK PUBLISHED 



Henley's Twentieth Century Book of 

Recipes, Formulas 
and Processes 




Edited by GARDNER D. HISCOX, M.E. 



Price Cloth . . . 
Half Morocco 



3.00 
4.00 



800 large octavo (5x9 3^) pages 

Contains over 10,000 selected scientific, chemical, technological 
and practical Recipos and Processes, including hundreds of so-' 
called trade secretfk lor every business. 



TO present here even a Hmited number of the subjects which find a place in this valuable work 
would be difiQcult. Suffice tp say that in its pages will be found matter of intense interest 
and immeasurable practical value to the scientific amateiu* and to him who wishes to obtain a 
knowledge of the many processes used in the arts, trades and manufactures, a knowledge wtiich 
will render his pursuits more instructive and remvmerative. Serving as a reference book to the 
small and large manufacturer and supplying intelligent seekers with the information necessary to 
conduct a process, the work will be found of inestimable worth to the Metallurgist, the Photographer, 
the Perfumer, the Painter, the Manufacturer of Glues, Pastes, Cements, and Mucilages, the Com- 
pounder of Alloys, the Cook, the Physician, the Druggist, the Electrician, the Brewer, the Engineer, 
the Foundryman, the Machinist, the Potter, the Tanner, the Confectioner, the Chiropodist, the 
Manicure, the Manufacturer of Chemical Novelties and Toilet Preparations, the Dyer, the Elec- 
troplater, the Enameler, the Engraver, the Provisioner, the Glass Worker, the Goldbeater, the Watch- 
maker and Jeweler, the Hat Maker, the Ink Manufacturer, the Optician, the Farmer, the Dairyman, 
the Paper Maker, the Wood and Metal Worker, the Chandler and Soap Maker, the Veterinary 
Surgeon, and the Technologist in general. 

A mine of information, and up to date in every respect. A book which wili prove of value ta 
everyone, as it covers every branch of the usefvil Arts. 

AMONG THE RECIPES GIVEN ARE: 

Bleaching Recipes; Etching and Engraving Recipes; Recipes for Glass Making; Paper Making 
Recipes; Recipes for Ointments; Mirror Making Formulas; Paint Making Formulas; Grilding Recipes; 
Galvanizing Recipes; Bronzing Recipes; Tinning Recipes; Silvering Recipes; Recipes for Adhesives; 
Recipes for Plating and Enameling; Cleaning Processes; Soap Making; Leather and its Preparation; 
Recipes for Alloys; Recipes for Solders; Photographic Formulas; Shoe Dressing Recipes; Stove 
Blacking Recipes; Rust Preventive Recipes; Recipes for Lubricants; Recipes for Oils; Recipes for 
Dyes, Colors, and Pigments; Recipes for Dryers; Ink Recipes; Recipes for Artificial Gem Making; 
Jewelers' and Watchmakers' Recipes; Household Formulas; Waterproofing Recipes; Fireprooflng 
Recipes; Recipes for Cements, Glues, Mucilage; Fireworks Recipes; Recipes for Eradicators; Alco- 
hol and its Uses; Recipes for Essences and Extracts; Dentifrice Recipes; Cosmetic Recipes; Perfume 
Recipes; Tanning Recipes; Metalliirgical Formulas; Hair Restorers; Depilatories. 

And many thousands more — Equally important in the Arts and Manufactures. 

WHAT IS SAID OF THIS BOOK: 

Your Twentieth Century Book of Recipes, Formulas and Processes duly received. I am glad 
to have a copy of it, and if I could not replace it money couldn't buy it. It is the best thing of 
the sort I ever saw. — M. E. Trux, Sparta, Wis. 

We can most thoroughly recommend that you obtain a copy of this book as you will find it a 
work of the most useful character, and one that will repay its possessor if kept constantly at his 
side. — Trade Mark Record. 

Many small fortunes, and not a few large ones, have been made by the aid of a book of this 
character, since the receipts have all been successfuUy used and are known to be correct. — Soutnem 
Machinery. 

L.ack of space prevents the publisher from including other reviews of this book. 



n/iHu-timmmi mm 












'V;;/' 



'Hmimmm^mmmMimMl. 



vm 



